history of esarhaddo - Forgotten Books

307

Transcript of history of esarhaddo - Forgotten Books

HISTORY OF ESARHADDO

(S ON O F S E NNACH E R ZB)

KING OF ASSY RIA, B.C.

k

681\

—668

E ranzlate‘

a from the Qtum iform finzm'

ptiuns upon t lin‘

uzt z arm

QIafiIetfi in the British museum QEuIIzctiun

TO GE TH E R WITH

QBt fg in aI m m

A GR AMJII A TICAL ANAL Y S IS O F E ACH I/VO R D , E XPLANA Tl ONS O F

TH E ID E O GR APH S B Y E X TR A CTS FR OM TH E Bl -LINGUALS Y LLABAR IE S

,A ND L IS T O F E P O NY MS , E TC.

E RNE ST A . BUD GE ,

MEMBE R O F TH E S O CI ETY O F BIBLICA L A R CH /E O LO GY

L O ND O N

TR U BNE R C O . ,L U D G A TE H I L L

(A ll r ights re se rved)

Gi b is Bo ok i fs E e h i c a tzb

H I S TR US T Y F R I E ND A ND T E A CH E R ,

TH E R E V . A . H . S A Y CE ,MA .

D ep u ty qf Comp a r a t i v e P h i lo logy , O xf o rd, 61°C. fir e . fir e .

B Y T H E A UT H O R ,

IN GR ATE FUL R EMEMBR ANCE O F MANY Y E AR S , VALUABLE TUITIO N.

P R E F A C E .

TH E histories o f Sennacherib and A ssur-bani-pal,kings of

A ssyria,have alr e ady been written by the late Mr . George

Smith . Sennacherib ruled over A ssyria from B.C. 705 toB.C. 6 8 1 A ssur-bani-pal from B.C. 6 6 8 to B.C. 6 26 . But fromB .C . 6 8 1 to B.C. 6 6 8 a ki ng called E sarhaddon reigned

,and

the annals of this king have been translated to form the presenth istory. E sarhaddon was the son of Sennacherib

,and father

of A ssur-bani-pal . Thus we have the history o f father,son ,

and grandson consequently,a fair knowledge o f the warlike

e xpeditions which were undertake n,and what countries were

subdued by the A ssyrians,between the years B.C. 70 5 and

B.C. 6 2 6 . Sennacherib,E sarhaddon and A ssur-ban i -pal were

certainly three of the greate st kings that ever ruled overA ssyria. The ir reigns

,taken together

,cove r nearly eighty

years bu t an exact idea o f the influence that this family hadupon A ssyr ia can only be made out clearly from the recordsand documents which they themselves caused to be written .

Sennacherib was the true type of the O riental conquerordelighting in war for its own sake

, p roud, cruel, and fond o f

power . The B ible preserves for us a speech of the R abshakehi Th is i s th e A ccadian E'fi

”EY» t YYfi: D .P.

,R A B-S A X

,

borrowe d by th e H e b re ws unde r the form nag/2m r a b is th e S em itic e qu iva le nt of the A ccadian EY»,

GA L, gre a t.”

PREFACE.

o f Sennacherib, so well known on account o f the boastfulnessand pride so v ividly portrayed in every word . The comme ncement

,Thus saith “th e gre at king

,the King of A ssyria,” 1 i s

the o ft -repeate d formula beginning all the inscriptions of thi smonarch . We can quite understand such a king asking,Where are the gods o f Hamath and of A rpad who arethey among all the gods of the countries , that the Lord shoulddel iver J erusalem ou t o f mine hand for he frequentlyboa sts

,the gods of his country I carried off

,I spoiled .

The sway of E sarhaddon was,however

,milder

,and although

he warred as much as the king h is father,who went befo re

,

yet he exhibits many signs of gentleness, and it is evidentthat he tried to pacify al l those subj ects that successful warfarehad allowed him to conquer . It must be clear to al l howvaluable are the cuneiform inscriptions that give us the historyo f this monarch . Th e B ible mentions him but three times byname ;2 he i s alluded to once .

3

E sarh addon’

s son,A ssur-bani-p al , was the l iterary king p a r

exc e l le nce,and he records of himself that Ne b o and Ta sm i t

gave him broad ears,and his seeing eyes regarded the

engrave d characte rs o f the tablets,the secrets of Nebo

,the

l ite rature o f the l ibrary,a s much as is suitable, o n tablets

I wrote,I engraved

,I explained

,and for the in spection of my

subj ects in the midst o f my palace I placed iv . pl .The following i s his full and interesting account of his sub

j e c t ion of Tirhakah, King o f E gypt and Cush , translated fromthe large decagon cyl inder containing the A nnals o f A ssur

em E!» ki ss: A ? <LEJ22 Kings xix. 37 ; Isa iah xxxvii . 38 ; E zra iv. 2 .

32 Chron . xxxiii . 1 1 .

PREFACE. ix

b an ip al, recently brought from th e E ast,and bearing the

number RM I in th e B ritish Museum collectionI In my first expedition to the land ofMegan and Me lukhkha

,then I w e nt .

2 Tirhakah,King of E gypt and Cush

,

3 o f whom E sarhaddon,King of A ssyria

,the father, my

be ge tte r,

4 his overthrow h ad accompl ished, and had ruled over his land,then he

,Tirhakah

,

5' the power o f A ssur (and) I star, th e great gods, my lords,de spise d

,and

6 he truste d to his own might . A gainst the kings,7 p refects, which w ithin E gypt, the father, my begetter, hadappointe d

8 to slay,plunder

,and capture E gypt

,he came

9 ag ainst them ,h e e n te re d and dwe lt within Memphis

,

1 0 the city wh i ch the father,my be ge tter

,had capture d

,and

to the borde r o f A ssyria had adde d it.1 1 I was walking w ith in Nineve h

, (when) one came and1 2 repeate d to m e concerning these de e ds.1 3 My heart groaned and was smitte n down my l iver.1 4 I l ifted up my two hands ; I besought A ssur and Istar, theholy on e .

1 5 (Then) I asse mbl e d my powerful fo rce s, (with) whichA ssur and Istar

1 6 had fi lle d my two hands. A gainst the lands o f E gy pt andCush

1 7 I se t straight the expe dit ion2 7 Tirhakah , King o f E gypt and Cush, within M emphis

,

2 8 o f the march of my expedition he ard,a nd to make battle 5

(his ) we apo ns29 and army me he asse mbled

, (with) hi s soldie rs .23 In the se rv ice o f A ssur, Be l , th e gre at gods, my lords ,2 4 th e marchers b e fore me in a gre at fie ld battle

,I ae com

pl ish e d the ove rthrow of his army.

PREFACE.

Tirhakah,within Memphis

,heard of the de fe at of hi s army

the terror o f A ssur and Istar overwhelmed him, and hewent backward

,

the fe ar (approach) of my lordship covered him .

The city M emphis he turned from,and for the sav ing o f

his lifehe fle d to the midst of Thebe s.That c ity I captured

,my army I caused to enter and to

dwell within it.

Co l . 2 .

20 Tirhakah fled from hi s locality, (but) the fire of the weapon

o f A ssur,my lord

,

2 1 overwhelmed him,and he went to hi s dark destiny.

His grandest work was the institution o f the great l ibraryo f clay tablets at Koyunj ik.

A ndnow as regards the texts,tr anslations and notes that a r e

contained in th i s book. I have used a ll the princip al historicaltexts

,and every l ine o f these has been carefully compared

with th e origi nal clay tablets and cyl inders in the BritishMuseum . But it cannot be expected that every noti ce c once rning E sarhaddon which may be found upon contract o rother tablets will be given in so smal l a book.

In the first place,i t would necessitate a strict and careful

e xamination of every tablet and tablet-fragment in theBritish Museum collection

,which alone would require many

many months to be devoted entirely to the purpose—no smal ltask ei ther

,as any wil l see who knows the nature o f the writing

on the tablets .Secondly

,when done

,the chances are that it would p lace

the book entirely out of the reach of commercial enterpri se .

PREFACE. xi

These two reasons,taken together

,will account for th e

omiss ion o f the text and translation of a tablet conta iningA ddresses to E sarhaddon

,and also of anothe r containing

an account o f E sa rh addo n ’

s buildings,and numbere d K 305 3 .

The translat ions ar e as litera l as poss ible, and all adde dwords are enclose d in bracke ts . Parts o f the texts relatingth e histo ry of E sarhaddon hav e been translated before by myfrie nd Dr . J ul ius O pp e r t , Professor of A rabic in the Unive rs ityof France

,

“th e profound scholar and earliest “ pione e r of

A ssyrian in France .The grammatical analysis has been thrown into a vocabularyarranged according to the order of th e E nglish alphabet . Theobj e ct has bee n to make the words easily acce s sible and useful . Wh e re ve r I have known a Semitic e quivale nt for th eA ssyrian word it has been given

,but words properly Syriac

have been turned into Hebrew lette rs. The sense of someof the words i s only known fr om the context

,and of course

there are some the meaning of which I do not know at all .Here I take the opportunity of expre ssing my great obliga

tion s to the R e v . A . H . Sayce,M.A .

,fo r several years past

my k ind friend and teacher . It i s to him that I am inde btedfo r anything I may know o f A ssyrian . The whole of th eMS . for this book was read by him be fore it went to pre ss

,

and it owes much to h is scholar ly and accurately critical e y e .

My thanks are also due to Mr . Pinches for copies of textsand verifications of ex isting copies .

The te xt i s printe d in W241,iv. 6 8

,and tran slate d i n th e R e co r ds of

the Pas t, v ol . xi .

2 S e e E xp edi t io n S c ie n tifique e n Mesop ota m ic exéc u tée p a r o rdre da

Gou ve rne m e n t de 1 85 1 d 1 854 . Pa rMM. F . Fre sne l,F . Thom a s e t J . O pp e r t .

Pa ris, 1 85 7

—64.

P R E FA CE .

New advances are made in A ssyrian with eve ry new table tthat is found . O ld readings a r e corrected

,new words are

found,and what i s almost un inte ll igible to—day be comes

quite cle ar to-morrow . With such progress going on,no book

can b e perfe ct ; and as for this, I feel that“m s zvnnwn r

‘m maW Ne w s ite wa s me 0 W h e n mow

z tm suwrmp 153W ~a‘> ppm arm pm as m suw

“ Truly I have committed e rrors,for the re is no man who

does not err ; so that my e rror cleaves to me . I pray, the refore

,that whoever unde rstands and knows them

,may correct

my errors according to h i s wisdom .

E . A . BUD G E .

CH R IST’

S C O L L E G E,CAM BR I D G E

,

Oc tobe r,1 8 80.

1 I quote from Le vita , Massor e th E u-m as sor e tk, p . 268, by D r . Ginsb urg .

Longm an s . 1 86 7 .

C O NT E NT S .

PA GE

TH E GENE ALOGY AND ACCE SSION O F E SARHAD D ON, AND P'RIN ‘

CIPA L E VE NTS O F HIS RE IGNLIST O F TEXTS USE D OR CONSULTE D FO R THIS BO O K

SYSTEM O F TRANSLITERATION O F ASSYRIAN SIGNS0

i

0 1 2—1 3

WILL O F SE NNACHE RIB

E SA R H A D D ON’

S BATTLE AT KH ANIE A BBAT

TH E WAR AGAINST NABU-ZIR -NA PISTI-E SIR

EXPED ITION AGAINST ABD I-MILCUTTI , K ING O F TS ID ON 32—4 1

EXPE D ITION AGAINST CILICIAARABIAN WA R O F E SARHAD D ON

TH E BUILD INGS O F E SARHAD D ON 74—7 7

TH E BUILD ING O F TH E PALACETH E NAME S O F TH E E IGHT K INGSTH E NAME S or TH E TWENTY-TWO xINe s o r TH E COUNTRYo r TH E H IT

'

I‘

ITE S AND THE S E A -COAST” . 103—1 08

E sAnIIAD D ON’

s E GYPTIAN CAMPAIGN 1 09- 1 23

NAME S O F THE KINGS APPOINTE D OVER E GYPT BY E SARHAD D ON 1 24—1 29

1 30—1 60

IND EX 1 6 1—1 63

E R R A T A .

Page 3 , lin e 1 , in ste ad of ide ograph re ad ide ographs .

7 S aulm ug ina S am ullu-sum a-ue inand wh e re ve r it occurs .

2 2 , 99 1 3 ,

22 , n

24 , 9a 1 9,

3 2 , 9,

ABBA IRBAina -khats-zu-va im -khats—zu-va

3 3 ,

s' i-gar - s i-in

93 9 720te , 1° 8 , 9 9 Tsarpan ituv

1 09. Conce rn ing th e history of Tirhakah , se e a pape r by D r . Birchwhich will app e ar in th e Tr am . S oc . Bi b . A TCIZ., vol . vn .

part 2 .

A D D E ND A .

I . While Th e H i story of E sa r ha ddon was passing through thepre ss D r . S chrade r ’s ne w work , Zur K r i ti lc de r I ns c lzm

'

f te n Tig la t/z

P il e se r’

s I I . de s A s a rka ddon a nd de s A su/r b a n ip a l , appe a red. O n

page s 34 and 3 5 h e ide ntifie s som e of th e towns and coun trie s m e n

t ion ed by E sarhaddon , and printed on pa g e s 1 03—1 07 of this book .

Thus , con ce rn ing ’S am sim uruna”h e says, E in e S tadt de s Nam e ns

S am s im ur un ist b is j e tzt in Pa last ina—Pho n ic ie n ii b e rhaupt n ichtn achzuwe ise n . H e points o ut (as I have also done on page 1 0 7 ofThe H is tory of E sa r ha ddon) that th e hithe rto acce pted re ading ofA m tikh adatsti is wrong , and shoul d b e Karti-kh adatsti ,”Newstadt,

”mw h m p (A ssyrisch rege lre cht 1101 11 u

p) , b edeute tund e in fa ch e in cyp r isch e s Ka pxq6aw Karthago ist . D r . S chrade rl ike wise points out that in E sarhaddon

s List of K ings th e K ingof A rvad i s cal le d, Matanb aa l b ut in A ssu r ban ipal

s listY a c inlu

(5am ) ; also th e n am e of th e K ing of Be th -A m m on in th eform e r l ist i s Pudu ilu b ut in th e latte r A m m inadb i , H e b .

and thinks “ dass wi r es b e i die s e r zwe ite n Liste n ichtswen ige r als m i t e in e r gedanke nlose n ode r gar frivol -le ichtsinn ige nR e produ c ir ung de r fr ii h e re n de s A sa rhaddon zu thun hab e n . A l so ,s e e Zu sa tz e ,

” pa g e 3 6 of D r . S chrade r’s bo ok , for th e Opin ion ofProfe ssor R . A . Leps ius , of J e na , conce rn ing th e town of Lidir ,

s ituated in Cyprus.

II . In th e “ Vocabulary all part s of th e ve rb suzubu haveb e e n com pared with th e H e b rew am. Bu t I b e l ie ve i ts corre cte quivale nt to b e found in th e Cha lde e fi l l”? or J FK} , to save ,” “ tode live r ; Syria c Com pare Targum on Isa iah xx. 6 , finWD J

a? the m se lve s they de li ve r (save ) not 3 71112273 7 {<1}t 3m ,

a nd who i s th e wicke d m an that shall b e saved (E ph r a em ,

Carm in a,O pp . i ii . p . 635 R odige r , Chre stom athy, p . 79) NJD ’N

a ph 3mm ”,“ that I shall save th e world” (J ohn xi i . In th e

e xpr e ss ion , an a suzub n ap sate su ,

” for th e saving of h is l ife , I

would com pare th e word “su zub

” with Chal'de e regr et , or R ab b in ic“de li ve rance , e scape .

I II . Ittag il, from J dagalu . With this com pare Chalde efide r e , c onfide r e , fidu c iam pon e re v e l collocare ;” and se e Psalm ix. 1 I ,wh e re “1 5 3 " i s tran sl ated by on e MS . E

lfi n“ and they trusted.

I »’r& Av i i “ I w l& (Ll .

Ii ” I i > ~ El =lll ” I k»

> <l< > l<l§ E ll III I Em E lli lR M 1 , c o l . 1 , line s 8 , 9 .

iv . 68, 52 5

mm : awn flaws -1573 w m o awn

un‘m 1 1 0:m: mnnrm Nan W 1

nan: 1a in: 1 3m m p ow-m i15m m as rm wSm mom

zrnnn u: fi rt'

fib x

(Isa i . xxxvu . 37 ,

nam e m atte 2'

1T'

IJD‘pw TIWN1 7 7:mn was

(R ASE I on E z ra iv .

unnn 133 mmWDN"

PDT w”nmn SNWWQ mg r mj o 5;

("

PH m u m on E z ra iv .

TH E GE NE A LOGY A ND A C C E SS ION O F

E SA R HA DDON,A ND PR INC IPA L

E V E NTS O F H IS R E IGN.

E SARHAD D O N was the son o f S e nnacherib,king o f A ssyria

,

B .C. 7 0 5—6 8 1 . Th e S in -akhi- irib of the cuneiform in sc r ip

tions 1 8 theTW) P o f th e B ible ;

LXX. E e vvaxqp t'

p , 01‘

E e uvaxrjp e ip.

J osephus,S ew axfip tfio s ;

Herodotus,S a uaxd Bo s‘.

The son s of Sennach e rib were1 S h ar e sar

,B ibl ical (Nergal- sarra-yu t sur )

2 A drammelech,

3 E sarhaddon, llWND Q S ,written and z axe pao vés , B e ro sus and LXX. ;

i

A o a p iOa vo s ,‘ Ptolemy

A 0'

a p éBa v, E zraE axe pOé v , Codex A lex .

Axe tpda wo'

9,

Com pl .

The account of the death o f Sennache rib i s told us by theB ible

,and very briefly

,for we read ( 2 K ings x ix . 3 7 ) A nd

it came to pass as h e (S ennacherib) was worshipping in t h ehouse ofNi sroch his god, that A drammelech and Sharescr h i s

B

GE NE A LOG Y A ND A CCE S S IONsons smote him with t h e sword ; and they escape d into theland o f A rmenia . A nd E sarhaddon h is son re igned in hi sstead .”J ose phus says (A nt , x . 1

,s e c . 5 ) that Sennacherib wa s

burie d “ in his own t emple calle d A r aske ”(’

e v 1!a’Apd0'

i<37

It has been generally thought that E sarhaddon was S e nn a c h e r ib

s eldest son,and thi s seems to have be en the idea of

Polyhistor,who made Sennache rib plac e a son

,A sordane s

,o n

the throne of Babylon during his own l ife time (A p . E u se b .

,

671m m,Can . i . The te stimony of a small table t

i i i .,1 6 ) supports thi s v ie w .

It has be en aptly calle d the “Wi ll o f Sennacherib .reads

I,S ennacherib

,king of multitude s

,king O f A ssyria

,

have given chains of gold,etc .

,to

E sarhaddon,my son

,who was afterwards named

A ssur - e bil -mucin-pal,

dl t ilii ~ l<l§ fi l SEE E l)according to my wish .

The nam e o f E sarhaddon is written in the following ways

I —l& Efi t ii‘i “ ID .P. A ssur akha - I D I N - na .—i . 49, I .

n e wD .P. A ssur- akha- idinn a .

—i . 48, 2 , I .

I S rD .P . A ssur-akha-idin n a .

— i . 48 , 5 , I .

It means A ssur gave a brother .1 Th e se e ve n ts a re m e ntione d

,with addition s , by Be rosus (Be rosus a nd

A byde nus ap . E use b ius,Chron . A r m e n

,e d. A uc h e r, vo l. i . pp . 42,

Ge se n ius,The a sa u r us

, p . 962 .

2 S m ith ’s D ie t . of Bi b le , la rge e dition .

3 R e cords of the Pa s t, vol. i . p . 1 36 .

4 GE NE A LOG Y A ND A CCE S S ION26 Bend thin e eye s2 7 Upon me—trust to me (for)28 I am Istar O f A rbela .

A fter the battle ( B.C. E sarhaddon marched intoNineveh . But about thi s time Nabu-z ir-n ap ist i - e ser, son ofMerodach -Baladan

,an O ld enemy o f A ssyr ia , raise d an army

and went to attack the city of Ur,whose e ponym ’s name was

Nin - gal- iddin a ( f) . He was successful in hi s sie ge , and captur e d th e ci ty. E sarhaddon sent out his officers , and Nahuzir-n ap ist i - e sir , knowing this , fled to E lam, asking prote ctionfrom Umman-alda s

,king O f that country . But this wa s

refuse d ; and in col . 2 , l ines 33 and 34, we read that he hadtruste d to th e k ing of E lam

,wh o had not cau sed his l ife to be

spare d .” Nahid-Marduk,anothe r son of Merodach -Baladan ,

h e aring of the death of his brothe r,came to Nineveh and

sought all iance with E sarhaddon,who received h im graciously;

and gave him the sea e coast to rule ove r .A nother revolt in Syria now claimed the att ention of the

A ssyrian king . A bdi-m ilc u tt i , king o f th e city of Zidon , hadmade alliance with ’

Sanduar r i , king of Cundi and 'S izu.

E sarhaddon m a rche d against Zidon, besieged and capture d it .H e cut off th e heads o f A bdi-m ilc u t t i and ’

Sanduar r i,and

,

hanging them upon the necks of their gre at m e n,e xhibite d

them in the wide spaces (R ehoboth ) in Nineve h .

A ll Pale stine and th e ne ighbouring regions now submitte dto E sarhaddon—viz .

,twe lve districts in Palestine

,and ten in

Cyprus . E ach k ing sent presents .A t this time

,also

,he captured the city o f A rzani, perhap s

a city of E gypt .E sa rh addon

s ne xt expedition was against the Gimirrai,or

Kimm e r ian s,whose king was cal led Te u sp a . He conque red

them,and, at th e same time, the inhabitants O f Cili c ia and

Duha submitted.Soon afte r this

,E sarhaddon attacke d th e Mann a i

,but in

this attempt h e appears not to have been quite as succe ssful .How e ve r , fiv e M e dian chie fs came to Nineve h and submittedto E sarhaddon .

O F E S A R H A D D O N.cl

E sarhaddon now attempted the conque st of A rabia . Manyo f th e A ssyrian kings before E sarhaddon had made some conque sts in th e land of E dom . But h e we nt far ther

,and reached

two cities , called Bazu and Kh az u ( the B ibl ical Huz andBuz) , and conque red eight kings and qu e e ns . The journ e y,howeve r

,was very difficult

,and l ittle mor e i s said about it.

A king,called La i li e

,asked that the gods which E sarhaddon

had captured from him might b e restored . His re quest wa sgrante d

,and E sarhaddon says I spoke to him of brother

hood,and e ntrusted to him th e sovere ignty o f th e districts o f

Bazu .

E sarhaddon be ing maste r o f A rab ia,Syria

,Me dia

,and the

other countrieswhich had rebe lled aga inst him,w a s now trouble d

by E gyp t. B e fore the reign of E sarhaddon,an E thiopian

,

calle d Sabaka,had conque re d E gyp t . He die d

,and S ab atok

,

h i s succe ssor,made good hi s cause

,and was recognised as

k ing.

‘ But now Tirhakah fought S ab atok,who was vanquishe d,

taken prisoner,and put to de ath .

2

Tirhakah had been a stubborn and rebellious e nemy agains tSe nnacherib

,the father Of E sarhaddon . It was his army that

h ad opposed Se nnacherib at the t ime of the overthrow o f theA ssyr ian army. Tirhakah

,havi ng reigned about twe nty years

,

considered himself well establi she d on the E gyp tian throne, sohe made an alliance with Behlu

,king of Tyre

,and as it i s said

“'

Th e yoke of A ssur,my lord

,they despised ; they were

insole nt and rebe ll ious .”E sarhaddon had entere d into a con ve ntion with Bahal

,

by which,in return for servi ces

rende re d by the Tyrians, theA ssyrian monarch ceded to the king of Tyre a considerableport ion Of the coast of Palestine

,including A ccho

,Dor

,and al l

the northern coast o f th e Phil istines,with the cities and Ge bal

,

and Lebanon,and the cities in the mountains be hind Tyre .” 3

This very se rious re belli on aroused E sarhaddon and broughth im and hi s army against the rebels. H e starte d from the

O pp e rt ,Mém o ir c su r les R app o rts de l’E gyp te e t de l’

A ssyr i e , p . 14 .

3 Ma ne tho , e di te d Unge r, p . 25 1 .

3 Sm ith ’

s A ssyr ia , p . 34 .

6 GE NE A LOG Y A ND A CCE S S IONcity A phek

,and marched as far as R ap ikh i a j ourney o f

30 ca sbu,or 2 1 0 miles.

Th e A ssyrian army was short of wate r,and was obliged to

drink whatever water could be found,for h e says

Marsh w ate rs from buckets I caused m y army to drink .

He then marche d into E gypt,and Tirhakah was beate n .

E sarhaddon ne xt divide d E gypt into twenty provinces ; all ,e xcept two

,being governed by E gyptian generals .

The exceptions areSar- ludar i

,king o f th e city ofTs iahnu (Zoan , orTan is) , and

Bucur-Nin ip , king o f the city of Pekh nu ti .E sarhaddon caused to be carve d upon the rocks of theNahr-e l -Kelb a long inscription

,in which he cal led himself

King O f E gypt,Thebe s

,and E thi opia .”1 B.C. 6 7 2 .

E sarhaddon n owbegan his buildi ngs . He first built “ tenfortresse s in A ssyria and A ccad . He then repaired andenlarged the palace at Nineveh

,which had been made for

the custody of the camp-baggage.” The twenty-two kingsof Syria (for the ir nam es see te xt) brought him material s fo rhis works . He began a palace at Calah

,but it was never

finishe d ; and he built one for his son, A ssur- bani-pal, atTa rb itsi (modern Sh e r e f Khan) .While E sarhaddon was yet king

,he set his son A ssur-bani

pal upon the throne to re ign with him . This i s evident fromiii . I

, 7 , 9, where it i s said9 E sarhaddon , king of A ssyria, the father, my bege tte r .1 0 The will of A ssur and B elti s the gods

,his minist ers

,he

e xalte d .I I Which (gods) commanded him to establish my kingship .The inscription then goes on to say that

,on the 1 2 th day

of May,E sarhaddon gathered to ge ther the principal m e n of

the ki ngdom,and it was decreed that A ssur-bani-pa l should

be made king. This event must have taken p lace betweenB.C. 6 7 1 and B .C . 6 6 8 .

O pp e rt,Mémo z'

r es sur le s R app orte de l’E gyp te e t de l ’A seyr ic , pp . 38 , 43,

80,e t se q .

O F E S A R H A D D O IV. I

When E sarhaddon returned to A ssyria,Tirhakah rai sed a

large army and we nt to besie ge Memphis . The ci ty fell intohis hands after a “murde rous siege .”l

Th e ac c oun t o f hi sde fe at i s given by the annals o f A ssur-bani-pal . E sarhaddondied in the year B.C. 6 6 8 .

He left o n e son,A ssur-bani-pal

,king of A ssyria

,and

another called generally S aulm ug ina , king of Babylon .

The ir name s are thus written :A ssur ban i pal

, I V FI- Q EZ II

I > r II

S au lm ugina , I :I4 32 T IIQ J Y.

E sarhaddon was truly “ the great king,and he adopte d

the poli cy of holding court at Nin e veh and Babylon . Babylon was the scene of many great battle s

,and during its exist

ence was fought for ofte ne r than,perhaps

,any other city in th e

Babylonian and A ssyrian empire s . I t was said to have beenbuilt in very early t ime s

,be came capital unde r Kh am m u r agas,

and held this position for 1 200 years (Babylon ia , p .

Kham m u ragas (about B.C. 1 700 ) call s himself king o f

Babylon .

”H e buil t there a temple to Merodach .

It was conquered by Tuc u lti -Nin ip B.C. 1 2 7 1 by Tigla thPile se r I . B.C. 1 1 1 0 ; by Tiglath -Pi le se r II . B.C. 7 3 1 ; byMe rodach-Baladan B.C. 7 2 2 ; by Sargon B.C. 7 2 1 i t wassacked and burnt by Sennacherib B.C. 6 92, b ut restored byE sarhaddon B .C. 6 7 5 ; captured by A ssur-bani-pal B.C. 6 48 ,

also by Nabu-pal-yu tsur B.C. 6 26,and finally taken by the

Medes and Persians B.C. 5

In his capacity o f ruler he was comparatively me rciful andkind

,for th e phrase “ r i e m u arsi-su ”

( I showed mercy tohim) occurs fr equently in the inscr iptions ; also hi s restoration

O pp e r t, L es S a rgon ide s , p . 57 .

Fo r th e m e a su i e m e nt of its wa lls, e tc .

—S e e D iodo rus S i c ulus, vo l. i .pp . 1 1 8, 1 20. A m ste lodam i , 1 746 .

8 GE NE A LOG Y,E TC. , O F E S A R H A D D ON.

to his ene mies of the gods which h e had captured is probab lywi thout equal among the deeds of the mighty

.

kings of A ssyriawho went before .” A nother proof o f his ge nerosity to h i senemies is shown by the fact of his rele asing Manasseh

,king

o f J udah,and restoring to him his kingdom after h e had

been carried captive to B abylon ( 2 Chron . xxxii i . Heextended the A ssyrian empire by th e conquests o f A rabia andE gypt

,and does not appear to have taken delight in warl ike

expe ditions fo r their own sake,but only undertook them when

necessity required for the submission o f his enemies .

L IST OF TE XTS USE D O R CONSULTE D‘

F O R TH IS BOOK .

The brick legends lithographed in i . 48 .

48

No . 1 0 3 1 i . 45 , 4 7 .

2

Broken Cyl inder,NO . 1 1 4, l ithographe d in iii . 1 5 , I 6 .

Black Stone i . 49.

Broken Cylinder (unnumbered) .K 308 2, K 3086 Containing the account o f th e expe ditions 202 7 to E gypt .K 1 6 79. Containing th e equivalent parts o f l ines for

i .,xlv . 4 1 , 48 .

K 2 6 7 1 . War against E lam .

K 305 3 . Title s and genealogy of E sarhaddon .

K 4473 . Wa r against S idon .K 4444. Wa r against Balu

,king of Tyre .

K 26 6 3 . Bears the name of E sarhaddon,date d 2 7 th day of

Iyyar.R M. 3 . Belongs to a Cylinder ofA ssur-bani-pal

,and contains

a li st o f names of tributary kings and cities,

by which the spe ll ing of many names inii i . 1 3 , has bee n correcte d .

iii .,xvi . No. 3 . The Wil l of Sennacherib .

The system of transliteration adopte d in the fo llowing pagesi s th e same as that used in Professor Sayce ’s A ssyr ianand is as fol lows

Aa a ha a

11 1,a lso v

L I S T O F E PONY MS ,

B.C. 68 1 -668 .

- t l i ~ 2w

7 + ( ti ll 7

4

$5 1 i t" (El)

« 4

wr 1»

==Y II II

(We 4° 4 1 7 5” l ‘l GE! 1* lii ll» > El D

f l I» E ll (W‘Y E l

L I S T O F E PONY MSF O R EACH YEAR D UR ING TH E R E IGN O F E SARHAD D ON .

The A ssyrian word lim -m a i s translated eponym by thegeneral conse n t of scholars . A Zim mu

,o r e ponym

,was ap

po inte d e very year,he ld o tfic e for a ye ar

,and gave his name

to th e ye ar . A bout thirty of th e king’s ministers had th eright of being eponyms .‘

REFERENCENAME O F EPONY M. TO TABLETS

6 8 1,D .P .

,Nabu- akhi-ure s

D .P .

,A ssur-akha- iddina ina D .P.

,

cussu i t tu sib (Canon ) .E sarhaddon upon the thron e sat.

6 80,D .P .

,Da-na- a -nu

6 79, D .P .,Istu -R am m an u -anin u

6 78 , D .P .

,Ne rgal - sar-u t su r

6 7 7 , D .P .

,A b u - ra -m u

6 76 , D .P .

,Bam-b a -a

6 7 5 , D .P .

,Nabu-A khi- iddin a

6 74, D .P.

,Sar-nuri

6 73 , D .P .,A -khaz-e l

6 7 2 , D .P .

,Nabu-bel -u tsu r

6 7 1 , D .P .

,D h e b e t - ai

6 70, D .P .

,Sal lim-bella- assib

6 6 9, D .P .

,Samas- casad- a ib i

6 6 8,D .P .

,Mar-la- rim

1 E ponym Ca non , p . 24.

2 Mr . Sm ith re fe rs to ta b le t K 3789 for th e n am e of th is E ponym D a n a nu,

b ut th e tab le t i s n ot date d,and th e lin e of wh ich h e m ake s D ananu re ads

i n ayum e c a s'

p a iddinu,

on th e day wh e n m on e y th e y gave . (For te xt ,se e opposite p age . )

WA J,i i i . 1 6 . NO . 3 .

l > + 7 11Ea s t I» r i llr t l (E T H R

2 é fi i ‘ -Y& Q EE P» (Wf llQ f l (F

3 t il‘fia ( ii ~ ll& t lllé ll > ~ ll& ( ll " HQ

Q 9; I» (LEI V II H l<

R E VE R S E .

—:E CEYVEIYH

E 4

8 I“V t ill?441 d lW Y 4 1

9“ I =lll= ( IE! S E fill! &» l ll

li fl‘fi ‘l flm l ll

fi ll?446 wi ll > t lrl 7 6 IE Wa: 7 + -

'

F

TH E WILL OF SENNA C H E R IB .

O BVE R S E .

1 D .P. ,D .P .

,Sin-akhi- irba sar c is ’sat i .

( I) Se nnache r ib, King of multitudes,2 Sar m at A ssu r

'

e si r i kh u r a tsi tulat KARN IKing of A ssyria

,brace lets of gold

,heaps of ivory

,

3 khu r a tsi gagi khur at si e s ir i itti sa -a - ti (f)a cup of gold

,crowns of gold

, (and) chains with them ,

4 ina du -ma-ki an -nu-te sa tu- lat- s’u -nuthe se be nefits (goods ) of which the re are he aps

5 D .P.,ibba D .P .

,l ikh -khal D .P . ,

z adhu

crystal stone,

stone,bird ston e .

R E VE R S E .

6 I bar ma- na 2 5 cibi ci saka l - su -nuO n e and a -half manch , tw o and a half Sh ek e ls, acco rdingto th e ir weight

7 a - na D .P .

,A ssur- akha—iddina abil -ya sa arcatu

to E sarhaddon my son who afterwards8 D P . A ssur- ebil -mucin - pal sum- su

A ssur - ebil -mucin - pal hi s name9 na—b u -u ci- i r u- ah—awas named according to my wish .

a -din c isat-tu B it D .P.

,A -muk

I gave the treasure of th e templ e of Amuke r ik- irba c a - nu - ur—a - n i D .P . Nabuirik irba the ha rp is ts (f) of the god Ne bo .

i . 48 . No . 2 .

sunat»M ! at

« sin

W.A i 48 . No . 4

i fl lfi ‘ fi‘ C‘é U fl l

i . 48 . No . 5 .

2 t lli « I« —l

3 CST—l -l «

T ITLE S O F E SA R H A DDON .

No . 2 . i . 48 .

1 E - GA L D .P .

,A ssur-akha—iddin a

Th e palace o f E sarhaddon2 sarru dan-nu sar c is’s’at i sar mat A ssurth e powerful king

,king o f multitude s

,king o f the country

o f A ssyr i a,

3 abil D .P .,S in-akhi - irba sar mat A ssur

son o f Sennache rib,king of the country o f A ssyria

,

4 abi l D .P.

,Sar-g in sar mat A ssur

son o f Sargon,king o f A ssyria.No . 4. i . 48 .

1 mat D .P .,A ssur- akha-iddin a sar c iss’ a ti sar mat A ssur

the country o f E sar haddon,king of mu ltitude s

,king o f

A ssyria,

2 mat Khat- ti mat Mu -tsur mat Cus’ i(king o f) the land o f the Hittite s, of E gypt, (and) Cush,

(E thiopia )No . 5. i . 48 .

1 a -n aLc u D .P.

,A ssur-akha- iddin a- sarru rabu

I am E sarhaddon,th e great king ,

2 sarru dan-nu sar c is's’a t i sar mat A ssur sakkan akthe strong king

,king o f multitude s

,king of A ssyria

,

prie st3 CA f D IMI R -(R A ) D .A .

,sar mat Sumir-D .A .

o f Babylon,king of Sumir

4 u A ccad D .A .

,sar sarr1 mat Mu—tsur

and A ccad,king of the kings o f E gyp t

5

”mat Khat- tu mat Cu- s’ iof th e country of the Hittites

,E gypt ( 3) of Cush .

c

1 8 TITLE S O F E S A R H A D D ON.

8 Es:

i . 48 . NO . 7

i . 50, 1—6 .

3 (B i l

BA TTLE OF E SA R H A DDON A GA INST H ISBR OTH E R

,A T KH A NIR A BBA T

,B.C. 6 80.

WA T , i i i . I 5 c o l . I .

1 u -sar -rid-va u -sa-ats-batI caused to descend and I caused to take

2 la-ab -b i- is an -na-dir-va its-tsa-ri- ikh c a-bat- tiIn heart I was discouraged

,and was stri cken down my

liver.3 as-su e -pis sarru-ti BIT-A BI -ya u i

-pi-s'a rit-ti-yaA s regards th e making of the royalty of the house of myfather, the ex tension o f my dominion,

4 a -na D .P.,ASSUR D .P.

,S IN D .P.

,SAMAS D .P.

,BE L D .P.

,

NABU u D .P.,NE R GA I;

to the gods A ssur,Sin

,Samas

,B el

,Nebo

,and Ne rgal

,

5 D .P .

,ISTAR sa N INUA D .A .

,D .P .

,ISTAR sa D .P .

,ABBA-ll

the goddess Istar of Nineveh, (and) the goddess Istar of

A rbela.,6 Ka-a-ti as-si-va im -

gu-ru ci-b i- ti

my hands I l ifte d up and they were kind to my prayers .

7 ina an -n i -su -nu c i-nuv SE RU ta-gi l-tuBy their grace establ ished

,a trusting heart (body)

8 is—tap-pa - t u -niv-va (h) a -l i c la- c a - la-tathe y sent

,and ( said) march ! do not restrain thyse lf

22 BA TTLE O F E S A R H A D D ON

as: e r rW Elkw wl > -II f l l~ ll f l l>

7 + ‘lA ll =Ell ( ti—l i =El

E l:7 7 “ Em l»» =Ell H M l<I

( t i l: i

1 4 i» H LEI 1°> l<l h i i=El 7 11 i°l “ l ( Cal: ll 43 1

1 6 ll “ 1 m: 4 11 W =E 4Mt i ll

w A é si ll ” l =EE I<LEJ i i E 11

ll (U > i¢v t‘ ll<E?

El» H -ll& ElllElH H

P H Ei ll ( lfF I =lll

A GA INS T H IS BR OTH E R . 23 .

-

9 i -da-a- c a n i- it - tal-lac -va n i-na- a -t a gir-ri-a-c a

1 2

I 3

1 4

(with) thy hands, we march ; and we abhor thy e nemies .

E s'r -e u Y U-me SANNA Y U-me ul u c -ci pa -an UMMA NI -ya

u l-at-gulO n the first day (and) second day I fought not, the frontof my army I set not in array

,

ar- c a-a u l-a -cin pi-kit—ti s’ usI tsi-mit-ti N IR Ithe b inde r part I form e d not

,the overseers o f the horse s

trained to (bear) the yoke ,u l u -nu-u t TA K H A TS I-ya u l a -su -surwi thout the furniture of my battle

,I did no t se t in line ( t )

tsi-di- it gir-ri-ya u l-as-pu -u c

prov isions for my j ourney I i ssued not.

sal-gu cu-uts- tsu ARAKH S E BA TTU dan-na-at e n-te-naSnow

,storming ( in ) the month S ebat (came the) mighty

darkness,

u l-a-durI feared not

,

ci-ma ITSTSUR I s’ i-s’ i- in -n i m u -up-

pa-ar- si

l ike a sis inni bi rd flying

a -na D .P .

,Gab -kha-akh i -ri- tsi ap- ta-a 1 -da-ai

agai nst the officer Gab-khakh, of the land I opened( out) my force s

Khar-r a -an N INUA D .A ., pa

-as-ki - is u r -t u-ukh- i s ar-di-vathe road (to) Nineveh, with difficulty quickly I descended,and

1 8 e l- la-m u -uh-a ina I R TS I - ti v mat Kh a-u i-rab-bat gi -mir kur a-di-su -im

be yond me, in the re gion of ‘the country of Kh an ir ab b a t ,the whole of their warriors,

24 BA TTLE O F E S A R H A D D ON

i t an ~ 1< =1E Ell< em =sn a»ss1 51 =m= 1» E ll

s » =m< ~ 1< 1» 51 »11=s11 =1 411 1 7 A ~ 1< 51

t i? 1* EU > > l~ H Ml< =Ell

26 05 1 Mk 1?

A GA INS T 1 1 1 5 BR O TH E R . 25

ts i-r u-ti pa -an gi r-ri-ya tsab-tu-va u -rac-sa D .P.

,CACC I

su -nu

powerful in front of my army placed themselves and girdedo n their weapons .

pu- lukh-ti RAB I BE L I -ya 1 s -khup-su -nu-ti - vaThe fear of the great gods

,my lords

,overwhelmed them,

and2 1 ti- ih TA KH A TS I -ya dan-n i e -m u-v -ru -v a e -m u -u makh-khu-u rthe onset of my powerful atta ck they saw

,and collected

in front.D .P .

,Is-tar b i - lat KABAL I TA KH A TS I r a-ah- i -mat sa-an

gu- ti-ya

Th e goddess Istar,the lady of war (and) battle , the lover

o f my obedience,

i -da-ai ta-z i- iz -va D .P.

,MITPA NI -Su -nu tas-bir

my forces she fixed,their bows she broke

,

24 _ta-kha- tsa-su-nu r a-ao-su tap-dhu-ur -vatheir assembled fighting m e n she struck and

2 5 ina PUK H R U- Su -nu nam-b u -u um-ma-an -nu yu -s’ar-a -n iin the ir assembly disturbed

,the army turns away from me .

26 ina ci-b i-ti-sa tsir-ti id-ai i t-ta sa ats-b i- t u u - se-midBy her supreme command

,my hands the standard which

I had rai sed,I caused to carry.

Bro k e n Cy l inde r . i i i . 1 5 ,c o l . 2 .

<1» =l £55 11 E ll E l l> ‘ l( l

w as“E l c lM fi ll E l «E l

5 1 11 7 ”1ML i > ~ El sl» \ a

311' 1 , Esm e a <E l «H M

E ll 51: 5+ =Ell

es 11 11 1s «1: { E1 »1 w —1 f 1» 1 »—11 »1

6 »1 (WE ll > =ll > > l ~ =Ell ll H l< lTV

7 4 H 11 =El =Ell E ll Ell< =lll= 1°

8 H t llt‘b t lllt l

‘H llfi E ll :IZ E =Ell

E l =lll= ( i ll IZIl =lll<

28 TH E WA R A GA INS T

9 “ f l ( l=l: =ll 11a ( 5 1:m ( l> El ( lw ll<l

=EllH ( 5 11 : ll 1°> :@E? El ( l .

=llll “1° Ei fiMl< =Ell ( 5 311 E ll =ISI

1 3 ‘lll Z =55 ll<=i <i l El ==l ll -ll<l &» lll

I 4 5 1 11 l» T 5; ll ( li’

F i‘ I =lll=

76 H

l ¢III i lll 7 6

‘lfi ll t i ll l» El ll “ l 1* C l16 > El Ell< 555 1-17 ==l =llll

$ 1 El H »l l»» El» l»» =ll f l»l A ? f l

1 8 ” I * II 7 + > ~El 76 > II > E§ l =ll

NA BU-ZIR -NA PI S Tl -E S IK . 29

9 na- di- e a -kh i u l - ir—si-va ar-di u l yu -m as—sirth e gifts of a brother he presented not

,and ( to do) homage

he approached not,

1 0 va D .P .

,r ac - b u - su a - di makh - ri—ya

and his ambassador to my pre se nce

1 1 u l is - pu -rav-v a sul-m u SARRU- ti-ya u l i s—alhe sent not

,and ( concerning ) the peace of my kingdom he

asked not,

1 2 ip- se - te - e - su lim -n i -e - ti ina c i - rib N INUA . D .P.

,as-me - e - va

his e v il deeds within Nineveh I heard,and

l ib - b i i - gug- va its - tsa- ri - ikh c a-bat- ti D .P.

,su - par SAK I—ya

my heart groane d and was stricken down my l iver. Myoffi cers

,

D .P .

,P I KH A '

I‘I sa pa

- a - di MAT I - Su u -ma- ah - ir tsi- r u - u s—suthe prefects of the borders of hi s country I hastened againsthim

,

va—su—u D . P.,NABU- ZI R -NA P I STI - BS I R b a - r a—nu u

and he (name ly) Nabu-zir-n api sti - e sir , gross (I) andna—pal—cat—ta- nua rebel

,

a—lac UMMA NI -ya i s -me- va a - na mat E la—ma, D .A .

,se- la

pi so f th e march of my army heard

,and to the country of E lam

,

l ike a foxin -na—bit.he fled away.

as- su ma—mit I L I RAB I e—par-ku,D .P.

,AS - SUR

,D .P .

,S I N

,

D .P.,SAMAS

Since the covenant o f th e great gods h e had brok e n,

A ssur,Sin

,Samas

,

D .P .,BE L u D .P .

,NABU au - nu e u - tu e -me - du - su - va

B el and Nebo,sin ( and) guilt place d upon him ,

TH E WA R A GA INS T

( E l E lll 1* ( E l El ( E l

E fi l i‘ E ll «

E

ll H l< EEfi

ll “ l E ll Ell< E EE l E lll= H l< E Ell

ll “ l 1" E d? ( IE l Lfi ll Ez l t a ElE lll== E1311 > ~El ll H IEII H l<

3 ‘l E ifiv ll l E ll é lrl H l< ‘l’ E ll<l

d l ‘l Efi t I E llk i‘ D i 7

L S15”

i s My E 111E El »El l ‘l > =l:l ll E i lM l< EElll E ll" Ml‘ I E : E llll i‘l

ll J l E 1 1 < (E l =E Hz l Ca El E lllEE ’ l Elf V >

t

l ( E ll W

NA BU-ZIR -NA PIS TI -E S IR . 3 1

1 9 ci-rib MAT E la—ma D .A .

,i - na- r u - su ina cacc( i)

within th e land of E lam they overwhelmed him withweapons .

20 D .P.

,NAH ID D .P .

,Mar-duk A K H - Su ip

- si t MA T E - lam - tiNahid-Merodach his brothe r

,of the matter ( in) the country

of E lam,

2 1 sa a -na A K H - su i -tib - b u—su e -m u -u r -va

which to h i s brothe r had happened,saw and

2 2 u l-tu MAT E -lam- ti in - nab - tu—va a -na e -pis A R D - u - ti -yafrom the country of E lam had fled and to make subm is

sion to me, ( l it. my homage ”

)

2 3 a -na MAT ASSUR D .A .

,il - li c-av - va yu

- tsal- la- a b i-ln - t ito the country of A ssyria came and he besought (prayed)my lordship.

MAT tam -tiv a - na s’ i-khir- ti—sa ri-du - u t AK H I - S u u - sat-gi lTh e se a coast

,to it s whole extent

,the dominion of his

brother,I

pa-nu-u s-su

e ntru sted to him .

sat -ti sam-ma la - na-par - c a - a it-ti ta-mar-ti - su c a -bit-teY early a sum unvarying with hi s numerous presents

26 a -na N INUA D .A .

,i - l ic- av—va yu - na-as - sa -ka S E PA-

ya

t o Nineveh he came and he kissed my two fe et.

E XPE D IT ION A GA INST A BD I MILCUTTI

K ING OF S IDON,A ND S A ND UA R R I,

K ING OF CUNDI A ND S'

IZU.

i . 45 c o l . I .

(w as “W3

«A3 ”A ? (E l

4 ” I“ ”w ” l"

»l E »l<YE l

f l =Ell E l t l <l> ll ( lfl:

8 E l —ll<l E111 =lll= El El 61 Em —El

9 »=l:l 5111 E NE Ell t i l =ll1 E V

E XPE D IT ION A GA INST A BD I MILCUTTI,

K ING OF S IDON,A ND S A ND UA R R I ,

K ING OF CUNDI A ND S’

IZU.

i . 45 c o l. I .

48

Br i t ish Museum,Numb e r 1 0—3 1

2

D .A .,u A ccad D . A .

( Sumir) and A ccad11 MAT AS SUR

,D A .

and the country o f A ssyri asar mat A ssur

,D .A .

king o f the country of A ssyria,

D .P. ASSUR P .P.

,S IN D .P. SAMAS

,

the gods A ssur,S in

,Samas

,

5 D P. NABU D .P.

,MARD UK D .P .

,ISTAR sa N1NUA

,

Nebo,Marduk

,the goddess Ista r ofNineveh

,

6 D .P .,I STAR se ABBA-ll D .A . RAB I BE L 1 - e u

the goddess Istar of A rbela,the great gods his lords

,

7 u l-tu tsi- i t D .P.,Sam-S i a-di e-rib D .P . ,

Sam-S i

(who) from the rising of the sun to the setting o f th e sun

8 it—tal- lac-u -va ma-khi-ra la- i -su-u

he hath marched,and an opponent has not had.

9 Ca - sid D .P. ,Tsi-du -um-u i sa ina GABAL tam-tiv

The conqueror of Tsidon , which ( is) upon the border ofthe s e a

,

34 E XPE D ITION A GA INS T

1 0 $11 f l» 7L —ll& EllIEl E ll > >

t

lll l» I

( lE l =ll1 f l E v E El ( li p EE zl

- IH

l =:

l ( li p E ll IEl f l > <l< E 4 1 1 E l

E ll -El E'F =l lEl l»» =Ell

«51 El 1 =111= 5 17 E 1: t 1 (LEI E 111 A1

4141

1 9 E . E T E lllt I ( ll E ll& ( ll ‘l E1128l» ll 5 1 ‘l

20 E5 11 E>E ll »:l:l E

”E ll E l E lll E l El

5 1: 164W M l< =llll El»

11 J l es A w l ( li =ll E l E l

I c om pa re (E l El ll( &ll :l> < ll lw

36 EXPEDITION AGAINS T

=lll l» I fulfi l l»»ll? E > El

=E V ll

t i l»» (PE I =Ell =ll rat : lE l»»

ll a» > =H ll “ Y (E l =lll i ‘ J ?

(E l

2 8Men ll a Ar as »=L:l > LEJ Y 1 7 L

29 > fl: ” P wi ll ) V

3° »=ll ( l A ll ) sta t é l

=Ell W

‘lll C: =lll= 16 (h E ll

(PEI! l i ii t i l (P M4”

26

30

3 1

3 5

36

A BD I-MILCUTTI A ND S A ND UA R R I . 37

NI S I -Su UMMI sa u i-b a la i -sa -a

H is m e n (and) wom en whic h num be r h ad no t

A LP I va tsi-e -u i 1m m

oxe n and she e p, a sse s

a-b u-c a a -n a c i-r ib MA T A ssu n D .A .

,

I tu rn e d (drove ) t o th e m idst o f th e c oun try o f A ssyr ia .

u -

pa-khir -va S A R R A NI MA T khat -ti

I a sse m ble d al so th e kings o f th e land of th e H itti te s,

va a-kh i tam -t iv c a -l i-su -nu

and th e se a c o ast th e who le o f them

m a pa-an ya) sa nuv-va A LU u-se -p is

-va

in to m y p r e se nc e . A n o th e r c i ty I c aused to m ake and

A L D .P.

,Assu n ) A K H A - IBB IN-na at-ta -b i u i -b it-su

th e c ity o f E sarhaddon,I c alled its nam e

NI S I khu -b u-u t D .P. ,MITPA NI -ya sa S A D -i

th e m e n,th e spo il of m y b ow fr om th e m oun ta ins .

va t am -t iv tsi -id D .P.

,S am -si

and th e se a o f th e r ising sun

m a l ib -b i u -se - si - ih

in th e m idst of ( i t ) I c au se d to dwe ll

D .P .,su -

p ar- S A K ya D .P .

,P I K H A TU e l i- su -nu as-c un

m y ge n e r al a s p r e fe c t o ve r the m I e stablishe d,

va D .P .,s'

a -an -du -ar -r i

and S’

andu arr i

S A R A LI Cun -di D .P.,S

'

i-zu -u

king of th e c ity Cundi, (and) th e c i ty S’

izu,

38 E XPE D ITI ON AGAINS T

3 7 E% ‘v > ~El FEE > ~El HF t lll<

ll “ l i ‘ =E =ll> FEE

ll ” f l ll W Y»E l 1* =:lll= El

ll “ f l I ll > i° E l l

ll “ Y E l ll ”f l P d? —II t i ll t i l

45 <E l El :l h i ~ ll<l ( t i: f l “E lr =E

48 t lll l»» H A it : ( b : - ll El

A BD I -MILCUTTI A ND S A ND UA R R I . 39

3 7 D .P .

,NA CI R U ak- tsu la p a

—lakh b e - lu - ti -ya

an e n em y, de str oying, no t a r e ve r e r o f m y lo rdsh ip ,

sa I LI yu-m as-sar -u -va

whom th e gods h ad de se r t e d, and

a -n a S A D - i m a r -tsu -ti it-ta -

gi l

to th e rugge d m o untain s tru ste d

u D .P .,A b -di -m i l- c u-u t -t i S A R A L Tsi-du -n i

a lso A bdi -m i l c fi t t i,king of th e c ity Tsido n

4 1 a -n a r i -ts u -t i -su i s-c un -va

t o h is he lp e st abl i she d (go t) and42 S UM [L I R A BI a -na a -kha - i iz - c u r -u -va

l

th e n am e o f th e gr e at gods to e a c h o the r they r e m em be r e d,and

43 a -n a e -m u -ki -su—un i t - t ag - ln

to the ir fo r c e s they truste d.

421 a -na - c u a -n a ASSUR BI L-

ya a t -ta-gi l—va

Bu t I,t o A ssu r m y lo rd t ruste d, and

45 c i -m a i t s- tsu -r i u l-tu c i - r ib S A D - i

l ike a bird from w ithin th e m oun tain

a -m as - su -va ao - c i -éa kak -ka -s’

u

I dr e w h im o u t and I c u t o ff h i s he ad.

as-su da - n a - an D .P .

,ASSUR BI L-

ya

Be side s, b y th e m ight o f A ssu r , m y lo rd,NI S I c u l-luv m i-im -m a

th e m e n all o f the m ,who e ve r (the y w e r e ,)

K A K KA D I D .P.

,S

’a -a h -du - u -ar - r i

th e he ads o f S ’andfi arr i

1 Com pa re‘IW'QIU

'NS OW'

J -l J o shua xxi i . 7 , “Ne ithe r m ake

m e ntion (r em em b e r) th e nam e of the ir gods .

40 E XPE D ITI ON A INS T TH E

5° ( lb li ll l == l ( li t: S i ll E l ‘l M l‘

5 1 (E l V <l=l: Efi El” l» l =lll ll

5 3 »ll<l s llll =3 l3 l (E l =ll 1°l

s4 V a s } -t ll ( ll ll

as 1644

E XPE D ITIO N A GA INST TH E CIMME R I A NDCILICIA .

WA i . 45 ; c o l- 2

t S EEM<LE_ l =ll I

2 ll »; l y l l? (E l =lll= 5m ll

3 ( lfFQ t ft—‘

l El» 5826 “ i ll V

4 EN M l< ll i ll ll rl E l > ¢t l=llll

t i l =Ell a s f l <l> ~

-=ll (E l =lll= V ” F I t l

( l’ ; lll¢ fi ll

CIMME R I A ND CILICIA . 4 1

50 va,D .P.

,A b -di -m i- il- c u-ut- ti

and A bdi-m i lc fi tti5 1 in a c i- sa -di NI S ( I ) R A BI-su—nu a -lu l-va

upon th e n e cks of the ir gr e a t m e n I hung and

5 2 i t-t i,D .P.,NrN'

GUTI,u Z ICA R I u S INNI S TI

toge the r w i th th e m usic ian s,bo th m al e and fem ale

53 i n a ri -b i t NINUA,D .A .

,e - t e - i t-t i-ik

thr ough th e w ide spac e s ofNine ve h, I m ade pass through .

54 sa—li l A L A r—z a -u i

spo ile r o f th e c i ty A rz a in ,

n a MA TMu -u ts- r i

o f th e c oun try of E gyp t .

E XPE D ITIO N A GA INST TH E CIMME R I A NDCILICIA .

i . 45 ; c o l . 2 .

id—c i - e - eu

h e ga the r e d i t

2 a—na MA T A S - S U R,D .A .

,u—ra—a

t o th e c oun t ry o f A ssyr ia I br ought .3 ina di-kh i A BULLI GA BA L A L- sa NINUA

,D .A .

In fron t of th e gr e at gate a t th e bo rde r of th e c i tyNin e ve h,

4 i t- t i A -sl CA LBI D A BI

w ith wild bulls,

dog ( s and) be ar (s) .1 Com pare ina BA B tsi

-it,D .P .

,S am -S i ga b al , D .P .

,NINUA

,D .A .

,u-s a-an-ts ir

e u,D .P .

,si-ga

-ru . In th e ga te of th e ri sing sun ,a t th e b o rde r of Nin e ve h,

I c ause d him to b e guarded in woode n b onds. i i i . 25 , 93 .

42 E XPE D ITI O N A GA INS T TH E

5 =m= 1° Y’ 1 7 4 ”V”CH I’ If"

6 (H i ll Y N 535! i N3 4 161at" W W

E "WWEEH I flH =YYY=

8 45 ~ ie€ 41 m w !

9 1? 4 1a Ema sawI =m=

H i ‘ t: W W 4» ‘Y Q EE V

V <Y=t a a i n!

.3 V « ck-

J r T»» I 7 4‘

a ! m; 151! E!

( t i : 4 4 Y» Sp z ; a 44?w ! a: 4MY »:n Y»» I 7 L cm 7

4 ~ r<

A H 5 5“m y”E 16 , 16 4 4

3

u Em $ 1 > ~EYMI( (inse r e rte d h e by W.A . . iI

=m 442am 1 5 f»

44 E XPE D ITI ON A GA INS T TH E

1 7 =ISI i» 455 «MWat EU> EY i» <=z i

1 8 ==Y M d ) =l + M as

23 ll 4» i f» ‘l 1* ( E Tll 4? 4”

A si r ‘F a wn“

cm 1»

J rww1 5 =m= > EY i s P H

10 . ( 5 3ht EY E "

3

ti t—l ] q » a w nY

CIMMERI A ND CILICIA . 45

a-di ALAN I TS A K H R I sa li - v e—t i - su - nu

toge ther w ith th e sm all c i ti e s wh ic h borde r e d them

a l v—e ac - sud a s- lu la sal lat sun

I b e sie g e d, I c aptur e d, I spo ile d (them ) o f the ir spo i l ,ab b u l ag

-

gu r in a I S A TI ac -vu

I thr ew down,I dug up , w i th fi r e I burn e d.

si tu—te - su - nu sa kh i - idh—dhuTh e r e m ainde r o f them

,wh o r e be ll io n

va ku l - lul - tav 1a i - su—uand c urse s h ad n o t (u tte r e d) ,c ab—tu n i -i r b e - ln - t i -ya e—m id- su -nu - t i

th e he avy yoke o f m y lo rdship I p lac e d (sto od) upon the m .

D a - i s (va r . ad- i s) MA T Par - n a—c i n ac -ru ak-tsu

Th e tr am ple r (I tram ple d upon ) th e c oun t ry Farma c i,

an e n em y, de stroyi ng

a - si—b u - u t MA T TUL-a-su r -r i

th e inhabitan ts o f th e c oun try ofTe l-A ssur

sa i - na p i- i NI S I

whic h in th e language of th e m e n (na tive s)AL m e -ekh - r a—nu D .P.

,Pi—ta—a—nu

o f the c i ty Mekh ranu , th e c ity Pitanu

1 - n am - b u—u z i - c ir - su -nu

they c all the i r n am e .

m u—sap -

p i—ikh (va r . u—sap -

p i- ikh ) NI S I MA TMan - na - a i

Th e sc atte r e r of (I sc att e r e d) th e m e n o f th e c oun t ry

Van,

Ku -tu -u la éa - an -ku

Gu t ium disobe die n t,

46 EXPEDITION AGAINST TH E

V 5 3 ”El “ I ll H Y“

fi H ll ll ll ”4”fi ll > ~ El A“ i s

3 1 t E J ) ti ll"

t ) E )

ll l > > l~ 1 ll

V W “ Y r =Wvi a s!

»EY =m= 1° 4 1°

i I =Y¥ Elk =YYY= H P =Ell

3 7 ( z ): A ) (LEJ =m r =W« i

ll H P si r“:

44a <5 " =eu

i t f l 4a 11 J ! 7 11 A r“

l t ; a“ i i i .,1 5

,

W M Y

CIMMERI AND CIL ICIA . 47

29 sa um -m a - na -a - t i (va r . UMMA NU) D .P.,Is—pa—c a - a i

who th e a rm i e s o f Ispac a i (king o f)

30 MA T A s-

gu-z a ; a i m a—ru la m u - se - z i - b i - su

the c oun try o f th e A sgu za i, a r e be l fo r c e,no t saving h im ,

i - na - ru (var . a -n a—ar ) ina CACC Ih ad o ve rwhe lm e d (I o ve rwhe lm e d) w i th w e apo n s .

D h a - r id,D .P.

,D .P .

,NABU -ZI R -NA P I STI -BS I R AB I L

,D .P.

,

D .P. MARD UK -ABLA- I D INNATh e r e p e lle r o f Nabu - z ir - nap i st i

- e sir,son o f Me roda c h

Baladan,

sa a—na SAR MA T E—lam - ti i t-t ag- lu-va

wh o to th e king of th e c oun try of E lam h ad tru ste d and

34 la u -se—z i - b u n ap- sat—s

u

h ad n o t c au se d h is l ife to b e save d.

3 5 D P . Na—ah - id D .P .

,Mar -duk A K H -s

'

u

Nahid-Me rodac h , h i s bro the r ,

36 A s- su e -p is A R D

- u - t i -ya

in o rde r to m ake m y subm ission subm iss io n t o m e ) ,3 7 u l - tu c i - r ib MA T E—lam - ti in - n ab - tu - va

fr om w ithin the c oun t ry of E lam h ad fled,and

3 8 a -n a N INUA D .A . AL b e - lu - t i -ya

t o Nin e ve h, th e c ity o f m y lo rdship39 i l

—l i c - av -va yu- n a - as-si -ik S E PA -

ya

c am e and kisse d m y fe e t .

40 MA T tam -tiv a -na S i -kh i - ir -ti-sa

The c oun try of th e se a se a-c oa st) to i ts Who le e xt e n t,

48 EXPEDITION AGAINST TH E

42 “ IH

Q »? i ‘ =llll l i s“

? i t 4 ”43 V (El =ll¥ i

‘ =ll¥ ( Ii W W =t l =i i

i E ) ; i ii . 1 5 ,

s p—B a t

a -u -u -u i ii . 1 5 ,

W “: ”ll‘l 4k“(WA I . i i i . , 1 5 ,

mm: m m am a) as)r a -m a -nu -a s ,

“th e y turned th em se lv e s away, is inse rte d a fte r W by

W. A .I . i ii.,1 5

,23 .

CIMME R I A ND CILICIA . 49

4 1 r i -du—u t A K H - su u - sat—gi l p a -nu -u s-su

th e dom in 1on o f h is br o the r I c aus ed to b e e n tru ste d to

Na—b i-ah (va r . as- lul ) MA T BIT,D .P .

,D ak-kur - r i

Th e di stu rbe r o f (I spo ile d) th e c oun try o f Be th-D akkur r i,

43 sa c i - r ib MA T Kal—di a i - ab CA -D IMI R (R A ) D .A

whi c h (i s) w ithin th e land o fChalde a, an e n e m y o f Babylon ,

44 c a -m u -u (va r . a o- vu ) , D .P.

,D .P.

,S AMA s—ih - n i S A R -su

th e burn e r o f (I burn e d) S am a s-ibn i i ts king45 is—khap—pu khab-b i- ln la pa

-li—khu z i c -ri BE L I

a ravage r w i cke d, n o t r e ve r ing th e m e m o ry o f th e lo rds,

46 sa E K I LI ABL I CA D IMI R - R A,D .A .

,

wh o th e lands o f th e so n s o f Babylo n (Babylon ians )

47 u Bar - sap, D .A .

,ina pa

- r i-ik-te i t - b a - ln-va

and Bo r sippa, by vio le n c e h ad c ar ri e d away . A nd

48 as - su a-na - c u pu-lukh- t i

,D .P.

,BE L u

,D .P.

,NABU i -du - u

as fo r m yse lf, th e fe ar o f th e gods Be l andNe b o I kn e w .

50 EXPEDITIO N AGAINST TH E

M m El

z)

v H “HP

Y i ii . 1 5 ,

TH E A R A BIA NWA R O F E S A R H A D D O N.

IN lin e s 5 5 and 56 , pr in t e d be low ,it i s state d tha t S e n

n a ch e r ib h ad c o nqu e r e d th e c i ty o f E dom,in A r abia . A

n o t ic e o f this e vent is fo und on a table t (K ve ry m u c h

de fa c e d,a c opy of whi c h i s p r in t e d in Sm ith’

s S e nna che r ib,

p . 1 38 . Th e invasion by S e nn ac he r ib t ook p lac e abou tB.C. 6 9 1 . A t th e t im e of E sarhaddon

,Khaz ai l w as king

o f A r abia,andwhe n h e die d E sarhaddon be stow e d th e t hr on e

up on Y au tah o r Y ah lua,th e son of Khaz a il . This o c c ur r e d

du r ing th e r e ign o f E sarhaddon,and Y au tah pa id h is ap

p o in t e d t r ibut e , a s Khaz a il h ad don e be fo r e h im ,un til som e

tim e afte r th e de a th o f E sarhaddon . A ssur -ban i-p al, was kingo f A ssyr ia , and S au lm ugina, h i s bro the r , h ad r e vo lte d. I t w a s

the n that Y au tah jo in e d in th e r e vo lt and r a ise d two a rm i e s

o n e h e se n t t o Pa le st in e,and th e o the r to th e he lp o f th e

Babylon ian s. H e h ad r e fuse d to p ay h is t r ibu te , and h is c ondu c t is thu s te r se ly de sc r ibe d b y A ssu r -ban i -pa l i i i .

23 , 1 05 ) Fo r wh e n E lam wa s sp e aking se dit ion w ith

A c c ad,h e he ard

,and the n h e disr e garde d fe al ty t o m e

, ( e ve n )m yse lf A ssu r - ban i -p al , th e King, th e n oble he r o , th e p ow e rfulc hi e f, th e wo rk o f th e h ands o f th e god A ssur . H e fo r so okm e

,and to A b iyate h and A im u

, son s o f Te ah r i , h is fo r c e s w i ththe m

,fo r th e ass istan c e o f Sau lm ugin a , m y r e be ll iou s br o the r ,

h e se n t,and e stabl ishe d h i s fa c e . Th e p e ople o f A rab ia h e

c ause d t o r e vo l t w ith h im,and c ar r i e d o ff t h e plunde r o f th e

ARABIAN WA R O F ESARH ADDON 53

p e ople whom A ssu r,Istar , and th e gre a t gods h ad give n m e .

H i s was,how e ve r

,t o tally de fe ate d, fo r ano the r n o t ic e says

Th e A r abian s wh o e sc ap e d fr om b e fo r e m y w ar r io r s th e godNin ip de str oye d. In wan t and fam in e the ir l ife w as passe d,and fo r fo od they e a t the fle sh of the ir c hildr e n

To Y au tah m isfo r tun e happ e n e d, and h e fle d aw ay alon e to

Nabait i .” A ssur -ban i -pal p lac e d A b iyate h upon th e thr on e of

Y au tah . Th e a c c oun t o f the se e ve n ts, give n in i i i . 2 5 ,

8 1, go e s o n t o sta te that A ssur -ban i-pa l bro ught Y au tah o u t

fr om Nabate a,and ke pt h im c ha in e d in th e Gate o f th e R ising

S un,in Nin e ve h .

TH E A R A BIA N WA R O F E S A R H A D D O N.

i . 45 c o l . 2 , 55—58 .

i n I? l a“ > =l =lli

«E l

( =El ) 74 ll > l<l¢ E l

E I T =llls I > > l~

i . 45 ; c o l . 3 .

( ti ll E ll —El ) II “ I t‘ > >T (E l

QNNNNNN =lll= EEi ll II

( IWII ) I?” F”

Ell i * l?4”4 E l l M l< i lll =ll> H l< I =llll

TH E A R A BIA N WA R O F E S A R H A D D O N.

i . 45 ; c o l . 2, 55-

58 .

5 5 D .P.

,A -du-m u-u al dan - nu -te MA T A—r i-b i

(To ) th e c i ty o f E dom, a fo r tifie d c i ty o f th e c oun try o f

A rabia

5 6 sa,D .P .

,D .P .

,S IN-A K H I -A R BA SAR MA T A S SUR

,D .A .

,

whi c h S e nna c he r ib,king of th e land of A ssyr ia ,

5 7 (A BU) b a-nu -u -a i c -su -du -va

th e fa the r,m y b e go t te r, h ad c onque r ed, and

5 8 (b us ) -su - su NA MCUR - Su 1 L1 -su

i ts w e a lth,i ts r i c he s

,its gods .

i . 46 ; c o l . 3.

1 ( is-lu-la ) a—na MA T A SS UR,D .A .

,

h ad c ar r i e d away to th e c oun try of A ssyr ia .

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

3 D .P .

,Kh a -z a-a - il sa MA T A -ri -b i

Kh azail (king) of th e land o f A r abia,

4 i t-t i ta -m ar - t i - su c a-b i t-te

wi th h i s num e r ou s p r e se n t s,

5 a - n a NINUA,D .A .

,AL b e -ln -t i -ya

to Nin e ve h,th e c i ty o f m y lo rdship .

<l> t llll as =Ell 1 ,L

w =lll= 1°=llll El =El

mm11 E E l I»» ( i t ! El E l l

TH E ARABIAN WA R O F E S A R H A D D O N. 57

6 il-lic - av-va yu- n a-a s-si- ik S E PA -

ya

h e c am e and h e kisse d m y two fe e t ,

7 as-su n a-dan 1 L 1 -su yu-tsal - la -a-n i-va

whe n th e gift of giving back) h e suppli c a te d o f m e .

The n 1

8 r i-e -m u ar- si-su ~ vac om pa ss ion I showe d (to ) h im ,

and

9 I LI sa- tu -nu au -khu - éu-nu ud-dis- va

o f the se gods the ir injur ie s I r e pai r e d, and

1 0 da-na-an,D .P .

,A SSUR BI L-

ya

th e m ighty (de eds) o f th e god A ssur , m y lo rd,1 1 u si-dhir SUM-

ya e li-su - nu u -sa -as-dhi r -va

and th e wr it ing o f m y nam e upo n them I c ause d to b ewr it te n and

,

1 2 u -tir -va ad-din - su

I r e sto r e d and I gave ( the m ) to h im .

1 3 D .P .,Ta-b u -u -a ta r - b it E .GA L-

ya

Th e wom an Tabua, on e r e ar e d ( in ) m y palac e ,

1 4 a -na SA R R -u -ti e li -su-nu as-c un -va

to the so ve r e ignty o ve r them I e stablished,and

,

1 5 i t-ti 1 L I- sa a-n a MA T-sa u -ti r -si

toge the r w ith h e r gods, to h e r land I r e sto re d h e r .

1 6 MW,D .P . ,

Gam -m al i e l i m a-da- a t -t e

S ixty-fiv e c am e ls m or e than th e tri bu te

1 A sim i lar story is told of Y autah , son ofKha zai l, in Sm i th ’s A ssur -ba nip a l, page 283 .

58 TH E ARABIAN WA R O F ESARH ADDON1 7 E EY E EW> E H —ll<l H I‘ H”: T

1 9 <l» ll <l E Elrl l IR IIE lllE t a r-l I El

l t Eli l E ll E lllE

E ll» ( W

2 5 1 8 ll E i ll b T l lE - I ( V

ll EEH r EE El l»

2 7 Y Y> ~

60 TH E ARABIAN WA R O F E S A R H A D D ON.

5+ i i i .,1 5 ,

25 s » :E Eia s »lll< —m

$5 w 1‘ Wa ll E lllE it (TE

F”En—fl

”MA EMA

li E ’ l t i ll E lllE J r E <EE

W ( Li : E EEl ‘l l» (Ci : E ll H l<

E ll<l EEll

4 ? ~ II EEll

E ll

llll EEEE l»»

W a i i i . 1 5 , 1 3.

J I i»?=III= h—EI II b ! " 51927 sua tu,

“that dis tric t ,

inse r te d afte r e -ti -ih, by W.A .I . i ii . 1 5 , 1 6 .

TH E ARABIAN WA R O F ESARH ADDO N 6 1

28 pu-ku t—tu u A BNI c a - z a-b i - t i (va r . c a - b ar -n i )

br oke n and ston e s de c e itfu l (gr e a t H e b .

29 XX. CAS-BU kak-kar TS I R u AKRAB Itwe n ty kashu o f gr o und (whe r e ) snake s and sc o rp ion s

30 sa c i -m a z ir -b a-b i m a - ln -u u -

ga-ru (va r . a -gar )

whic h,like grasshoppe rs, the y fi lle d th e gr ound.

3 1 XX. GA S -BU MA T Kha -z u-u S A D -di,D .P .

,S A G -G I L-MUT

Tw e n ty ka sbu o f th e land o f Khazn,a m o un ta in o f SAG IL

MUT ston e,

3 2 a -na A R CI -ya u -v as-sir -va e -t i-ik (va r . n a -gu-u su -a -tu )

be hind m e I l e ft,and I pa sse d thr ough tha t distr i c t ,

33 sa u i -tu Y U-m e u l- lu -t i

( in to ) whi c h, fr om an c ie n t t im e s (days) ,

34 la il- l i- c u SARRU pa -n i m akh- r i-ya

h ad n o t m ar c he d ( any) king p r e c e ding m e .

3 5 Ina c i-b i t,D .P .

,A S S UR

,BI L-

ya ,

By th e c om m and o f A ssur,m y lo rd,

36 ina c ir -b i-su sal-dh a-n i s a t -ta l-lac

w ith in i t r oyally I m ar c he d.

3 7 SAMNA S A R R A NI sa c i-r ib n a—gi - e su -a- tu

E igh t kings, whic h (w e r e ) w i thin that distr ic t,

6 2 TH E ARABIAN WA R O F E S A R H A D D ON.

- l»»- I 7 L Ill E l I 7‘ ‘l’

39 ( E lll l»»- I 7 L EE IEII > EIE lll i t E 4 1 (E l

V <=1l= ‘l E El E

'

F ” l El E l

4.4 m=was <l» ll<l <1» .El a 45 E 111

I ll 44H

E

47 > > l~ lw w I ‘l’ EE IEU E El Et -‘

ll q l

48 ( E EIEI I 7’

E El E lllE fi E llll

TH E ARABIAN WA R O F ESARH ADDON 63

38 a -du c 1 L1 -su-nu BUS U-su -nu NA MCUR - Su - nu

I sle w ; the ir gods, the ir w e alth, the ir r i c he s

3 9 u N1 s 1 - su -nu as-lu-la a -n a c i-r ib MA T A S SUR,D .A .

,

and the i r m e n I spo ile d. To th e in te r io r o f th e land o f

A ssyr ia,

40 D .P.

,La- ai - li- e S A R

,D .P.

,Y a-di—ah

Lail ie,king o f th e c i ty of Y adiah

,

4 1 sa u l-tu la-pa-an

,D .P .

,CA CCI -ya ip

-

pa r-si-du

whic h fr om be fo r e m y w e apo n s had fled

sal-la -at 1 L 1 -su i s-m e—e - va

o f th e spo iling of h is gods h e he a rd,

a -n a NINUA .

,D .A .

,A L b e - ln - t i -ya

to Nin e ve h, th e c i ty of m y lo rdship ,

ar di m akh- r i -ya il- l i c - av-va

to m y p r e se n c e h e c am e,and

yu-n a-a s- s i- ik S E P A -

ya

h e ki ssed m y tw o fe e t .46 r i-e -m u ar - si - su -va ak-ta-b i - su a -khu - tuv

Com passion I show e d h im ,and I spoke “

to h im of br o the rho od ;

4 7 1 L1 - su sa as- ln - la da—n a—an , D .P .

,A SSUR BI L -

ya

(on ) h is gods whi c h I h ad c ar r i e d o ff (spo ile d) th e m ighty(de e ds) o f A ssur m y lo rd

48 e li - su - nu as -dh ur - v a u - t ir—va ad-din - su

upon them I wr o te,

and I r e sto r e d (the m ) and I gave(them ) to h im .

fl 41A =w 11 41s

41 5 s E at E l E l

5m m E ll cara H E 1

59 ( tilt E E II Q ( ‘l’ .El: E lllE “ l

5 0wm sm m m m w w m w m

TH E ARABIAN WA R O F E S A R H A D D ON. 6 5

n a-gi- e , D .P .

,Ba - a - z i su - a - tu

Th e distr ic t s of this land o f Bazu

50 u -sat-gil pa- nu -us-su

I c au sed to b e '

e n tru ste d to h im

5 1 BI LA T

'

(TIG-UN) m an -da -at—tu b i-ln—ti-yao ffe r ing (and) tr ibu t e to m y lo rdship

5 2 u -c in t si-ru -u s - su

I fixe d upon h im ,

53 D .P.,BE L-b a -sa A BI L

,D .P .

,E u -n a -u i S A R Gam -b u -la - a i

Be l-basa,so n o f Bunan i

,king o f th e Gam b u lai

54 sa ina x1 1 KA S -BU kak-kar ina MI E u K A NI TSUTS I

wh o o ve r tw e lve kasbu o f gr ound am ong th e wate r s and

r e e dy m ar she s

5 5 c i -m a nu -u -n i sit - c u -nu sub - tav

like a fish (fishe s) th ey w e r e e stabl ishing the ir dwe ll ing

p lac e ( se at) .

56 Ina c i -b it A SSU R BI L-

ya khat-tu in a-khats-z u - va

By th e c om m and o f A ssur,m y lo rd, te r ro r sho ok h im and

c i- i dh e -im ra-m a -n i -su

a c c o rding to h is own de c r e e

BI LTU (TIG -UN) u m an -da -a t -tu

offe r ing and t r ibut eALP U m akh-kh i suk-lu l sam -n a

gr e at ox(e n ) c omp le te ? e igh t ?

60

O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O O

TH E WA R A GA INS T S ID IR PA RNA A ND

E PA RNA , KINGS O F ME D IA .

i . 46 c o l. iv .

I E lllE «i f-ll El E lllE ” l E? <l~ "Nb

2 E l”E ll 4° <l» ll<l ( Y' E l E lllE E H

3 > E ll‘l ’ f l» EE > > l E II E E ll E lll 7 L

4 Elll H’

l ES E.

EE ll E lflE Enl i E El El

sll’ ll I ll ( li Efi ‘l l» EV E“

7 <E ll =i -l<lt H r s =w« E

n H r En<1 t i

t ll I

E; E l E l (MMECll J r t uV :E A l E ll filII E”l»»

W «E mu»El E ll v wanH l <

6 8 TH E WA R AGAINST SIDIR-PARNA“ H

¢ k fi r

( IE! E tév r I Elll

ESE =m 7L ~ i<

V ll l lME‘E E lll lw w l aL z lE

Etll l»» tlH 1El : I a-L

w !«A —»v ( lEl

m l =1= ¢l~ =i E 5: -u v E n E

l Ei ll El i f l E Ell Ex E II > =ll E ll E E ll

( Bi ll E t lrl ll ’ l “ l

A ND E PA RNA,KINGS O F ME D IA . 69

1 0 sa pa- a -di MA T Bi - i c -u i S A D—di

,D .P .

,UGNI

whi c h ( is o n ) th e bo rde r s o f th e land o f Bi c u i,th e

m oun ta in s o f m arble ( c rysta l)1 1 sa ina S A R R A NI A BI -ya M IMMA la i c - b u - s

u

whic h ( land) am ong th e kings, m y fa the r s , none had tr od

1 2 I R TS I - t iv MA T su - un

th e te r r i to ry o f the ir c oun try

1 3 D .P. , S i -di r -pa- ar - n a

,D .P.

,E -

pa- ar - na

S idir -parna (and) E parna

D .P.

,BE L I ALAN I dan—nu—t i

th e lo rds of th e p ow e rful c i t ie ssa la - c i t -nu—su a—n a n i - i- r i

wh o h ad no t subm i t te d to m y yokesa - a - su—nu a—di NI S I - su - nu

,D .P .

,s’

us’

i r u - c u - b i - su—nuthe y the m se lve s t og e the r wi th the ir m e n , ( the ir) ho rse s,the i r char io ts ,

1 7 A LP I tsi—e—ni IMI R I , D .P.,u -du - r i

o xe n,she e p , asse s, flo cks,

1 8 sal - lat- sun c a - b it—tu a s- lu-la a - n a MA T A S SUR,D .A .

,

the ir gr e at spo il I c arr i e d o ff ( sp o ile d) to th e land of

A ssyri a .

1 9 D .P .

,Upp i ts, D .P.

,BI L A LI sa

,D .P .

,Pa -ar - tac - c a

Uppits, lo rd o f th e c ity of Par tac c a

20 D .P.

,Za - na - éa - n a

,D .P .

,BI L A LI sa

,D .P .

,Pa - ar -du c—c a

Zanaéana,lo rd o f th e c ity o f Par tac c a

,

2 1 D .P .

,R a -m a—t e -ya , D .P .

,BI L A LI sa U—ra - c a—z a-b ar -na

R am ateya lo rd o f th e c ity o f Ur ac az ab arna

70 TH E WA R AGAINST SIDIR-PARNA

El E ll ll ll ll’ ll EElrl I vt filll

El E lI‘lI E l 7 L M l< El

E li: &i E? E l (E l ElE lll t t fi li l t‘ I

ll E ’ l EZl—fi l flE l E E ll H lEll H l<

so lEIl =m= My =m= Ii ): E l

3 2 Efi'

E l ‘l >E lli t i ll Efi

33”

E ll El: ll ( lELi t I E lll

A ND E PA RNA,KINGS O F ME D IA . 7 1

2 2 MA TMa -da - a i sa a - sar - su -nu ru - u -ku

( c hie fs) o f th e c oun try o f th e Me de s, who se t e rr i to ry ( is)afar o ff.

sa in a ta r - tsi S A R R A NI A BI -ya I R TS I -tiv MA T A S SUR , D .A .

(Tho se c hie fs) who in th e tim e of th e kings, m y fathe r s ,(to ) th e c oun t ry o f A ssyr ia

la ip—pal

- c i - tu -n iv -va la - i c - b u -sukak-kar - sa

h ad n o t c ro sse d ove r,n e ithe r h ad the y t rodde n i ts so i l .

2 5 pu- lukh- tu r a - ru—b a t A ssUR BI L—ya ié-khup - su -nu—ti - va

Th e fe ar (and) te r r o r o f th e god A ssur m y lord o ve rwhe lm ed them and

2 6 D .P .

,m ur -n i - ié-c i R A BI , D .P .

,H O NI dh i- ih MA T- su

gr e a t wa r hor se s, ( and) c ho ic e m arble o f h is land

2 7 a - n a NINUA,D .A .

,A L b e -lu - ti -ya

to Nin e ve h,th e c i ty o f m y lo rdsh ip

28 i s-su—n iv - va yu- n a-as- s i -ku S E PA—ya

they h ad br ought , and the y kisse d m y two fe e t .

29 as- su , D .P .

,BI L I A LAN I sa ka - a -tav id- c u - su—nu - t i

A s r e gards th e lo rds o f c i t ie s wh o (m y) hands had stru ck

them,

30 b e-lu -u -ti yu

- tsal -lu -va

m y lordship t hey im plo r e d and

3 1 e -r I-su -In -n I c i t -ru

the y asked of m e a t r e a ty.

3 2 D .P .

,S U-PA R -SA K I -ya, D .P .

,P IK H A TI

My offic e r s,th e pr e fe c ts

33 sa pa-a—di MA T su—un

o f th e borde r s of the ir c oun try

7 2 TH E WA R AGAINST SIDIR-PARNA

v—EEl 7 ‘

( E n tai l I E lll

f l ” l E E‘l’ ” Ir

‘l > > l E II

{f l ( lE l E ll<l EEll E EE ll

:E H

”El ‘lll I: t Ell

‘lrl

E é l H t H l< ” I El» l»

A ND E PA RNA,KINGS °

O F ME D IA . 7 3

3 4 i t—t i -su—nu u -m a -ah - ir -va

w i th them I urge d on and

3 5 NI S I a -si-b u -u t ALAN I sa-tu -nu

th e m e n , inhabit an ts of tho se c i tie s,

3 6 i c -bu-su - va yu-sac -n is- su S E PA - u s-su -nu

they t ram ple d (upon ) and-

they m ade to subm it to the ir

fe e t3 7 B I LAT (TIG -UN) m an -da—tu b e -lu -t i—ya sat- t i sam -m a iv

c in t si-ru—su -un

o ffe ring (and) t r ibute t o m y lordship , ye ar ly th e sum,I

fi re d up on them .

Ul- tu,D .P.

,A S SUR

,D .P.

,SAMAS

,D .P. ,

BE LU u,D .P . ,

NABUFr om (th e t im e wh e n ) th e gods A ssur , S alm as, Be l, andNe b o

39 D .P.

,ISTA R sa N I NUA

,D .A . , D .P .

,I STAR sa A R BA - il

,D .A .

Th e godde ss Ista r ofNin e ve h, th e godde ss Ista r o f A rbe la

40 e li n a-CI- r I-ya Ina l i-i -ti

o ve r m y e n em i e s by th e law (whi c h)

4 1 yu-sa-z i -zu-u i am -tsu-u m a-la l ib -b i -ya

they h ad c au se d to fix fo r m e,I found th e fuln e ss (of th e

de sir e ) o f m y he ar t.

42 in a c i-sit-t i na- c i -r i sat lu -u -t i

By th e a c qu isitio ns fr om e n em i e s

43 sa ina tu -

gu l-ti 1 L1 RAB I BE L I -ya

whic h in th e se rvi c e of th e gr e a t gods my lo rds

44 ik- su -da ka-ta-a i

m y two hands have c ap tur ed.

TH E BUILD INGS O F E S A R H A D D O N.

Ell] El ll< E lli s ‘l’ 1* E 4? (E l

r E «E l Em: A Ell< El

( ll ‘l ( ll E llA =m= ll E’

s: El

E lllE ~ l<lts l» Ei ll ( E l El ‘l l»

f l l» .El El E llll El» El E H A l

E ll ( lE l E lll E Ell EH—E E ’ l ll

sz =m= 16 f l» I ll E’ l E l A l Av

El: E l ( lEIL H

lE A BE E E l ( E l

1» —El =El “ l (E ! -ll<l E llA ElflEli E El i s I

7 6 TH E BUILD ING OF TH E PA LA CE .

sfi’

Ell > +

( ll E f l Elll ) A ElEH

lEE

TH E BUILD ING O F'

TH E PA LA CE .

i . 47 ; c o l . 5 .

E l

2 El E li l E ll E l l II

3 C‘fi ll It c lll

4 =llll El” R I: E:ll E l ll E i l

5 ll ”f l T-ll E E ‘l‘ Ill E El

TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE . 7 7

'

5 6 sa,D .P.

,A S SUR SAR I L I

Whic h the god Assur,the King of gods

5 7 a—na e s- ci SARRU - ti -ya is- ru - c a

to the hand? of my kingship hath grante d

5 8 (a-na sit) - cin, D .P.

,sUsi

for the establishment of horses,

59 ( si- par-du ) - ukh , D .P .,R UCUBI (va l r MA TA TI )

(3

) of chariots and the men of the countrie s

TH E BUILD ING O F TH E PA LA CE .

i . 47 ; c o l . 5 .

1 ( sa ak- ta) - sad se- ci-b u ina, D .P.,MITPA NI -ya

which I captured ravishing with my how

2 ma- al - lu mus- sic- cu u - sa- as- si- su - nu- ti-vafull tax (es) I caused them to bear and

3 il- b i-nu LAB IN I MA H D Ithey made many bricks .

4 E -GA L TSA K H -t a su - a—tuThat small palace

5 a - na s i- khi- ir-ti- sa ag- gur-va

to its whole extent I dug up and1 Th e text of the transliteration in bra ckets, in lines 5 8 and 59, is restored

from WALL,i i i . 1 6 , 6 .

2 Com pa re 1355 E xodus v . 7 .

7 8 TH E BUILD ING OF TH E PA LA CE .

7 ( 131 1 ‘l ‘lll ll 4”lw =t

l

8 i ll r E ll V =lll= 4b ( YEP-nq ( is; W.A .I . i ii .

,

9 mi ll A‘

lr =E > £E§ ll mi l t‘ :E

‘l > EY ll

=ll El ll 5515? lb »

fi: H Y(

V ll a

( l> 7L

l 5‘

s E l 7L H l< El

=l E lw w El» I» =l > ifiv Y'

> E II lw

til ll l» t l E 1154”::Y 4?

( E l: ‘l (E! t lll i ‘ ”fi ll Bi ll 3 =lll

“ l “ l

r =m h » r» H W W’

s !

TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE . 7 9

6 kak-ka - ru ma- ah - du C IMA a -si l T IM-MA

much earth like the line of a rop e

7 u l - tu lib - b i BO I L I ab -duk- va

from the interior of the lands I dug and8 e - li- sa u - rad-di (va r . u - ri—di)upon it

,I added ; ( and)

9 ina D .P .

,pi- i - li A BNU S A D - i dan -u i

with alabaster a stone from the great mounta in-r o tu-la- a u s ~ m a ~ al ~ l i

the mound I filled up1 1 ad- ci- e -va 20 2 S A R R ANI MA T khat ti

I gathered,and twenty-two kings o f the land . of the

H ittites1 2 sa a -khi -tam-tiv u GA BA L tam - t iv c a - li-su - nuof the sea- coast and the middle of the sea

,the whole of

them1 3 u -ma-ah- ir—su -nu-t i- va

I hastened them on and1 4 D .P .

,GUS UR I RAB I

,D .P .

,tim-me RAB I

great beams (for) a great floor (of)

1 5 D .P. , A -b i -me, D .P.

,E R INU,

D .P .

,S UB—MA N

Abime wood,cedar wood, sherbin wood

1 6 u l-tu ci- rib MAT S’ i - r a - ra MA T Lib - na- nafrom the inte rior of the land of S'irara (and) the land o f

Lebanon,

1 7 S A L LAMA ss’

I sal- lat tsa—tsa-a - tesphinxes (female colossi) and a height of statuary work

80 TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE .

1 8 $ 8 =E E ! P» ll 4 M

ai r—i i > II > fl& li q ll l

’ "

=ll~ =Ell Hll d: i E ll E ll

S S i s =m f ! as =m¢ ~ TY<Y

=Wa s “4 1 1 5 “t“E ! W 4

em El» Y» EEE: —=Y W H R

W “ Y es i t'

ll H 121! H P t an

TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE . 8 1

D .P.,A ZKUP PA TI a -gur

-ridoor posts of burnt brick

,

1 9 sa,D .P. , S AMULLU, D .P .

of S am u lla stone ( alabaster)

20 D .P. , CU-M I -NA, D .P . , CU - M I - NA TUR -D A

Cumina stone,strong Cumina stone

2 1 D R D .P . , A-LA L- D U

stone22 D .P.

,G I - NA-K H I - GUB- BA u l—tu c I- rib khar- sa -n i

stone from the interior of the forests,

23 a - sar nab-n i - ti- su—nuthe place of their production

,

24 a - na khi-sakh - ti E -GA L-

ya

for the requirements of my palace,2 5 mar—tsi- is pa- as-ki - i slaboriou sly (and) with difficulty

26 a -n a N INUA,D .A . , yu

-sal-di—du - u—n ito Nineveh they had caused to be brought.

2 7 Ina A R K H U S E GA MA GA R U Y U-m u mit-g a 'riIn a fortunate month (on) a favou rable day,e - li tu- li- e su - a - tuupon that mound

,

H E CA LI rab-b a - a - ti

great palacesa -na m u -sab b e - lu—t i—yafor the dwe lling of my lordshipah -ta—u i tsi-ru -u s—su

I bu ilt upon i t .

82 TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE .

”Id? s » E "

Y =m= st» fi e s

3 5 i > ~ El r El i ll I ll “ l

3 7 =lll= t‘ 4 ”ll =ll > E_E_ ll V

38 t l 443 l»» t l

39 k 164W ( ll ‘l ‘l

42 i n {E} :E s !» :E II

84

54

TH E BUILDING O F TH E PA LA CE .

Ell i lll l ’f—ll é S i H -

EE YY

V ll i é l

TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE . 8 5

44 na-tsi—ru cip- si m u - sal - li-m uthey protect the footstep s , making peace

45 tal-lac-ti S A R b a - n i - su—nu(to be u pon) the path of the King, their creator (whomade them) .

46 IMNU u SUME LU u - sa - ats- b i - ta(Positions) to th e . r igh t hand and left I caused to take(occupy)

47 s i- gar- si-uithe avenue of them .

48 E -GA L,D .P.

, p i- i - li u

,D .P .

,E R INI

A palace of alabaster and of cedar wood

49 at ( l ) te m u -du-ti(Z)

50 a - na m u l - ta-u -ti b e - lu - ti-yafor the renown of my lordship

5 1 nac - lis u - se -piscomplete ly I caused to be made .

5 2 sal LAMA S S I E R I mas- sa - a - teFemale colossi of painted ( 7) bronz e,

53 sa a -khi- e n -na- a p a -na va (ar-c a )which (were ) on this side, in front and behind, (I raised) .

O O O O O O O

1 Th e cylinder conta ining this inscription i s b roken here,b ut another line

is evidently wanted to com plete the sentenc e .

86 TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE .

i . 47 ; c o l . 6 .

I =l 442 i l l r EH lr r»

2 ( =l ) ll

=llll El»

8 11 $ 111 ( ll ‘Y H !

4 41° > ~ ll<l

2 Mr . Norris inserts (D ie t , p . 105 7 ) the two signsa fte r cim a , but I h a ve been unable to find the tabletwhic h gave this reading .

88 TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE .

s a nwa s

u =s rannew

1 3W “ l Ea rn! Q fi S i ll fl

i ‘

H

E ll Q ll Q ll

s i flfl l c s

-TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE . 89

9 u—rat- tar a ci-ribI hung (them) within (it) .da- na- an

,D .P.

,A S S UR BIL-ya

Th e mightiness of the god A ssursa ina MA TA TI nac-ra -a - te(with) which in hostile landsi - ln -b u -su

he had clothed himself,

na,D .P.

, khar-ra - cu-te e - si-ka ci-rib-sa

priests ( f) I established within it.

1 4 D .P.,CI R U R A BU tam -sil MA T kha-ma niv

A gr eat plantation like (that) of the land of A manns,1 5 sa c a-la e MA H D U u E TS ( 1 ) MA H D Uwhich (contained) all spices and tree ( s) ,

1 6 khar - ru -su i -ta- a - sa e -midits ditch

,its walls

,I made to stand °

I 7 ci - sal - la-sa ma-rab u-rab—b i -v aits al tar in siz e I made large

,and

1 8 tal- lac-ta- sa ma- ah- di s u -rab-bisits paths greatly I enlarged

1 9 a -na mas - cit,D .P .

,susI ci—rib- sa

for the reception of horse s within it.

1 A sim ila r a ct ° is recorded of Tigla th-Pile se r I .,B.C. 1 1 30, in 1 .

1 5,1 6—27 , where it is sa id, “Th e ceda r, the li c c a r ina tree a nd the a lm ug ,

from the c ountries I ha ve conquered, these trees whic h none of the kings , m yfathers, that were before m e,had planted, I took, and in the p lantations of

m y land 1 planted, and by the nam e of planta tion I ca lled them ; whatsoeverthere wa s not in m y land I took (and) the planta tions of A ssyria I

established .

90 TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE .

(V E EEl Elllt 1° 1°“g i l l

2 1 E lllE” T

lt llll —‘ l ll C

2 2 E llll Elr E l ll l ( t i : E EEl V

ll ( lfl: E16 E ll V

E ll El =L<l i ii "

.5 Ed El» Elfl ll

H W H W E Y

r» a »v <lEl

2 8 5? I 7 L r Ell< V r ‘

lEl > ‘ ll<l

x» H “3° El &i E l Clll E H (El El

3 1 E lllE E lllE Q Ei ll $ 111 Ei ll ll ll

92 TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE .

H lM T E El r - (El t lll ‘lllI nt

ECll 16» EE%

Es; El» l»» E lll l»»

3 7 (E l t lll V =lll=

74 E

'

F <l» ll<l I E lll

Ei ll

40 as; E llEl: a: H E El ll ( E t lrl ll< I 7 4

1» r » v ( E l

TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE . 93

3 2 I L I sa—tu-nu ina ci-rib lib—b i- su—nuThose gods in the interior of their hearts

33 ik-tar-ra-b u SARR-u-tiapproached my kingdom .

34 D .P .

,R AB I u NI S I MA T-

ya c a - li-su-nuTh e chiefs and men of my land

,the whole of them

,

3 5 ina ta-gul-t e u ci-ri-e -tiin service and homage

3 6 ina is- sik-ta si-la-a-tiwith submission

,peaceful

3 7 ci-rib-sa u -se- sib- va

within it I caused to be seated,and

38 u - sa-li- z a nu-par su -un

I caused to be glad their soul .39 CA R A NI cu-r u-un -nu b i -ci-ra tsur-ra - su-un

'

Grape wine 1 f

40 n i - sak- n i gu- la-a mukh-kha-su -nu u -sa- cin

(as tr ibute ?) upon them I established .

4 1 Ina ci- bit A S SU R SA R I L I u I L I MA T ASSUR, D .A .

By the command of Assur, King of the gods, and thegods of the land of Assyria

1 Th e nam es of five sorts of Wi nes a r e given by a b i-lingua l list in WA L ,

1 1 . 44,9-1 3 . In WILL

,i . 65 , 22, we read,—.c a r a nuv m a t I zdlla v ma t

Tua himm u, ma t Ts imm in i m a t K hib univ m a t A rdna ba n iv m a t'

S 12tsa v m a t

Bi t-Gub a tiv m a t Bi tdtiv cim a m é ndr i la na b i v in a,D .P. , p a ssa r u ,

D .P.,

Ma r duk va,D .P .,

Ts irp a n i tuv b e lt-a lu udds s iv .

“Wines from the c ountriesof I za llav , Tuah imm u

,Tsim inn i

,Kh ib un i v

,A r anab an iv

, S utsav, BethCub a tiv , Bi ta tiv , like river waters (in quantity)without num ber in the b owlofMa rduk and Tirp anituv , m y lords, then I poured out .

94 TH E BUILDING O F TH E PA LA CE .

42 > =lt l E H 1 7L !

as =i==

::m a s; H e s s E ll

E a E a

lE ll E l E l ll »El -El ll V

M l< {IE

I==lw l 1» mg

H'

”LE—ll C I % ‘l E lll ll< E lli“

( e art h—E (W.A L i i iv

—ll& Efi l ‘lQ ll i» 1* E f l (E l E ll<l

F M l< E lllt El E l “ l f l ll

E ll E lE E l l E ll (E l t lll ‘l’

Co n c luding Pa ssag e fro m i i i. 1 6 .

Br itish Muse um,No . 1 1534 .

lE E » EEll

E ll ” l E 4 ? »l E ll llElle t‘ t lll h r »

SE 4416 i s» E -ll% Ell< I

E ll 7 L El E llll El» ‘l’ ll ‘l

:E Em am El EE E f l E l <l

TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE . 97

53 S E D U D A MKU la-mas- s'i D AMKUa propitiou s bull

,a propitious colossus

54 n a e tsu cip- s i SARRU- ti-yathe protector(s) of the footsteps of my kingship

5 5 m u -kha-du—u c a -b at—ti—ya l

rejoicing my liver.

Co n c luding Pa ssage from i i i . 1 6 .

Briti sh Muse um ,No .

3 1 5

5 6 da-ris li s- tap -t u -u

eternally may they send (me)5 7 ai ip -par-ku -u i -da- a -sa

may its walls not be broken (down ) .a -na A R CA T Y U-me ina SA R BA NI ABL I -yaFor a future day (for which ever king) am ong the kingsmy sons

sa,D .P.

,A S SUR u

,D .P.

,I STA R a -na b e - lut MA T u l r

whom the god A ssur,and the goddess I star to the govern

ment of the land and people60 i -nam-bu -u a i - cir- sushall proclaim his name

6 1 e -nu-va E - GA L sa - a - tuwhen thi s palace

6 2 i - lab-b i -ru -va 1 -na—khushall grow old and shall decay.

1 Th e cyli nder from which the previous text h as been taken ends here,

and the following lines a re a dded from the broken cylinder,b ut they a re

lithographed in i . 47 , a s if they were a pa rt of the other text.H

TH E BUILDING OF TH E PA LA CE .

> l<l E ll ‘l l

E E lQ E E lll El EEl E l”(E lll H l< El

EElL'

l E lll: ( l> E llll&i El

»v (H i ll : ll

D a t e from i . 47 .

l t a = l ‘l ( llll EEE NW

D a t e from iii . 1 6—24.

E t t l l» l ll a s

TH E NAME S O F TH E E IGH T K INGS

(AND TH E IR CITIE S ) , TO WH ICH R E FE R ENCE IS MA D E IN

Co l . i i i . 37 .

i ii . 1 5 Co l. 4, 1 9—24.

El »l—»fi lEl EEEE El El» ll

l

TH E NAME S O F TH E E IGH T K INGS

(AND TH E IR CITIE S) , TO WH ICH R E FE R ENCE IS MA D E IN

Co l. i i i . 37 .

i ii . 1 5 Co l . 4, 1 9- 24 .

D .P .,Ci - i - éu S A R

,D .P .

,Khal-di - l i

Cis’

u,king ofKh aldili ;

D .P .,A k- b a - r u S A R

,D .P.

,D u-pi- a—te

Akbar,king of D up iat e

D .P.,Ma- an - s

e -cu S A R,D .P.

,Ma-gal

Ma‘

m s’

ac u,ki ng ofMagalan i ;

D .P .,Y a-pa

-ah sar - r a t,D .P. , D i—ah-ta- a -u i

Y apah, queen of D iah tfini

2 1 D .P .

,Kha-b i—éu SA R

,D .P.

,Ka-da-s

i - ah

Khab iéu,km g of Kadaéiah

D .P .

,Ni -kh a—ru S A R

,D .P .

,Ga—ah -

p a-n i

Nikhat u,king of Gahpa ‘

n i

2 2 D .P.

,Ba- i - lu sat - r at

,D .P.

,I-khi - lu

Ba ilu, queen of Ikh ilu ;

D .P .

,Kha- b a-nam- ru S A R

,D .P .

,E u -da-ah

Khab anam ru,king of Buda‘mh ;

102 TH E NA ME S O F TH E KINGS

w 515

V M£1" ( YEP I =YI¥

TH E NA ME S O F TH E TWENTY TWO K INGS

(AND TH E IR CITIE S ) , TO WH ICH R E FE R ENCE IS MA D E IN

Co l . v . 1 2 .

Th e fo llow ing te xt is fro m i ii . 1 6 ; C01. 5 , 1 2 .

=EY <E Y ==TI El Ei fi I» i ‘

=II Q =EE W =t Y

I I» “ I 7 ”=II SEEN

l es c =E si sa > =ll

1 04 TH E NA ME S O F TH E KINGS

1 5 >m > II ( Va r > 11 )

I» H l< g fi H l< £ 55 =l

H =i=

=1<J « > =ll

«l g fi lw v fl ‘l fi év

2° l f l» > EY H S i ll ll (E l Efll l

A ND TH E IR CITIE S .1 05

I 5 D P Sili-Be l S A R , D .P .

,Kha- z i - ti

Tsil i-Be l,king of Gaz a ;

D .P .,Me-ti- in - ti S A R

,D .P .

,Is-ka-lu -na

Me t in t i , king of A ske lon ;

I 6 D .P .

,I-c a-u-su S A R

,D .P .

,Am - gar- ru -na

I c auéu,king of E kron

D .P.

,Mil-ci-a -sa-pa S A R , D .P.

,Gu—uh-li

Milc iasapa, king of Gubli ;

I 7 D .P. ,Cu-ln

,D .P.

,Ba - ah-al SA R

,D .P.

,A -ru -a -di

Culu-Baal,king of Arvad ;

D .P. , A -b i -Ba-al S A R,D .P.

,S am (va r . éa - am ) si-m u -ru - na

A b ib aal,king of '

S am s’

im u runa ;

1 8 D .P.

,Bu -du - il SA R

,D .P.

,Bit-am -ma-na

Buduil,king ofBeth-Ammon ;

D .P.,AK H I -mil-ci S A R

,D .P.

,Ats -du -di‘

A khim e le c,king of Ashdod ;

1 9 XII S A R BA NI se CI SA D tam - tivtwelve kings of the neighbourhood of the sea.

D .P.,E - ci-is-tu-r a SA R

,D .P.

,E - di-h a-ai

E c i stur a,king of E di ah al

20 D .P .

,Pi-la—gu - ru -a S A R

,D .P.

,Ci -id-ru -s’ i

Pylago r as, king of Cidrus’ i

1 06 TH E NA IV E S OF TH E K INGS

l> ElE wi ll > =ll 7 L > ll<l I ll

(W =i= > ll<l l T )

( i i i? l»» Wt‘ t Ell t El “ l ” l

TH E E G Y PTIA N CAMPA IGN. 1 09

26 IN SUMMA XX I I S A R BA NI MA T khat- ti a-khi tam- tivGA BA L tam-tiv CAL I - su -nu

Altogether twenty-two kings of the country of the H ittites,

the sea coast (and) the border of the sea, all of them .

TH E E GY PTIA N CAMPA IGN O F

E S A R H A D D O N.

No notice or account of E sarhaddo n ’

s E gyptian campaignoccurs on the large and nearly complete cylinder

,a copy of

which i s printed in the preceding pages . O u r knowledge ofit is obtained fr om tablet fragments in the British MuseumCollecti on and short notices in the “Annal s of A ssur-bani-pal .”Th e two following are the principal annal notices iii .1 7 , 5 1

- 6 2 )

In my first expedition to Makan and Meroe,then I went.

Tirhakah , king of E gypt and E thiopia, whose overthrowE sarhaddon

,king of Assyr ia

,the father

,my begetter

,had

accomplished and had taken possession of his country ; th en he,Tirhakah

,the might of the god A ssur

,the goddess Istar

,and

the great gods,my lords desp ised, and truste d to his own might

( 59) and to capture E gyp t he came aga inst them, heentered and sat in Memphis

,the city whi ch the father

,my

begetter, had taken,and to the boundaries of Assyria had

added.

i i i . 28,6—8 .

Tirhakah against the men of Assyria, who W ithin E gypt(were) tributaries dependent on me Whom E sarhaddon, kingof Assyria

,the father

,my begetter

,to kingdoms had appointed

,

in the midst of it came.”E gypt and E thiopia were under the ru le ofTirhakah during

the first part of E sarh addon ’

s reign,but the latter drove

him ou t of E gyp t. In the latter part of E sarhaddon ’

s reignTirhakah again coii que r e d E gyp t, and this was probably thecause of A ssur-bani—pal ’s expedition to that country.

NO TICE O F TH E E GY PTIA N CAMPA IGN

O F E S A R H A D D O N BY H IS S O N

A S SUR -BA NI-PA L .

Cy linde r E ,i ii ‘. 29.

a w sm asl fl m xw v

8 ( l> <l> l w i t : 1‘ E l =lll»

1 1 2 NO TICE OF TH E E G Y PTIAN

> E II i ll!

(E l E ll ‘ll l

1 9 1k > <l< =lll= =lll= El =lll=

1 4

I 6

1 8

I 9

CAMPA IGN OF E S A R H A D D ON 1 1 3

a -na mi-s’ir MA T A S SUR,D .A . , yu

-tirfor a border of the country ofAssyria turned ( it)

SUMI A LA - u i makh-r u u ti yu nac cir-vathe former names of the citie s he made strange (abolished)and

a -na e s—su-u -te is-cu-na n i -b i-Is -su -un

afresh he established their names .

D .P.

,A R D I -su a -na SAR R U - ti

,D .P. , P I K H

-u - tiH is men - servants for kingships

,prefects

va,D .P . , sa

-nu-u ~ te yu -

pa-ki-da ina lib-b i

and governors he appointed within (it) .

BILA T man - da- a t- tu b e - ln - t i- suO ffering (and) tribute to his lordship

sat- ti sam sam -ma yu -cin tsi- ru-us-su - un

yearly,a fixed sum he placed upon them .

1 14 NO TICE OF TH E E G Y P TIA N

K 3082 . s 2027 . K 3086 .

O BVE R S E .

I ll ‘l ll ( l¢

2 rJlll: 1° l" l

4 ll ”f l W lll< ‘b 4 ? (El t lll»

5 E ll t i ll M l< ~ II ~ l< t all sssssss ssssss‘

>

Y¥ $8»MW

7 t lll= T§

i lfl L’

F 7L ll ll

b “k l

1 1 6 NO TICE O F TH E E G Y P TIA N

v A l» :5 zlll l»»

«HEBfl at QNNN9 t El (Ll —li ‘l&ll lw ” FQ

ll M l< T (E l t lll sssssssi i

t Ell 4 ? t El > E§ l 1°> lll< llEl43 E55“ llEl ll > ll> ~ =ll &:E

I 1 1k t”» i»i i nlt H R ”ll‘l El

l» M l< > ~ l<lb as ll =Ell l > ~ t l

a w l E ll ( t: -ll<l V ll “ l lE : E l F ll lz

-l l »ll<lI a i s E l sl

” PQ 4 1 =Ell =l Ll l =

li

fl: E ll l» -ll<l &» lll i 5 l

l is ; l»» 1 =lll= i» <3 ?

El ll F ElL'

l > El (H i ll Hf“ Clllt * =ll 1‘

F llls I =lll ”EH > ‘El

( i : f l i s F? (E(E l CEl (E l

=ll ll J l i s l» t lll< ll fir—( l “

i f l 1° Fi ll

I O

I I

1 2

1 3

I 4

CA MPA I GN OF E S A R H A D D O N. 1 1 7

sa ina pi - i NI S I MA T Cu -u - si va MA T Mu -tsu rwhich ( is called) in the language of the men of the land ofE thiopia and E gypt

ad-ci—e UMMA NI,D .P.

,A S SUR gab- sa - a - ti sa ci- rib

I assembled the armies of Assur,mighty which (were)

NI SA N A R K H U ris- tu-u u l - tu A L-

ya A S S UR at - tu- s’ ir NA H RI D I KLA T u NA H R P UR - R A T ( e -bir)

In the (month) Nisan, the first month,from my city A ssu r

I departed, the rive r Tigris and the river E uphratesI crossed

,

S A D I mar- tsu-u -ti ri-ma-nis a s-tam-di - ikhmountains rugged

,like a wild bull I passed through .

Ina me- ti- ik K H A R R A N-

ya eli, D .P .

,Ba - ah- lu SAR MA T

Tsur- ri sa a -na,D .P.

,Tar -ku - u SAR MA T Cu -u - si ip -ri

su i t - tag- lu - va

In the crossing of my expedition against Bahlu,king of

Tyre,who to Tirhakah

,king of the land of E thiop ia, his

friend had trusted andD .P .

,NI R

,D .P.

,A S S UR BI L-

ya is- lu - u e - tap -

pa-ln me- ri

ikh-tu

the yoke of the god A ssur,my lord

,they despised

,they

were insolentD .P .

,khal- tsu (t i ) eli- su u - rac-cis va a - c a - ln va m u -u b a

ladh NAP IS-tiv-su -nu a c - laFortresses against him I raised and food and water (for)the preservation of their lives I kept (from them ) .

u l—tu MA T Mu - tsu r,D .P .

,CA R A S U ad—ci- e a -na MA T Me

lukh- a u s-te - e s-ra khar - r a—nuFrom the country of E gypt the camp I withdrew and tothe land o f .Me lukh a I set straight the road (expedition ) .

58 4 EE 1 f l »:ll c :l

V i di fi si c—F l»

ll ( li Ei ll f l> ~ a

ll H’

l =E F l =ll ~ * l 3 es ( z ll

ll Bil ( lti: E ll =lll= H p Amy;

R E V E R S E .

<lE l =llll " F

El * ; u

T

=lll \\ ss s f i ll

55 55 1

<l»-ll<l sssssss ( l»-ll<l <li ssss\\s

1 20 NO TICE OF TH E E G Y P TIA N

H y s te ri a m l a e e l e

u nl iss isi s

5 T $6 fi r i a —lll<ll ”

e lltl: l» T Q“‘l El

6 ZEl E ll”ll El t llN T 5 6

5 51 El Emssss ssss

V h i =i= i f » ll > lll f l» T $6

N E 5 51 El i lfl ll ‘l e ssssssx

ssssssssss <l» ll<l ( lit sssssssssssii i

> l~ (Z ‘l > H El» =lll= > ~ ll<l h i M l<H ‘Sk> ” F —ll U—T

( t lllt ) ”i

lk ( t : r llié > i¢v ‘lQ ll t Ell‘l l» ill $6 i s» sssssss s i

E ll l> ssssssssss t‘ T lll =EEH M l<

( El : A l El 45 1 s i c

CA MPA IGN OF E S A R H A D D O N. 1 2 1

4 IV KA S -BU kak-kar ina,

al- licFou r kashu of ground among stones I went

5 Iv KA S BU kak-kar ma-lac S A NA Y U-me TS I R S A NA KA K

sa m u -u t-va

Four kashu of ground a j ourney of two days, snakes (with )two heads of death and

6 ad-da- is-va e -te- ik I v K A S -BU kak-kar ma-lac BA NI

I trampled upon and I passed t hrough fou r kashu ofground a j ourney gaz elle s

7 sa tsu- uh -b u - b u a -cap-pi I v KA S -E U kak-kar ma—lac S A NAY U-me ma- li- ti

of liz ards winged Fou r kashu of ground a j ou rney oftwo days filled

8 K H AMI S S E R IT KA S -BU kak—kar ma—lac S AMNA vU—me0 o ar - di

Fifteen kashu of ground,a journey of eight days

I marched .

9 D .P.,MA R D UK B I L R A B-u ri- tsu ti il lic

Th e god Merodach,the great lord (to my ) help came

I O yu-pal-ladh NA P Is - tiv UMMA N-

ya E S R A Y U-me V I I

he saved the life of my army . Twenty days,seven kashu

1 1 sa me-s’ ir MA TMa-gan-nu b i l-ti-yaof the border of the land of Magannu ( Sinai)my lordship

1 2 u l - tu,D .P. , Ma- ak

from the city Ma oggan

1 22 NO TICE OF TH E E G Y P TIA N

1 3 ( l> fi w lll M l< ii $6 111“

53 1

( li

1 5 (E l El S

I 7 5 1 11”El =Ell ll ( ltl:

‘l s i ss s iss\s

L IST O F NA ME S O F TH E K INGS A PPO INTE D

BY E S A R H A D D O N TO R ULE O VE R .

D ISTR ICTS IN E GY PT.

(Fro m th e A nna ls o f A ssu r -b a n i-p a l .

i i i . 1 7 , 1 1 2 .

E5 4“ l» ” l 7‘ H F E% 441“

“ 3 E”(E l fi ll 1* $3 (Z

l =EY > ¢ Y ll

i i i. 1 7 , 92—1 12.

E ll 5? »t £54”> =ll I E" Q »? 7 L

94« 1» v 44 an ai m:»=n J r

O F NA ME S O F TH E K INGS A PPO INTE DBY E S A R H A D D O N TO R ULE O VE R

D ISTR ICTS IN E GY PT.»

(F ro m th e“ A nna ls o f A ssu rl b an i-p a l .

i ii . 1 7 , 1 1 2 .

1 1 2 S A R R A NI an - nu - t i,D .P.

,P IK H A TI

,D .P.

,c i -pa

-a -mi

The se kings , p r e fe c t s, ( and) go ve rn o r s,

1 1 3 sa c i -r ib MA TMu - tsur u -

pa—ki—du A BU b a - nu -u - a

whi c h Wi th in th e land o f E gyp t th e fa the r m y be ge t te rhad appo in te d.

i ii . 1 7 , 92—1 1 2 .

D .P.,Ni -c u—u S A R

,D .P.

,Me - im—p i u , D .P .

,S

a -a i

Ne c ho King o fMe m phi s and S a i s

9 3 D .P .

,S a r - ln - da—r i SA R

,D .P. , Tsi - ah -nu

S ar ludar i , King o f Tsihnu (Zo an

D .P .

,Pi - sa - an -khu - ru S A R

,D .P. , Nu-ad-khu -u

P isan - H o r,King ofNa tho .

A PP O INTE D B Y E S A R H A D D O N. 1 29

D .P .

,Ip

- t i -khar -di-e - su SA R ,D .P.

,Pi - z a - at—t i -kh u -ru

un p i- c u

Ip t ikhardie su , King o f Piz i t tikhu rfi np i c u .

Na-akh - ti—khu - ru -an -s’

i -n i SA R , D .P .

,Pi -sab -di

Nfikh tikhuruanéin i,King of Pisab dinu ti.

D .P .

,E u -cnr u i -n i - ip S A R

,D .P.

,Pa -akh -nu—t i

Bu c u r -n in ip , King of Pfikhnu ti .

1 08 D .P .

,Tsi -kh a- a S A R

,D .P .

,S i -ya

- a—u—u tTsikh fi

,King o f S iye

iut .

1 09 D .P .

,La—m e - in -tu S A R

,D .P .

,Kh i -m u -n i

Lam e n tu , King of‘

Kh im u n i .

1 1 0 D .P .,Is -

p i-m a -a -dhu S A R , D .P .

,Ta -a i - u i

Isp im fidhu,King o f Tain i (A bydo s) .

1 1 1 D .P . ,Ma - an -t i -m e -an -kh i-e S A R

,D .P . , Ni - ah

Mi n tim e ankh i e , King o f The be s (m ) .

V O CA BULA R Y .

A B,fifth m onth of th e A ssyr ian ye ar . E xplain e d by a syllabary

V”x» H e b . I ts A c c adian n am e i s t a t Yt a t Y P-( Y ,

“fir e that m ake s fi r e . (S e e Tr ans . S oc .

Bib . A r ch . i i i . p .

A - A B-BA . Th e e qu ival e n t o f th e S e m e t i c w o rd tama te .

(Layard’

s I nsc r ip tions, p la t e 1 2,l in e

a bbn l, I st sing . ao r . Kal

,fo r a nbu l H e b .

$52a bubu

,subs . sing . m asc . , sto rm

,whir lw ind.

abu llz'

,subs . s ing . m asc . ge n . Chald. $33 15 , o r

if s thiside ograph i s e xpla in e d a - bu l—luo

,K 4 1 9 1 , and a

-ou -a l- la,s 20 .

A bdi -m z'

l c u t ti,i .s .

,

“th e se rvan t o f th e kingdom ,

o r o f

a bout,1 st sing. ao r . Kal . H e b . P33

“t o c l e ave .

a b i l,subs . s ing . m asc . c o n s . Com p . H e b .

53”

a bm’

, plu . m a sc . o f a bnn, $ 3 7

4 ( iv . 1 8,

H e b . 33 55a b tanz

,1 st p e r s. sing. ao r . Iph te a l . H e b .

31 33

a buoa,1 st p e r s . sing . ao r . Ka l . H e b . 33 5

a oa ln, subs . fem . s ing. H e b .

”53 5a oapp i , p e rhap s fo r a c anp i . Com p . H e b .

‘133

A c c ad. Thi s i s th e A c c ad of Ge n e sis 11 . 1 0 . LXX.

A pxa’

zo.

A c a is “ high ,”

a c aaa ,“ highlande r ,

”a c a cia-oi

,

“c oun t ry

o i'

h ighlande r s th e A c c oda i de sc e nde d fr om a m oun ta in ou s

c oun try, b u t n o par t of Babylon ia wa s m oun t a in ou s .

N.B.—In th e “No te s ” r e fe r e n c e s a r e m ade t o th e S e c ond E dition of Pro f.

S ayc e’

s Gr am ma r . In suc h r e fe r e n c e s a s i i . 2, 393, th e first num b e r r e fe r s

t o on e of th e volum e s of th e Cu n e ifor m I ns c r ip tions of We ste r n A s ia , th ese c ond t o th e p la t e , and th e th ird th e line .

1 32 VO CA BULA R Y .

a lza r ta v,adj . plu . fe m . H e b .

“El ; c om p . Co lle c t l?“

1 Kings x. 2 .

MM,subs . m a sc . sing . ge n . H e b . m5

a leh i -enna,fo r akh -anna ; aka : a side

,

”a nna : dem o n s. p r on .

sing . m a sc .

A k’l i—Wl i lCi . Com p . H e b . n am e HSD‘flN

a kha i , o the r s ,”plu . H e b .

m5akhu ta u

,abstr ac t fem . H e b .

m5

akr a bi, subs . p lu . m asc . H e b .

13”? i ( S e e G I R -TA B. )akr i

,i st s ing . ao r . Kal . H e b .

NQE .

aktab i , 1 st sing . ao r . Iph te a l . Chald. 93?

akta sad,1 st sing. ao r . Iph te al . A r ab leashada .

aktsa,adj . H e b . t o de stroy .

A L,subs . sing . c on s -of a lu

,

“a c i ty plu . a lan i . W it t

(11 . 2, H e b . sr1k .

a lp i , subs . p lu . m asc o f a lp u . H e b . film

a lu l,I st s ing. ao r . Ka l. H e b .

9233a lo e

,r s t sing . ao r . Kal . A ve rb doubly de fe c t ive . H e b .

m‘;

ama s,r st sing . ao r . p r e s . H e b .

A mgur runa Bibl ic al ID ES} LXX.

A xxapdm.

amur,im p e r a t ive , z ud s ing . Ka l .

a na, p r e p .

,obj e c t ive c ase of o ld n o un a nu (S ayc e ,

Tr i‘

i bn e r, page

0

a na cu,r st p e r s . p r on .

,som e tim e s w r i tte n H e b .

”3 355

a nkhus’unu

,fo r ankkut-sunu

,subs . p lu . m asc .

my

a na r a,1 st sing . p e r f. Kal . H e b .

"

l”?

a nnadi r , 1 st sing . m a sc . ao r . Niph . Com p . H e b .“11 3 “

to

t r e m ble .

a nn i . Com p . H e b . DD

a nnu,subs . sing . A syno nym o f lab ial/aim. H e b . Ill}

A p hu . Th e c i ty A phek. Com p . H e b . n am e P9135ap sani , subs . p lu . m asc . S ir H . R aw linson th inks from

“t o e xist (J our . xi i .

ap ta , 1 st sing . a o r . Kal H e b .”D?

a r ba i,o r i r bi t tu

,

“ fou r . H e b .

a r c a , subs . s ing . m asc . H e b .

VO CA BULA R Y . 1 33

a r e a, p r e p . H e b .

7135

a rdi, subs . sing . m asc . ge n . H e b .

“1 3,

“to rul e ove r 5” he nc e

o n e ru l e d o ve r .

a rdi,1 st s ing . m asc . aor . Kal . H e b .

"

112a rdu

,se e a rdi above .

A R D - u ti,subs . fem . ab s . sing . H e b .

WI“,A r i b i

,

A paBla . Th e c ount ry kn own in th e O ld Te st . u nde r two

de sign at ion s

( 1 ) D32 my} ,“th e e ast c oun try (Ge n . xxv.

( 2 ) A ra b ia .

I t was divided by th e Gr e eks in to( I ) A rabia Fe l ix ( f) e’vda t'p mv 7

A p afi t'

a ) .

( 2) D e se r ta ( r'

) E'

pqp o s‘

(3 ) Pe t r a e a ( re

) H e r pa t'

a

(Sm ith’s Bib le D i e t . )

a r sisuva,1 st s ing. aor . Ka l . Syr .

”291 w i th p e r s . p r on . and

e n c l i ti c c onjun c t ion .

a r ts ip , 1 st sing . ao r . Kal . H e b .

“133 ,“to ar rang e ston e s .

A rnadi ; Bibli c ala sa r

,subs. sing. m asc . c ons . of asa r u . H e b .

7 73 15

ascun,1 st sing . a o r . Kal . H e b . Pl?

asib a t,subs . m asc . plu . c on s . H e b .

as lu la,1 st sing. a o r . Kal . H e b .

PPW (A nd se e S ayc e , A ssyr ia n

L e c tur e s, p . 8 6

asme,1 st sing . ao r . Kal . H e b .

a sp a c , 1 st sing . ao r . Kal . H e b . fig?)

A s'

r, W 4 m ,

a syno nym of a r i c u,

“ le ngth, H e b .

TN; and i n a 7L li a r -nu

,a ho rn

,

”H e b . HP.

(i i . 1,

D r . D e l itz c h (A ss . S tud, p . 3 5 ) thinks A s; t o

b e ide n t i c al w i th In i t" ,w ild bu ll

,

”and says i t

app e ar s t o b e an an im al w i th lo ng ho rn s .

asi l,subs . s ing . c on s Chald.

NPWR . Th e wo rd u se d in th e

Ta rgum o n J ob xv 111 . 1 0 t o exp r e ss th e H e b .53”

a susur,1 st sing . ao r . Sh aph . H e b .

“if/1:3 and 727 1assi

,1 st sing . m asc . ao r . Kal . H e b .

N2V;

1 34 VO CA BULA R Y .

a ssu, p r e p . o f A c c adian o r igin (S ayc e , Gr amma r ,Trub n e r , p .

as’

s’

ur,

r s t s ing . m a sc . aor . Niph . H e b .

“to m ake

c ap t ive .

A ssur . Th e gr e a t and supr em e god of t h e A ssyr ians, fromwhi c h th e c oun try t o ok i ts n am e . H e is c alle d th e “

god o f

j udg e s ( i i i . 6 6 , and th e m o n th Ve -ada r was de di c a t e d

to“th e god A ssu r , th e fa the r o f th e gods

”( iv . 33 ,

A m ong th e e ar lie r kings, in the ir invo c atio ns h e i s s im p lym e n t ion e d as o n e am ong a num be r o f gods, b u t in th e t im e

o f A ssu rban ipal h e is o fte n m e n t ion e d al on e and w ith

a ttr ibu te s of p ow e r .

A ssur,Bibli c al "W515 A ssur i s i tse lf a Turan ian c om pound

w at e r,

and ”1? (sur ) ,“bank o r fie ld,” and

has the r e fo r e a t tac he d to i t th e A c c adian suffix (E l ,land

”(S ayc e, Tr ans . S oc . Bi b . A r c b .

,v o l . i . Th e

e ar li e st form fo und i s -> Y W F EEH ,a -usa r (i . 6 ;

No . 1, f EEH se - i t- tu

,fie ld” ( 11 . 1 ,

a s tadi,1 st sing . m asc . ao r . Iph . H e b .

"NW.

to lay waste .

a tgu l, 1 st s ing . m asc . ao r . Kal,from J daga lu, to tr ust.

a tur,1 st sing . m asc . ao r . Kal .

a tsb ir u,I st sing . p e rf. Kal . H e b .

W3?a tta

,2nd p e r s . pr on . H e b .

“133

a tta b i,1 st sing . a or . Iph . H e b .

N22a z our a

,1 st sing . o bj . ao r . Kal . H e b .

T} !A zanai , Bibli c a l " line‘sa zkapp at i , subs . p lu . fe m . H e b .

“ll?!

b ab ani,subs. plu . H e b .

b a ladli,subs . fe m . c on s . Com p . H e b .

”El isa

b a n i . S e e A ssyr i a n Sy llab a ry , No . 3 1 3 .

b a nd -a,o r banu-

ya , nom . age n t is , m asc . sing .

b a r a nu , c om p . H e b .NWE

b a rn,a m e a sur e o f le ng th .

1 36 VO CA BULA R Y

ET—> Y “ Y (E Y ( i . 4 1 , S U—A N-NA -CI, p r op e r ly

th e valle y o n th e e ast e rn b ank. Fo r th e w o rds “so n s o f

Babylon c om par e th e Bibl i c al u sage“so n s o f H e th,

daughte r of Zion .

c a lamu,

a ll th e w o r ld,

” “o f all kinds .

c a la ta, p e rm ans ive Kal

,z ud sing . m asc . (w i th ta fo r a tta ) .

H e b .135;

c a li—sa nu,adj ., w i th grd plu . p e r s . pron . m asc . H e b .

P3

c am i s,adv .

,from c amu .

c a r a ni,subs . plu . Com p .

x2’3P sw e e t win e .

c a r as i,subs . m asc . ge n .

, p e rhap s akin to H e b .”33 3

CA S BU,CA S - E U doubl e hou r in A c c adian . A n o the r fo rm

$6 16» ( w ’kas-bu -m i . Th e A ssyr ian e qu ivale n t i s

i as-li . Chald.NPWIS

,

“a c o rd. Th e c asbu

was abou t 1 4 m ile s .

c a sia,subs . sing . c o n s . o f nom e n age n t is . A r ab . kaskada .

c as’

p a . Th e syllabar i e s r e nde r (H 5 1 by w: gs m

x» H e b . 303 ( I have m i sla id th e r e fe r e n c e . )c a tr a i

,subs . plu . m a sc . (S e e No r r is, D ic t ., p .

t’

LZ,n om . age n t is, m asc . sing . c on s . H e b .

13 13c a z a b i ti . Com p . H e b .

3 13o i, p r e p .

I

H e b .

’3

c ibi t,subs . fe m . c on s . w i th soft e n ed gu t tur al . H e b . N31?

c ib i tti,

abundan c e .

”H e b .

3 33

m m r i -sa -a - tuv,K 435 7 . H e b .

W333.

c ima, pr e p . H e b .

59 3 E” (E TET0“c inuv

,adj . wi th m im m ation . H e b 133

c ip ani, subs. plu . m asc .

,

“r ule r s . Com p . H e b . t o

subdu e he n c e subdu e r s,

” “ru le r s

c i-p i . Com p . H e b .

”33 1 Chron . x1 1 . 23 .

c ip s’

i,subs . p lu . m asc . o f c ip s

’u . H e b .

133 3,

c ir e ti,ab s . fe m . plu . H e b . V3? “

to be nd th e kn e e .

c ir i b, p r e p . H e b .

3 313

VO CA BULA R Y . 1 3 7

c i r m asc . sing . =Y c i -r u ( iv . 1 8 ; i ii .

H e b .3 33

c isadi,subs . m asc . plu . S e e Sy lla ba ry,No . 1 6 1 . M. Le no rm an t

(Tr a ns . S oc . Bib . A r ch,v i . p . 1 88 ) c om par e s th e Ghe z

c i s’

a l la,subs . m a sc . sing . O f A c c ad. o r igin .

c is’

s’a ti

,subs . p lu . fem . Com p . Chald.

“293 3 o r ”35 03

O is'

u,Ki sso s

,King of S alam is .

c i tnusu, 3rd p lu . m a sc .

, p e rm an . Iph te al , fr om m :

c i tu,adj . Com p . Chald.

824133 ; Gr . Xi‘

r a'

w.

CU,a so r t

of w o od.

c u lul . Com p . H e b .PP3

c u l luv,adj . w i th m im m at io n . H e b .

3

c u s’

s’

u,subs . sing. m a sc . H e b . N03 Syr . s in

-n:

ide ograph i s e xpla in e d by c u -as’-s

’u ( i i . 46 ,

Cus'

i . Biblic a l V733 o r E thiop ia .

outstsu, par t i e . Kal . A c ognate fo rm e x ists in A r abic

Fr eytag, Le ar , v o l . i . p .

da bu,subs . m as c . H e b .

3 l3

dadrne -su,r e dupl i c at e d de r ive d fo rm (p e c u liar to ve rbs N" D

and 1”D ) . H e b .

133 1“t su p e r s . p r on . H e b .S 413

1 1 7

da is,sing . m asc . c on s. n om . age n t i s. H e b .

033

D A L t i,subs . fem . sing . H e b .

”P3 Th e ide ogr aph is e xpla in e dby da

-a l—tu (1 1 . 1 5 , :Y w o od,

a nd > Y<Y¢ p i- tu—u

,

“to op e n ( iv . 6 9, H e b .

“D 3 ; he n c e th e who le m e ans

th e op e n ing p i e c e of w o od.

dam/Ti n,adj . S e e Sy l laba ry, No . 3 33 . Th e ide ogr aph is e x

p la in e d b y da-m i - ib - tuv (i i . 46 ,

dam tb,subs . sing . m a sc . H e b .

D 3

D A N,a kind o f wo od. I t i s c a lle d g is kibi r , o r c oflin w o od.

Sgt/Z. No . 7 s, and i s the r e e xpla in e d by napp a tsu, p e rhap s a

Nipha l de r iv. fr om p i tsu,“whi t e .

”H e b . W3

da na n,subs . sing . m a sc . c on s . O f A c c ad. o r igin .

1 38 VO CA BULA R Y .

dandantu,r eduplic a te d fo rm . The fo rm (Ja nda nt i o c c u rs o n

K 2802 .

da nas’

su fo r danna t -su,subs . fem . s ing .

da r is,adv . from da rn . H e b .

333 an age .

db abu,ide ogr aph e xpla in e d by dha -a - bu (iv . 7 , H e b .

db a r id,sing . m as c . c on s .

,n om . age n t is . H e b .

3 30 to

thrus t .

dkem,subs . m a sc . sing . c on s . Cha ld.

DI”? (D an . i ii .

db ib . Com p . H e b .3 50

dikki . Com pa re d by D r . D e l itz sc h w i th H e b .13 133

di lu ti,subs . p lu . m asc . H e b .

”P3.

dur,subs . m a sc . s ing . H e b .

333 a habi ta t ion .

e b i r,1 st sing . a o r . Kal . H e b .

3 1.

11,l

e dh i l,1 st s ing . a o r . Kal H e b .

$55 530.

E - GA L. In A c c ad. gr e a t hous e . H e b . Th e ide o

graph is e quat e d with e-ga l ( iv . 5 ,

e b i li,subs . plu . m as c .

,and se e ii . 70, 9, whe r e W 5m

Phoe n .NPP" . Cha ld $1233. I t is wr i tt e n e—ki—i i (s e e J our .

1 8 64, p .

e l lamuha,fo r e lia rnti

-

g/a . Com p . H e b .

to b e abov e,

”o r beyo nd.

e lla t—s’u,subs . plu . m a sc . H e b . w i th s

’a fo r sa .

e lam ti . Bibli c a l m en ; A e lam . Th e inhabi tan ts w e r eo r iginally a S e m e t ic p e op le (Ge n . 11 . 2 2) wh o appe ar to havebe e n in vaded and c o nqu e r e d a t a ve ry e ar ly t im e b y a

H am a t i c o r Cushi te ra c e fr om Babylon , c alle d by th e

G r e e ks Kim n a i (Ciss ians ) . I ts an c ie n t c ap ita l was S usa .

S e e Sm i th’

s Ba bylonia fo r i ts e a rly histo ry .

c li, p r e p .

31!sm id

,1 st sing . ao r . Ka l . H e b .

e mu, 3rd plu . m a sc . ao r . Kal . Com p . H e b .

su bs. s ing . m as c . ge n . H e b . P731!

“to go up ; he nc e

1 40 VO CA BULA R Y

gamma li , subs. plu . m asc . H e b .

"7 793,

G ID D A a—r i e,

“ le ngth”( i i . 46 ,

g igu, subs . sing . m asc . H e b .3;

g im ir , c on s . o f gim i r a . H e b .”P? to b e c om ple te .

Gim z’

rm i . Th e“1295 of Ge n . x . 2 ; p r obably th e CIMME R H (Km

p e’

p t o c ) , r e m a rkable fo r the ir in c urs ion s in to A s ia Min o r inth e 6 th c e n tu ry B.C. (H e r od. i . 6

,I 5 , 1 03 ; iv . 1

,1 1

,

The y t o ok S a rdis B.C. 6 3 5 (Sm i th’

s Cla ss . D i e t . a r t .

girm’

,subs . plu . m a sc . H e b .

7133“t o m ake war .

G I R -TA B,se e unde r akm b i . Con c e rn ing w inge d sn ake s o r

sc o rp ion s, se e R awl in so n’s H e r od. i i . p . 499.

0am,Bibl ic al

gusu r i , subs . plu . m asc . Th e ide ograph is e xpla in e d bygu-su-r a(1 1 . 1 5 ,

Ita l i c,and sing . m a sc . im p e r a tive , Ka l . H e b .

i bba,adj . H e b .

“59:i be l

, 3 rd sing . m asc . ao r . Ka l . H e b .

i oens’

u, 3 rd plu . m a sc . a o r . Kal . H e b .

i cnusu, grd p lu . m asc . ao r . Kal

, J 3 33

i c sudu, 3 rd sing . m a sc . p e rf.

idd - cd,subs . dual . H e b .

"

73; e a 71

i de i e, 3rd sing. m a sc . ao r . Ka l .

i dd,[S t s ing . ao r . Kal . H e b . If):

idi c la t . Th e r ive r Tigr is . In l in e 3 5 o f th e Be hi stun in sc r ipt ion i t is w r i t te n di - ik- la t

,whic h Mr .No r r is c om p ar e d t o th e

H iddike l ( 51230 o f G e n e s is i i . 1 4. Called b y th e A ram e ans

Syr .11517 1 idi eZa t i s th e S e m e ti c e qu ivale n t o f

A - S US -MA S - TI G -GA R . I t i s som e t im e s wr i t te n

VO CA BULA R Y . 1 4 1

igug , 3 rd sing . m asc . ao r . Kal . M. Guyard ( in J our na l A sia ti qu e ,J an . 1 880) m ake s this c om e from J n egagu , to c ry,

”t o

gr o an ; M. H alevy fr om J agagu ,

“t o b e angry ;

”and se e

iv . 2, 3 7 .

i lzr i b i,subs . p lu . m a sc . H e b .

3 3 12“to appr o a c h .

i lzsua’a, 3rd s ing . m a sc . o bj . ao r . Ka l .

i ksudu, grd s ing . m a s c . p e rf. Kal .

i kta r r a bu, 3 rd plu . m a sc . a o r . Iph . H e b .

3 32

i le bb ir u, 3 rd sing . m a sc . fu t . Kal

,from J lab a r u, “ to b e o ld.

i lb inu, 3rd p lu . m asc . a o r . Kal . H e b . 13? de n om .

7193?i l t

and i lam'

; p lu . o f i lu, god. H e b .

573. Th e plur a l i s

o n c e w r it t e n.t E ( Yb (H e b .

0’a n i - lt’

m (pr e se r vingth e m im m at ion ) in th e n am e o f A 33ur -r i 3 - i lim A ssur

,

c h i e f o f th e gods ” (i . 6 , No . 5 ,

i lli c a vva, 3 rd sing . o bj . ao r . Ka l . H e b .

715? w i th m im m a tio n

and e n c liti c va .

i lubus’

u, 3rd sing . m a sc . p e r f. Kal . H e b .

i lve, grd sing . m a sc . ao r . Kal . H e b .

7115

imgur u , 3 rd plu . m a sc . ao r . Ka l .

im ir z’

, subs . plu . m asc . H e b . Th e in i t ial n be ing lo st ,a s in th e w o rd eki l

,land (wh i c h se e ) .

imkka tz u, 3 rd sing . m asc . p e rf. Ka l . H e b . VD?

imnu . H e b . I’D: This sign ( EE ) happ e n s t o m e an

“ le fthand

,

”as w e ll a s yq q

P '

i na, p r e p .

,o bj . c ase o f th e o ld n oun inn

,be ing ide n t i c al

H e b . ll?! ( S ayc e , Gr am ,Trub n e r

, p .

i nakku, 3rd sing . m a sc . fu t . Ka l . J ”39

inam bfl , 3rd plu . m a sc . pr e s . Ka l . H e b .3 32

ina r u, 3 rd plu . m a sc . Com p . H e b .

”VJ,

inde li khkhu, 3rd s ing . m a sc . p e rf. Niph . H e b .

tr ouble .

inna b tu, grd sing . m asc . p e rf. Niph

in-summa,in a ll

,

”a ltoge the r .

ip r z‘

,subs . sing. m asc . H e b .

1 42 VO CA BULA R Y .

ip r i , adj . m as c . H e b .

ip si , 3rd sing . m a sc . a o r . Kal,from J basu, to b e .

ip si t, fem . abstr ac t sing ,fr om J ep isu .

ip p a le i tun ivva , 3 rd s ing . m asc . p e r f. Niph .

,w i th e n c l iti c m .

ipp a r sidu, 3rd sing . m asc . p e r f. Niph . H e b . to spr e ad

ou t .

i r ba . Com p . H e b .D ’D§ ?S

i r da, 3rd sing . m asc . p e r f. Kal . H e b .

"

131 .

i r i tsi,subs. sing . ge n .

i r si, 3rd sing . m asc . ao r . Kal . J

i r ti,

“aga in st,

”o f doubtful o r igin .

i r tsi tiv, subs . fem . s ing . H e b . Wig? (IE Y i r - tsi - tiv

( 11 . 1,

isadka, 3 rd sing . t e li c . obj . a or . Kal . J 1913

isa l, 3rd sing . m asc . pr e s. Kal . H e b . 5x3

i sa ti,subs . fem . sing. H e b .

3 18 E th . ésdt Chald.3 3 15

Th e wo rd i s on c e found wr i tt e n phon e t ic ally ::E v H Y‘(3 Mi c h . i . I t i s r em arkable that i t on ly wan ts th e

mg! t t c om ple t e th e nam e o f th e so lar he r o Gisdhu

b ar > ::Y Eiscuna

, 3rd sing . m asc . obj . ao r . Kal . H e b . D 3

is eunu, 3rd sing. m asc . p e rf. Kal . (S am e r o o t . )

isimmu, 3rd plu . m asc . fut . Kal . H e b . 91-93

I ska luna . Bibl ic al {1593'

s

is’

khappu, subs . m asc . sing . H e b . W119is

’lu, 3rd plu . p e rf. Kal . H e b .

is lu la, 3 rd sing. m asc . obj . ao r . Ka l . H e b .

553

i sm e, 3rd sing . m asc . ao r . Ka l . H e b . 9793

iSpu r a vva , 3rd sing . m asc . o bj . aor . Kal,and e n c li t ic

i sr u e a, 3rd sing . m asc . o bj . Kal . H e b .

3133

i stapp a runivva , 3rd sing . m asc . p e rf. Iph . w i th e n c lit ic va .

I sta r . Th e Bibl ic al “W3” Gr e e k A godde ss, th e

VOCABULAR Y

ka bu l,subs . sing . c on s . Com p . H e b .

5 133 .

kakkadi,subs . plu . m a sc . H e b .

“i7 1 2.

Imkkur,subs. m asc . s ing . c on s . H e b . a t rac t o f c oun t ry

(Ne h . xi i .

lm ir/m s’

u,for ka ltkad-su

,fo r kad-kad- su (se e kakka a

’i ) .

kuldi . Th e land o f Caldu o r Kaldu i s fir st m e nt ion e d byA ssu r -n a tsir—pal (i . 24, B.C. 8 78 , and in th e ye ar B.C

8 50, h is son Shalm an e se r sp e aks o f th e distr i c t a s lying be lowBabylon ia, o n th e Pe r sian Gu lf. Th e wo rd c a sdim i s be ste xpla in e d by th e A ssyr ian r o o t c a sadu

,

“to c on qu e r

,

” “to

p o sse ss (S ayc e , Le c tur es, pp . 49 and

ka n. Com p . H e b . b—YYQ —Y —> Y (ii . 24,kam n

,subs . m asc . sing . c on s . H e b . D1? .

ka sbu,se e c asbu .

ka ta i,subs. dual m aSc . w ith p ron . sufi

'

. Com p . Targum 3 13112,a handle .

ku ta v,subs . plu . (S am e r o o t . )

kha bb i lu,Pae l

,adj . H e b .

530 t o de str oy .

kku ltsu ti,subs . plu . Com p . H e b . 3573 (No .

kham isse r i t . Com p . H e b .7311 ”3 23 73 .

lrham sa,fem . c ard. n um be r . H e b .

17 3 09

li li a rkha r r i,subs . p lu . m asc . Com p . H e b .

U‘T‘fl sunbu rn tpla c e s

”(J e r e m . xvi i .

Z'Ii a r r un,subs . sing . c o n s . O f A c c adi an o r igin . Its syno nym s

a r e dawyu , Chald.NETI ; and m e t iku

,fr om J s ti le-u

,H e b .

P09 ( se e i i . 5 2,Irka r r u

,subs . m asc . s ing . H e b .

W1

lfha -

r san i,subs . m a sc . plu . o f Irku r su H e b .

kh a tti . Th e Biblic a l Tm (Ge n . xx1 1 1 .

Izhuttu,subs . fe m . sing .

Ma z i ti . Bibli c a l 71112; r aga .

Ifh idkdku,subs . fe m .

,o f Pae l fo rm a t ion . H e b .

N3 U

VO CA BULA R Y . 1 45

khi lae oi . Th e c lassi c al CILICIA in S .E . o f A s ia Mino r .

khisakkti,subs. plu . fe m . Chald.

”3 0.

khub i i t,subs . fe m . c on s . plu .

,

“bo o ty, J D J”Ma i d

,subs . c on s . H e b .

17 7“ t o b e glad.

”7 7 )

kh ur a tsu . Th e ide ograph is e xpla in e d by khu-r a - tsu (1 1 .H e b . WW.

ku llul ta iz,subs ’

. plu . fem . H e b .“551?

ka r adi , subs . plu . m asc .

ku tu Gu tium (Kurdistan) , th e Ci.

”of Ge n . xi v .

ldbb is,adv . from la bbu . H e b .

35 .

la bini , subs . plu . m asc . H e b .

la - isa. Com p . Syr .

la -is iz, 3rd p e r s . s ing.m asc . p e rf. Kal . H e b .

“3: w i th n e gat ivela . H e b . N5

am,from A c c ad. la l

,to fi ll .

lap dn, p r e p . H e b .

”l g-f?la -s

dngu , a syno nym o f la -ma -

gi-ru ( i i. 2 7 , disobedie n t .

l i bb i,subs . m asc . sing . ge n . H e b .

3

L ibna na . Th e Bibli c al rug?LICCU z”; x» c a l-bu (11 . 6 , H e b .

3?

l imne ti,subs . plu . fem .

, p e rhaps H e b .DU? to figh t .

limni,subs. p lu . m asc . (S am e r o o t. )

listap r i i , grd plu . m asc . pr e c . Iph te al .

l i ti,subs . p lu . fe m .

l ive ti . Com p . H e b . to b e ar ound.

lubulti,fo r lub usti

,s c hanging in to I be fo r e a de n tal, subs. fem .

sing . H e b .

luddis, 3rd sing . m asc . p r e c . A phe l . Com p . H e b .

3 7” in

Pi e l t o r e pa ir bu ildings ( 1 S am . xi .

146 VO CA BULA R Y .

lu li e . From A c c adian .

lusbd, 3 rd. sing. p r e c . Kal . H e b .

lu tassi b,2nd sing . m asc . pr e c . Pa e l . H e b .

3 3 2.

Mada i . Inhabitan ts of th e Biblic al The y o c c up ie d th e

c oun try, c a lle d afte r the ir n am e , wh i c h l i e s to th e NW. o f

Pe r sia p r op e r . The y w e r e de sc e ndan t s o f J aph e t .

madatte,fo r m audante

,subs. fe m .

,l i t . som e thing g ive n .

Com p . D an . 1 1 . 6 .

Magannu .

“Th e ship r e gio n . A nd se e Le n o rm an t , Les Nom s

do l’A i/r a in

,e t c . (Tr ans . S oc . Bi b . A r ch

,vi . p .

Mahba . Bibl i c al 3 § 1Dmahdis

,adv . fr om mahdu . H e b .

"IND

m akka z i,fo r makha tsi

,subs . p lu . m asc . H e b . Y E"?

m akhkki,adj . from A c c ad. MA K H .

m a ltkir a,subs. sing . m a sc . a c c us . c a se of m akka r

,J 1 11 73m akhr i t i

, p r e p . fem . fo rm .

makii r ute .

“Pr e viou s,fo rm e r .

m a li i, 3rd. plu . m asc . p e r f. Kal .

md llu, par t ic . Kal . (S am e r o o t .)

mam i t,subs . fe m . sing . H e b .

”9315 ,m ana

,subs . m asc . plu . H e b . Gr . Ma. Th e st andard

m an e h app e ar s t o have be e n fixe d at Car c hem i sh . The r e

se em t o have be e n m an e hs of diffe r e n t we ight and valu e ;thu s

5 m an e hs o f s ilve r 2 m an e hs o f go ld.

l o ID 7 ,

(R e c ords of the P as t, i . p .

Manna i . Th e Bibl ic a l ”379, of J e r . li . 2 7 . Pr ope r n am e o f a

pr ovin c e whi c h i s jo in e d w i th 3 311“ a c c ording to Bo c ha r t ;

v cis‘, a t rac t of A rm e n ia”(Ge se n iu s) , pla c e d by R awlin

so n (H e r od i . 464) abou t Lake Urum iye h, and w i th th e

Minu as wh o app e ar s in th e l ist of an c i e n t kings in th e

in sc r ipt io n s at Van (Layard, Nine veh and Babylon, p .

I48 VOCABULAR YMe lukha . A wo rd o fte n u se d in ste ad o f Cush .

Menas ’ie . Th e 17 320 o f th e Bible .

me sikkti,subs. fe rn . H e b .

H3?m esi r

,subs . m asc . sing. c on s . H e b .

mo ti le,syn onym of kka r r an

,whic h se e .

m i e,subs. plu . m asc . H e b .

0319 ,

m i lao,sub . m asc . sing. c on s . Com p . H e b .

m imma, pron . Com p . H e b .

“QWP .

m is’

i r,se e m es

'

i r .

m i tp ani, subs. sing. m asc . A syn onym ofKa -as - tav ( 1 1 . 1 9, 7 ,H e b . J 35“

m i tga r i, adj ., Iph te al de r i v . J maga ru , to b e happy .

mu . Com p . H e b . Chald.

”173

mua lidie,adj . H e b .

"IND

mukhadu, par ti e . Com p . H e b .

7130

m ukhkka . A ssyr ian iz ed fo rm of A c c ad. MUK H,

upon .

mukki . O f A c c ad. o r igin . (S e e i i . 1,

m u l tau ti,fem . ab s . Com p . H e b .

”153 ,

“to m ake a n o ise .

m uni,subs. fem . sing. JW”

mupp c’

i r si,Niph . p ar t ie . H e b .

wasmurnise i

,subs . plu . m asc . This wo rd i s by ge n e ral c on se n t

translate d war - ho r se s.

musab , sub . sing . c on s . H e b .

m usa llimu , Pae l par t ic . 1l om . H e b .D53

musapp ikk, Pa e l pa r ti e . m asc . sing c on s.

musa r e,subs. p lu . ,

l ike nadi e, gift s.

musara , subs . sing. m asc . H e b . to b e st ra ight .

m usez i bi , parti c . Sh aph . H e b .3 111 .

m ussi e eu, subs . sing . m asc . nom . H e b .513 3

m i t,subs . sing . c ons . Chald.

Nib

mu tsa , subs . sing . m a sc . H e b .N3 3

Mu tsr i . Th e Bibl i c al

VOCABULAR Y 149

ri a l/a

sli,subs . m asc . sing . ge n . c ase

,Niph . fo rm . Com p . H e b .

n

nab iak,subs. s ing . m asc . c on s .

na bni ti,subs . fem . Niph de r iv. H e b .

7133Na bu

,th e pr ophe t . H e b . Th e god wh o was sup

p o sed t o p r e side o ve r li t e r atur e . A s b e fit t e d th e god

whose n am e m e ant a pr ophe t, h is c on so r t’

s nam e was

M Y»:E ,D .P .

,Tas—m e -tur

,

“th e b e ar e r (iv . 5 5 ,

H e i s th e Bibli c al 53 3 Th e 4th , 9th and 1 7th days

o f th e m on th w e r e days upon whi c h th e King sa c r ific e d to

Ne bo (iv . 3 2, 1 7 ; 42,

Na bu-sa llim,Ne b o c om ple te s .

Nabu-z i r -nap is ti - e sir . Ne bo th e se ed o f life (gui de s) str a ight .t n«fl: asa ra and isa ru . H e b .

"

132.

Nao i,z ud sing . im p . Kal. H e b .

7192,“to kill

,as in G e n .

i v . 1 5 .

nae ir u,subs . m asc . sing . H e b .

“132,

na e l is , adv . fr om nae lu . H e b .

na emu, par t i e . H e b . Niph . de r iv .

nada n,subs . m asc . sing . H e b . NJ ) Ta lm ud N’J

lfi l

nadi e,Subs . p lu . m asc . H e b .

nddu,adj .

nayti , subs . m a sc . sing ,of A c c ad. o r igin

“ Yb f Y i h z (1 1 . I ,

Nah id-Me r oda ch,

“ th e m aj e sty of Me r oda ch .

” Na li id,a Niph .

de r iv .

nahr,subs . sing . m asc . c on s . H e b . E9 . Th e ide ograph

m e an s flowi ng wa te r .

”I t is thought t o have be e n

pr o n oun c e d 11 1 1) in A c c adian .

nakha l,subs. sing . m asc . c on s . H e b . SD?

1 50 VO CA BULA R Y

nam c ur,su b s . m a sc .

,Niph . de r iv . o f m a e a ru . Com p . H e b .

nam r i . adj . J ”D J br ight, c l e ar .

nap a lc a tta nu, subs . m asc . sing. Niph . c o lle c tive in anu .

nap a rka . Niph . de r iv . par t i e . H e b . PD7Qnap sa t

-s’

u,fo r nap sa t

-su,subs . fem . sing . H e b .

3 5 3,wi th

e n c l it ic pron .

na tsi r a, 3 rd plu . m a sc . p e rm an s . Kal . H e b .

1 3?n i ba

,Pa e l p ar ti e . H e b .

3 3 3 to sp e ak.

”t r )

n ibikku . Com p . ni bahu,th e z e n ith .

”(S e e n ip ikku . )

n ib is'

s'

un,fo r ni b i t—s’u n

,fo r n i bi t-sun

,subs . p lu r: (S e e n ib a . )

n ib i t-s’u , fo r n ib i t—su

,subs . fem . sing .

n ina r a,r st p lu . m asc . pr e s . Kal . H e b .

ni nguti, subs. plu . fem . Com p . H e b .fi lm ?

NIN-S UM- S U . S e e Cha ldd iscb e Gene sis, p . 296 .

Ninua . Bibli c al “If ? Na d a,Luke xi . 3 2 . Lit e rally i t

m e an s th e “fish c ity, fo r 3K 7471 ( 11 . 7 , H e b .

a fish . A c ity situate d upon th e banks of th e Tigr is,and th e c ap ital of A ssyr ia. I ts an c i e n t nam e wa s

HT

( r:

E H (E l ; NI ' Nfl-A -CI (K and m e an s“th e

r e sting-

plac e o f th e god (D e l itz sch) . Ninua was th e

daughte r o f H e a (iv .

n ip is’a,subs. sing . H e b .

05?n ip ikbu . Thi s wo rd o c cu r s in Laya rd

s Inscr ip tions, pl . xxxix .

l in e 33 . I t i s e quate d w ith sa ru ru and sa bubu ( 1 1 . 3 5,n ir i

,subs . sing . m a sc H e b .

“We . Th e ide ogr aph i s e x

plain e d by ui -i—ru ( 1 1 . 4,Nisan . Th e fir st m on th o f th e A ssyr ian ye ar . A ssyr .

H 4 , (H e b . A c c ad. EB EBv

“th e m on th o f r ighte ous (sac r ific e s) . I t was

de dic ate d to A nn and Be l . (S e e Trans . Soc . Bib . A r ch,i i i .

p .

n is i,subs. p lu . m asc . Com p . Syr . I’3 JK

1 52 VOCABULAR Y

r ab i,adj . plur . m asc . H e b .

r ac bu,subs . s ing . m asc . H e b . to r ide .

r dkima t,subs . fem . sing . H e b .

DU?

r ama ni,r e fle x p ron . E xc e lle n tly e xplain e d by D r . O ppe r t .

H e first po in te d o u t i ts tru e m e an ing and i t s de r ivat ion ”

( S ayc e ) . H e b .Um

r a ruba t,

“te r ro r .

”It is thu s tran slat ed ge n e ra lly . Pr of.

S ayc e thinks th e wo rd i s r asubba t“th e fir e .

r emu,subs . sing . m asc . Com p . H e b .

0113 171 (Isa . xl vii .r ib i t

,subs. plu . c on s . Com p . H e b .

mm“. (Fo r th e A c c ad.

e quivale n t se e iv . 2 2,20

,and iv . 1 6

,

r idut,subs. fem . ab s . H e b .

W1? to r u le ove r .

r ima nis,adv . fr om r imu

,

“w i ld bu ll .” H e b .

UN)r im i

,lit . “

th e ho rn ed bull .” It i s also pho n e tic ally spe lt

- ll<l =E Q ‘r is ti

,fem .

,from r isa . H e b .

n’3NT!

r i tti,subs . fem . ge n . c a se . H e b .

7123 .

r i tsu ti,subs . fem . sing . H e b .

7133

rucubi,subs. plu . m asc . H e b .

3 3?

ruku,adj . A n in te r e sting e xam ple o f th e lo ss o f th e n .

H e b . PDQ .

sa,r e l . pr on . Ide n t i c al wi th th e late r H e b 3 in Can ti c le s

,

J udge s and E c c l e si aste s .

sudada,

“ le ngth,”a s oppo se d to r ap as tu, wi dth .

sadi,subs . plu . m asc . of sadu

, i ‘ v $5 1 ( ii i . 70,

A r ab . sadda n,

m on s.

sa ldka nis,adv . fr om s i ldkanu . H e b .

D173

VO CA BULA R Y . 1 53

lgu, subs . sing . m a sc . nom . c ase . H e b .1514}

sa li l,subs . m asc . sing . c on s . H e b .

sal subs . plu . m asc . Th e ide ograph i s e xpla in e d byla -mas

’- s

’u (i i . 1 , Pro f. S ayc e give s th e rabbin i c DDS

a s c onn e c te d ; th e wo rd i s of A c c adi an o r igin (L e c tur e s,

p . The y ar e e vide n tly o f th e sam e c lass of c o llo ssi

that a r e t o b e se e n in th e Br iti sh Muse um .

sa l la t,subs . fe m . s ing . H e b . PPP, to e le va t e .

S am su . Th e Sun -

god. H e b .3 3 3 Th e sun h as be e n de ifie d

by E ast e rn n ation s ge n e r ally, and h i s p ow e r w a s lo oke d

upon a s b e ing c on side rabl e . H e wa s suppo s ed t o b e abl eto he al m aladi e s ( iv . H is t i tle i s ge n e r ally

“th e

judge o f h e ave n and e ar th ( i . 9, and th e S un,th e lady

o f th e wor ld”( iv . 3 2, Th e m on th Ti sr i wa s de dic a t e d

to the S un -

god, th e war r io r o f th e wo r ld.

” I ts ge nde r

was fem in in e,bu t e xc e pt ion s o c c u r whe r e th e S un is r e

garde d as m asc ul in e , as in th e Bible (Psalm c iv .

S amas - ibni . Th e S un -

god c r e a t e d

samma,subs . m asc . sing . a c c u s . H e b . oar}

samna . Card. num be r . H e b .17 2733 . samna i s m ade fe m .

he r e,a c c o rding t o th e c u stom of th e S em e ti c langu age s,

whi c h i s to u se a fe m . n um e r al be fo r e th e ma sc . ge nde r .

Com par e D’i m “PQWN fou r ki ngs” (Ge n . xiv . and se e

th e r em arks o n p . 2 2 1,of R o e dige r

s Gr amma r,2 1 st e di t .

S ams’imur una . Bibl i c al 3733 .

sana t,w i th p r e fix, “

m an of th e ye ar .

” H eb .7133

s’

dngu ti, sing . fem . ab s .,sangu z magi ru . ( i i . 2 7 , A ssyr ian

J “

an,

“to b e obedie n t .”

sanna . H e b .i123

sanu i wa,adj . w i th m im m at ion . H e b .

“33

s'

ap inu, p ar ti e . Kal . H e b .715 ?

sa r,c on s . fo rm o f sa ru . H e b .

7 3

sa r cu,adj . agr e e ing w i th damn

,whi te r ac e

,as O ppo se d to

adam a ta,bla ck or r e d r a c e .

sa rr u ti,subs . fe m . s ing . H e b .

17 33

scl su,dem ons . p ro n .

I S4 VO CA BULA R Y

sa sunu,dem on s . p ron . plu . m asc .

sad i,for santz

'

. H e b .

S e ba tti . Th e m o nth e qu ivale n t t o ou r J anu ary . H e b .

Th e ide ogr aph fo r thi s m onth i s is e b i e

,subs . plu . H e b .

3 33

s e c i bu, par ti e . Kal . H e b .

393

sedi,subs . p lu . m a sc . E xplain e d by se - e -da ( 1 1 . 1

,H e b .

7 3 ; and se e D e u t . xxxii . 1 7 .

S E -GA,

“ happy . m a -

ga-ru ( i i . 7 , t nYt fo rm s

adj e c tive s in A c c adianse lap z

'

s,adv . from se lapu , a fox ; and se e th e r em arks unde r

513W in Ge se n ius’D ie t .

se llu la t . Com p . H e b .

sep d , subs . m a sc . d‘

u al .,l ike em

,eye s, a zna

,e ar s .

se r i,subs . p lu . H e b .

s ibi ttu . Com p . H e b .71333 3

s’

i e e a t, subs . p lu . fem . c on s. H e b .

713 9

s ien i . Com p . H e b . D 3

s idhz'

r,subs . sing. m asc . c on s . H e b .

“D 3

s i e l lu la t . S e e unde r se lu lla t.

s’

iga r , subs. fe m . c ons . Com p . H e b . WJD

s ikki r tz’

,e xt e n t .”

s i lasd . Com p . H e b .W353

si la te,subs . fem . Com p . H e b .

153 ,tran qu illity .

S’i llu

, S oloi , S ol i o r same . A se apo r t o n th e we st par t o f

n o r th c o ast of Cyp ru s .

S i luahm e , Sa lam is , Ba h a p t'

s . A c i ty at th e e ast e nd o f th e

island of Cyp ru s, n o t fa r fr om m ode rn Fam ago sta .

S IM,subs . plu r . Pe rhaps to b e c o nn e c te d w ith me} , a plan t

giving for th powe rful odou r s .

sim tu,subs . fem . sing . H e b .

D 793

S IN.

“Th e Mo on -

god . H is A c c ad. n am e s we r e

A -CU (i i . 48 , and b—II E N-ZU,whi c h is c om

p ounde d in th e n am e o f S e nn ac he r ib (Be llino Cylinde r ,

1 56 VO CA BULA R Y

takka tsi, fo r tamkha tsi . Tiph e l de r iv. fr om m akha tsu . H e b .

rill?

takh lup z’

,Tiph e l de r i v .

,subs . sing . m asc . Hi?“ to c ove r .

ta lla e ti,subs . plur . fem . Tiph e l de r iv . Com p .

t e me r te’

,subs . p lur . J "WEN

Tame tsi . Th e Tam a ssu s o f c lassi c al au thor s ; in th e m iddle

of Cyprus, 29 m ile s S .E . of S o lo c (Sm i th, Class. D ie t ) .tam sz

l . Tiph e l de r i v . H e b . 53 3 , sim i li tude .

tam tiv, subs . sing . fem . ge n . c ase , wi th m im m at ion . H e b .

mmm

tap dhzi r , 3 rd sing . fem . aor . Kal . H e b .

t en-b i t,fe m . ab s . sing . Tiph e l de r iv. H e b .

T4 7 7672,Tirhakah . Bibl ic al “Ba-m Tedpxcov O f S trabo , Ta'pxo r ,

O I' Ta p axdg O f Man e tho .

ta r tsi,subs . m a sc . sing .

tas bi r, 3rd sing . fem . ao r . Kal . H e b .

1 3 3

taz i z, 3rd sing . fem . aor . Kal . J m

Te l-A ssu r i . O c c u r s in th e fo rm o f Te lassa r (Isa i. xxxvu .

Thus—wws‘znt i b . Tiph e l de r iv . c ons . H e b .

x)?

TIMMA,

“r op e , c able .

” S e e Syl . No . 93 .

t imme,subs . m asc . sing .

tsab i,subs . plu . m asc . H e b .

N9}?tsa bi -m i tp ani , i .e . , bowm e n .

tsakhm,adj . sing. H e b .

"

P93

tsakkm'

,adj . m a sc . (S am e ro o t .) t i tsa—akh -r u ( i i . 48 ,

tsa tsc‘

i te,subs. m asc . sing . , im age o r s ta tua ry wo rk. Com p .

H e b . ( 2 Chron . i ii .

tsidz'

t, subs . p lu . fe m . H e b .

“TX (Ge n . xln .

Tsidunni . Th e Phoe n i c ian “fishing” c i ty . H e b .

tsenz'

,subs . plu . m asc . H e b . INY .

tsim z’

tti . Com p . H e b .7 7233

VO CA BULA R Y . 1 57

tsz'

p r i , subs . m asc . sing . ge n . c ase . H e b .

"

Gil , to he ap up .

TS I R,from A c c ad.

tsir t'

i ssu,for tsir a -sa

, pr e p . wi th e n c l iti c pr on .

tsi t,fem . ab s. H e b N32,

“to go fo rth .

tss bubu,subs. plu . H e b . (Le vit . xi .

tsumam i,subs . m asc . ge n . c ase . H e b .

N73 ? “thir st ; u se d o f

7 7 ,

thir sty de se r t) land, Isai . xl iv . 3 . S im ilar fo rm s ar e

sam am z'

,

“he ave n s,mam i

,wate r s .

Tsur r i . Bibl i c al 7 53 ; A ram .N19 Gr e ek Tapa s .

tsa tsi,subs . m asc . p lu . o f tsu tsu . H e b . i

”?“a flowe r .

tugu ltz’

,fe m . ab s . sing .

tuld,subs. sing . m asc . ac cu s. c ase . H e b .

513

a . H e b .4,

“and. No te th e fr e qu e n t u se in this in sc rip tion

o f in st e ad of Q »EH.

a c e i , I st sing. m asc . aor . Ka l, fo r une i . H e b .

ue in,r st sing . aor . A phe l . H e b . 333

a om’

,subs . m asc . s ing . ge n . c ase . It i s c alled

H e b .7191 , whi c h p r ove s i t to have be e n a wh i te s ton e o f

som e sor t (Tr ans . Soc . Bib . A r ch,v o l . v i . : L es nom s de

udanm'

n,

I st p e r s. sing . ao r . Pa e l, fr om J dem a nu, “to b e

’ 7

a ddis,1 st sing . a or . Pa e l of kkadasu

,

“t o b e n ew .

”H e b .

3 30Udum e . Bibl i c a l New Te st .udum

,subs . plu . m asc . H e b .

uga ru (aga r ), subs. m asc . s ing . A syllabary m ake s aga ra z aga r .

I ts num be r s ar e K 4403 , K 43 1 9, K 460 279.

ukka l lik,1 st p e r s . s ing . ao r . Pae l . H e b .

“to de sp o i l

( 2 Chr on . xxvi i i .u l lu tz

, p r e p . A c u r iou s c om pound of this wo rd w i th a nac a

o c c ur s in i . 59, 5 5 , u l- la -nu - cu

,

“ I am fr om an c ie n t t im e s .

1 58 VO CA BULA R V.

u ltu, p r e p . Pro f. S ayc e c om par e s E thiop i c wésta

”(Le c tur es,

p .

umm anu,subs . plu . m asc . H e b . 1373 71 li t . “

m any so ldie r s.

5 ; fi v ( i i . 2, H e b .N3 3 . Q Y¥ = EY&» Y (

Y(i . 2 1 , H e b “N79 .

umm i,l it .

“m o the r s

, plu . fe m . of ammu . H e b .UN

unamm er a,i st p e r s . sing . o bj . ao r . Pa e l .

unu te,subs . fem . plu . H e b . I)”

up akhir , r st p e r s . sing . aor . Pae l . J “an:

m oi,1 st sing . obj . ao r . Kal . H e b .

Fl):u ra bbi

,r st p e r s . sing . m asc . a or . Pa e l . H e b .

u r a e e is’

,i st p e r s . sing . aor . Pa e l . H e b .

99?

ur adai,1 st sing. ao r . Pa e l .

1 st p e r s . s ing . obj . aor . Pa e l . A r ab. r asha b a .

a saski,1 st sing. ao r . Sh aph e l . H e b .

71123 .

usassz'

sunu ti,1 st sing . ao r . S haph e l . N32 w ith plu . m asc . pr o n .

ur a tta'

,r st p e r s . ao r . Pa e l . J Hm

ur ikh te . Th e wo rd l ite r ally m e an s qu i ck .

Ur u. Th e Bibl i c al ‘

lix of G e n . xi . 28 . NowMughe ir . Xama c’

a u

m ik e (Ge se n iu s) .ur rukh is

,adv . qu i ckly .

usae lz'

l,I st sing . aor . Shaph e l . H e b .

u sadgi l, I st sing . ao r . S h aph e l . J SJ“!u sakhbiba

,1 st p e r s. sing . aor . Shaph e l .

usa ldidun i, 3rd plu . p e rf. Sh aph e l . J “we .

usa lizu,I st s ing. ao r Sh aph e l . H e b .

759

usa lma,r st sing . m asc . o bj . aor . Kal . Chald.

D53 to c om

pl e te .

u sa rkh z’

ts,I st sing . m asc . ao r . Shaph e l .

a s’

a rn’

a,1 st sing . m asc . aor . Sh aph e l . H e b .

"331 ,

u sci sdh i r , I st sing. ao r . S h aph e l . H e b .

usds’

kh zm,r st sing . m asc . ao r . S h aph e l . H e b .

“U?

u sa tm'

tsa,r st sing. ao r . S haph e l . J ran

usa tsba t,1 st sing . m a sc . p r e s. Sh aph e l . A rab . tsaba ta .

usa tsbi ta,1 st sing . m asc . p r e s . S h aph e l .

60 VO CA BULA R Y

gur a e sa , grd sing. m asc . obj . ao r . Kal . H e b . D9 ) .

gusez ib u, grd sing. m asc . ao r . Kal . Jguse sibun i, 3rd plu . m asc . p e r f. H e b .

331 .

gu ta r r u, grd plu . m asc . ao r . Pa e l . H e b . 1m

gu tir , grd sing. m asc . ao r . A ph . ; and se e S ayc e ,

(Bagste r ) , p . 6 3 .

gutsa l lam’

, grd sing . m asc . obj . a o r . Pae l,w ith po ss. pr on .

m'

. Chald.

z i e a r z’

. Com p . H e b .

"

D I.

z z’

e ir,subs . sing . m asc . H e b .

“3 7 Fo r the u se o f this wo rd

fo r nam e ,

”se e E xod. i ii . 1 5 .

z i r ba bz’

,subs . p lu . m a sc .

A b i-b aa l, 1 05

A b u ram u, 1 3

A dhm e z u, 1 07

A dramm e le c h, 1

A kb ar u, 1 0 1

A khaz e l, 1 3Akb im e le c

, 1 05Akhn i

,1 2 7

A m an ns, 89

A m ga r r una , t .e . E kr on, 1 05

A rm i k, Te m p le of

, I 5A p h e k , 1 1 9A raske

, 2

A rm e n ia,2

A r nadi, A r vad

, 1 05A r za n i

, 4

A so rda ne s,2

A ssur -b ani -p al , 6

A s su r ~ e b il -m uc i n-

p a l, 2

A tsdudi, A shdod, 1 05

Ba bylon : its H istory, 7Bah lu

,1 03

Ba i lu,1 0 1

Bam b a,1 3

Ba z u, 59

Be l- b a sa , 65Be l -idinna

,1 1 5

Be th-A m m on, 1 05

Be th-D akkur i, 49

Bicn i,69

Bindidi,1 27

Bo r s ip pa , 5 1

Bfia iva,1 27

I N D E X.

Buc cunann iahp i, 1 2 7Bu c ur -Nin ip , 1 29Budah

, 1 0 1

Budi l,1 05

Bunu b u, 1 2 7

Busir u, 1 27

Butsuzu, 1 07

Cidru s’

i, 1 05

Ci li c ia, 4 1

Cim m e r i,

O i s’u, 1 0 1

Co loss i, 83

Cu lu -Baa l, 1 05

Cundi—S anduar ri,i ts King, 33, 37

Cfi s’i, ti e , E thi op ia, 1 1 1

D am a s’u, 1 07

D ananu,1 3

D h e hat -a i, 1 3

D iah tani,1 0 1

D fi h a, 43

D um fi s’i, 1 07

D up ia te , 1 0 1

E c i stur a, 1 05

E diaha l, 1 05

E dom, 5 5

E p a rna , 66

E p onym s , List of, 1 3E r i e su

,1 0 7

E sa rhaddon, King of A ssyr ia , B .C.

68 1—668 Vi c tory a t Kh an ira b ba t

, 3, 2 1 ; A ddr e sse s to, 3 ;

D i vision of E gyp t in to twe ntyp r ovi nc e s, 6 ; H is bui ldings, 6 ;

1 62 IND E X.

D e a th, 7 ; Re sto rat ion of Manas

se h, 8 Tit le s of

, 1 7, 1 9 ; A rab ian

War, 52, 5 3 ; Egyp tian Cam p a ign ,

1 09

Gahp ani , 1 0 1

Gam b u la i,6 5

Gart ikhada tst i, 1 07Gub li , 1 05Gut ium , 45Ic aus

u, 1 05

lkh ilu,1 0 1

Ip t ikh ardi e su, 1 29Iska luu a

,A sca lon, 1 05

Is’kh ut

,1 23

I sp ac a i, 47Isp im adhu , 1 29Istu -R amm a nu -an inu

, 1 3

Ith uande r , 1 07Kada s

iah,1 0 1

Kausgab r i , 1 03

Kha ba nam ru,1 0 1

Kh ab is’u, 1 0 1

Kha ldidi , 1 0 1

Kh a r s’iya e su , 1 2 7

Kh atkh ir i b i,1 2 7

Kha za i l—h is son Y a u tah , 5 2Kh a z it i , i .6 . Ga z a , 1 05Kha z n

, 6 1

Kh im u n i,1 29

Kh in in si, 1 27

Kissos,1 07

Ku l lim i r i,1 1 5

Ku r ium ,1 07

La i lie , 6 3

La kh ir i, 99Lam e in tu

,1 29

Le b anon , 79Lidir , 1 07Li z ards (winged) , 1 2 1Mada i

,6 7

Maga lan i , 1 0 1Magannu (S ina i), 1 2 1

Mah ba,t .e . Moa b , 1 03

Ma na sse h, 8

Manna i , 45Mans’a c u , 1 0 1

Man tim eankh e,1 29

Ma r la r im , 1 3Mekh ranu, 45Me lukh a

, 1 1 7Me m p h is , 1 25Me tinti, 1 05Mi lc ia sapa , 1 05Mu tsur i

,1 03

Na b u—akha -iddina, 1 3

Nab u -a khi -ur e s, 1 3

Nab u -b e l-utsu r , 1 3Nab u -sal l im , 5 1

Na b u-z i r -nap is ti-e si r , 4

Nadkhu, 1 27Na hid-Marduk , 4Nakh ti khuruansin i

, 1 29Nakh c e , 1 2 7Natho , 1 2 5Ne buc h adn e zzar : Listfe t e d to Marduk

, 93

Ne c ho, 1 25

Ne rga l-sa r -u t su r , 1 3

Niah,

Th e b e s, 1 29Nikha r u

,1 01

Nin -

ga l-iddi na, 4

Nin e ve h, 4 1

Nisr o c h , 1

Nu r i e,1 07

Pakhn ut i,1 29

Pakr u ru, 1 27

Pa p hos, 1 07

Pa r na c i, 45

Pa r ta c c a , 69Pat usa r r a , 6 7

Pisa b dinut i , 1 29

Pisa n -H or, 1 25

Pi-sup t, 1 27Pitanu , 45

Piz a t t ikhu runp ic u , 1 29

Pudhu b isti , 1 2 7

Pylagor us, 1 05

R am a t eya , 6 9

R ap ikh i , 1 19

Sa b aka , 5S a b a t ok, 5

S a i s, 1 25

T'

RUBNER’

S O RIENTAL SERIES.

A kn owle dge o f th e c omm onp lac e , at l e ast , o f O r i e ntal li te rature , p h il osop hy, and r e l igi on i s a s n e c e ssary t o th e ge n e r a l r e ade r o f th e p r e se n t daya s an a c qu a in tan c e w it h th e Lat in and Gr e e k c las si c s was a ge n e r ation o r s o

ago . Im m e nse s tr ide s ha ve b e e n m ade with in th e p r e se nt c e n tury in t h e seb r an c h e s o f l e arni ng ; S anskr i t h as b e e n b r ough t w i th in th e r ange o f ac c u r a t ep h i lo logy , and i ts in valuab l e an c i e n t l it e r a tu r e t hor ou gh ly in ve st iga t e d ; th el angu age and sa c r e d b o oks o f th e Zo r oa str ian s ha ve b e e n la id b ar e ; E gyp t i an ,

A ssyr i an ,and o th e r r e c o rds o f th e r em o t e p a st ha ve b e e n de c i p h e r e d, and a

gr o up o f s c h o lar s sp e ak o f st i l l m o r e r e c ondi te A c c adia n and H i t ti t e m onu

m e n ts b u t th e r e su lt s o f a ll th e s c ho lar sh ip t ha t h a s b e e n de vo t e d t o t h e sesub j e c t s ha v e b e e n a lm o st in a c c e ssib l e t o t h e p ub l i c b e c au se t h e y w e r e c onta in e d fo r th e m o st p ar t in l e a rn e d o r e xp e n s ive wo r k s, o r sc a tt e r e d t hr o ughou t th e n um b e r s of sc i e n t ifi c p e r i odi c a ls . Me ssr s . TRUBNE R 8:CO . , i n a sp i r i t

o f e n t e rp r is e wh i c h do e s t h e m infin it e c r e di t , ha ve de t e rm in e d t o sup p ly th ec onstan t ly-in c r e a s ing wan t , and t o gi ve in a p op u la r , o r , a t le a st , a c om p re

h e n s iv e fo rm , a l l t hi s m ass o f kn ow le dge to th e wo r ld.—Tim 68 .

S e c o nd E dition , p o st 8vo , p p . xxxu .—7 48 , wi th Map , c lo th , p r i c e z r s.

TH E IND IA N EMPIR EITS PE O PLE , H ISTO R Y ,

A ND PR O DUCTS .

By th e H ON. S IR W. W . HUNTE R , C. I .E LL.D .

Mem b e r o f th e V i c e r oy’s Le gis la t ive Coun c il ,

D i re c to r-Ge ne r al o f S ta t ist ic s to th e Go ve rnm e n t of India.

Be ing a R e vised E di tion ,b rough t up to dat e , and in c o rp ora ting th e ge n e ral

r e su lts o f th e Ce n su s of 188 1 .

I t fo rm s a vo lum e o f m or e than 700 p ag e s , and i s a m arve llou s c om b in a ti on o fli te ra ry c o nd e n s a t i on an d r e se ar c h . It g i ve s a c om p le t e a c c ou n t o f th e IndianE m p i r e , i t s hi s to ry , p e o p le s , an d p r odu c ts , an d fo r m s th e w o rt hy o u t c om e ofs e ve n t e e n y e a r s o f la b ou r w i t h e xc e p t i o n a l o p p o r tu n i t i e s fo r r e nde r in g tha t .

la b ou rfru i t fu l . No thi n g c ou ld b e m o r e lu c i d tha n S i r Wi ll iam H un t e r

s e xp o s i t i o n s o f t h ee c o n om i c an d p o li t i c a l c on di t ion o f In di a a t t h e p r e s e n t t im e

, o r m o r e in te r e st ingthan h i s sc ho lar ly hi sto ry of th e India o f th e p as t. —l e Tim es .

TR UBNE R '

S O R IE NTA L S E R IE S .

TH E FOLLO WING WO RKS H A vs A LR E A D Y A PPE A R E D

Third E dit ion , p o st 8vo , c lo th , p p . xv i—428 , p r i c e 1 6 s.

E S SA Y S ONTH E SA CR E D LANGUA GE , WR ITINGS ,AND R E LIGION O F TH E PA R S IS .

BY MA R TIN H A UG, PH .D . ,

Lat e o f th e Un i ve r s i ti e s o f Tii b inge n , GO t t inge n , a nd Bo nn S up e r int e nde n to f S an skr i t S tudi e s, and Pr o fe sso r o f S an skr i t in th e Po o n a Co l le ge .

E D ITE D AND E NLA R GE D BY D R . E . W . WE ST.

To wh i c h i s adde d a Bi ogr ap h i c al Me m o ir o f th e la t e D r . H A UGb y Pr of. E . P . E VANS .

I. H istory o f th e R e se ar c h e s in to th e S a c r e dWr i t ings and R e l igion o f th ePa r si s, fr om t h e E a r l i e st Tim e s down t o th e Pr e se n t .

II . Langu age s o f t h e Par s i S c r ip tu r e s .

I II . Th e Ze nd-A ve s ta , o r th e S c r ip tu r e o f th e Pa r si s .

IV . Th e Zo r o a st r ia n R e l igi on , a s t o i t s O r igin and D e ve lo pm e n t .

E ssay s o n th e S ac r e d La n guage , Wr i tin gs, an d R e ligi on o f th e Par s i s,

’b y th elat e D r . Mart in H au g , e di t e d b y D r . E . W. We s t . Th e au tho r in t e nde d

,o n h i s r e tu rn

fr om In di a , t o e xp an d t h e m a t e r i a ls c on ta in e d i n t hi s w o r k i n to a c om p r e he n s i vea c c o u n t o f th e Z o r o as tri an r e li gi on , b u t th e de s ign w a s fr u st ra t e d b y h i s u n t im e lyd e a th . We have , how e ve r , i n a c o n c i s e an d r e ada b le form , a h i s to r y o f th e r e s e ar c he si n to th e sa c r e d wr i t ings an d r e ligi o n o f th e Pa r s i s fr om th e e a r li e st t im e s down to

th e p r e s e n t—a di ss e r ta t ion o n t h e lan gu ag e s o f t h e Pa r s i S c r i p tu r e s , a t r an s la t i o no f th e Ze n d-A ve sta , o r . th e S c r i p tu r e o f th e Pa r s i s , an d a di sse r ta t ion o n th e Zo r oast r i an r e l igi on , w i th e sp e c i a l r e fe r e n c e t o i ts o r ig in an d de ve lop m e n t .

”—Tim es.

Po s t 8 vo , c lo t h , p p . viii —1 7 6, p r i c e 7 3 . 6d.

TE XTS F R O M TH E BU D D H I S T CA NO NCOMMO NLY KNO WN A S D H AMMA PA D A .

Wi th A c c omp a nyi ng Na r r a ti ves.Translat e d fr om th e Chin e se b y S . BE A L,

B.A . , Pr ofe sso r o f Ch in e se ,Un i ve r s ity Co l l e ge , London .

Th e D ham m ap ada , a s h it h e r to kn own b y th e Pa l i Te xt E dit ion , a s e di te db y Faus ll , b y Max Mul l e r ’s E ng l i sh , and A lb r e c ht We b e r

’s G e rm an

t r an s lat ion s , c o n s i st s o n ly o f tw e n ty-s ix c hap t e r s o r s e c ti o n s,w h il st th e

Chin e s e ve rs ion , o r r at h e r r e c e n s ion,a s n ow t r an s la t e d b y Mr . Be a l

,c o n

si st s o f t hi r ty-n ine se c t ion s . Th e s tude n t s o f Pa l i wh o p o ss e ss Pans ll’

s

t e xt , o r e it h e r o f th e ab o v e -n am e d t r a n s la t i o n s , w i ll t h e r e fo r e n e e ds w an t

Mr . Be a l ’s E ng l i sh r e nde r ing o f t h e Ch in e se ve r s ion ; th e t h i r t e e n a b o ven am e d addi t i o n al s e c t i on s n o t b e ing a c c e ssi b l e t o t h em in a ny o th e r fo rm ;

fo r , e ve n i f t h e y unde r stand Ch in e se , th e Chin e se o r igin al wo u ld b e un

o b ta ina b l e b y t h em .

Mr . Be a l's r e n de r i ng o f th e Chin e s e tran s lat i on i s a m o s t val uab le a i d t o th e

c ri t i c a l s tudy o f th e w o r k . It c on ta in s a u the n t i c t e xt s ga the r e d fr om an c i e n t

c an on i c a l b o oks, and g e n e r al ly c on n e c t e d w i th s om e i n c i de n t in t h e h i s to ry o f

Buddha . The i r gr e at i n t e r e st , how e ve r , c on s i sts i n th e li ght wh i c h the y thr ow u p on

e ve ryday l i fe i n Ind i a a t th e r e m o t e p e r i od a t whi c h th e y w e r e w r i t te n , an d u p on

th e m e thod o f t e a c h in g ado p t e d b y th e fo un de r o f th e r e ligi on . Th e m e thode m p loy e d w as p r i n c i p a l ly p a r ab le , an d t h e s im p l i c i ty o f t h e ta l e s an d t h e e xc e ll e n c eo f t h e m o ra ls in c u lca t e d , as w e l l a s th e s t r ang e ho ld w h i c h t h e y ha ve r e ta in e d u p on

th e m in ds o f m il l i on s o f p e op le , m a k e the m a ve ry r e m a r kab le s tudy .

”Tim es .

Mr . Be a l, b y m ak in g i t a c c e s s i b le in a n E ng l i sh d r e s s , h a s adde d t o th e gr e at s e rvi c e s h e h as a lr e ady r e n de r e d t o th e c om p ar a t i ve s tudy o f r e li gi o u s hi s to ry .—A c a dem y .

Va lu ab le a s e xhi b i t in g th e do c t r in e o f th e Buddh i s ts i n i t s p u r e st, le a st a du lt e r a t e d fo rm , i t b r ings th e m o de rn r e ade r fa c e to fa c e wi th tha t s i m p le c r e e d an d r u leo f c o ndu c t w h i c h w on i ts w ay o ve r th e m in ds o f m yr iads , an d w hi c h i s n ow n om i n a l lyp r o fe s s e d b y 1 45 m i lli on s , wh o have o ve r la i d i ts a u s t e r e s im p li c i ty w i th i n n um e ra b lec e r e m o n i e s , fo rgo t t e n i t s m axim s , p e r ve rt e d i t s t e a c hi ng , an d s o in ve rt e d i t s le adi n gp r in c i p l e that a r e li gi on who s e fou nde r de n i e d a God, n ow w o r shi p s tha t foun de r asa g o d h im s e lf .” -S cots man .

TR UBNE R '

S O R IENTA L S E R IE S .

Po st 8vo , p p . 432 , c lo t h , p r i c e 1 6 3 .

A CLA S S ICA L D ICTIONA R Y or H INDU MY TH O LO GYAND R E LIGION, GE O GR A PH Y , H ISTO R Y , AND

LITE R A TUR E .

BY JO HN D OWS ON, M.R . A . S

Lat e Pr ofe sso r o f H indu stan i , S ta ff Co ll e ge .

This n o t on ly fo rm s an i ndi sp e n sab le b o ok o f r e fe r e n c e t o s tu de n ts of Indianli t e r a tur e , b u t i s a lso o f gr e a t g e n e r al in t e r e st , as i t gi ve s in a c on c i se and e as il ya c ce ss i b le fo rm all t ha t n e e d b e kn own a b ou t th e p e rso n age s o f H in du m ytho lo gywho se n am e s ar e so fam i li a r , b u t o f whom so li tt le is kn own ou ts ide th e lim i t e dc i r c le o f sa va n ts.

—Tim e s.It i s n o s light ga in whe n su c h su b j e c ts ar e t r e at e d fai r ly and fu lly in a m ode r a t e

sp a c e ; and w e n e e d onl y add tha t t h e few wan ts whi c h w e m ay ho p e t o se e su p p li e di n n ew e di ti o ns de tra c t b u t li t t le fr om th e ge n e ra l e xc e l le n c e o f Mr . D owson

'

s w o rk .—Sa turda y R e vi ew.

Po st 8vo , w ith Vi ew o fMe c c a, p p . e x u. - 1 7 2 , c lo th , p r i c e gs.

S ELE CTIONS FR OM TH E KO R AN.

BY E DWA R D WILLIAMLANE ,

Trans la tor o f Th e Th ou sand and O n e Nights &c ., dzc .

A New E dit i on , R e v i se d a nd E n la rge d, w i th an In t r odu c tion b ySTANLEY LANE P O O LE .

b e e n lon g e s te em e d in this c oun try a s th e c om p i la ti on o f on e o f th e

gr e a te st A r a b i c sc ho la rs o f th e t im e,th e la t e Mr . Lan e , th e w e l l-kn own t r an s la t o r o f

t h e ‘A rab ian N'

i ghts .

Th e p r e se n t e d i to r h a s e n han c e d th e va lu e o f h i sr e la t ive ’

s w o rk b y di ve s ti n g th e t e xt O f a gr e at de a l o f e xtran e ous m a t te r in tr oduc e db y w ay o f c om m e n t , and p r e fixin g an i n t r o du c t i on .

”—Tim e s.

“Mr . Poo le i s b o th a g e n e r o u s a nd a le ar n e d b i ogr ap he r . Mr . Po o le t e l l s u sth e fa c ts s o fa r a s i t i s p o s s i b le fo r i n du s t ry an d c r i t i c i sm t o a s c e rt a in th e m

,

a n d fo r li t e ra ry sk i l l t o p r e s e n t th e m in a c onde n se d and r e adab le fo rm .

”-E ng l i sh

m an , Ca lcu tta .

Po st 8vo , p p . v i . —36 8 , c lo th , p r i c e 1 4s .

MO D E RN IND IA A ND TH E IND IANS ,BE ING A S E R IE S O F IMPR E S S IO NS , NO TE S , AND E S SA Y S .

BY MONIE R WILLIAMS ,H on . LL .D . o f th e Un i ve r s ity o f Ca lc u t ta , H on . Me m b e r o f t h e Bom b ay A sia ti c

S oc i e ty , Bode n Pr o fe sso r o f S anskr i t i n th e Uni ve r si ty o f O xfo rd .

Thi rd E dition , r e vi s e d and augm e n t e d b y c onside r ab l e A ddi t i on s,w it h Ill u str at i on s and a Map .

In thi s vo lum e w e have th e thou ght ful im p r e ss i o n s o f a thoughtfu l m an on som e

o f th e m o st im p or tan t q u e sti ons c onn e c t e d wi th o u r In di an E m p i r e . A n e nl ight e n e d o b se rvan t m an , tr ave l lin g am on g an e n li ghte n e d o b se rvan t p e op le , Pr ofe sso rMon i e r Wi l li am s h a s b r o ught b e fo r e th e p u b li c in a p le asan t fo rm m o r e o f th e m ann e r s

an d c ustom s o f th e Q u e e n’

s In di an su b j e c ts t han w e e ve r r e m e m b e r t o ha ve s e e n i n

a n y on e w o r k . H e n o t onl y de se r ve s t h e than ks o f e ve ry E n g li shm an for thi s a b lec on tr i b ut i on t o th e s tudy o f Mode r n In di a—a su b j e c t w ith w hi c h w e s hou ld b e

sp e c i a l ly fam i l i a r—b u t h e d e s e r ve s th e t han ks o f e ve ry In dia n , Pa r s e e o r H in du ,

Buddhi s t a nd Mo s le m , fo r h i s c l e a r e xposi t i on of the ir m a nn e r s, t he i r c r e e ds, and

the i r n e c e ssi ti e s .

"—Tim es.

Po st 8vo, p p .

~xl iv .—37 6 , c lo th , p r i c e 1 4s .

METR ICA L TR ANSLA TIONS FR OM SANSKR ITWR ITE R S .

Wi th an Int r oduc tion , m any Pr o se V e r sio ns , and Pa r a l le l Pa ssage s fr omCla ss i c al A u t ho r s .

BY J . MUIR , LL.D .

,Ph .D .

A n agr e e ab l e i n t r odu c ti on t o H indu p o e t ry .—Times .

A vo lum e w hi c h m ay b e ta ke n as a fa i r i l lu str a t i on a l ik e o f th e r e l igi ou se nd

o

m o r a l s e n t im e n t s and o f th e le ge ndar y lo r e of t h e b e s t S an skr i t w ri t e rs .

E din burgh D a i ly R evi ew.

TR O RNE R '

S O R IE NTA L S E R I E S .

S e c ond E diti on , p o st 8vo , p p . xxvi. c lo th , p r i c e 1 05 . 6d.

T H E G U L I S T A N;O R , R O S E GA R D ENO F S H EKH MUSH LIU’

D -D IN S A D I O F S H IR A Z .

Trans la te d fo r th e Fir s t Tim e in to Pr o se and V e r se,w it h a n In tr odu c to ry

Pr e fac e , and a Li fe o f th e A u tho r , fr om th e A t i sh Kada h ,Br E DWA R D B. E A STWICK, C.B. , M.A . ,

F .R . S

It is a ve ry fair r e nde r in g of th e o r igin al. "—Tim es .

Th e n ew e di ti on h as lo ng b e e n de s i r e d, an d wil l b e w e lc om ed b y a l l wh o ta k ean y in te r e st in O r i e n ta l p o e t ry . Th e Gu l is ta n i s a typ i c a l Pe rsi an ve r s e -b o o k o f th eh ighe s t o rde r . Mr . E as twi c k

s r hym e d t r an s lati on h as lo n g e s ta b li she d i ts e lf ina se c u r e p o s i ti on as th e b e s t ve rs i o n o f S adi

s fin e st w o rk.

”—A c ade 7ny.

It is b o th fai thful ly and gr a c e fu lly e xe c u te d .

”Ta b l et .

In TWO V o lum e s, p o st 8 vo , p p . vi i i . —4o 8 and vi i i—348 , c loth , p ri c e 283 .MIS CE LLANE O US E S SA Y S R ELA TING TO IND IAN

SUBJ E CTS .

BY BR IAN H O UGH TON H O D GS ON,E S Q .,

F .R .S

La t e o f th e Be nga l Ci vi l S e rv i c e ; Co rr e sp onding Me m b e r o f th e Ins t i tu te ; Che va li erof th e Le gio n o f H o no u r ; la t e Br i t i sh Min is t e r a t t h e Cour t o fNe pa l, &c . , 6 m.

CO JVTE NTS O F VO L . 1 .

S E CTIO N I .—O n th e Ko c c h , Bodo, and D h im é l Tr ib e s .

—Pa rt I . Vo c ab u la ry .

Pa rt II . Gr am m a r .—Pa r t l l I . Th e i r O r ig i n , Lo c a t ion ,

Num b e r s, Cre e d, Cu s tom s

,

Cha r a c t e r , and Co ndi t i o n , w i th a Ge n e r a l D e s c ri p t ion o f t h e Cli m at e the y dwe l l in .

—A p p e ndi x .S E CTI O N I I.

—O n H im a layan E thn o logy—I . Com par at ive Vo ca b u la ry o f th e Lan

gu age s o f t h e Br o k e n Tr i b e s o f Nep al —II. Vo c a b u la ry o f t h e D i a l e c ts o f t h e K i ran t iLan guag e

—III . G r am m at i c a l An a ly s i s o f th e vayu Language . Th e Vayu Gra m m a r .—1V. A n a lys i s o f t h e Bahin g D i a le c t o f th e K ir an ti La ngu age . Th e Bah in g Gramm ar .

—V . O n t h e Vayu o r H ayu Tr i b e O f th e Ce n t ra l H im a lay a—VI . O n t h e Ki ra nt i

Tr i b e o f th e Ce n tr a l H im a laya .

CO NTE NTS O F VO L . I I .

S E CTIO N I l l .—o u th e A b o r i gin e s o f No r th-E as te rn In d ia . Com parat ive Vocab u la ry

o f th e Ti b e tan , Bodo, an d Card Ton gu e s .

S ECTI O N IV.—A b o r igin e s o f th e No r th-E as t e rn Fronti e r .

S E CTI O NV.—A b o r igin e s o f th e E as te rn Fron ti e r .

S E CTIO NVI .—Th e Indo -Chin e se Bo rde r e r s , an d the ir c onn e c ti on w i th t h e H im alayane and Ti b e tan s . Co m p a ra t ive Vo c a b u la ry O f l n do -Chi n e s e Bo rde r e rs in A rakan .

Com p a r a t ive Voc ab u la ry o f IndO oCh in e se Bo rde r e r s in Te n asse r i m .

S E CTIO NVIL—Th e Mo ngo lian A fii n it i e s O f th e Cau c as ians .—Com pa ri son and Analys i s o f Cauc a s ian andMo n go l ian Wo rds .

S E CTIO NVIIL—Phys ic a l Typ e o fTi b e tan s .

S E CTIO N IX.—'I'

h e A b o r ig in e s o f Ce n tra l Indi a—Com p a r a t ive Voc ab u la ry o f th eA b o r igin a l La ngu ag e s o f Ce n t ra l In dia—A b o ri g i n e s o f th e E a s t e rn Gha ts .

—Vo c ab ula ry o f som e o f t h e D ia le c ts o f t h e H i l l an dWande r in g Tr ib e s i n t h e No r th e rn S i r c a r s .—A b o r i gin e s o f t h e Ni lgi r is , w i th R e m ar ks o n th e ir A fii ni t i e s .—S u p p le m en t t o th e

Ni lgi r i a n Voc ab u lar i e s .—Th e A b o r igin e s o f S ou the rn In di a and Ce y lon .

S E CTION X—R ou t e o f Ne pa l e se Mis s i on to Pe k in , w i th R e m a rks on th e Wate rS he d and P la te au o f Ti b e t .

S ECTI O N XL—R o u t e fr om K ei th m én du, th e Cap i ta l o f Ne pal , to D arj e e ling inS ikim .

—Me m o r an dum r e la t i ve to th e S e ve n Co s is O fNe pal .S ECTI O NXII .

—S om e A c c ou n ts o f th e Sys te m s O f Law an d Po li ce as r e c ogn is ed inth e S ta t e o f Ne pé l .

S E CTIO NXML—Th e Na t ive Me thod o f m akin g th e Pap e r de n om in ate d H indus tan ,Nepal e s e .

S E CTIO N XIV .—Pr e -e m in e n c e o f th e Ve rn a c u la r s ; o r , th e A n gli c is ts A n swe r e d ;

Be ing Le tt e rs on th e E duc a ti o n o f th e Pe op le o f India .

“Fo r th e study o f th e l e ss -kn own ra c e s o f Indi a Mr . Br ian H odgso n’

s Mis c e ll an eou s E ssa ys w i l l b e fo und ve ry val uab le b o th t o t h e p hi lo logis t and th e e thn o logi st.”—Tim es .

TR UBNE R '

S O R IENTA L S ER IES .

Third E di t ion , Two Vo l s , p o st 8vo , p p . vii i—268 and vi i i .—326 , c lo th ,p r i c e 2 1 8 .

TH E LIFE O R LE GEND or GAUD AMA ,

TH E BUD D H A O F TH E BURME S E . With A nnotations .Th e Ways t o Ne ib b an , andNo t ic e on th e Ph ongy i e s o r Burm e se Monks .

BY TH E RIGH T R E V. P . BIGAND ET,

Bi sh op o f R am a th a , V i c a r-A p o st o l i c o f A va and Pe gu .

Th e wo rk i s furni she d w i th c op iou s n o t e s , whi c h n o t only i l lustra t e th e sub j e c tm a t te r , b u t fo rm a p e rfe c t e n c yc lo p ae di a o f Buddhi s t lo r e .

"

Tim es .

“A w o r k wh i c h wi ll furn i sh E ur op e an stude n ts o f Buddh i sm wi th a m o s t va luab leh e lp i n th e p r os e c u t i on o f t he i r i n ve st iga t ion s .—E d i nbu rgh D a i ly R evi ew.

“Bis hop Bigandc t ’

s i n va lu ab le w o rk .—In d£a n A n tiq ua rgj .

Vi ew e d in th i s l ight , i ts im p o r t an c e i s s u ffi c i e n t t o p la c e s tude n ts of th e sub j e c tunde r a de e p ob li gat i o n t o i ts au tho r .

”—C'a l c u t ta R ev i ew.

“Thi s wor k is on e o f th e gr e at e st au tho r i ti e s up on Buddhi sm .—D ub l in R evi ew.

Po st 8vo, p p . xxi v.—420, c lo th , p r i c e 1 88 .

CH INE SE BUD D H ISM.

A VO LUME O F SKE TCH E S , H ISTO RICA L AND CRITICA L .

BY J . E D KINS , D . D .

A u t ho r o f Ch in a ’

s P la c e in Ph i lo logy ,” R e l igi on in Ch in a ,”&c . ,

It c o n ta in s a vas t de a l o f im p o r tan t i n fo rm at i on o n th e sub j e c t , su c h as is on lyt o b e ga in e d b y long -c on t i nu e d s t udy on th e sp o t .

—A th en avum .

Up on th e w ho le , w e kn ow o f n o w o r k c om p ar a b le t o i t fo r th e e xt e n t o f i ts

o r igin a l r e se ar c h , an d t h e s im p l i c i ty w i th w hi c h thi s c om p l i c a t e d syst e m o f p hi losop hy , r e lig i on ,

li te ra tu r e , and r i tu a l i s s e t fort h .—Br i ti sh Q u a r ter ly R eview.

Th e who le vo lum e i s r e p le t e w i th le ar n i n g . It d e s e r ve s m os t c a r e ful studyfrom a ll in te r e st e d i n th e his to ry o f th e r e l igi o n s o f th e w o r ld , an d e xp r e s s ly o f tho sew h o a r e c on c e rn e d i n th e p ro p aga t i on o f Chr i st ian i ty . D r . E dk in s n o t i c e s i n t e rm s

o f ju st c on de m n a t i on th e e xagge r a te d p ra i s e b e s tow e d up on Buddh ism b y r e c e n t

E ngli sh wr i te rs .

"—R e cor d.

Po st 8vo , p p . 496 , c l o t h , p r ic e r 8s .

L INGUI STIC A ND O R IENTA L E SSA Y S .

WR ITTEN FR OM TH E Y E A R 1 846 To 1 87 8 .

BY RO BE RT NE E D H AMCUST,

La t e Mem b e r o f H e r Ma j e s ty ’s Indi an Civi l S e r vi c e ; H on . S e c r e ta ry to

th e R oya l A s ia t i c S o c i e ty ;and A ut hor o f Th e Mode rn Lan gu age s o f th e E a st Indie s .

We kn ow n o n e wh o h as de sc r i b e d Indi an l ife , e sp e c i a lly th e life o f th e nat i ve s ,w i th s o m u c h le a rn i n g , sym p a thy , a nd li t e r a ry ta le n t .

—A c a dem y .

The y s e em to u s t o b e fu ll o f sugge st ive and o ri gi n a l r em ark s .

”—S t. J am e s ’

s Ga ze tte .

H i s b o o k c on ta in s a vas t am o un t o f i n fo r m a t i o n . Th e r e su lt o f th i rt y -fi v e y e ar s

o f i n q u ir y , r e fle c t i on ,an d sp e c u la t i o n ,

an d tha t o n su b j e c ts as fu l l o f fas c in a t i on as

o f fo od fo r thought .”—Ta b l e t.E xh i b i t su c h a tho r ough a c qu a i n tan c e wi th th e h is to ry an d an t i q u i t i e s of Indi a

as t o e n t i tl e him t o sp e a k as o n e ha vi ng au tho r i ty .

”—E din bu r gh D a i ly R ev i ew.

Th e au tho r sp e aks w i th th e au tho r i ty o f p e r s on a l e xp e r i e n c e It i s th i sc on stan t as so c i at i on w i th th e c ou n t ry and th e p e op le whi c h gi ve s s uc h a vi vidn e sst o m an y o f th e p ag e s .

”—A th enaeum .

TR UBNE R '

S O R IENTA L S E R I E S .

Post 8vo , p p . xn .—228

, c lo th , p r ic e 7 s . 6d.

THE CLA S S ICA L PO ETR Y O F TH E J A PANE SE .

BY BA S IL H A LL CH AMBE R LA IN,

A ut ho r o f Y e lgo H e fikaku S h i rafi .

"

A ve ry c u ri ous vo lum e . Th e au tho r h as m an i fe s tly de vo t e d m u c h lab ou r to th eta s k o f s tudy in g th e p o e t i c a l li t e r a tur e o f t h e Jap an e se , and r e nde ring c hara c t e r i s t i csp e c im e n s in t o E n g li sh ve r s e .

—D a i ly News.

Mr . Cham b e r la in '

s vo lum e is , so far a s w e a r e awa r e , th e fir st a tte m p t w hi c h h asb e e n m ade to i n t e rp r e t t h e li te r a tu r e o f th e Jap an e se t o th e We st e r n w o r ld. It is to

th e c lass i c a l p o e try o f O ld Jap an t ha t w e m u s t turn fo r in di g e n ou s Jap an e s e tho ught ,an d in th e vo lum e b e fo r e u s w e have a s e l e c t i on fr om tha t p oe t ry r e nde r e d in to

gra c e fu l E ng lis h ve rs e .

” —Ta b l e t.“ It i s undou b t e dly on e o f th e b e st tr an s la ti on s o f lyr i c l i t e ratur e wh i c h has

ap p e a r e d du r ing th e c los e o f t h e last y e a r .

”—C’e le sti a l E mp ir e .“Mr . Cham b e r la in s e t hi m s e lf a difii c ul t ta s k whe n h e un de rtoo k to re p rodu c eJap an e s e p o e t ry in an E ng li s h fo rm Bu t h e h as e vide n t ly lab o ur e d c on amor e , and

h i s e fforts a r e su c c e ssfu l t o a de gr e e .—Lo ndon a nd Ch ina E xp r e ss.

Po st 8vo , p p . XIL—1 64, c lo th , p r i c e 1 03. 6d.

TH E H ISTO R Y O F E SA R H A D D ON (S on of S enna c he r i b ) ,K ING o r A S S Y R IA , B. 0. 681—668.

Tran slat e d fr om th e Cun e i fo rm Insc r ip t ion s u p on Cy li nde r s and Tab l e ts inth e Br i t i sh Mu se um Co l l e c t ion ; t oge t h e r w i t h a Gr am m a ti c a l A na lys i so f e a c h Wo rd, E xp lan at ion s o f th e Ide ogr ap h s b y E xt rac ts fr om th e

Bi -Lingual S y ll ab ar i e s, and Li st o f E p onym s, &c .

BY E RNE ST A . BUD GE ,B.A

A s syr ian E xh ib i t ion e r , Chr i st ’

s Co ll e ge , Cam b r idg e .

“ S tude nts of sc r ip tura l ar c hae o logy wi l l a ls o ap p r e c iat e t h e‘H isto ry o f E sa rhaddon .

’-Tim es.

The r e i s m u c h t o a ttra c t th e sc ho lar in thi s vo lum e . It doe s n o t p r e t e nd t o

p op u lar is e studi e s w h i c h a r e y e t in the i r infan c y . I ts p ri m ary o b j e c t i s t o t ra ns la te ,b u t i t do e s n o t a ssum e t o b e m o r e than t e n ta t ive , an d i t od'

e r s b o th to th e p r o fe ss e dA s syr i o logis t and t o t h e o rdi n a ry n on -A s syri o logi c a l S e m i ti c s c ho la r th e m e an s o fc on t r o lli n g i t s r e su lts .

"—A c adem y .

“Mr . Budge’

s b o o k i s , o f c o u r s e , m a inl y addr e ss e d to A s syr ian s c ho la r s a nd

s tude n t s. The y a r e n o t, i t i s t o b e fe ar e d, a ve ry num e r ou s c lass . Bu t t h e m o r e

t han ks a r e du e t o hi m on tha t ac c oun t fo r th e way in whi c h h e has a c q u i tte d h im s e lfin hi s la b o ri ous task .

—Tab l e t.

Po st 8 vc , p p . 448 , c lot h , p r i c e a r s.TH E ME S NE V I

(Usual ly known as TH E ME SNE VIY I S HE R IF, or H O LYME SNEVI )o r

MEVLANA (O UR LO R D ) JBLA LU ’D -D INMUH AMME D ER -RUMI.

Bo o k th e F ir st .Toge ther wi th som e A c c oun t of th e L ife a nd A c ts of th e A u thor ,

of h is A n c estor s, a nd of h is D e sc enda n ts.

I llu st r at e d b y a S e le c t ion o f Char ac t e r i st ic An e cdo t e s, as Co l le c t e db y t h e ir H i st o r i an ,

.

ME VLANA S E EMSU-’D -D INA HMED , E L BELA R I , EL

‘A E IE I .

Tr an s lat e d, an d th e Po e t ry V e r s ifie d, in E ng li sh ,B Y J A ME S W. R E D H O U S E , M. R . A . S . , &c .

A c om p le t e t r e asu ry o f o c c u lt O r i e n ta l lo r e .

"—S a turda y R evi ew.

Thi s b o o k w i l l b e a ve ry val uab le he lp t o th e r e ade r ign o r an t o f Pe r s ia , wh o is

d e s i r ou s o f o b t a in in g an in s ight in t o a ve ry im p o rtan t de pa rt m e n t o f th e li t e ra tur ee xta n t in that language .

”- Ta b l e t.

TR UBNE R '

S O R IE NTA L S E R I E S .

Po st 8vo , p p . xvi . 2 80, c lo th , p r ic e 6 8 .

E A STE RN PR O VE RBS AND EMBLEMSILLUS TR ATING O LD TRUTH S .

BY R EV . J . LO NG ,

Me m b e r o f th e Be nga l A s ia t i c S o c i e ty ,We r e gard th e b o o k as va lua b le , and w i sh fo r i t a wi de c ir c u la ti o n an d a tte n t ive

re ading .—R e cor d .

A lt og e t he r . i t i s q u i te a fe a s t o f good thi n gs .

”—Globe .

It is fu l l of i n te r e s t in g m a t te r .-A n t iq u a r y .

Po s t 8vo , pp. vii i —270, c lo t h , p ri c e 7 8 . 6d.

IND I A N P O E TR Y ;

Co n ta in ing a Ne w E di t io n o f th e India n S o ng o f S o ngs , fr om th e S a n sc r i t

o f th e“G i ta G o v inda o f J ayade va ; Two Bo o k s fr om “

Th e I l iad o f

India”(Ma ha b ha r a t a ), “

Pr o v e r b ia l Wisdom "

fr om th e S h lokas o f t h e

H i t o p ade sa , an d o t h e r O r i e n ta l Poe m s .

BY E D WIN A RNO LD ,A u t ho r o f “Th e Ligh t o f A s ia .

In thi s n e w vo lum e o fMe ss rs . Tr il b n e r’

s O ri e n ta l S e r i e s , Mr . E dw in A rn o ld doe s(1 s e r vi c e b y i l lus t ra t in g , t hr o ugh th e m ed i u m o f h i s m u s i ca l E n g l ish m e lodi e s

t h e p ow e r o f India n p o e try t o s t i r E ur o p e an e m o t i o n s . Th e Indi an S o ng o f So ngs

i s n o t u n kn ow n t o s c ho la r s . Mr . A rn o ld w i ll have in t r odu c e d i t am o n g p o p u la rE n g l i sh p o e m s . No th in g c o u ld b e m o r e gr a c e fu l an d d e li c a te tha n th e shade s b yw hi c h Kr is hn a is p o r t ray e d i n th e gr adu a l p r o c e ss o f b e in g w e a n e d b y th e lo ve o f

Be au t i fu l R adh a , j a sm in e -b o som e d R ad ha,

fr om th e a l lu re m e n ts o f th e fo re st nym p hs , i n whom th e fi v e s e n se s ar e typ ifie d.

Tim es .

N0 o th e r E ngl i sh p o e t h as e ve r thr ow n h i s g e n i u s a nd h i s ar t so tho ro ughly i n toth e w o r k o f t r a n s la t in g E as t e r n ide as as Mr . A rn o ld h a s do n e in h i s s p le nd id p a r ap hra s e s o f la n gu ag e c o n ta i n ed in the s e m i ghty e p i c s .

—D a i ly Tel egr ap h .

Th e p o e m a b o u nds w i th im age r y o f E a s t e rn luxu r i o u sn e s s a nd s e n s u o u sm—ss ; th ea i r s e e m s la de n wi th th e sp i c y odou rs o f th e t r o p i c s , an d th e ve r s e h as a r i c hn e ss an da m e lody s u ffic i e n t to c a p t iva te th e s e n se s o f t h e du l le s t .

—S ta n da r d .

Th e t ra n s la t o r,w h i le p r o du c in g a ve ry e n j oy a b le p o e m ,

h as adhe r e d w i th to le ra b le fide li ty t o t h e o r igin a l t e xt .

—0ver la nd Ma i l .

We c e r ta in ly wi sh Mr . A rn o ld su c c e s s in h i s a t te m p t‘t o p o p u la ri s e In d i a n

c la ss i c s, ’

t ha t b e in g , as h is p r e fac e t e lls u s , t h e goa l towards whi c h h e b e nds h i se fi o rts.

”—A l len ’

s Ind ia n Ma i l .

Po st 8vo , p p . xv i—296 , c l o t h , p r ic e 1 0s . 6d.

TH E MIND O F MENCIUS ;O R , PO LITICA L E CO NO MY FO UND E D UPO NMO R A L

PH ILO S O PH Y .

A SYSTEMA TIC D IGES T o r TH E D O CTR INE S o r TH E CH INE S E PH ILO S O PH E BMENCIUS .

Tr an s la t e d fr om th e O r igin a l Te xt a nd Cla s sifie d,wi th

Com m e n ts a nd E xp la n a t i o n s ,By th e R EV . E RNST FA BE R , R h e

n ish Missi o n S o c i e ty .

Tra n s la t e d fr om th e G e rm a n,w i th A ddi t i o n a l No t e s ,

By th e R EV. A . B. H UTCH INS O N,

Chu r c h Missio n ,H o ng Kong .

Mr . Fa b e r i s a lr e ady w e l l kn own in th e fi e l d o f Chin e se s t u d i e s b y h i s d ig e st o f

th e do c tr i n e s o f Co n fu c iu s . Th e va lu e o f thi s w o r k w i l l b e p e r c e ive d w h e n i t i s

r e m e m b e r e d tha t a t n o t i m e s in c e r e la ti on s c om m e n c e d b e tw e e n Ch in a an d th eWe st h as th e fo rm e r b e e n so p ow e rfu l—w e h ad a lm o s t sa id aggr e s si ve—as n ow .

Fo r tho s e wh o w i l l gi ve i t c a r e fu l s tudy , Mr . Fa b e r’

s w o r k i s on e o f th e m os tva luab le o f th e e xc e ll e n t s e r i e s to whi c h i t b e lo ngs .

" Na tu r e .

TR UBNE R ’

S O R I E NTA L S E R IE S .

Po s t 8 vo , p p . 336 , c lo th , p r i c e 1 6 3 .

TH E R E LIGIONS O F IND IA .

BY A . BA R TH .

Tr an s l a t e d fr om th e F r e n c h w i th th e au th o ri ty and assi stan c e o f th e A u th o r .

Th e au t h o r h a s , a t th e r e qu e st o f th e p u b l ish e r s , c on s ide r a b ly e n l a rge dth e w o rk fo r t h e t r an s l a t o r , a nd h a s adde d t h e l i t e r a tu r e o f th e sub j e c t t oda t e th e t r a n s la t i o n m ay , t h e r e fo r e , h e lo o k e d u p on a s a n e qu iva l e n t o f a

n e w and im p r o ve d e di t i o n o f t h e o r igin a l .IS n o t o n ly a va luab le m an u a l o f th e r e l igi o n s of In dia , w h i c h m a rk s a di s t in c t

s t e p i n th e t r e a tm e n t o f t h e su b j e c t,b u t a ls o a u s e ful w o r k o f r e fe r e n c e .

"—A c a dem y .

“ Th i s vo lum e i s a r e p r o du c t i o n ,w i th c o r r e c t i o n s a n d add i t i o n s , o f an ar t i c le

c o n t r i b u t e d b y th e l e a r n e d a u tho r tw o y e a rs a go t o th e E n c y c lo p edi c d e s S c i e n c e sR e ligi e u s e s .

It a t t r a c t e d m u c h n o t i c e whe n i t fir s t a p p e ar e d ,an d i s g e n e r a l ly

adm i t t e d t o p r e se n t t h e b e st sum m a ry e xta n t o f th e va s t su b j e c t w i t h wh i c h i tde a ls .

”—Ta b l e t .“Th is i s n o t on ly o n th e who l e th e b e s t b u t th e o n ly m an u a l o f th e r e l i gi on s o f

Indi a , a p a r t fr om Buddh i sm ,w hi c h w e have i n E n g li sh . Th e p r e se n t w o r k

show s n o t o n ly gr e a t kn o w le dg e o f th e fa c ts an d p ow e r o f c le a r e xp o s i t i on , b u t a lsogr e a t i n s ight i n t o t h e i n n e r h i s to ry an d t h e d e e p e r m e an in g o f th e gr e a t r e ligi onfo r i t i s i n r e a li ty o n ly o n e , whi c h i t p r o p o s e s t o de s c r i b e .

—Moder n R e v i ew.

Th e m e r i t o f t h e w o r k h a s b e e n e m p ha t i c a lly r e c o gn i s e d b y th e m o s t a u tho r ita ti veO r i e n ta l i s t s , b o th in th i s c o un t ry an d o n t h e c on t i n e n t o f E u r o e

,Bu t p r o b a b ly

th e r e a r e fe w In d ian i s ts ( i f w e m a y u se th e w o rd) wh o w ou ld n o t e r i ve a go od de a lo f i n fo rm a t io n fr om i t , and e sp e c ia l ly from th e e xt e n s i ve b i b li og ra p hy p r o vide d i nt h e n o t e s .

—D u b l i n R evi ew.

S u c h a sk e tc h M. Ba r th h as dr awn w i th a m as t e r -hand.—C‘r i ti c (New Y ark) .

Po st 8V0, \ p p . v i i i .—I 52 , c lo th , p ri c e 68 .

H INDU PH ILO S O PH Y .

TH E S ANKH Y A K AR IKA o r IS'WA R A KR IS H NA .

A n E xp o si t i o n o f th e S y st e m o f Ka p i la , w i t h an A p p e ndix o n th eNyaya a nd V a is

'

e sh ika S ys te m s .

BY JO HN D A V IE S , M. A .

Th e syst e m o f Ka p i l a c on t a in s n e ar ly a ll th a t India h a s p r odu c e d in th e

de p a rtm e n t o f p u r e p h i lo so p hy .

Th e n on -O r i e n ta l ist fin ds in Mr . D avi e s a p a ti e n t an d le a rn e d gu ide w h ole ads h im i n t o th e in t r i c a c i e s o f t h e p hi lo so p hy o f In d ia,a n d su p p l i e s h im w i th a c lu e

t ha t h e m ay n o t b e lo st in th e m . In t h e p r e fa c e h e s ta t e s t ha t t h e sy st e m o f

Kap i la i s t h e ‘e a r l i e s t a t t e m p t o n r e c o rd t o give an an sw e r , fr om r e a so n a lo n e ,

t o th e m y s t e r i ou s q u e st i on s wh i c h a r i s e i n e ve ry tho u ghtfu l m in d ab ou t th e o r ig in o f

t h e w o r ld , th e n a tu r e an d r e la t i o n s o f m an a nd h i s fu tu r e de st i n y ,

an d in h i s le ar n e dan d a b le n o t e s h e e xhi b i t s ‘

t h e c o n n e c t io n o f t h e S a n khya sy st e m w i th th e p hi los o p hy o f Sp i n o za ,

an d t h e c o n n e c t i o n o f th e sy st em o f Ka p i la w i th tha t of S c hop e nhau e r an d Vo n H a r tm ann .

’ —For ei gn Ch u r c h Ch r on i c l e .

Mr . D av i e s'

s vo lum e o n H in du Ph i lo so p hy i s a n u ndou b t e d ga in t o a ll s tude n ts

o f th e de ve lo p m e n t o f tho ught . Th e sys t e m o f Ka p i la , w hi c h i s h e r e gi ve n i n a t ra n sla t ion fr om th e San khy a Kari ka, i s th e o n ly c on t r i b u t i o n o f In di a t o p u r e p h i lo s o p hy .

Pr e s e n t s m an y p o i n t s o f d e e p in t e r e s t to t h e st ude n t o f c om p a r a t i ve p hi loS o p hy , an d w i thou t Mr . D a v i e s

’s lu c id in t e rp r e ta t i on i t w o u ld b e d i ffi c u lt t o ap p r e

c ia t e the se p o in t s i n an y ade q ua t e m an n e r .

”—S a tu r da g/R ev i ew.

We w e lc om e Mr . D av i e s'

s b oo k a s a va lu ab le addi t io n to ou r p hil osop h i ca llib rary .

"—No te s a nd Q ue r i e s .

TR UBNE R '

S O R I E NTA L S E R IE S .

Po st 8vo, p p . v i .—208

, c l o t h , p r i c e 8s . 6d.

TH E BH A GA VA D -GI‘

TA .

Tra n s la t e d,w i th In t r odu c t ion a nd No t e s.

BY JO HN D A VIE S , M.A . (Ca nt ab . )

Le t u s add tha t h is tr an s la t i on o f t h e Bh agavad Gi ta i s , a s w e judge , th e b e s ttha t h a s as y e t a p p e a r e d i n E ng l i sh, an d tha t h i s Phi lo log i c a l No t e s ar e of qu i t e

p e c u l iar va lu e .

"—D u b l i n R ev i ew.

Pe st 8vo , p p . 96 , c lo th , p r i c e 5 8 .TH E QUA TR A INS O F OMA R KH A Y Y AM.

Tr an s la t e d b y E . H . WH INFIE LD , M.A . ,

Ba rr i ste r -a t -Law, la t e E .M. Be nga l Ci vi l S e r v i c e .

Po s t 8vo , p p . xxxi i . —336 , c lo th , p r i c e 1 08 . 6d.

TH E Q UA TR A INS O P O MA R K H A Y Y A M.

Th e Pe r s ian Te xt , wi t h an E ng l i s h V e r se Tr a ns la t i on .

By E . H . WH INFIE LD ,l a t e o f th e Be ngal Civ il S e r v i c e .

Mr . Whi n fi e ld h as e xe c u t e d a di ffic u lt ta sk w i th c on s ide r a b le su c c e ss , and h i sv e r s i on c on ta i n s m u c h tha t w il l b e n e w t o thos e wh o on ly kn ow Mr . Fi tzg e ra ld '

s

de l ightfu l s e le c t i on .—A cade m y .

Th e m o st p r om in e n t fe a tu r e s i n th e Q u a t ra in s a r e the i r p r o fo u n d agn o st i c i sm ,

c om b in e d w i th a fa ta li sm b as e d m o r e on p h i lo s op h i c t ha n r e li gi o us gr o u n ds, the i rE p i c u r e an i sm and th e sp i r i t o f un ive rsa l t o le ra n c e an d c ha r i ty w h i c h an im at e s the m .

"

—Ca lc u tta R e v i ew.

Po st 8 vo , p p . xx i v . —2 6 8 , c lo t h , p r i c e gs .TH E PH ILO S O PH Y O F TH E UPA NIS H A D S AND

ANCIENT IND IAN ME TA PH Y S ICS .

A s e xhib i t e d in a s e r i e s o f A r t i c l e s c o nt r i b u t e d t o th e Ca l cu tta R evi ew.

By A R CH IBA LD E DWA R D GO UGH , M.A . ,Lin c o ln Co l l e ge , O xfo rd ;

Pr in c ip a l o f t h e Ca l c u t t a Madr a sa.

Fo r p r a c t ic a l p u r p o s e s th i s is p e r h a p s th e m o s t i m p o r tan t o f th e w o rk s tha t havet h u s fa r ap p e ar e d i n

‘Trub n e r’

s O r ie n ta l S e r i e s .

’ We c a nn o t do u b t tha t fo r a l lw h o m ay t a k e i t u p t h e w o r k m u s t b e o n e o f p ro fo und in t e r e s t .

"—S a tu rda y R e vi ew .

In Two V o lum e s . V o l . I . , p o st 8v o , p p . xxi v . —230, c lo th , p r i c e 7 8 . 6d.

A COMPA R A TIVE H ISTO R Y O F TH E E GY PTIAN ANDME S O PO TAMIA N R E LIGIONS .

By D R . 0. P . TIE LE .

V o l . I .—H ISTO RY O F TH E E GYPTIAN R E LIGIO N.

Tr an s la t e d fr om th e D u t c h w i t h th e A ssis tan c e o f th e A u th or .

By JAME S BA LLINGA L.

It p la c e s i n t h e han ds o f th e E n g l i sh r e ade r s a h i s to ry o f E gyp t ian R e lig i onw h i c h i s ve ry c o m p le t e , wh i c h i s b as e d o n t h e b e st m at e r i a ls , and whi c h h a s b e e ni llu st r a t e d b y t h e la t e s t r e su l t s o f r e se a r c h . In th i s vo lum e th e r e i s a gr e at d e a l o fi n fo rm a t i on ,

as w e l l a s i nd e p e n de n t i n ve s t iga t io n ,f o r t h e tm s tw o r t h i n e ss o f w hi c h

D r . Ti e l e’

s n am e i s in i ts e lf a gu a r an t e e ; a nd th e d e sc r i t i o n O f t h e su c c e ss iver e l igi on s u nde r th e O ld Ki n gdom , t h e Midd le Ki ngdom ,

a n th e New Kingdom ,i s

g i ve n i n a m an n e r wh i c h i s s c ho la r ly and m inu t e .

—S c o tsm a n .

TR UBNE R '

S O R IENTA L S E R IE S .

Pos t 8vo , p p . X11 .—302, c lo th , p r i c e 8 8 . 6d.

Y USUI‘

AND ZULA IKHA .

A PO EMBY J AMI .Tran s la t e d fr om th e Pe rs ian in t o E ngl is h V e rse .

BY R A LPH T. H . GR IFFITH .

Mr . Gr i ffith , wh o h as don e a lr e ady good s e rvi c e as t ran s la to r in to ve rs e fr om th e

S an skr i t , h as don e fur the r go od w o r k i n thi s tr a ns la t i on fr om th e P e rs ia n ,and h e

h as e vi de n t ly shown n o t a li t t le ski l l i n hi s r e nde r i ng t h e q u a in t an d ve ry o r i e n ta ls ty le o f h i s au t ho r i nto o u r m o r e p ro sa i c , le s s figu r a t ive , la n gu ag e . Th e w o r kb e side s i ts in tr i ns i c m e r i ts , is o f im p o r tan c e a s b e ing o n e o f th e m ost p o p u la r a ndfa m o u s p o e m s O f Pe rs ia , an d t ha t w h i c h i s r e ad in a ll t h e inde p e nde nt na ti ve sc hoo lso f India whe r e Pe r s ian is taught . ” -S c om na n .

Post 8vo , p p . vi i i—266 , c lo th , p ri c e 98.LINGUISTIC E S SA Y S .

BY CA R L A BE L.

“A n e n ti re ly n ove l m e thod o f d e a lin g w i th p hi lo so p hi c a l q u e st i o n s and im par t ar ea l hum a n in t e r e s t to t h e o th e rwi s e dr y t e c hn i c a li t i e s o f t h e s c i e n c e .

—S ta nda rd .

D r . A b e l i s an o p p o n e n t fr om whom i t i s p l e as a n t t o diff e r , fo r h e w r i te s w i t he n thu s ia sm an d t e m p e r , a nd h i s m a s te ry o v e r t h e E n g lis h languag e fi ts h im to b e ac ham p ion o f un p o p u lar doc t ri n e s .

" —A th em eum .

Po st 8 vo , p p . ix.—2 8 I

, c lo th , p r i c e 1 0s. 6d.

TH E SA R VA D A R SA NA SAMGR A H AO B, R E VIEW O F TH E D IFFE R ENT S Y STEMS O F H IND U

PH ILO S O PH Y .

BY MA D H A VA A CH A R Y A .

Tran s la t e d b y E . B. CO WE LL,M. A . ,

Pr o fe sso r O f S an skr i t in th e Un ive r si tyo f Cam b r idge , an d A . E . GO UGH , M.A .

,Pr ofe sso r o f Phi l o sop hy

i n th e Pr e s ide n c y Co ll e ge , Ca lc u t t a .

This wo r k i s an in t e r e s t ing sp e c im e n O f H indu c ri t i c a l a b i l i ty . Th eau th o r su c c e ssi ve ly p as se s in r e v i e w t h e s ixte e n ph il o so p h i c a l syste m s

c u r r e n t in th e fou r te e n t h c e n tu ry in th e S ou t h o f Indi a ; and h e gi ve s whata p p e ar s to h im to b e t h e i r m o st im p o r tan t t e n e ts .

“Th e t r an s la t ion i s t ru s two r thy t hr o u gho u t A p r o tr ac te d s o jour n in In dia,wh e r e t he r e is a l i ving t ra di ti on , h a s fam i l ia r i s ed t h e t rans la to r s wi th Indi ant hought ."—A th enwum.

Po st 8vo , p p . lxv .—36 8 , c lo th , p r i c e 1 4s .

TIBETAN TA LE S D E R IVE D FR OM IND IAN S OUR CE S .

Tr an slat e d from th e Ti b e t an o f th e K A H -GYUR .

BY F . ANTO N V O N S CH IE FNE R .

D one int o E ng li sh from th e G e rm a n , wi th an In troduc t i on ,

BY W. R . S . R A LSTO N, M.A .

“Mr . R a ls ton , wh o s e n am e is s o fam i l i a r t o al l lo ve r s o f R us s ian fo lk-lo r e , h assup p li e d so m e i n t e r e st ing We s te rn an a log i e s an d p a r a l l e l s , drawn ,

fo r th e m o s t p a rt ,fr om S la vo n i c so u r c e s , t o t h e E as t e r n fo lk-ta l e s , c u l le d fr om t h e Ka hgyu r , o n e o f t h e

di vi s ion s o f t h e Ti b e tan sa c r e d b o ok s .

—A c a dem y .

Th e tra n s la t i o n c o u ld s c a r c e ly ha ve fa lle n in to b e t t e r han ds . A n In tr odu c o

t i o n g ive s t h e le adi ng fa c ts in t h e li ve s o f tho s e s c ho la r s w h o have g ive n the i ra t t e n ti on t o gain ing a kn ow le dge o f t h e Ti b e tan li t e ra tu r e an d languag e .

" —Ca lcu ttaR e v iew .

O ught t o i n t e r e s t al l wh o c a r e fo r th e E as t, fo r am u si ng sto r i e s , or for c om p ara ti vefo lk-lor e .

—Pa l l Ma ll Gaz e tte .

TR UBNE R '

S O R IE NTA L S E R IE S .

Po st 8vo , p p . xv i—224, c lo th , p r i c e gs .

U D ANA V A R G AA CO LLE CTION O F VE R S E S FR OMTH E BUD D H ISTCANON.

Com p i l e d b y D H A RMA TR ATABEING TH E NO RTH E RNBUD D H IST VE R S ION o r D H AMMA PA D A .

Tr an s lat e d from th e Tib e tan o f Bkah -hgyu r , wi t h No t e s, andE xtr ac ts fr om th e Com m e nt ary o f Pr adjnava rm an ,

By W . WO O D V ILLE R O CKH ILL.

Mr . R o ckh ill’

s p r e se n t w o r k i s th e fir s t from w h i c h a s s i s tan c e wi l l b e ga in e dfo r a m o r e a c c u r a te u nde r stand ing o f t h e Pa ll t e xt ; i t i s , i n fa c t , a s y e t t h e o n lyt e rm o f c om p ar i s on a va i lab le to u s . Th e ‘Udan a va rga ,

’t h e Th i b e ta n ve r s i on ,

w a s

o r ig i na l ly d i s c o ve r e d b y t h e la t e M. S c h le ime r , w h o p u b li sh e d t h e Ti b e ta n t e xt , andh a d i n t e nde d adding a t ran s la t i o n , a n i n t e n t ion fru st r at e d b y h i s de a th , b u t w h ic hh a s b e e n c a r r i e d o u t b y Mr . R oc kh i l l . Mr . R o c kh i l l m ay b e c ongr a tu la t e d fo rhavi ng w e l l a c c om p l ish e d a diffic u lt ta sk .

—S a turday R evi ew.

In Two V o lum e s, p o s t 8vo , p p . xxi v . —5 66, c lo th , ac c om p an i e d by a

Language Map , p r i c e 2ss .

A SKETCH O F TH E MO D E RNLANGUA GE S O F A FR ICA .

BY R O BE R T NE E D H AM CUST,

Barri st e r -at -Law,and la t e o f H e r Maj e sty

'

s Indi an Ci vil S e r vi c e .

A n y on e at a ll in t e r e ste d i n A fr i c an lan gu age s c ann o t do b e t t e r t han g e t Mr .

Cu st’

s b o ok . It i s e n c y c lo p ae di c i n i t s s c o p e , an d th e r e ade r g e t s a star t c l e a r aw ayi n a n y p a rt ic u la r lan gu a g e , an d i s le ft fr e e t o add t o th e in i t ia l sum o f kn ow le dget he r e c o l l e c t e d .

—Na ta l Me r c u ry .

“Mr . Cu st h as c on tr i ve d t o p r oduc e a wo r k o f va lue to lingu isti c stude n t s .

Na tur e .

Th i rd E di t io n . Po st 8 vo, p p . xv .—250, c lo th , p r i c e 7 8 . 6d .

O UTLINE S O F TH E H ISTO R Y O F R E LIGIONTO TH E

SPR E A D O F TH E UNIVE R S A L R E LIGIONS .

BY C. P . TIE LE .

D o c to r o f Th e o logy , Pr o fe sso r o f th e H i sto ry O f R e l igions inUn i ve r s ity o f Le yde n .

Tran s lat e d from th e D u t c h b y J . E STLINCA R PENTE R , M.A .

F ew b o oks o f i t s s i z e c o n ta in th e r e su lt O f so m u c h w i de thin k ing ,ab le

r i on s s tudy , o r e n ab le th e r e ade r t o ga in a b e t t e r b i rd’

s-e y e v i ew o f t h e la t e st r e sul t so f i n ve s t iga t i o n s i n t o th e r e li gio u s hi sto ry o f n at i o n s . A s Pr o fe sso r Ti e l e m ode s t ly

,

s ays , In t h i s li t t l e b o o k a r e o u t li n e s—p e n c i l sk e tc he s , I m ight say—n o th i n g m o r e .

Bu t the r e a r e s om e m e n who se s ke tc h e s from a thum b -n a i l a r e o f far m o r e w o r t hthan a n e n o rm ou s c an vas c o ve r e d w i th th e c rude p a in t ing o f o the r s , an d It 18 e asy t o

s e e tha t th e s e p age s, fu ll o f i n fo rm a t io n , t he se s e n te n c e s , c u t an d p e rhap s a lso dry ,sho r t and c le ar

,c on de n s e th e fru i ts O f lon g and tho r ough r e s e ar c h .

”—S c o tsma n .

TR UBNE R '

S O R IE NTA L S E R I E S ;

In Two V o lum e s, p o st 8vo , p p . c vi i i . - 242, and vi i i—370, c lo th , p r i c e a4s .

D e dic at e d b y p e rm i ssion t o H .R .H . th e Prin c e o fWal e s.

BUD D H IST R E CO R D S O F TH E WE STE RNWO R LD ,

Translat ed fr om th e Ch in e se o f H iu e n Tsiang (A .D .

BY S AMUE L BE A L, B.A . ,

(Tr in . CO IL, Cam b . ) R .N. (R e t ir e d Chap la in andNI . ) Pr o fe ssor o f Chi n e se ,Un i ve r si ty Co ll e ge , London ; R e c tor o fWa r k , No r thum b e r land &c .

A n e m ine nt Indian au t ho ri ty wr i t e s r e sp e c t ing t h i s wo r k No th ingm o r e c an b e don e in e lu c ida t ing th e H i sto ry o f India un t i l Mr. Be a l ’s tr ansla t ion o f th e S i -yu -ki

’a p p e a r s .

It i s a st ran ge fr e ak o f hi st o r i c a l p r e se r va ti on that th e b e st a c c oun t o f t h e c on

d iti o n o f I n di a a t t hat an c i e n t p e r i od h a s c om e down t o u s i n th e b o o ks o f t r ave lwr i tte n b y t h e Ch in e se p i lgr im s

,o f whom H we n The ang is th e b e st kn own .

"

Tim es .

Po st 8vo, p p . xl vii i .- 398 , c lot h , p r i c e 1 2s.

TH E O R D INANCE S O F MANU.

Tr ans la t e d fr om th e S an skri t , wi th an Int r oduc t ion .

By th e la te A . C. BURNE LL, Ph .D . , C.I .E .

Com p l e t e d and E di t e d b y E . W. H O PKINS , Ph .D

o f Co lum b i a Co l l e ge , N. Y .

Thi s work i s fu l l o f in t e r e st whi le for th e s tude n t o f so c i o logy and th e s c i e n c eo f r e l igi on i t i s fu l l o f im p o r t an c e . I t i s a gr e at b o on t o g e t s o n o ta b le a w o rk in so

a c c e s s i b le a fo rm , adm i r ab ly e di t e d, an d c om p e t e n t ly t ran s la t e d .

”—S c o tsm a n .

F ew m e n w e r e m o r e c om p e t e n t than Bu rn e l l t o gi ve u s a r e a lly go od t ran sla t i ono f t hi s w e l l-kn own law b o ok , fi r st '

r e nde r e d i n to E ng li sh b y S i r Wi l li am Jo n e s .

Bu r n e l l w as n o t on ly a n inde p e n de n t S an skr i t s c ho lar , b u t an e xp e r i e n c e d lawy e r ,and h e j o i n e d t o t he s e tw o im p o r tan t q u a lific a ti on s th e r a r e fa c u lty o f b e ing a b le t oe xp r e ss h i s thou ght s in c le a r an d t r e n c han t E ng li sh . We o ught t o fe e l ve ryg ra t e fu l t o D r . H o p k in s fo r hav in g g ive n u s a l l tha t c ou ld b e p ub lish e d o f th e t ran sla ti on le ft b y Bu rn e ll . "—F . MaxMULLE R i n th e A c ademy .

Po st 8 vo , p p . X1 1 .- 234, c lo th , p r i c e gs .

TH E LIFE AND WO R KS or A LEXAND E RCS OMA D E KO R O S ,

Be twe e n 1 8 1 9 and 1 842 . Wi t h a S ho r t No t i c e of a l l h is Pub l i sh e d and Uh

pub li sh e d Wo r ks and E ssay s . Fr om O r igin a l and fo r m o st p ar t o Un

p ub l ish e d D o c um e n t s .

By TH E O D O R E D UKA ,M.D . , (E ng ), S urge on -Ma jo r

H .M.

’s Be nga l Me di c a l S e r vi c e , R e t i r e d, &c .

No t t o o soon have Me ssr s . Tru b ne r adde d t o th e i r va luab l e O r i e n t a l S e r i e s ahi st o ry o f th e li fe and w o r ks o f o n e o f th e m o s t g i ft e d an d de vo t e d o f O r i e n t a ls tude n ts , A le xan de r Csom a de K o r o s . I t i s fo r ty

-th r e e y e a r s s i n c e h is de a th , an dt hough an a c c oun t o f h i s c ar e e r w as de m an de d s o on a ft e r h i s de c e a s e , i t h a s on lyn ow a p p e ar e d in th e im p o r tan t m e m o i r o f h i s c om p a t ri o t, D r . D uka .

”—Book8 e ll e r .

TR UBNE R '

S O R IE NTA L S E R IE S .

In Two V o lum e s, po st 8vo , pp . xII.—3 I S and vi .- 31 2 , c loth , p r i c e z I s .MISCE LLANE OUS PA PE R S R ELA TING TO

IND O -CH INA .

R e p rint ed from“D alrym p l e ’

s O ri e n tal R e p e rt o ry ,”“A siatic R e se ar ch e s,

and th e “ Journ al of th e A s iati c S o c i e ty of Be nga l .CONTENTS O F VO L . 1 .

I .—S om e A c c oun ts of Q u edah . By Mi c ha e l Top p i ng.

1 1 .—R e p o r t m ade t o th e Ch i e f and Coun c i l o f Ba lam b angan , b y Li e ut . Jtim e s

Bar ton , o f h is s e ve ra l S urve ys .

III . -Sub s tanc e of a Le tte r to th e Court of D ir e c to r s from Mr . John Je sse , date dJu ly 20, 1 7 7 5 , a t Bo rn e o P rop e r .

IV.—Fo r m at ion o f th e E s ta b lishm e n t o f Po o lo Pe e nang .

V.- Th e Go ld o f Lim on g . By Jo hn Ma c do n a ld.

VI.—O u Thr e e Natura l Pr odu c t io ns o f S um at ra . By John Mac don ald.

VII—O n t h e Tr a c e s o f th e H in du Languag e and Li t e ra tur e e xta n t am ongst th eMa lay s . By Wi ll iam Ma r sde n .

VI II.—S om e A c c oun t of th e E la s tic Gum Vin e O I Pr in c e -Wa le s Is land. By Jam e s

H owi so n .

IX.—A Bo tani c a l D e s c r ip t ion o f Ur c e o la E la st i ca , o r Caou tc hou c Vin e o f S um a tr a

an d Pu lo -Pi n ang . By Wi l liam R o xb u rgh , M.D .X.—An A c c o u n t o f th e In hab i ta n ts o f th e Poggy, o r Nassa u Is lands

,lying o iI

S um a tra . By John Cr isp .

XI .—R em a r ks on th e S p e c i e s o f Pe p p e r wh i c h are fo und o n Pr in c e Wa le s Is land

By Wi ll i am H un te r , M.D .

XII.—O n t h e Langu age s and L ite ra tur e o f t h e Indo-Chi n e se Nat i on s . By J .Le yde n ,

M.D .

XI1 1 .—S om e A c c oun t o f an O ran g-O utan g of r em arka b le h e ight found on th e Is lando f S um at ra . By Cla rk e A b e l, M.D .

XIV—O b se rva t i o n s o n th e Ge o lo g i c a l A p p e ara n c e s and Ge n e ra l Fe atur e s o f Port i on s o f t h e Ma layan Pe n in su la . By Ca p ta i n Jam e s Low .

XV.—S ho r t S k e tc h of th e Ge o logy o f Pulo -Pinang and th e Ne ighb ou ring Is lands .

By T. Wa r e .

XVI .

—Cl im a t e of S ingap o r e .XVII .—In s c r i p ti o n on th e J e tty at S ingap o r e .XVIII. —E xtra c t o f a Le t te r from Co lon e l J . Low .

XIX—In sc r ip t ion at S ingap o r e .

XX—A n A c c o un t o f S e ve r a l Ins c r ip t i ons found in Prov inc e We lle s le y . By Li e u tCo l. Jam e s Low .

1:XXI. —No t e on th e Insc r ip ti on s fr om S in gap ore and Pr o vin c e We l l e s le y . By J . W.

a id lay .XXII—O n an In sc r ip t ion fr om K e ddah . By Li e u t .-Co l . Low.XXIII.—A No t i c e O f th e A lp hab e ts o f th e Ph i l i p p in e Is la n ds .XXIV.—S u c c in c t R e vi ew o f th e O b s e rva ti on s o f th e Tide s '

In th e Indi an A r chi p e lag oXXV.

—R e p o r t on th e Tin of th e Pr ovin c e o fMe rgu i . By Cap t . G. B Tr e m e nh e e r eXXVI .—R e p o rt on th e Man gan e se o fMe rgu i Pr o vin c e . By Cap t . G . B. Tr em e nh e e r e .XXVII. —Pa r agrap hs t o b e adde d t o Cap t . G. B. Tr em e n h e e r e

s R e p o r t .XXVIII .-S e c ond R e p o rt on th e Tin o fMe rgui . By Cap t . G. B. Tr em e n h e e r e .XXIX—A n a lys i s o f Ir on O r e s fr om Tavoy and Me rg ui , and of Lim e ston e fr om

Me rgu i . By D r . A . Ur e .

XXX—R e p o rt o f a Vi s i t to th e Pak c han R ive r , and o f s om e Tin Lo c a li ti e s in th eS ou the rn Po rt i on o f th e Te n ass e r im Pr o vi n c e s . By Cap t . G. B. Tr e m e nh e e r e .XXXI .

—R e p or t on a R o u te from th e Mou th o f th e Pak c han t o Krau, an d th e n c e

t

it

a

c r c

iss t h e Isthm us of Kr au to th e Gulf o f S i am . By Cap t . A l . Fr a se r an d Cap t J G

or ongXXXII .—R e p ort , t o . from Cap t . G. B.Tr e m e nh e e r e on th e Pr i c e ofMe rgu i Ti n O r e .XXXIII.—R em arks on th e D iffe r e n t S p e c i e s o f O rang-u tan . By E . Blyt h .XXXIV.—Fu rt he r R em arks . By E . Blyt h .

TR UBNE R ’

S O R IE NTA L S E R IE S .

MISCELLANE OUS PA PER S R ELA TING TO IND O -CHINAc ont inu e d.

CONTE NTS O F VO L . 1 1 .

XXXV.—Cata logu e o f Mam m ali a in hab i ting th e Ma layan Pe n ins u la and Is lands .

By Th e odo r e Can t o r , M.D .XXXVI .—O n th e Lo c a l and R e lati ve Ge o logy of S in gapo r e . By J . R . Logan .XXXVII.—Ca ta logue o f R e p ti l e s inhab i t ing th e Malayan Pe n in su la and Is lands .

By The odo r e Can to r , M.D .XXXVI II.—S o m e A c c oun t o f th e Bo tan i c a l Co l le c tion b r ought fr om th e E astward,

in 1 841 , b y D r . Can to r . By t h e la t e W. Gri ffi th .XXXIX.~ -O u th e F la t -H o rn e d Ta ur in e Ca tt l e o f S .E . As ia . By E . Blyth.

XL.—Not e , b y Ma jo r -Ge n e ra l G. B. Tr em e nh e e r e .

Ge n e r a l In de x.Inde x o fVe rn a c u lar Te rm s .

Inde x of Zo o logi c a l Ge n e r a and S ub -Ge n e ra o c cu rr ing in Vo l . II.

“Th e p ap e r s t r e a t of al m o st e ve ry a sp e c t o f Indo -Chin a—i ts p h i lo logy , e c on om y ,ge ogr a p hy , g e o lo gy—an d c o n s t i t u t e a ve ry m a te r i a l an d im p o r tan t c on tr i b u t i on t o

o u r a c c e ss ib le i nfo rm ati on r e gar din g tha t c oun try and i ts p e op le .—Con temp or a 7~y

R ev i ew.

Po st 8vo , p p . xi i . - 7 2 , c lo th , p r i c e 5 s .

TH E S A TA K A S O F BH A R TR I H A R I .

Tr an s lat e d fr om th e S an sk r itBy th e R EV. B. H ALE WO RTH AM,

R e c t or of E gge sford, No r t h D e vonA ve ry in t e r e st in g addi t i on to Tr ii b n e r ’

s O r i e n ta l S e r i e s .—Sa tu rda y R evi ew.

Man y o f th e Maxim s in th e b o ok ha ve a Bi b li c a l r in g and b e au ty o f e xp r e ss i on .

S t . J am es'

Ga ze t te .

Po st 8vo , p p . xn .- 1 8o

,c l o th

, p r i c e 6 s .

ANCIENT PR O VE RBS A ND MAXIMS FR OM BURME SES O UR CE S ;

O R , TH E NITI LITE R A TUR E O F BURMA .

BY JAME S GR A Y ,

A u thor of “E lem e n t s o f Pa li Gr am m ar,

” “Tr ans la tion o f th eD h am m ap ada ,

”&c .

Th e S an sc r i t -Pal i word Ni ti i s e qu i va le n t t o c ondu c t in i t s ab st r a c t,

and“gu ide

” in i t s c on c r e t e sign ific a t i o n . A s a p p li e d t o b o o ks, i t i s a

ge n e r a l t e rm fo r a t r e a t i se wh i c h in c lude s m axim s, p i thy say ings , and

dida c t i c st o r i e s, in t e nde d a s a gu ide t o su c h m at t e r s o f e ve ry -day l ife a s

fo rm th e c har a c t e r o f an indiv idu a l and influe n c e h im in h i s r e lat ion s to h i sfe l low -m e n . Tr e a t ise s o f t hi s k ind h a ve b e e n p op u lar in a l l age s, and haves e r ve d a s a m o s t e ffe c t i ve m e dium o f in st ru c t i on .

TH E FO LLOWING WO RKS A R E IN PR EPAR ATI ONIn Two V o l s. , p ost 8vo .

A LBE R UNI ’S IND I A

AN A CCO UNT O F ITS R E LIGIO N,PH ILO S O PH Y , LITE R ATUR E ,

GE O GR A PH Y , CH R O NO LO GY , A STR O NO MY , CUSTOMS , LAW,

AND A STR O LO GY (A BO UT A .D .

TR ANSLATE D INTO E NGLIS H .

Wi t h Not e s and Indi c e s b y Pr o f. E DWA R D SA CH AU,

Un iv e r si ty o f Be r l in .

Th e A rab i c O r igin a l, wi t h an Inde x of th e S an skr i t Words , E dit ed byProfe sso r S A CH A U, i s in th e p r e ss.

Po st 8vo .

TH E LIFE O F H IUEN TS IANG.

Br m a S H AMANS H WUI LI AND Y EN~TSUNG.

Wi th a Pr e fa c e c on t a in ing an a c c oun t o f th e Wo r k s of I -TS ING.

BY S A MUE L BE A L, B.A .

(Tr in . CO IL, Pr ofe sso r o f Ch in e se , Un i ve r si ty Co ll ege , LondonR e c to r o fWa

r k , No r th um b e r land, &0.

A u tho r o f Buddhist R e c o r ds o f th e W e s t e rn Wo r ld,” Th e R om an t icLe ge nd O f S akya Budda ,”&C.

Wh e n th e Pi lgr im H iu e n Tsiang r e tu rn e d fr om h i s t r a ve l s in India,h e

t o o k u p h i s a b ode in t h e Te m p le of G r e at Be n e vo l e n c e ; t h i s c o nv e nt h adb e e n c on str u c t e d b y th e E m p e r o r in hon our o f th e E m p r e ss , We n -t e -h au .

A ft e r H iu e n Ts ian g'

s de a t h , h i s di sc ip l e , k i Li , c om p o se d a wo r k w h i c hga ve an a c c ou n t o f h i s i l lus t r io us Ma s t e r

s t r a ve l s t h i s wo r k wh e n b e c om

p le te d b e b u r i e d, and r e fu se d t o di sc o ve r i ts p la c e o f c on c e a lm e n t . Bu t

p r e viou s t o h i s de at h h e r e ve a l e d i t s w h e r e ab ou t s t o Y e n -t sung, b y whom i twa s fin a l ly r e vi se d and p u b l i sh e d. Th i s i s Th e Li fe o f H iu e n Ts i ang .

”I t

i s a va lu ab l e se qu e l t o t h e S i -yu -ki,c o rr e c t ing and i l lu str at ing i t i n m any

p ar ti c ul a r s.

Po st 8vo .

A SKETCH or TH E MO D E RN LANGUA GE S O FO CE ANIA .

BY R N. CUST, LL.D .

A uthor of Mode rn Language s o f th e E a st ,” “Mode rn Langu age s o fA fri c a ,

” 850.

Po st 8vo .

E S SA Y S ON TH E INTE R CO UR S E O F TH E CH INE SEWITH WE STE RN CO UNTR IE S IN TH E MID D LE

A GE S A ND ON KIND R E D SUBJE CTS .

BY E . BR ETS CHNE ID E R , M.D . ,

Form e r ly Phys i c ian O f th e R ussian Le gat ion at Pe k in .

LOND O N: TRUBNE R oo ., 57 AND 59 LUD GA TE H ILL.

500

CO NTE NTS .

Tru b ne r’s O ri e n ta l S e r ie s

S e r ia ls a nd Pe r iodic a lsA rc hae o logy ,E thn ography, Ge Ograph y,

.

History, Law,Lite ra ture , Num i sm atic s,and Tra ve ls

Th e R e ligi on s o f th e E a stCom pa ra t ive Ph i lo lo gyGram m a r s, D ic tionar ie s , Te xts , a ndTrans lati o ns

PA GE

A c c ad A ssyr ian 5 6 I c e landicA fr ic an 5 1 J a pa ne se "

A lb anian . 5 3 I r ish—v . Ke lticA m e r ic an La nguage s 5 3 Kab ail

A nglo S axon 5 4 Kanar e se

A r a b ic 5 4 Kaya th i

A ssam e s e 5 6 K e lt i c (Co r ni sh ,Gae Iic ,We lsh I rish)A ssyr ia n “ 5 6 Konkan i "

A ust ra l ia n La nguage s 5 7 Lib yan

A z te k—v . A m e ri c an Lang .Mah ra tta

Bab ylo n ian—v . A ssyrian Ma lagasy .

Basque 5 8 Ma layBe nga l i 5 8 Ma laya l imBihari 5 8 Ma o r iBrah o e (Brakiii) 5 8 O r iya

—C . Ur iyaBr aj Bhaka—v. H indi Pa ll .

Bu rm e s e . 5 9 Paz e ndCe l ti c Ke l ti c P e guan

Cha lda i c—v . A ssyrian Pe h lv iCh i n e se ( fo r b o o k s o n and in Pe nn sy l van ia Du tc hP idgin E ngl i sh se e unde r Pe rs ian

th i s h e ading ) 5 9 Pidgin E ngl ishCho c taw—v . A m e r Ic an Lang . Po l ishCo p t ic

—v . E gyp tian Prak r i t m

Co re an 64 Puksh to (Pakkh to , Pashto )Co rn ish—v. Ke l t ic " Punj ab i—v. Gurm ukh i .

Q u ic hu a—v . A m e r ic an Language s

R oum am'

an

Cune i fo rm—v. A ssyr ian . R uss ian

D an ish 64 S am ar i tan

D ut c h (Pe nn sylvan ia ) . 92

E gyp t i an 6 4 S a nsk r itE ngl ish—E a r ly a nd Mode rn S e rb ian

E n glish and 6 5 S hanFr is ian 79 S indh iG a e l i c—v , Ke l t i c

Gaudi e n 79 S u ah i liG e rm an ( O ld) 79 SwedishGipsy 79 S yri ac

G o th i c 80 Tam i l

G r e e k (Mode rii andClass ic ) 80 Te lugu8 1 Ti b e tan

G u rm ukh i 8 1 Tu rk iH awa i ian .

8 1 Turk i shH e b r e w 8 1 Um b r ian . .

H ida tsa—e ) . A m e r ic an Lang . Urdu—v . Hindusta niH indi 3 3 Ur iya

H industani 83 \Ve lsh—v. Ke l tIc

H ungar ian84

8 6

8 6

8 78 78 8

8 8

88

8 8

89

. n,

. Zinguz'

stic Publica tions of

MISCE LLANE O US E S S AYS R E LA TING To IND I AN SUBJ E CTS . By B. H .

H O D GS O N, la te o f the e tc . 2 vo ls . p p . v'

u'

L-408 ,-and v ii i. s348 .

0 ITH E LI FE O R LEGEND o r GA '

UD AMA, th e Buddha o f th e Burm e se .

" WithA nno tati O IIs

, Th e Ways to Ne ib b an , and No t i c e on th e Ph ongyie s or Bu rm e seMonks . By th e R ight R e v . P . BIGAND ET, Bi shop o f R am a th a . Thi rd E ditio n .

2 vo ls . pp . xx. and 26 8 , and v i i i . and 326 . 21 8 .

i‘

TH E GULI STAN ; or, R ose Ga rde n

'

of S he kh.Mush l iu ’

d-din Sadi OfS h i raz . Tran s lat e d for th e fir st t im e into P ro se and Ve r se , wi th a Pr e fac e ,and a Li fe o f th e A u tho r, from th e A tish Kadah

, b y E . B. E A STW I O K ,

e tc . S e c ond E di t io n, p p . xxv i . and 244 . 1 880.

C H INE SE'

BUD D H I SH . A Vo lum e o f Ske t che s,H i stori c a l and Cri tic a l .

By J . E D H INS , D .D .

, p p ; xxvi . and 454. 1 880. A

TH E H I STO R Y O F E SA R H A D D ON ( S ON O F‘S -

ENNA CH ER IB) KING.

or A SSYR IA , B .C. 6 8 1 - 6 6 8

:Trans lated from th e Cun e ifo rm Insc r ip tion s in th e BritishMuse um . Th e O rIgInal Te xts , a Gram m a t i c a l A na lysis o f e ac hWo rd

,E xp lana

t ions i f th e Ide ograp hs, and l ist of E p ona s,e tc . By E . A . BUD GE , B.A . , e tc .

pp . x1 1 . and 1 64. 1 880. 103 . 6d.

A TA LMUD IC MI SCE LLANY ; or,O ne Th ousand and O n e E xtr a c ts fr omth e Ta lm ud, th e Midr ashim , and th e Kab ba lah Com p i l ed and Transla ted b yP . J . H e rsh on .

.

Wl tll a Pr e fa c e by th e R e v. F W . FA R R A R , D .D . , Canon ofI Westm i ns te r .

“ Wi th NO t e s and CO p Ious Inde xe s .-pp . xxvii i . and 362. 1 8 80. 143 .

BUD DH I ST BI RTH STO R IE S ; or , J'

ataka'

Tal e S . Th e o lde st c o ll e c t ion ofF o lk-lor e e xtan t : b e ing th e Jatakatth avannana, for th e first tim e edited in th eon gIna l

Pah, b y V. FA USBO LL, and tr ans lated b y T. W. R hys D avids . Tr ans

lati on s Vo l . I'

. pp . c xv i . and 348 . 1 880. 1 83 .

TH E CLA S SICA L PO E TR Y O E TH E JA PANE SE . By BA SI L CH AMBE R LA IN,A uthor of “ Y e igi o H e nkaku

, I ch iran .

”pp . xi 1 . and 228 . 1 880. 7 8 . 6d.

LINGUI STI c AND O RIE NTA L E S SA YS . Wr i tte n fr om 1 8 46 to 1 8 8 7 . ByR . CUST. pp . 496 . 1 880. 103 . 6d. S e c ond S e r i e s , pp .

l

5 62,wi th 6Maps. 1 88 7 . 21 5 .

TH E ME SNE vi .. (Usu all y kn own a s th e Me sn e v iyi She ri f, o r H o ly

Mesn e vi ) o f Me y lana (our Lord) Je lalu ’

d-D in Muham m ed e r -R I'

Im i . Bo o k I .

Wl th a Life O f th e A u thor . I l lustra t e db y '

a S e l e c ti on o fCharac te r ist ic A n e cdo te s ,byMe vlana Sh e msu ’

d-D in A hm ed e l E fiaki , e l ’A r i fi . Tr an s lated and th e Po e trye r S Ified in E nglish , by J .W .

’ R E D H O US E , M.R JA . S . pp . xv . and 1 35 , v . and1 88 1 . 21 3 .

E A STE RN PR O VE R BS AND EMBLEMS,Illu st rating O ld Tru ths . By th e

R e v . J . LO NG, pp . xv i . and 280. 1 88 1 . 6 8 .

IND IAN PO E TR Y. Con ta in ing Th e Indi an S on g of S on gs,” from th e

S ans kr i t o f th e Gi ta Govinda ” of Jayade va Two Books from th e I l iad o f

India ” (Maha b hara ta) ; and o th e r O m e ntal Po ems . Fo urt h E di tion . By S ir

A . , e tc . pp . vi ii . and 270. 1 88 6 . 7 8 . 6d.

H IND U PH ILO S O PH Y. Th e S ankhy'

a Kar ika of I swar a Kr ishn a . A n

E xposi tion o f th e S yst em o f Kap i la . Wi th an A pp e ndix on th e Nyaya and

Va ise sh ika Syste m s . By J . D A v IE S ,M.A . pp . v ii i . and 1 52. 1 8 8 1 . 63 .

TH E - R E LI GI ONS‘

O F IND IA . By A . BA R TH . A u tho r i se d Tr an slati on b y R e v . J . WO O D . p p. 336 . 1 63 .

A MANUAL O F H IND U PANTH E I SM. Th e V edan tasar a . Tr an sla ted

.wi th Copious A nno tations, b y Major G . A . JA CO B, B. S .C. With Pr e fac e liyE . B. Pr of. o f S anskri t in Cam b r idge Uni ve rs i ty. pp . 1 . and

129. 1 8 8 1 . 6 8 .

a nd Ludga te H i ll,London, E C. 5

TH E Q UATR A INS O F O MAR KH A YYAM. Tr an sla te d b y E . H .WH INY IELD ,M.A . , late O f H .M. Be nga l Civi l S e rv i c e . pp . 96 . 1 8 8 1 . 5 8 .

TH E QUA TRA INS O F O MA R KH A YYAM. Pe r sian Te xt , and E ngl i sh Ve rseTra nslatio n by E . H : WH INY IE LD , M.A .

,la te Be .C.S .

a

pp . 36 8 . 1 883.1 0s . 6d.

TH E MIND O F MENO IUS ; o r , Po li ti c al E c on om y founde d u p on Mora lPhil o sophy. A S yste m a ti c D ige st O f th e D o c trine of th e Chin e se Phil os oph e rMe nc ius . Transla te d from th e O ri nal Te xt, and Class i fied wi th Com m e nts

and E xplanat ions b y th e R e v . rust FABE R , R h e n ish Missi on S o c i e

g.

Tr ansla ted fr om th e Ge rm an w ith A ddi ti ona l No te s , by th e R e v. A .

H UTCH INS O N, H o ng

-Kong . pp . xvi . and 294. 1 88 1 . 6d.

TSUNI -HGO AM, TH E SUPR EME BE ING O F THE KH O I -‘

KH O I . By TH E OPHILUS H A HN

,Ph .D . , Custodi an o f th e Gr e y Co l l e c tion, Cape Town , e tc . pp .

xi i . and 1 5 4. 1 8 8 1 . 7s . 6d.

Y USE F AND ZULA IKH A . A Po e m b y Jam i . Tr ansla te d fr om the Pe rsianin to E ng l ish Verse . By R . T. H . GR IF F ITH . pp . xiv . and 304. 1 882. 8 8 . 6d.

TH E IND IANEMPI R E : i ts H is to ry , Pe opl e , and Pr oduc ts . By S i rW. W.

H UNTE R , K .C. I E .,LL D . S ec ond E diti o n . pp . 780. Wi th Map . 1 88 6 . 21 3 .

A COMPRE H ENSI VE COMMENTAR Y To TH E QUR AN: c om pr i sing S a le’

s

Trans lati o n and Pr e li m inary D isc ours e , wi th Addi tio na l No te s and E m e nda ti ons .

Wi th a c om p le te Inde x to th e Te xt, Pr e l im inary D isco urs e a ndNo te s . By R e v .

E . M. Lodia na . Vo l . I . pp . xi i . and 392. 1 8 82. 1 2s . 6d.

Vol . II . xi i .—408 . 1 8 84 . 1 23 . 6d. Vol . 11 1 . pp . Vi ii .—41 6 . 1 88 5 .

6d. 01. IV. pp . xiii .—340. 1 8 8 6 . 1 03 . 6d.

COMPA R A TI VE H ISTO R Y O F TH E E GYPTIAN AND ME S O PO TAMIAN R E LIGI ON8 .

By C. P. Ti e le . pt, Bab e l A ssur , Y e m e n , H ar ran , Phoen i c i a , Isra e l .Vo l . I . H isto r of th e

E

ggyp tian R e l igi on . Tr ansl a ted fr om th e D utc h , with th ec o—O p e r ation o th e A uth o r

,

pby JAME S BA LLINGAL . pp . xxiv . 7 s . 6d.

TH E S A R VA -D ARSANA -S AMGR A H A o r R e vi e w o f th e di ffe r e n t S yste m s o fH i ndu Ph i losophy. By Madh ava A c harya . Tran sla ted b y E . B. CO WE LL,M.A . , Cam b r idg e ; and A . E . GO UGH ,

M.A . ,Ca l c utta . pp . xii .-282. 1 882. 103 . 6d .

TIBETAN TA LE S,D e ri v e d fr om Indian S o ur c e s . Tran sla te d

fr om th eTib e tan o f th e Kah -Gyur . B F . ANTO N VO N S CH IE PNE R . D o n e i nto E ng l ishfr om th e Ge rm an

,wi th an ntrodu ct ion , by W. R . S . R A LSTO N, M.A . pp .lxvi . -368 . 1 882. 1 4s . .

‘LINGUI STIC E S SAYS . By CA R L A BE L , Ph .D r . p p . v ii i . 1 8 82.

93 .

CO NTENTS .-Lan guag e a s th e E xp r e ssi on o fNa ti on a l Mod es o f Tho ught—Th e Conc e p t ion of

Lo ve In so m e A n c i e n t a nd Mode rn Language s—Th e E ng lish Ve r b s o f Co m m a nd—Th e disc r im in ati on o f S yn o n ym s - Ph i lo lo gI c a l Me thod s—Th e Co n n e c ti on b e tw e e n D i c tio n a ry and Gr am m ar—Th e Po ss ib ili ty o f a Comm o n L i te ra ry Languag e fo r t h e S la ve Na t Ion s—Co p ti c In te ns i fi c a ti on-'

I‘

h e O r ig in o f Langu age—Th e O rde r and Po s i ti on o f Wo rds in t h e La t in S e n te n c e .

H IND I].

PH ILO SO PH Y . Th e Bhagav ad Gi ta o r th e S a c r e d Lay . A .

S anskri t Ph i lo soph i c a l Po e m . Tr ans late d, wi th No tes , b y J O HN D A VIE S , M.A .

(Cantab . M.R . A .S . pp . v i . -208 . 1 882. 8 8 . 6d.

TH E PH ILO S O PH Y O F TH E UPANI SH AD S and A n c i e n t Indi an Me taphysi c s .

By A . E . GO UGH ,M. .A Ca lcu tta . Pp . xxi v .-26 8 . 1 882. 98 .

U D ANAVAR GA : A Col le c tion of Ve r se s fr om th e Buddhi st Can on . Com

piled b y D H AR MA TR ATA . Th e No r th e rn Buddh ist Ve rsi on of D h am rnap ada .

.ransla te d fr om th e Tib e tan o f Bkah -hgyu r , No te s and E xtr ac ts fr om th e Com

m e ntary of Pr adjnava rma n , b yW. W. R o cxH ILL . Pp . XVIx 224. 1 88 3 . 9a .

6 L iézgu z'

stz’

c Public a tions qf'

Trazm e r 3 Co .,

A ‘ H I STO BY O F BURMA .

"

I nc l udingH Burm a Pr op e r , Pe gu ,

Taungu ,

Te nasse ri m , and A r akan . From th e E ar l ie st Tim e to t h e E nd of th e Fir st

War wi th Bri tish India . By Li e ut .-Ge ne ra l S ir A . P. PH A Y R E ,

&c . pp . xii . and 3 12, wi th Maps and P lan . 1 88 3 . 1 43 .

A S KE TCH O F TH E MO D E RN LANGUA GE S O F A FR ICA . By R u N. CUST.

A c c om pan i ed by a Language Map . By E . G . R A VE NSTE IN. Two . Vo ls .

pp . xvi .-288 , vii i .-278 , wi th Thi r ty-one A uto typ e Portra i ts . 1 88 3 .

O UTLINE S O F TH E H I STO R Y O F R ELIGI ONTo TH E S PR E A D O F TH E UNIVE R SALR E LIGI O NS . ByPr of. C.P .TI E LE . Trans la te d fr om th e D utc h b yJ . E .CA R P ENTE R ,M.A ., wi th th e A u thor ’

s assistan c e . Thi rdE di tion , pp . xx . and 250. 1 8 84. 7 3 . 6d.

R ELIGI ON IN CH INA ; c onta in ing a br i e f A c c ount o f th e Thr e e R e l igi onsof th e Chine se ; with O b se r vat ions on th e Pro e c ts o f Chr is tian Con ve rsionam ongst tha t Pe op l e . By JO S E PH E D K INS

LD . Peking . Th ird E di ti on ,

. pp . xvi . and 260. 1 884. 7 3 . 6d.

TH E LIFE O F TH E BUD D H A AND TH E E AR LY H I STO R Y O F

,

H I S O R D E R .

From Tib e ta n Works in th e Bkah -hgyur and Bs tan -h yur . Wi th no ti c e s on .

th e E ar ly H isto of Ti b e t and Kho ten . Tr ans lated y W. W . R O CKH ILL,S e c ond S e c r e tary . S . Lega tion in China . pp . 284. 1 884. 93 .

BUD D H I ST R E CO R D S O F TH E WE STE RN WO RL D . Tr a nslat e d fr om the’

Ch ine se o f H iue n Tsiang (A .D . 629) b y S . BE A L . D edi c ate d b y p e rm ission

to H .R .H . th e Pr inc e of Wa le s . 2 vo ls . pp . 250 and 378 . 1 884. 243 .

TH E S ANKH YA A PH O R I SMS O F KA PILA . Wi th Il lustr at ive E xtr ac ts fromth e Com m e n tar i e s . Trans lated b

yIJ . R . la te Pr in c ipa l

o fBenar e S Co ll ege . E di ted b y F . A LL . Thi rd E diti on . p p . 472. 1 884. 1 63.

TH E O R D INANCE S O E MANU. Tran sla te d fr om th e S an skri t, w i th Int roduc tion b y th e late A . C. BURNE LL , Ph .D . , C. I .E . Comp l e ted and E di ted by E .

W. H O PK INS , Ph .D . , Co lum b ia Co l lege , New Y ork. pp . 446 . 1 8 84. 123 .

LIF E AND WO R K S O F AL ExAND E R CS OMA D E KO R O'

S be twe e n 1 8 1 9 and. 1 842. With a S hor t No ti c e o f all h is Pub lish ed and Un ub l ish edWo rks andE ssays . F r om O r i ina l and for th e m o st p ar t Unpub lish e D o c um e nts . By T.

D UK A , M.D .,F .R . . S . (E ng ) , S urge on -Major H .M.

s Be nga l Me dic al S e r vi c e ,R e t ir ed

,e tc . pp . X11 . 1 8 85 . 93 .

LEA VE S FR OMMY CH INE SE S CRA P-BO O K . By F . H . BALF OUR , A u thor ofWa i ts and S tr ays fr om th e Far E ast ,

”e tc . pp . 21 6 . 1 88 7 . 73 . 6d.

A NCIENT PR O VE R BS AND MAXIMS FR OM BURME S E S OUR CE S ; o r , th e NitiLi te r a tur e of Burm a . By J . GR A Y, A u thor of E l em e nts of Fall Gr amm ar ,

e tc . pp . 1 92. 1 88 6 . 6 3 .

m e an MA ’NA VI : th e spi r i tual CO IIpl e tS o f Maulan a J a lalq -D in

"

Muham m ad i RUm I'

. Translate d and ab r idged b y E . H .

WH INFIBLD , M.A .

pp . xxxi i . and 3 30. 1 887 . 73 . 6d.

TH E S ATA R AS O F BH A R TRIHA R I . Tr an sl ate d fr omth e San skri t b y th eR e v. B. H A LE WO R TH AM, B.A . , pp . xi i -72. 1 8 86 . 5 3 .

MANAVA -D H A RMA -CASTR A : th e Code o fMann . O rigina l S an skr i t Te xtwi th Cri ti c al No te s. By J . JO LLY, Ph .D . , Pr ofe ssor o f S anskri t in th e Unive r si tyo fWur zb urg ; la te Tagor e Pr ofe ssor o f Law in th e Uni ve rsi ty of Ca lc u tta . pp.

vii i . and 346 . 1 887 . 1 03 . 6d.

of“

fi fibne r 001,

gr e a t c om p as sion a te Kwan Y in , p o ss e ss in g 1 000 hands and 1000 e ye s . By th e R e v . 8 . Be a l .—XL Th e H ym n s o f th e Gaup ayan as and th e Le gend o f K in g A s am ati . By Pr o f. MaxMillion—XII . S p e c im e n Chap te r s o f an A ssyr ian Gram m ar . By th e R e v . E . H in c ks , D . D .

Vo l . III. In Two Pa rts . p p . 5 1 6 , sewe d. Wi th Pho tograph. 1 868 . 223 .

CO NTE NTS r—‘I . Con tr i b uti o ns towards a Glo ssary o f th e A ssyr ian Language . By H . F ; Talb o t .—1 1 . R e m arks on th e In dO -Ch in e s e A lp ha b e ts . By D r . A .

‘ Bast ian .-I IL Th e poe tr y o f

Moham e d R ab adan , A r r ago n e se . By th e H on . H . E . J . S tan le y .-IV . Ca talo gu e o f th e O ri e n ta l

Manu sc r i p ts in th e Li b r a ry o f Kin g’s Co l le ge , Cam b r idge . By E . H . Pa lm e r , B.A —V D e

s c r ip ti on O f th e A m r ava t i To p e in Gun tur . By J . Fe r gu sson , F .R S .—VI . R e m arks on Pr of.

Br o c khau s ’ e di t io n O f th e Ka th fisar i t-sa ga i a , Lam b ah a IX. XVIII . By D r . H . Ke rn , Pr of. o fS an skr i t , Un ive rs ity O f Le yde n .

—VI I . Th e so ur c e o f Co le b ro oke ’8 E ssay

“ O n th e D u ti e s o f aFa i thfu l H in du Wido w .

” By Fi tz e dward H a l l , D .C.L. S up p le m e n t : Fur the r de ta i l o f p r o o fst ha t Co l e b r o oke ’s E ssay , “ O n th e D u t i e s o f. a Fa i thfu l H in du W i dow ,

” w a s n o t inde b te d toth e Vivadab h angArna v a . By F . H a l l .—VIII . Th e S ixth H ym n o f th e F ir st Bo ok o f th e BigV e da . By Pr o f. MaxMii l l e r .

—IX. Sas san ian Ins c r i p ti on s . By E . Thom as .—X. A c c o un t o f an

E m b assy {Tom Mo r oc c o t o S p a in in 1 690 and 1 691 . By th e H o n . H . E J . S tan le y .—XI . Th e

P o e tr y O f Moham e d R ab adan , o f A r r agon . By th e sam e .—XII . Ma te r i a ls fo r th e H is to ry o f

India fo r th e S ix H undr e d Ye a rs O fMoham m adan ru le , p r e viou s to th e Fo unda t ion o f th e Br i ti shIndi an E m p i r e . By Maj o r W . Nas sau Le e s , LL .D .

—X1 1 1 . A F ew W o rds c on c e rni n g th e H il lp e o p le inha b i t in g t h e Fo r e sts o f th e Co c hin S ta te . By Cap t . G . E . Fr e r , M. S .C.

—XIV. No te so n t h e Bhoj pur i D ia le c t o f H indi , sp oke n in We s te rn Be ha r . By J . am e s, B.C. S .

.Vo l . IV. In Two Par ts . p p . 521 , sewe d. 1 869—70. 1 6 3 .

CO NTENTS .-I . Co n tr i b u t ion towa rds a G lo ssar y o f th e A ssyr ian Language . By H . F . Ta lb o t .

Par t I l .- II . O n I ndi an Chr on o lo gy .

‘ By J . Fe r gu sso n , F .R .S . II I . Th e Po e try o i Moh a ine dR ab a dan O f A r r a g on . By th e H on . H . E . J . S tan l e y—IV. O n th e Maga r Langua ge o f Ne p a l .By J . Be am e s , B.C.S .

-V . Con t r i b u t io n s to th e Knowle dg e o f Par se e Li t e r a tur e . By E . S ac hau ,Ph . D .

—VI . I l lu s tra t i o n s o f th e Lam a i s t S yste m i n Tib e t , dr awn from Ch in e se S o ur c e s . ByW . F . Maye rs , O t H .B.M. Co nsu lar S e r vic e , Chin a .

-VII . K liuddaka Patha , a Pali Te xt , wi th a

Tra n s la t ion and No te s . B R . C. Chi lde rs, la t e Ce y lon C. S .~ —VI I I .

' A n E nde avour to e lu c ida teR ash iduddi n

’s Ge ogr a p h i c a No t i c e s of India . By Co l . H . Yu le , C.B. IX. S as san i an Insc r ip t ion s

e xp la in e d b y th e Pah lav i o f th e Par s i s . By E . W . We s t—X. S om e A c c o unt o f th e S e nb yfiPagoda a t Me n g fi n , n e a r th e Burm e se Cap i ta l , in a Me m o r andum b y Cap t .

E . H . S lade n , Po li tic a l A g e n t a t Manda lé ; w i th R em a rks o n th e S u b j e c t b y Co l. H . Y u le , C.B.

—XI . Th e Brha tS anhi ta ; o r , Com p le t e S ys t em o fNa tu r a l A str o lo gy o fVarah a -Mi h ir a . Tr ansla te d fr om Sanskr i tin to E n gl ish b y D r . H . K em .

~ XII . Th e Moh am m e dan Law O f E vide n c e , and i ts influe n c e o n

th e A dm in i s tr a ti on o f Ju s t i c e i n In di a . By N. B. E . Ba i l l ie .7-XI I I .

,Th e Mo ham m edan Law o f

E vide n c e in c onne c tion w i th th e A dm in istr a ti o n o f Ju s t i c e,to Fo r e ign e r s . By th e sam e —XIV .

A Tr an s la t io n O f a Ba c t r ian Pali Insc r ip t ion . By Pr o f. J . D owson .-XV. IndO -Par thian Co in s .

By E . Thom as .

Vo l . V . In Two Pa r ts . p p . 463, se we d. Wi th 10fu ll -p age and fo lding Pla te s .

1 8 7 1 2. 1 83 . 6d.

CO NTE NTS .—I . Two Jatakas . Th e o ri gi na l Pal i Te xt , wi th an E ng lish Trans la ti on . By V.

Faus b ii l l .—I I . O n an A nc i e n t Buddhi st In sc i i p ti o n a t K e u -yung kwan , in No rt h Ch i na . B A .

Wyl i e .—I I I . Th e Brh a t S anhi t a ; o r , Com p le t e S ys te m O f Na tu r a l A s tr o lo gy o f Varab a -M

Tr ans la t e d from S an skr i t in to E n g li sh b y D r . H . K e i n .—IV. Th e Po ngo l F e s ti va l in S ou the rn

Indi a . By C. E . Go ve r .—V . Th e Po e try o f Moham e d R ab adan , o f A rr a go n . By th e R i ght H on .

Lord S tan l e y o f A lde r le y .—V I . E ss ay o n t h e Cr e e d and Custom s o f th e J angam s . By C. P .

Br own .—V l I O n Ma la b ar , Co r om an de l

, Q u i lon , e t c . By C. P . Br own .—VIII . O n th e Tr e a tm en t

o f th e Ne xu s i n th e Ne o -A r ya n Langu ag e s o f Indi a . By J . Be am e s , B.C.S .—IX. S om e R e m ar ks

o n th e Gr e a t To p e a t S anc hi . By th e R e v . S . Be a l . -X. A n c ie n t Insc r ip ti o ns fr om Ma thura.

o f Tab ar istan . I l lustr a te d b y Co in s . By E . Thom as , 0 '

57‘

a n‘

d 59,-1Ludga te H i ll, London, E C. 9

Vo l . V I. , Par t I , p p . 212 , s’

e we d, wi th'

two pla t e s and a'

m é p q 1 87 2.

I l

CONTE NTS .—Th e Ishm a e l i te s, an d th e A ra b i c Tr ib e s wh o Con q u e r e d the i r Co un t ry .

S pr e n ge r .- A Br i e f A c c o un t o f Fo u r A ra b i c Wo rks o n th e H i s to r y . and G e o gra p hy o f

By Ca p ta in S . B. Mi le s—O u t h e Me tho ds o f D ispo sin g o f t h e D e ad a t Llas sa , Th i b e t , e tc . ByChar le s H om e , la te Th e Br h a t -Sa nhi ta ; o r , Co m pl e te S ys te m o f Na tu ra l A stro logy ofVar é h a ’ m i h i r a, Tra n s la te d fr om S ans kri t into E ng l ish b y. D r . H . Ke rn . No te s o n H we n

Th e an g ’8 A c c oun t o f th e Pr in c i p a li ti e s o f Tokhé r is tan , in whi c h so m e Pr e vi o u s Ge ogr a h i c a l

Ide n t ific a tio n s a re R e c ons ide r e d . By Col on e l Yule , C.B.—Th e Cam p a ign o f E l iu s G a us in

A r ab ia . By A . S p r e n ge r .—A ri A c coun t o f J e ru sa le m , Tr ans la te d fo r t h e la t e S ir H . M. E lli o t

f r om th e Pe rs ian Te xt o f Nasir i b n K h i i s ru’s S a fanam ah b y t h e la t e Ma o r A . R . Fu l le r .

—Th eP oe try o f Moham ed R ab adan , o f A r r agon . By th e R ight H on . Lo r d S tan e y o f A lde r le y .

‘Vo l . VI . , Pa r t p p . 21 3 to 400 and lxxxiv. , se we d. I l lus t ra ted wi th a Map ,Pla te s , and Wo odc u ts.

1 8 7 3 . 83 .

CO NTE NTS .—O u H iou e n -Th e ang ’

s Jou r n e y fr om Pa tna to Ba llab hi . By Jam e s F e rgu sso n .

D .C.L . F .R . 8 .—No r th e rn Buddhism . [No te from Co lo n e l H . Yu le , addr e s s e d to t h e S e c r e ta ry .—H w e ii Th '

e an g’3 A c c oun t o f th e Pr in c i p a li t ie s o f ’

l O khar is tAn , e tc . By Co lon e l H . Yu le , C.B.

Th e Brh a t S an h i td ; o r , Com p le te S ys t e m O f Na tu ra l A s tr o lo gy o f Varah a -m ih i r a . Tra ns la te dfrom S an skri t in to E ng l ish b y D r . H . K e i n .

—Th e I n i t ia l Co in a g e o f Be n ga l, unde r th e E ar lyMu ham m adan Co nqu e I O .r s Pa r t I I . E m b r a c i ng th e p re lim ina r y p e r i od b e twe e n A .H . 6 14-634

(A .D . 121 7 1236 By E dward Thom a s,F . R . S .

—Th e L e g e nd O f D ip a ii ka ra Buddha . Tr a ns la te dfr om th e Chin e s e (andyin t e nde d t o i llus tr a t e Pla te s xx i x . and L . ,

Tr e e a nd S e r p e n t Wo rshipBy S . Be a l .—No te on A r t . IX. ,

an te p p . 21 3-274, on H i ou e n -The ang ’s Journe y fr om Pa tn a t o

Ba lla b h i . By Jam e s F e rgu sson .

—Con tri b uti o ns t owards a G lossary o f th eA ssyr ian Langu ag e . By H . F. Ta lb ot .

Vo l . V II. , Pa rt I ., p p . 1 70 and 24, s ewe d. Wi th a p la te .

CO NTENTS .—Th e Up a sa mp a dd Ka m m a c dc a

,b e in g th e Buddhis t Manu a l o f th e Fo rm an d

Mann e r o f O rde r i ng O f Pr i e s ts and D e a c on s . Th e P ali Te xt , w i th a Tr an s la ti o n and No t e s .

By J . F . D ic kso n , B. A .—No t e s on th e Me ga li thi c Mo num e n ts o f th e Co im b a to r e D is tr i c t ,

Madr as . By M. I .Wal h o u se , la t e —No t e s o n t h e S inha le s e Lan gu a ge . No . 1 . O n th e Fo rm at i on o f t h e P lu r a l o f Neu t e r No u ns . By R . C. Ch i lde r s , . l a te Ce y lo n O . S .

—Th e Pa li Te xto f th e Ma hdp a r in i b bdn a 8 mm a nd Co m m e n ta ry , w i t lr a Tr an s la t i on . By R . C. Ch i lde r s , la teCe y lon O .S .

—Th e Br i h a t -S an l i i ta ; o r , Com p le te S ys t e m o fNa tu r a l A s t r o lo gy o f Va rah a -m ih i r a .

Tr an s la t ed fr om Sa n skr i t i n to E ng li sh b y D r . H . K e rn .—No t e o n t h e Va lle y o f Ch oom b i .

.By D r . A . Cam p b e l l , la te S up e r int e nde n t o f D arj e e l in g .—Th e Nam e o f th e Twe l fth Im am on th e

Co in age o f E gyp t . By H . S a uv ai r e and S ta n le y Lan e P o o le —Thr e e Inscr i p t io ns o f Par a°kr am a Bahu t h e Gr e a t fr om Pu las t ip ur a , Ce y lo n (da te c i r c a 1 1 80 By T. W . R hys D av i ds .

- O f th e Kh a r é j o r Muh am m adan Lan d Tax ; i ts A pp li c a t io n to Br i t ish India , and E ffe c t on

t h e Te n u r e o f Land. By N. B. E . Ba i l li e .—A p p e ndix : A S p e c im e n o f a Syr i a c Ve r si on o f th e

Ka li lah wa -D im n ah , w i th an E ng l ish Tr an sla t io n . By W . Wr i ght .Vo l . II ., pp . 1 91 t o 394, sewed. With se ve n p la te s and a m ap . . 1 8 75 . 83 .

CoNTE NTs .—S igi r i , th e Li on R o c k , n e ar Pu la s t ip ur a , Ce y lon ; and th e Thirty-n in th Cha p te r

o f th e Mah av ams a . By T. W . R hys D a vids —Th e No r the rn Fr o n tage r s O f Chin a . Par t I .Th e O r i gin e s o f th e Mo n go ls . By H . H . H owo r th .

—In e di t ed A r a b i c Co in s . By S tan le y Lan ePo o le —No t i c e o n th e D i n ar s o f th e A b b a s s ide D yn as ty . By E dwa rd Thom a s R O ge r S .

—Th eNo r the r n Fr o n ta g e r s o f China : P ar t I I . Th e O r ig in e s o f t h e Man c hu s . By H . H . H owo r th .—No t e s o n th e O ld Mon g o l ian Cap i tal o f Shan gtu . By S . W . Bu she l l , B. se . ,M. D .

—O ri e n ta lP r o ve r b s in the i r R e la t io n s to Fo lk lo r e , H is to r y , S o c i o lo gy ; w i th S ugge s t ion s fo r the i r Co lle et i on , In t e r p r e ta t i on , Pub li c a t io n . By th e R e v . J . Lo ng

—Two O ld S im h a l e s e Ins c r i p t ion s . Th e‘

S a b a saMa l la I nsc r i p ti o n , da te 1200 A .D . , a nd t h e R uw anwae l i D ag a b a In sc r ip ti on , dat e 1 191 A .D .

Te xt , Tra n s la t i o n , and No te s . By T. \V. R hys D av ids . No t e s o n a Ba c tr ian Pa l i In sc ri p t i o na nd th e S am va t E ra . By Pro f. J . D owso n .

—Not e o n a Jade D r inking Ve s se l o f th e . E m pe r o rJahangi r . By E dwar d Thom a s, F .R .S .

VOL VII I ., Par t I . , pp . 1 5 6 , sewed, wi th th r e e p late s and a p lan . 1 876 . 83 .

CO NTE NTS .—Ca ta lo gu e o f Buddhis t S an skr i t MS S . in. t h e Po s se ss i on o f th e R . A .S . (H odgs on

Co ll e c ti on ) . By Pr o f. E . B. (‘

O we ll and J . E gg e l ing .—O u th e R ui n s o f S i gi r i in Ce y lo n . By

T. H . Blake s le y , Ce y lon .—Th e Pa t im okkh a, b e ing t h e Buddh is t O ffi c e o f th e Co n fe ss ion o f Pr i e s ts .

Th e Pa l i Te xt , wi t h a Tr an s la t i on , a nd No te s . By J I“. D i c kso n , M.A . , Ce ylo n C.S .-No te s

o n t h e S inha le s e Lan gu a g e . No . 2. P r o o fs o f th e S an skr i t ic O r i g in o f S in ha le s e . By R . C.

Chi lde r s , la t e o f th e Ce ylon Ci vi l S e r vi c e .

Vo l . VIII .

,Par t 1 5 7 308 , sewed. 1 8 7 6 . 8 3 .

CO NTENTS .—A n A c c oun t o f th e I slan d o f Ba l i By R . Fr i e de r i c h .

-Th e Pa l i Text o f th e Mahap ar in i b b an a Su tta and Co m m e n tar y , wi th a Tr an sla t i o n . By R C. Chi lde r s , la t e Ce ylon C.S .

Th e No r the r n Fr o n tag e r s o f Chin a. Pa r t I I I . Th e K a ra Khi ta i . By H . H . H owo r th .-Ia

e di te d A r ab ic Co in s . 1 1 . By S . L . Po o le —O u t h e Fo rm o f G o ve rnm e n t unde r th e Na t iveS o ve r e i gns o f Ce y lon . By A . de S il va E kan ayaka , Muda liya r , Ce y lo n .

“ t

10 Linguistic Pub lica tiows of Tr im s?2

Vo l . 1X. , Part I . , p p .,

1 5 6,sewe d, wi th a p la te . 1 877 . 8 8 .

CO NTnNTs .—Bac tr i an Co ins and Indi an D a t e s . By E . Thom as , F .R .S .

—Th e Te nse s o f th eA ssyr i an Ve rb . By th e R e v . A . H . S ayc e , M.A .

—A n A c c oun t o f t h e Is land o f Bali. B B.

Fr i ede ri c h (c o n tin u e d fr om Vo l . VI II . N. S . p .- O n R u ins in Makr an . By Maj o r Mo c e r .—In e di te d A ra b i c Co in s . 1 1 1 . By S tan le y Lan e Po o le ,—Fu r the r No te o n a Bac tr ian Pa li In sc r ip

t io n and th e S am va t E r a . By Pr o f. J . D owson .—No te s on P e rsian Be luc hi s tan . Fr om th e

P e rs ian o f Mir z a Me h dy Khan . By A . H . S c h indle r .

Vo l'

IX. , Par t pp . 292. s e wed, with th r e e p la tes. .1 87 7 . 6d.

CO NTE NTS .—Th e E ar ly Fai th o f A soka . By E . Thom as , F .R . S .

—Th e No r th e rn Fr on tage r s .

o f China . Par t II . Th e Man c hu s (S up p l em e n ta ry No t i c e ) . Par t IV. Th e Ki n o r Go lde n Ta ta rs .

By H . H . H owo r th . O n a Tr e a t is e o n We ights andMe a sur e s b y E l iya, A r c hb ishop o f Nis i b in .

By M. H . S au va ir e .- O n Im p e r ia l and o the r Ti t le s . By S ir T. E . Co le b r o oke , Ba r t . , M.P .

—A fli ¢n i ti e s o f th e D ia le c ts o f th e Ch e p ang and Ku sunda h Tr i b e s o fNip al wi th tho se o f th e H i l l Tr i b e s .

o f A rr ac an . By Ca p t . C. J . F . Fo r b e s , M.A .S . Be nga l , e tc .—No te s on S om e A n t i

qu i ti e s found in a Moun d n e ar D am ghan . By A . H . S c hi ndle r .

Vo l . X.

,Pa rt I . , p p . 1 5 6 , se we d, wi th two p la te s and a m ap . 1 8 78 . 8 8 .

CONTENT8 .—o n th e Non -A r yan L angua ge s o f In dia . By E . L . Br andr e th .

- A D i a logue on .

th e Ve dan t i c Con c e p ti on o fBr ahm a . By Pr am ada D asa Mi t tr a, la te O th . Pr o f. o f A nglo -S anskri t ,G ov . Co l le ge , Be n ar e s .

—A n A c c o un t o f th e I s land o f Ba li . By R . Fr i e de r i c h (c on tinue d fr omVo l . IX. N.S . p .

—Unp u b lished G lass W e ights and Me a sur e s . By E . T. R o ge r s—Chin a .

v ia Ti b e t . By S . C. Bo u lg e r .—No te s an d R e c o ll e c tions on Te a Cul ti va ti on in Kum aon and

Garhwal . By J . H . Ba tt e n , la te B.C. S .

V o l . X ., Pa rt p p . 1 46 , se we d. 1 878 . 6 3 .

CO NTE NT8 .—N0te on P l in ’

s Ge o gr ap hy o f th e E a st Coas t o f A r ab ia . ByMaj o r -Gen . S . B.Mil e s ,.

D . S .O .~ Th e Ma ldive Is lan s ; w i th a Vo c ab u lar y take n fr om Fr an co is Pyr ar d de Lava l , 1 602

1 607 . -By A . Gr a la te Ce y lon -O .S .—O u Ti b e to -Bu rm an Langu age s . By Cap t . C.

J . F . S .

For b e s , Burm e s e .S . Comm issi on .—Bu rm e se Tr an s li te r a t ion . By H . L . S t. Bar b e , R e s ide n t a t .

Mande lay .- O n th e Conn e xi on o f th e M6 11 9 o f P e gu w i th th e K o le s o f Ce ntr a l Indi a. By

Cap t . C. J . F . S . Fo r b e s , Bu rm e s e C.C.—S tudi e s on th e Com p a r a t ive Gr am m ar o f th e S e m i ti c

Languag e s , wi th S p e c ia l R e fe r e nc e to A ssyr ian . By P . H au p t . Th e O ldes t S em i ti c Ve r b -Fo rm .

-A r ab Me tr o lo gy . II . R l-D j ab ar ty . By M. H . S au va ir e .—Th e Migrati on s and E ar ly H is tory.

o f th e Whi te H uns ; p r in c ip a l ly fr om Chin e se S ou r c e s . By T. W . Kingsm i l l .Vo l . X.

, Par t II I . , p p . 204,se we d. 1 8 7 8 . 8 3 .

CONTENTS —O u th e H il l Can to n o f salar , —th e m o s t E as te r ly S e tt le m e nt o f th e Turk R a c e .

By R o b e r t B. S haw - Ge o logi c a l No te s o n th e R ive r Indu s . By Gr i ffin W . Vyse , E xe cu tiveE ngine e r F .W .D . Bani s h—E du c a ti on a l Li t e r a tu r e for Jap an e se Wom e n . By B. H . Cham b e r1a in .—O n t h e Na tu ra l Phe nom e no n Kn own in th e E as t b y th e Nam e s S ub -h i -Kaz i b , e tc . , e t c .

By J . W . R e dhou se .—O n a Ch in e s e Ve r sion o f th e sankhya Kar ika, e t c . , found am on g th e

Buddhi st Bo oks c om p r i s ing th e Tr ip i taka and two o the r wo rks . By th e R e v . 8 . Be aI.—Th eR o c k-c u t Phrygian In sc ri p tions a t D ogan lu . By E . Thom as , F .R . S .

—Inde x ..Vo l . XL , Pa r t . I . , p p . 1 28 , se we d, wi th se ve n I l lustrati ons . 1 8 79. 5 8 .

CO NTE NT8 .—O D th e Po s i ti on o fWom e n in th e E a st in th e O lde n Tim e . By E .Thom a s , F .R .S .—No t i c e o f S c ho la r s wh o have Con tr i b u t e d to o ur Kn owle dg e o f th e Lan gu age s o f Br i t ish Indi a

du r ing th e la st Th ir ty Ye a r s . By R . N. Cus t .—A n c i e n t A r ab i c Po e try : i ts Ge nu in e n e ss and

A u the n t i c i ty . By S ir W. Mu i r ,—No te o n Manr iqu e

’s Missi on an d th e Ca tho li c s in th e

t im e o f S hah Jahan . By H . G . K e e n e —O n S andhi in Pa li . By th e la te R . C. Chi lde rs .—O n

A r ab i c A m u le ts andMo t to e s . By E . T. R og e r s .

Vo l . XL , Par t II . , pp . 25 6 , sewed, wi th m ap and p late . 1 8 79. 73 . 6d.

CO NTE NTS—O n th e Ide n t ific a t i o n o f Pla c e s o n th e Makr an Co a st m e n ti o n ed b y A rr i e n , Pto l em y ,an d Mar c ian . By Maj o r E . Mo c kle r .

—O n t h e Pr o p e r Nam e s o f th e Mo h amm adans . By S i r T.

E . Co le b r o ok e , Bar t . ,M.P.—Pr i n c i p le s o f Com p o s i t ion in Chin e se , a s de du c e d fr om th e Wr i t t e n

Cha r a c te r s . By th e R e v . D r . Le gg e . O n th e Ide n ti fi c a t ion o f t h e Po r tr a i t o f Ch o sro e s 1 1 . am ongt h e Pa in t ings in th e Cave s a t A j an ta . By Jam e s Fe r gu sson , Vi c e -Pr e side n t .—A S p e c i m e n o f

t h e Zo on ge e (o r Zurnge e ) D i a le c t o f a Tr ib e o f Nagas , b o rde r ing o n th e Va l le y o f A ssam ,

b e twe e n th e D ikh o and D e so i R ive r s,em b r a c ing o ve r Fo r ty Vi l lag e s . By th e R e v . Mr . Clark .

Vo l . XI . Part III . p p . 104, c xxiv . 1 6 , sewe d. 1 8 79. 8 3 .

CO NTE NTs .—Th e Gau r i an c om p ar e d w ith th e R om an c e Langu age s . Par t I . By E . L.

Br andr e th .—D ia le c ts o f Co l lo qu ia l A r a b i c . By E . T. R o ge r s .

—A Com p ar a t ive S tudy o f th eJ ap an e se and Ko r e an Langu ag e s . By W . G . A s ton .—Inde x .

Vo l . XII . Pa r t I . pp . 1 5 2, sewed, Wi th Tab l e . 1 8 80. 5 a.

CO NTE NTs .—O u “Th e Mo st Com e ly Nam e s ,

” i . e . th e Lau da to r E p i the ts , o r th e Ti t le s o f Pr a iseb e s towe d on God in th e Qur ’

an o r b yMu s lim Wr i te r s . By J . R e dhouse .-No te s on a n ew ly

d isc o ve r e d Clay Cylinde r o f Cyr u s th e Gr e a t . By Majo r -Ge n . S i r H . C. R aw lin son , K .C.B.

No t e on H io u e n -Th san g’s D h anakac h e ka . By R o b e r t S e we ll

,M.C. S .

-R e m a rks b

y.

Mr .

Fe r gu sson on Mr . S ew e l l ’s Pa p e r .—A Tr e a t ise o n We i gh ts andMe a su r e s . B E li ya, A r c h Isho

o f Nisi b in . By H . S a uva i r e . (Su p p le m e n t to Vo l . 1X . , p p . 291 -3 1 3 ) n the A g e o f th e

A j an ta Cave s . By R aj e ndr a l ala Mi tr a , C.I .E .—No te s o n Ba b u R éj e ndral a Mi tr a

’s Pap e r on.

th e A ge o f th e Cave s a t A j an ta. By J . F e rgusson , F .R .S .

Linguisti c P ub lications af l Tr ubne r ij' Co

Vol . XIV. Part I I. pp . 1 64, wi th th r e e pidbes .

1 882.

Coun te r s—O u Tar tar and Turk .

Vo i . XIV . Par t I II .

'

pp . 208 , wi th S pIates. 83 .

Co n r s n r s .—Th e Va i shnava R e l i g ion ,, w i th sp e c ia l r e fe r e n c e to th e S iksh a-pa tr i of th e

Mode rn S e c t c a ll e d S vam i-Nar i‘i yan a . By Mo n i e r W i lliam s , D .C.L .—Fu r the r No te s on

th e A p o lo gy o f A l-Kindy . By S ir W. Mu i r , LL.D .—Th e Buddhi st Cave s o f

A fghan is ta n . By W . S im p son .-Th e I de n t ific a t io n o f th e S c ulp tu r e d To p e a t S anc hi . By W .

S im p son—O n th e Ge n e a lo gy o f Mode rn Num e rals . By S ir E . C. Bayle y , C.I .E .

-'

l‘

h e Cun e ifo rm In sc r ip t ion s o f Van , de c i phe r e d and trans la te d, b y A . H . S ay c e .

Vo l . XIV. Par t IV. pp . 330, c l ii . . 1 882. 1 48 .

Co ri n n a—Th e Cun e i fo rm In sc r i p t i on s of Van , d'

e c ip he r e d and tran s la te d, b y A . H . S a c e .—S an skr i t Te xt o f th e S iksh a-Pa tr i o f th e S vam i -Nar ayan a S e c t . E di t e d and Tran sla t b yPr o f. M. Wi l liam s , C. I .E .

—Th e Su c c e ssor s o f th e S i lj aks in A s ia Mino r . By S . L . P oo le .- Th e

O lde s t Bo ok b f th e Ch ine se (Th e Y h -K ing ) and i ts A u tho r s . By T. de la Cou p e r i e .

Vo l . XV . Pa r t I . pp . 1 34, wi th 2, p late s . 6 3 .

Co n r nn r s .—Th e Ge n e a lo gy o fMode rn Num e r a ls . Par t I I . S im p l ific a tio n o f th e A n c ie n t Indi an

Num e r a t ion . By S ir E . C. Bay le y , C. I . E .—Par thi an and Indo -S as san i an Co ins . By E . Thom as ,

F .R .S .—E ar ly H is t o ri c a l R e la t io ns b e twe en Phrygi a and Cap p ado c ia . By W. M. R am say .

Vol . XV. Part II . pp . 1 5 8, ,with 6 tab le s . 1 883 . 5 3 .

Co n r s s r s .—Th e Ta t tva -m uk tav a l i o f Gauda -p fi rnan an da c h akr av ar t in . E di te d and Translat e d b y P ro fe ss o r E . B. Cow e l l .—Two Mode rn S an skr i t s lo kas . Comm un i c a t e d b y Pr o f. E . B.

Cow e l l . -Ma lagas y P la c e -Nam e s . By th e R e v . Jam e s S i b r e e , ju n .—Th e Nam akkar a , w i th

Tr ansla t io n a nd Com m e n tary . By H . L . S t . Bar b e —Ch i ne se Laws and Cus tom s . ByChr is to p he r Gar dn e r —Th e O lde st Bo ok o f th e Ch in e se (th e Y h -K i ng ) and i ts A u tho r s(c on t inued) . By Te rr i e n de LaCo up e r i e .

—Gle an in gs from th e A rab ic . By H . W . Fr e e land.

Vo l . XV . Pa rt I II . pp . 62-cxl . j 6 3 .

Kann ada A u tho rs . By Le wi s R i c e —O u Two Q u e s tio n s o f Jap an e s eA rc hae o lo gy . By B. H . Cham b e r la in ,

—Tw o S i te s n am e d b y H ion e m Th sang in th elo th Bo ok o f th e S i -yu -ki . By th e R e v . S . Be a l . -Two E a r ly S our c e s o f Mo ng o l H i s to ry . ByH . I I . H owo r th, F .S .A .

—P r o ce e dings o f S ixt i e th A nn ive r sary o f th e S o c i e ty, he ldMay 21 , 1 883 .Vo l . XV. Pa r t IV . pp . 1 40-iv.

-20,wi th p lat e . 1 8 83 . 5 s .

Co m m as —Th e R ive r s o f th e Ve das , and H ow th e A ryans E n te r e d India . By E dwar dThom a s .F .R . S .

—S u gge s t i o n s o n th e V o i c e -Fo rm a t i on o f th e S e m i ti c Ve r b . By G . Be r tin ,—Th e Buddhism o f Ce y lon . By A r thur Li l li e . —Th e No r the rn Fr on ta ge rs o f Chi na .

Par t VI . H ia o r Tangu t . By H . H . H owo r th, P .S .A .—Inde x .—Lis t o f Mem b e rs .

Vo l . XVI . Par t I . pp . 1 38 , wi th 2 p la te s. 1 884. 73 .

Co ri n n a—Th e S to ry o f D e v asm i ta . Tr an slate d from th e K a th a S ar i t S aga ra , Tar an ga 1 3 ,S loka 54, b y th e R e v . B. H a le Wo rtham .

—Puj ahs in t h e S u t le j Va l le y , H im a layas . By Wi lli amS im ps on ,

—O u som e Ne w D i sc ove ri e s in S ou the rn India . By R . S e we l l,Madr a s O . S .

O n th e Im p o r tan c e t o G r e a t Br i ta in o f th e S tudy o f A r ab i c . By H a b i b A . S a lm oné .

G r am m a ti c a l No te o n th e Gwam b a Langu age in S o u th A fr i c a . By P . Be r thoud,o f th e Can ton de V aud, Swi tz e r land, s ta t ion e d a t Va ldé z ia , S p e l o nke n , Tr an svaa l .a t th e r e qu e st o f R . N. Cu s t . ) —D i a l e c t o f Tr i b e s o f th e H indu Khu sh , from Co lone lWo rk o n t h e su b j e c t ( c o r r e c t e d) .—Gr am m a t i c a l No t e . o n th e S im n fi n i D ia le c t o f th e Pe r sianLanguage . By th e R e v . J . Ba s se tt , A m e ri c anMi ss ion a ry ,Tab r iz . (Comm un i c a te d b y R .N. Cust . )

Vo l . XVI . Par t II . pp . 1 84, with 1 p la te . 93 .

Co un te r s - E ty m o logy of th e Tu rk ish Num e r a ls . By S . W . K o c l l e , Ph .D . , l ate Miss ionaryo f th e Chu r c h Miss io n ary S o c . , Co n s tan t ino p le .

—Gr am m a ti c a l No t e and Vo c a b u lary o f th e

Ko r -k i‘

i , a Ko la r ian Tr i b e in Ce n t r a l I ndia . (Com m un ic a t e d b y R . N. Cu s t . ) - Th e P a r iah Cas t ein Travan c o r e . By S . Ma t e e r .

-S om e Bi h i'

i r i Fo lk-S o ngs . By G . A . Gr ie rson , O fii .Magis tr a t e , Pa tn a

—S om e fur th e r Gl e an ings fr om th e S i -yu ~ k i . By th e R e v . S . Be a l ,—O u th e

S i t e s o f Br ahm anab ad and Man s fi r ah in S indh ; wi th n o t i c e s o f o the rs o f l e ss n o t e in the i rV i c in i ty . By Maj o r -G e n . M. R . H a ig .

- A n t ar and th e S lave D aj i . A Be dou e e n Le g e nd . ByS t . C. Badde le y .

—Th e Language s o f th e E ar ly Inha b i ta n ts o f Me sop o tam i a. By G . Pinc h e s .

5 7"

and Ludg a te‘

H il l, London,E U. 13

Vol . XVI . PM1 1 1 . pp . 74 - 614 . 104. 651.Vi king of th eA r r ang e m e n t o f

Vo l XVI . Part IV pp . 1 34 . 88 .

tCo un ter s .

—S ’uka—s ande sah . A Sansk ri t Poem b y Lakst -dasa . Wi th P r e fa c e andNo te s i n

A Eng li sh b y H . H . R am a Varm a , th e Maha r aj a o f Tra vanc o re., G .C.S .I.—Th e Chine se Boo k o f t h eO de s , for E ng l ish R e ade r s . By C. F. R . A ll ena—No te sur l e sMo ts Sans c r i tsc om pose s a ve c Ufa .J . van de n Gh e yn, S J .

—S om e R em ar ks on th e Li fe and La b o u o f Csom a de Xilros,de ive r e d o n th e o c c a s ion whe n h is Ti b e tan Bo oks and MS S . we r e e xh ib t ed b e for e th e R .A S . ,Jun e 1 6 , i s84. By S u rg e o n-Maj o r T. D uka M.D , la te o f t h e Be ngal A rm y .

- A r a b Me tro logy .

V . E z -Zah r a wy . Trans la te d andA nndta t edb yM. H . Sauvaire . de l’A c adém i e de Mar se i l le .

Vo l .XVI I . , Par t I . , pp . 144, wi th 5 pla te s . 1 885 .

1 03 . 6d.

Co s r s s r s .~ S to ry o f S hi nt e n d i . Fr om a J ap an e se “Mak i m on o ” i n S i x “K e n ,

”or

R o l ls . By F . V . D i c ki n s .—Th e Be a r i ng o f t h e S tu dy o f th e Ban tu Lan gu age s o f S ou th

A fr i c a o n th e A ryan Fam i ly o f La ngua ge s By th e R e v . F . W. Ko l b e .—No te s o n A ssy r i anand A kkadi an Pr o n o uns .

'

By .

G . Be r t i n—Birddh i s t R e m a i ns n e ar Sam b hur , i n We s t e r nR aj u ta n a , Ind ia . By S ur e o n Maj o r T. H H e nd le y—G le ani ngs fro m th e A ra b i c . ByH . . Fr e e land .

—Di a l e c ts Tr i b e s o f H indu Kha sh ,yfrom Co lo n e l Biddu lp h ’s Wo rk o n

th e S ub je c t . I I . S h in a (G i lj i t D i a l e c t ) . I II . Kh owa r (Chi tr al Va l le y ) .

Vol. XVII ., Pa r t II . , pp . 1 94, wi th 1 m ap . 1 8 85. 93 .

Vol . XVI I . Par t III ., pp 3 44 , wi th 2 plate s . 1885 . 1 06 . 6d

Con n a i s .—A ge o f th e A ve st a . Pr o f. de H a r l e z—Ch i ne se Gam e o f Ch e ss . By H . F .

W . H o l t .—Cus tom s and S up e r s t iBt o n e c o nn e c te d wi th th e Cu l t i va t i o n o f R i c e i n th e

S o u th e rn Pr o v i n c e o f Ce ylo np By C. R . J . 16 Me s uri e r .—V e rn ac u lar Li t e ra t ur e a nd Fo lk

Lo r e o f t l i e Panj a b . By T. H . l‘

h o rn to n , C S . l .—Be gi nn i ngs o f Wr i t in g i n an d a r ou ndTi b e t . By T. de Lac o up e r i e .

—Inde x . P roc e e di ng; o f th e S ixty se c o nd A n n i ve rsaryMe e ti ngo f th e S o c i e ty he ld o n th e 1 8 th o f May , 1 885 L e t o fMe m b e rs .

Vol . XVIII . , Part I . , pp . 128 , with 2 p late s . 1 886 .

Co n r sn r s—A n c i e n t Nav iga t i o n i n th e Indian O c e an . By th e R e v . J . E dk i ns, D .D . ,

Pe ki n g .—La Ca l ls an d t h e Co un t ry o f Khom s i r , wi th a No t e o n No r th A fr i c an Mar b le s ,

b e i ng t h e R e p o r t o f a r e c e n t To u r addre ss e d to H .M. S e c r e t ar y o f S ta t e . Co n s u lGe n e r a l R . L . P layfa i r .

—Bushm e n and t h e i r L an gu ag e . By G . Be r t i n .—I n sc

B

p t ion s a tCa i ro a nd th e Bu rjn -z Zafa r . By H e n ry C. K ay . G le an‘

i ng s from th e A r a b i c : L am e n t o fMa ia n o ,

t h e Be do u i n wi fe o fMu aW i y a By H . W. Fr e e l an d M. A .- D i sc o ve ry o f Ca ve s o n

th e Mur gha b . By Ca p t . D e Lae sso c and th e H o n . M. G . Ta l b o t , R .E . Wi t h No te s b y W.

S im p so n .—Th e A l c h e m i st . A Pe r s i an P lay . Tra n s la te d b y Guy Le S tr ange .

Vol . XVIII ,Par t II . , pp. 1 08 . 6d.

CO NTE NTS .- O n Buddhi sm i n i ts R e la t i on to Brahm an i sm . By S i rM. Mon i e r Wi l l iam s ,

K .C. I . E .—'

l‘

h e S to r i e s o f J im u t av a li a n a , and of H a r i sa rm an . Tr ans l a te d b y R e v . B.

H a lo Wo r th am . G e o g r a h i c a l D i s t r i b u t i o n o f t h e Mod e rn Turki Language s . ByM. A Mo rri so n . Wi thg a glo te , Ta b l e o f A u tho r i t i e s , and a Language Map .

—A Mod e r nCo n t ri b u t o r t o P e r s i a n Li te r a tur e . R i z a K u l i Kha n and h i s Wo rk s . y S idn e y Chur c h i l l .—S on1 e

_Bho j ’p u r i Fo lk S on gs . E di t e d an d Tr ans la t e d b y G . A . Gri e

Br so n .—O b s e r va t i on s

on th e V a r i o u s Te xts and Tran s l a t i o n s o f th e so c a l le d So ng o fMoy sa n an In q uir y i n t o

Me ysun ’s Cla im t o i ts A u tho r sh i p and an A p p e ndi x on A r ab i c Tr an s l i te r a t i o n a nd Pr o

nun c i a ti o n . By J . W. R e dhous e .

Vol . XVIII. , Par t I II pp . 3 1 4, with 10plate s . 6d.:Co a r as r s—R oc k Cu t Ca ve s and S tatu e s o f Bam i an . By Cap t . th e H on . M. G . Ta lb o t ,

R .E . Wi th No t e s h e r e on , a n d o n S ke t c he s o f Cap t . P . J . Ma i t la nd , b y W. S im p so n .

S um e r i an Lan gua g e an d i ts A ffin i t i e s . By Pro f . D r . Fr i tz H om m e l , Mun i c h .- E ar ly

Buddh i s t S ym b o l i sm . By R S e we l l—Pr e A kkad ian S e m i te s . By G . Be r ti n .-A r r ange

m e n t o f th e H ym n s o f th e A di Gr a n th . By F . P in c o tt . A nn u a l R e p o r t .

14 Lingu isti c Pub lica tions of M bne r

Vol . XVIII . , Part IV. , pp . 1 12, 1 8 86 . 7 4. 6d.v

Vo l . XIX. , Part I . , pp . 1 92, wi th 3 p late s . 1 887 .

CO NTE NTs .—S to r y o f th e O ld Bam b o o H ewe r : A Jap an e se R om an c e o f th e Te nth Ce ntury .

Tr an s l a t e d w i th No t e s , e tc . , b F . V . D i c k i n s . Br ahu i Gr am m a r , aft e r th e Ge rm an o f th el a te D r . Trum p p . By D r . D uka .

—S o m e u se fu l H ind i Boo ks . By G . A . Gr i e r so n u

O r i gi n a l V oc a b u lar i e s o f Fi ve We s t Ca u c as i an Lan gu age s , c om p i le d b y Mr . P e a coc k .

A r t . A Ve r s io n i n Ch i n e se , b y th e Mar q u i s Tse ng , o f a Poe m wr i t te n i n E ng li sh andI tal i an b y H . W. F r e e land.

Vol . XIX. , Par t II . , pp . 1 60, wi th 3 plate s . 1 88 7 . 103 .

CO NTE Nr s .—Nar ra ti ve o f Fa-h i e n . By th e R e v . 8 . Be a l . -Pri o ri ty o f Lab i al Le tte rs

i l lu s tr a t e d i n Ch in e se Phon e t i c s . B t h e R e v . J . E dki n s .—E duc a t i on i n E gyp t . By B .

Cun yn h em e —Th e Tri -R a tn a . By Pin c o t t .—D e sc r i p t i on O f th e No b le S a n c tua ry atJ e r u sa e m i n 1 470 By Kam fil ( o r S h am s ) ad D i n as S aya ti . E x tr ac t s t e -tr an s latedb y Guy i s S tr ange .

Vol . XIX. ,Par t III . pp . 21 8 , wi th 5 pla te s . 1 8 87 . 1 08 .

CO NTE NTS .—Li fe and Lab o ur s o f A .

nl i e , A ge n t o f B . and F . Bi b l e So c i e ty i n Ch i na .

By H . Go rd i an—Mode r n Langu age s 0 O c e a n i a . Wi t h Langu age Ma p . By D r . R . N.

Cu s t—Ib n u Ba tu ta i n S i n dh . By Ma j o r -Ge n e r a l H a ig .- Fo rm o s a No t e s o n MS S . , R a c e s

and Lan gu age s . By Pr o f . T. de La c o u p e r i e . In c ludi ng a No t e on Ni n e Fo rm o sa n MSS .

b y E . Ba b e r .—R e ve nue s O f th e Mo ghu l E m p i re . By H G . K e e n e —A nn u a l R e p o r t for 1886 .

Vo l . XIX., Par t IV. , pp . 202, wi th 1 p la te . 1 887 . 104 .

By F . Pi n c o t t .—O r i n and D e ve lo p m e n t o f t h e Cun e i fo rm S y l la b a ry

Bab y lo n i an Chro n i c e . By T. G . P i n c he s .—Inde x—Li st o fMe m b e rs .

Vo l . XX Part I . , pp'

. 1 64, with 3 p la te s . 1 888 . 108 .

Co ri n n a—Cun e i fo rm In sc r i p t i on s o f V an . By th e R e v . Pr o f . A . H . S ay c e ,

.M.A .

S om e S ugge st i o n s o f O r i gi n i n In d i an A r c h i te c tur e . By W . S im p so n —Th e Ch agh a ta iMugha ls . By E . E . O li ve r .

—S e e h au '

s A lb e r un i . By Maj o r -Ge n . S i r F . J . Go ldsm i d, C.B. ,

K .C. S I .

A siati c So c i e ty .—TEANSA OTI ONS O F TH E R O YA L A S IA TIC S O CI E TY o r

GR E A T BR ITA IN A ND IR E LAND . Co m p le te i n 3 vo ls . 4to . , 80 Pla te s o f Fa c

s im i l e s , e tc ., c lo th .

Londo n ,1 827 t o 1 8 35 . Publ ishe d a t £ 9 r e duc e d t o

£ 5 5 8 .

Th e ab o ve c on ta in s c on tr i b u ti on s b y Pr o fe sso r W i lson , G . C. H au ghton , D avi s ,Mo rri s on ,Co le b r o o ke , H um b o ldt , D om , Gr o t e fe nd , and o the r e m in e n t O r i e n ta l sc ho la rs .

A si ati c So c i e ty of Be nga l .—J O UE NA L . 8 r o . 8 num be rs p e r ann um .

48 . e a c h num b e r . Pa o c E E D INGs . Pub l i sh e dMo n th ly. 1 8 . e a c h num b e r .

A siat i c Soc i e ty of Be nga l .-JOURNA L . A Com pl e te S e t fr om th e

b e ginn ing in 1 832 to th e e nd O f 1 8 7 8 , b e ing Vo ls . 1 to 47 . P ro c e e dings , from

th e c om m e n c e m e n t in 1 8 6 5 to 1 8 78 . A se t qu i te c omp l e te . Ca l c u t ta,1 832 to

1 8 78 . E xtre m e ly sc ar c e . £ 100.

A siati c Soc i e ty of Be nga l .—CENTENA E Y R EVI EW o f th e , fr om 1 7 84

to 1 883 . Par t I . H isto ry of th e S o c i e ty . By R A J END RA LA L A Mr r a A, LL. D . ,

C .I .E . Par t II . A r c hae o logy , H is tory, Li te ra tur e , e tc . B D r . A . F , R ,

H O E R NLE . Pa rt I I I . Na tur a l S c i e n c e , e tc . By BA BO O P. BO S E . Par t I .

c on ta ins an A lphab e ti c al Inde x to th e Pap e rs and Contri bu tions to th e“ A si at ick

'

R e se ar c h e s,“ and th e “Journa l and Pro c e e din s o f th e A sia ti c

S o c i e ty o f Be nga l ,” fr om th e c omm e nc em e n t up to 1 8 83 . ar t I I , c on ta ins a

Classified S ubj e c t Inde x of th e S o c i e ty'

s Pub l ic a tions dur ing th e sam e p e r iod,

unde r th e h e ads o f ( 1 ) A n t iqu i ti e s ; (2) Co ins, We igh ts , Me asur e s, e tc . ; (3)H istory ; (4) Language and Li te ra tur e ; (5 ) R e l ig mn , Mann e rs and Cus tom s

1 6 Linguis tic Pub fwa tions of m m 4a Co .

,

1 867-70. Pa rt I . 8vo . p p . 1 5 0. Pri c e

1 8 67 -70. Pa r t II.. 8vo . pp . 1 1 . a nd 45 . Pric e 7 8 . 6d . s

Coxr sx'r s z—S um m ary o f th e Co n t e n ts o f t h e Fir st Boo k in th e Buddhi st Canon , | ca l led

Paraj ika Bo ok .—By th e R e v . S . Co le s .- Paraj ika Bo ok—No . 1 .

—Paraj ika Bo ok- No . 2.

0 1 87 1 -72. 8vo . p p . 6 6 and xxxi v . Pri c e 7 8 . 6 d .

Co n r nx'r s —E xtr a c ts from a Me m o ir le ft b y th e D u tc h Go ve r nor . Thom as Van R he e , to h is

su c c e sso r , Gove r n‘

o r G e rr i s de B e e r , 1 697 . Trans la te d fr om t h e D u tc h R e c o rds p r e s er ve d in t h eCo lon ia l Se c r e tar ia t a t Co lom b o . By R . A . v an Cu yle nb e rg , Go ve rnm e n t R e c o rd Ke e p e r . —Th eFo od S tat is t i c s o f Ce yl o n . By J . Cap p e r .

—S p e c im e ns o f S in ha le s e P r ove r b s . By L . de Zoysa ,Mu da l iyar , Ch i e f Tr an s la to r o f Gove rnm e nt .

—Ce ylo n ,R e p t i le s : b e ing a p r e llm in ar y Ca ta lo gu e

o f th e R e p ti le s found in ,o r su p p o sed to b e in Ce y lon , c om p i le d from va r i o us au tho r i t ie s . By

W. Fe rguson .- O h an Insc r i p t ion a t D o ndr a . No . 2. By T. W . R hys D avids , E sq .

i

1 8 73 . Pa rt I . 8vo . p p . 79. Pr ic e 7 8 . 6d .

Conr s n'r s z- O u O a th and O rde a l . By Be r tram Fu lke H ar tsho rn e .—No te s o n Pr ino c h ilus

Vin c e ns . By W . V . Le gg e .—Th e S po r ts and Gam e s o f t he S ingha le se .

.

By Le o p o ld Lu do vi c i .O nMir ac le s . By J . D e A lwi s .

—O u th e O c c ur r e n c e o f S c o lo p ax R u s ti c o la and G a l lin a go S c o lo .

p a c ina in Ce y lo n . By W. .V. Le gge .—Tr a nsc r ip t and Tr a n s la ti on o f an A nc i e n t Cop p e r -p la te

S aunas . By Mudl iyar Lo u i s de Zoysa , Ch i e f Tr an s la to r to Go ve r nm e n t .

1 8 74. Pa r t I . 8vc . pp . 94. Pri c e 7 8 . 6d.

Con r s s 'r s —D e sc r i p ti on o f a su p p o se dNe w G e nu s o f Ce y lo n , Ba tr a ch ian s . ByW . Fe r gu son .—No te s on th e Ide n ti ty o f P i yadas i and A soka . By Muda l i ar Lou is de Zoysa .—Th e I s land

D is tr ib u ti on o f th e Birds in t h e S o c i e ty’s Mu s e um . By W. V

yLe gge .

—Br and Marks o n Cat t le .

By J . D e A lwi s .—No t e s o n th e O c c ur r e n c e o f a r a re E a g le n ew to Ce y lon ; and o th e r in te r e s ti ng

o r r ar e b i rds . By S . Bligh—E xtr a c ts fr om th e R e c ords o f th e D u t c h Go ve rnm e n t in Ce y lo n .

By R . van Cuyl e nb e r g .—S ta tu r e o f Go tam a Buddha . By J . D e A lwis .

1 8 79 . 8 vo , pp'

. 5 8 . Pr i c e 5 8 .

Com munal—No t e s on A nc i e n t S inha le se Ins c r ip tions—O u th e P r e p ara ti on and -Moun t ing o f

i nse ct s fo r the Bino c u la r Mi c r o s c o p e—No te s on Ne op hron Pue no p t e r us (S av igny ) fromNuwa ra E l i a .

—0n th e Clim at e o f D im b u la .—No te o n th e sup p os e d c aus e o f t h e e xi s te n c e of

Pa tane s o r r a ss Land s o f th e Mo u n ta in Zon e o f Ce y lon .

1 880. Part . I . 8 y o . pp . 90. Pri c e 5 3 .

Co ri n n a—Text andTr an s la t i o n o f th e I n sc r ip t i on o fMab inde III . a t Mihin ta le .—G lo ssary .

-a

A Pap e r o n th e V e dic an d Buddhi s t i c P o l it ie s .—Cus tom s an d Ce r e m o n i e s c o nne c te d w i th th e

Paddi Cu l t ivat ion —Gram in e a e , o r G r a sse s Indig e n ous to o r Growi ng in Ce y lon .

1 8 80. Par t I I . 8vo . pp . 48 . Pr ic e 5 9.Co rtr s n r s .

—Gr am ine ae , o r Gr a sse s I ndige no u s to o r Growi ng in Ce ylon—Tr an slati on o f twoJ a takae .—O u th e su p pose d O r igin o f Tam ana , Nawar a , Tam b ap ann i and Ta p ro b an e . -Th e R o cks

andMin e r a ls o f Ce y lo n .

1 8 8 1 . Vo l . VII . Part I . (No . 8vc . pp . 5 6 . Pr i c e 5 8 .

CO NTENTS—H indu A str on om y a s c om p ar e d w i th th e E u ro p e an S c i e n c e ; By S . Me r vi n .

S c u lp tu r e s a t H o ran a . , By J . G . S outh e rn—Go ld. By A . C. D ixo n .—S p e c im e ns o f S inha le se

Pr o ve r b s . B L . D e Zoysa .—Ce y lo n Be e Cul tur e . By S . J ayat i laka .

—A S h o r t A c c o un t o f t h e

P r in c ip a l R e i gious ,Ce r e m on i e s o b s e rve d b y th e Kandyans o f Ce ylon . By .C.

Me su ri e r .—Va1e n tyn’

s A c c o un t o f A dam ’s P e ak . By A . S p e nse Moss .

1 88 1 . Vo l . VII . Part II . (No . 8vo . pp . 1 62. Pr i c e 58 .

CO NTE NTS .—Th e A n c i e n t E m p o r ium o f K a lah , e tc . , w i th No te s o n Fa -H ian

’s A c c oun t o f

Ce y lon . By H . Ne vi l l . —Th e S inha le se O b se r van c e o f th e Ka lawa . By L . Ne ll .—No te o n th e

O r i gin o f th e Veddas,wi th S p e c im e n s o f the i r S on gs and Charm s . By L . de Zo ysa .—A H un iyam

Im ag e . By L.

Ne l l .—No t e o n‘

th e Mi ra K ant i r i'

Fe st iv a l o f th e Muhamm adans . By A . T.

i

S h am -ud-difi .—Te r i cu l tu r e in Ce y lon . By J . L . Vander str aa t en .

—S inha le s e O m e ns . By SlJ aya t ilaka .

1 882. E xtra Num b e r . 8vo . pp . 60. Pr i c e 5 8 .

Co ir'r s s r s .—Ib u Ba tu ta in th e Ma ldive s and Ce ylon . Tr an s lat e d from th e Fr e n c h o f M.M.

D e fr em e ry and S angu in e t t i . By A . Gr ay .

A sia t i c S oc i e ty—Nor th China Br anc h of,—Journa l . - O ld

S e r i e s , 4 num b e rs , a n d Ne w S e ri e s . Pa r ts I to 12. Th e fo l lowi ng numb e rsa r e

'

so ld se p a ra te ly : O LD S E R IE S—NO . II . May , 1 85 9, p p . 1 45 to 25 6 .

-No . I II . D e c em b e r , 1 8 59, pp . 1 1 2. 7 3 . e a c h . Vo l . I I. No . I . S e p t . , 1 8 60,

pp . 1 28 . 7 8 . 6d. NEW S E R IE S—NO . I . D e c .,1 8 64, p p . 1 74. 73: 6 d. No . 1 1 .

5 7 a nd 59, Ludga te H i ll,

D e c . , 1 8 65 , pp . 18 7 , w ith m aps . 7 8 . 6 d. No . II I . D e c ., 1 8 66 , p p . 1 21 .

No . IV . D e c . , 1 8 6 7 , p p“

. 26 6 . 1 03 . 6d . No . VI . fo r 1 86 9 a nd 1 8 70, p p . 216 .

'

No . VII . ( 1 8 7 1—2) p p . 270. 1 0s . No . VI II . p p . 200. 103 . 6d. No .

p p . 254. 1 03 . 6d. No . X. p p . 33 6 a nd 279. £ 1 1 3 . No . XI . (1 879p200. 6d . No . XI I . ( 18 78 ) p p . 3 3 7 . w i th m a ps . £ 1 1 3 . No . I II.NO . XIV. ( 1 8 79) pp . 80, wi th p late s , 43 .

1 53 . Vo l . XVI . (1 88 1 ) p . 248 .

la te s . 1 29 . 6d. Vo l . XVIII . ( 1 8 8 3) pp .

Soc i e ty (R oyal ) .—Chin a Br an c h of th e ,—Journal . 8 vo .

se wed. Vo l . X X . Pa rt I . ( 1 8 84) p p . 1 25 . Vo l . XX. ( 1 88 5 ) p p . 322;with pla te . Vo l . XXI. ( 1 88 6 ) pp .

3 70, wi th pla te .

A si ati c So c i e ty of Jap an . Vo l . I . From 3oth O c tob e r ,1 8 72, to 9th O c to b e r , 1 8 7 3 . 8 vo . p p . 1 10, w i th p la t e s . 1 8 74 . Vo l . I I . 1 87 3 .

8 vo . p p . 249. 1 8 74. Vo l . II I . Pa rt I . 1 8 74. Vo l . I II . Par t I I . 1 8 7 5 .

Vo l . IV. 1 87 5 . Vo l . V. Pa r t I . 1 8 7 6 . Vo l . V. Pa r t II . (A S um m ary o f th e'

J a an e s e Pe na l Code s . By J . H . Lo ngfo rd.) V o l . VI . Pa r t I . p p . 1 90. Vo l .

V Pa r t II . 18 78 . Vo l . VI . Pa rt I II. 1 8 78 . 7a . 6d.

~ e a c h Pa rt—Vo l .VII . Pa r t I . (Mi ln e ’

s Jo u rn e y a c ro ss E u ro p e a nd A s ia . ) 5 s .—Vo l . VI I . Pa r t

I I . Ma r c h, 1 8 79. 5 8 .-Vo l . VII . Pa rt I I I . Ju n e , 1 879. 7 8 . 6 71. Vo l . VI I:

Part IV . Nov .

,1 8 79. 1 03 . 6d. Vol . VI II . Par t I . F e b . , 1 8 80. 78 . 6d.

Vo l . VII I . Par t I I . Ma 1 8 80. 78 . 6d. Vo l . VI II . Par t . I II . O c t. ,1 880. 103 . 6d. Vo l . V II . Pa r t IV. D e c . , 1 880. Vo l . IX. Par t I .

F e b .

,1 88 1 . 78 . 6d. Vo l . IX:Par t I I . A ug .

, 1 8 8 1 . 73 . 6d. Vo l . IX. Pa r t

I II . D e c . , 1 8 8 1 . 5 3 . Vo l . X. Par t I . May , 1 8 82. 1 08 . Vo l . X. Par t I I .

O c t . , 1 8 82. 7 3 . 6d. Vol . X . S up le m e n t, 1 88 3 . £ 1 . Vo l . XI . Pa rt I . A p ri l ,1 8 83 . Vol . XI . Pa rt I S e p .

, 18 8 3 . 78 . 6d. Vol . XII . Par t I .

No v .

, 1 88 3 . 5 a. Vo l . XII . Pa r t I I . May, 1 8 84 . 5 8 .

A sia ti c So c i e ty , R oya l—Str a i ts Br an ch —JO UR NA L . No . 1.8 vo . pp .

p p .

- 1 30, se we d, 3 Map s and P la te . Ju ly, 1 8 7 8 . Pr i c e 98 .

Co m xnr s .—Ina ng ur al A ddr e s s o f the Pre s ide n t . By t he Ve n . A r c hde a c on H os e , M. A .

D is tr i b u t i on o f Min e r a ls in S ar awak . By A . H a r t E ve r e t t—Bre e ding Pe ar ls . By N. B.

D e n nys , Ph .D .- D ia l e c ts o f th e Me lan e s ian Tr i b e s o f th e Ma la y Pe n in su la . By M. de Mikluh o

Ma c lay .—Ma lay S p e llin g in E ngl i sh . R e po r t o f Go ve rnm e n t Co mm i t te e (r e p r in te d ) .—G e og raphy

o f th e Ma lay Pe n insu la . Pa r t I . By A . M. S kin n e r .—Ch in e se S e c re t S oc ie t ie s . Pa r t L By

W . A . P i c ke r ing—Ma lay Pr o ve r b s . Pa r t . I . By W . E . Maxwe l l . —Th e S nake - e a t ingH am adr yad. By N. B. D e nnys , Ph .D .

—Gu t ta Pe r c ha . By H . I .Mur to n .—Misc e l lan e o u s No t i c e s .

‘No . 2. 8 vo . p p . 1 30, 2 P la te s , s e we d. D e c e m b e r , 1 8 7 8 . Pr i c e 93 .

CONTE NTS —Th e S o ng o f th e D ak H e ad-fe a s t . By R e v . J . Per ham .—Ma lay Pro ve rb s . Par t II .

By E . W . Maxwe ll .—A Mala y au tc h . By F . A . S we t t e nham .—P idgin E ng l ish . By N. B.

D e nnys, Ph . D .—~Th e Fo u nd ing o f S inga p o r e . By S ir T. S . M e s—No t e s o n Two P e rak

Manusc r ip ts . By W . E . Maxwe l l .—Th e Me t a l li fe r o u s Fo rm a t i on o f th e Pe n i n su la . By D . D :

D a ly .—S ugg e s ti o ns r e gardin g a n ew Ma lay D i c t i o n a ry . By th e H on . C. J . Ir v ing .

—E thn o log i c a lE xc ur sions in th e Ma lay Pe n in su la . By Na vo n Mikluh o -Ma c la y .

-Mis c e l lan e o u s No t i c e s .

No . 3 . 8vo . pp . iv . and 146 , sew ed. July, 1 879. Pri c e 93 .

Com s'rs —Chine se S e c r e t S o c i e t i e s , b y W . A . P i c ke r ing—Ma lay Pr ove rb s , Pa r t I I I .

, b y W .

E . Maxwe l l .—No te s o n Gu t ta Pe r c ha , b y F . W . Bu r b idg e , W . H . Tr e a c h e r . H . J . Mu r t o n .—Th c

Ma r i tim e Co de o f th e Ma lays , r e p ri n t e d fr om a tr an sla t ion b y S i r S . R a lfl e s—A Tr ip t o Gun ongR um u t , b y D . F . A . H e r ve y.

—Cave s a t S ung e i Ba tu in S e lang o r , b y D . D . D a ly .—G e o g ra p hy

o f A c hin g , t ran sla te d fr om th e Ge rm an b y D r . Be i b e r .—A c c o u n t o f a Na tu r al is t ’s Vi s i t t o S e lan

o r , b y A . J . H o rn a dy .—Misc e l lan e ous No t i c e s : G e ogr a p hi c a l No t e s , R o u t e s fr om S e la ngo r to

aha ng , Mr . D e an e ’s S u rve y R e p o rt , A Tig e r ’

s Wake,Br e e ding Pe ar ls , Th e Ma r i t im e Code , and

S i r F. R a ifl e s’Me te o r o log i c a l R e tu rns.

No . 4. 8vo . pp . xxv . and 6 5 ; sewe d. D e c em b e r , 1 879 . Pr i c eCO NTENTs .

-I.i st o f Mem b e r s n - Pr oc e e din gs , .G e n e ra l Me e t ing—A nn u a l Me e ting .—Counc i l’s

Ann ua l R e p o r t fo r 1 8 79. R e p o r t fo r 187 9.- P r e s ide n t ’s A ddr e s s—R e c e p t i on o f

Pr o fe sso r No rde nskj o ld .—Th e Ma r in e Co de . By S i r S . R a tfl e s—A b o u t K in ta . By H . W. C.

L e e c h .—A b o u t S hin a nd Be rnam . By H . W . Le e ch —Th e A b o ri gi na l Tr i b e s o f P e r ak . By

W“

. E . Maxwe ll . Ve rna c u la r Pr e ss in th e S tr a i ts . By E . W . Bir c h .—O n th e Gu liga o f

Bo rn e o . By A . H . E ve r e tt .—O u th e n am e S um a t ra .

”—A Co r r e c t ion .

1 8 Linguistic Pu bgz'

c a téons of Tr z'

i bner f'

Co . ,

No . 5 . 8v o . pp . 1 60, sewed. July, 1 8 79. Pri c e

.

Cou r swr s .—Se l e si la h (Boo k o f th e D e sc e n t ) o f th e R a j as o f Bru n i . By H . Low .

—No te s toD 1tto .—H i s to ry o f t h e S u l t in s o fBru n i .—Lis t o f th e Mah om e da n S o ve r e igns o f Brun i .

Ta b le t .—A c he h . By G . P . Ta lso n .—Fr om Pe r ak to S hin and down th e S h in and Be r nam R ive rs .

Byo

F. A . S we t te n ham .- A Co n tr i b u t ion to Ma layan Bi b l io gr ap hy . By N. B. D e n nys .

—Com par a ti ve Voc a b u lar y o f som e o f t h e Wi ld Tr ib e s in h ab i ting th e Ma layan Pe n insu la , Bo rn e o , e tc .

Th e Tig e r in Bo rn e o . By A . H . E ve re t t.No . 6 . 8 vo . pp . 1 33, With 7 Pho tographi c Plate s, sewed. D e c em b e r , 1 880. Pr i c e 98 .

“( b u r g la r s—S om e A cc o unt o f th e I nde p e nde n t Na t ive S ta t e s o f th e Ma lay P e n insu la . Part I .By E . A S we tte nham .

—Th e R u in s o fBo r o Bu rdur in Java . By th e V an . A r c hde a c on G . F . H ose .

A Co n tr i b u ti on to Ma layan Bi b li ogr a phy . By N. B. D e n ys—R e p o r t o n t h e E xp lo r a t ion o f th e

Cave s o f R om e o . By A . H . E ve r e t t .—In t r odu c to ry R e m a rks . By J . E vans—No t e s on th eR e p o rt—No te s o n th e Co lle c ti on o f Bon e s . By G . Bush—A S e a -D yak Tradi t io n o f th eD e luge and S ub se q ue nt E ve n ts . By th e R e v . J . P e rham .

—Th e Co m p ara ti ve Voc a b u lar y .

No . 7 . 8vc . pp . xvi . and 92. With a Map , sewed. June , 1 88 1 . Pri c e 93 .

Co ri n n e —S om e a c c o u n t o f t h e Min ing D is tri c ts o f Lowe r Pe r ak . By J . E rr ingto n de laCro ix . -Fo lk lo r e o f th e Ma lays. B

‘yW . E . Maxwe l l .—No t e s on th e R a infa l l o f S ingapo r e . By0J . J . L . Whe a t le y .

—Jou rn a l o f a yag e thr o ugh th e S tr a i ts o f Ma la c c a on an E xp edi t ion toth e Mo lu c c a I s lands . By Cap ta in W . C. Le nnon .

No . 8 . 8vc . p p . 5 6 . Wi th a Map , sewed. D e c em b e r , 1 88 1 . Pri c e 93 .

Ca rm in a—Th e E ndau and i t s Tr i b u ta r i e s . By D . F . A . H e r ve y—I ti ne r ary from S in ga po r e

to th e S o ur c e o f th e S e m b r o n g and u p th e Made k .-Pe ta ra , o r S e a D yak Gods . B th e R e v . J.

P e rham .—Klo u wan g a nd i ts

,

Ca ve s , We st Coa s t o f A tc hi n . Tr an s la te d b y D . F . H e rve y .

Misc e l lan e o us No t e s :V ar i e ti e s o f “Ge tah ” and “ R o ta u .

”—Th e “ 1 p oh” Tr e e ,

'

P e r ak .- Com

p a ra ti ve Voc a b u la ryNo . 9. 8vc . pp . xxn

,and 1 72. Wi th thr e e Co l . P late s , sd. June , 1 882. Pri ce 1 23 .

Com s s r s .—Jo urn e y o n F o o t to th e Pa tani Fr on t i e r in 1 87 6 . By W . E . Maxw e l l .—Pr o b ab le

O rig in o f t h e H i l l Tr i b e s o f Fo rm o sa . By J ohn D o dd .

—H i sto ry o f Pe r ak from Na t i ve S o ur c e s .

B W. E . Maxwe ll .—Ma layan O rn i tho lo gy . By Ca p ta in H . R . Ke lham .—O n t h e Tran s li t e r a tion

o fyMa lay in t h e R om an . Chara c te r . By W . E . Maxwe l l .—K o ta G langgi , Pahang . By W .

Cam e r o n . Na tu r a l H is to ry No te s . By N. B. D e nny s .—S ta te m e n t o f H aj i o f th e Made k A l i .

Pan tang Kap ur o f th e Made k Jakun .—S tone from Ba tu Paha t .—R a in fa l l a t Lank a t, S um atr a .

No . 1 0. 8vo . pp . xv . and 1 1 7 , sewed. D e c em b e r , 1 882. Pr i c e 95 .

CO NTE NTS .

—Jo u rn a l o f a Tr i p fr om S a r awak to Me r i . ByN. D e n iso n .—Th e Me h tr a Tradi

ti on s . By th e H o n . D . F . A . H e rve y .—P ro b ab le O r igin o f th e H i ll Tr i b e s o f Fo rm os a . I

}?J .

D odd .—S e a D yak R e lig io n . By th e R e v . J . Pe rham .

—Th e D u tc h in Pe r ak . By W. E . ax

w e l l .—O u t lin e H is to r y o f t h e Br i ti sh Conn e c t ion wi thMa laya . By th e H o n . A . M. Sk inn e r .

E xt rac ts from Jo u rn a ls o f t h e S o c ié té de G e ogr ap h i c o f Pa r is .—Me m o randum on Ma lay Tr ans

11te ra ti on .—Th e Chi r i .—R e g is te r o f R a in fa l l .No . 1 1 . 8vc . pp . 1 70. Wi th a Map , sewed. Jun e , 1 8 83 . Pr i c e

Co n sume r s—Ma la an O rn i tho logy . By Ca p ta in H . R . K e lham .—Ma lay Pr ove rb s . By th e

H on . W . E . Maxw e l .—Th e P igm i e s . Tr a n sla t e d b y J . E rr ing to n de la Cr o ix .—O n t h e Pa tani ,By W . Cam e ro n .

—La tah . By H . A . O’Br i e n .

—Th e Ja va S ys te m . By th e H on . A .M. Skin n e r .-Bzi tu K6dok .

- Pr igi A c he h .

—D u tc h O c c up a tio n o f th e Bindings , e tc .

No . 1 2. 8vo . pp . xx . and 288, sewed. D e c em b e r , 1 8 83 . Pr i c e

Co n r nn r s .—Ma layan O rn i tho logy . By Ca p ta in H . R . K e lham .

—Gut ta -p r oduc i ng Tr e e s . ByL. Wr ay .

—S ham an ism i n Pe r ak. By th e H on . W. E . Maxwe l l .—Chang e s in Ma layan D ia le c ts .By A . M. F e r guso n

—S tr a i ts Me t e o r o lo gy. By th e H on . A . M. S kinn e r .—O c c as i ona l No te s.

By th e H on . W. E .Maxwe l l.No . 1 3 . 8 y o . pp . xx . and 1 1 6 , sewed. Jun e , 1 8 84. Pr i c e

Co ur a n r s—Th e P igm i e s . Tran s la t e d b y J . E r r ingto n de la Cro ix .—Va l e n tyn ’s D e s c r ip tion

o fMa la c c a .—By H o n . D . F . A . H e r ve y.

—Th e S tr e am Tin D e p o si t o f Pe rak . By th e R e v . J . E .

Te n ison Wo ods—R e m b au . By t h e H o n . D . F . A . H e rve y .—'

l‘

h e Tawa ran and Pu ta tan Ri ve rs .By S . E lp hins ton e D a lrym p le .

—Misc e l lan e ou s No te s.No . 14. 8vc . pp . 1 76 , sewed. D e c em b e r, 1 884. Pr ic e 93 .

Coxr s n r s .—J o u rn e y to t h e S um m i t o f Gunon g Bub u . By th e R e v . J E . Te nsion-Woods ,

e tc —S e a D ak R e ligi o n . By th e R e v . J . Pe rham .—Th e H i s to ry o f Pe r ak from

Na t ive S o ur c e s . By t h e o n . W. E . Maxwe l l . -Br i tis h No rt h Bo rn e o . By E . P . Gu e r i tz ,_Je le hu .

—By H . A . O’Br i e n .

90 Ling uistic P ub lica tions of Tr ii bne r Co .

Br ownin —Bibl iogr aphy of R obe rt Browning fr om 1 8 3 3 - 8 1 . Com

p i l ed y F . J . FUR NIVALL . D emy 8vo . pp .- l 7o, - wrapp e r . Third E diti on.

E n large d. 1 883.

Br owni ng’

s Poem’

s (Illustra ti ons to ) .—4to . boards . Pa r ts I . and II .e ac h .

Cal cutta R evi ew (TH E ) .—Publ ishe d Q uar te rly . Pr i c e 6 9 . p e r annum .

Cal cutta R e vi ew .—A COMPLETE S E T FR OM TH E COMMENCEME NT IN

1 844 to 18 82. Vo ls 1 . t o 7 5 , o r Num b e rs 1 t o 140. A fin e c l e an c o py.

Ca l c u tta , 1 844—82. Inde x to th e fi r st fi fty vo lum e s o f th e Ca lc u t ta R e v iew,

2 p a r ts . (Ca lc utta , No s . 39 and 40'have ne ve r b e e n pub lishe d. £66 .

Co m p le te s e t s a re o f gr e a t ra r ity.

Cal cutta R e vi ew (S e l e c tion s fr om th e ) .—Cr own 8v o . sew e d. Nos . 1 .

to 45 . 5 9. e ac h .

Cam br idge Phi lol ogi c al So c i e ty (Tr an sac tion s of th e ) .—Vo l . I . F rom1 8 72 to 1 880. 8vo . pp . xvi . and 420

, wr app e r . 1 8 8 1 .

CO NTE NTS—Pr e fa c e .-Th e Wo rk o f a Phi lo logi c a l S o c i e ty .

‘J . P. Po s tga te .—Tr ansa c t ion s o f

th e Cam b r idge Phi lo logi c a l S o c ie ty from 1 8 72 to 1 8 79.—Tran sac t i ons fo r 1 879-1880.

—R e vi ews .

Vo l . I I . for 1 88 1 and 1 882. 8vo . pp . vi i i -286 , wrapp e r , 1 88 3 . 1 29.

Vo l . I II . Pa r t I . 1 886 . 39 . 6d.

Cambr i dge Phi lologi c a l S oc i e ty (Pr o c e e dings o f th e ) .—Pa r ts I . and II .1 882. 6d. ; I II . i s ; 1V.

- VI . 6d. ; VII . and V II I . IX.X. andXI . 6d. ; XII . 6d. ; XIII .—XV, 28 . 6d.

China R e vi ew ; o r , Note s and Qu e r i e s o n th e Far E ast . Publ ishe db i-m on th ly . 4~ to . S ub sc r ip t io n £ 1 p e r vo lum e .

Ch in e se R e c orde r andMi ssi onary Journal .—Shangha i . S ubsc r ip ti on

pe r vo lum e (o f 6 pa r ts)A c o m p l e te se t from th e b eginn ing . Vo ls . 1 to 1 0. 8vo . F oo c how a nd

S hangha i , 1 86 1—1 8 79. £9.

Con ta in ing im p o r tan t c on tr ib u t ion s on Ch in e s e Phi lo lo gy , Mytho logy , and Ge o grap hy, b yE dkin s , Gi le s , Br e ts c hn e ide r , S c ar b o r ou gh, e tc . Th e e ar li e r vo lum e s ar e o u t o f p r in t .

Chrysanthemum (Th e ) .—A Monthly Maga z ine fo r Jap an and th e F a r

E ast . Vol . I . and I I .

,c om p le te . Bound £ 1 1 9 . Sub sc r ip ti on £ 1 per vo lum e .

Ge ogr aphi c a l S o c i e ty of Bom b ay .—JO URNA L AND TR ANSA CTI ONS . A

c om p l e te s e t . 1 9 vo ls . 8 vo . Num e ro u s P la t e s and Map s , som e c o lour e d.

Bom b ay, 1844—70. £ 10

A n im p o r tan t Pe ri o di c al , c on ta in in g gr amm a ti c a l ske tc he s o f s e ve ra l langu age s and di a l e c ts ,as w e l l as th e m o s t va lu ab l e c o n t r ib u t i on s o n t h e Na tur a l S c i e n c e s o f India . S in c e 1 8 7 1 t h e

a b ove i s am a lgam a te d wi t h th e “ J o u rna l o f th e Bom b ay Br an c h o f th e R oya l A s ia ti c S oc i e ty .

Indi an A nti qua ry (Th e ) . —A Jou rna l o f O ri e n ta l R e se ar ch in A r obas olo gy, I I isto ry, Li te ra tu re , Langu age s , Ph i lo sop hy, R e l igion , Fo lk lo r e , e tc .

E dit e d by J . F . FLE E T, C.I .E, e tc . , and CA PT. R . C. TEMPLE ,

e tc . 4t o . Pub li sh e d 12 -num b e r s p e r annum . S u b

sc r ip tio n £ 1 A c om p le te se t . Vo ls. 1 to 1 1 . £ 28 109 . (The e a r l ie rvo lum e s a r e o u t o f pr in t .)

Indi an A r c hi p e lago and E a ste rn A sia , Journa l of th e .—E dite d b y

J . R . L O G AN, o f Pinang. 9 v o ls . S ingapo r e , . 1 847—5 5 . Ne w S e r ie s . Vo ls .

1 . to IV. Par t 1 , (al l pu b lishe d) , A c om p le t e se t in 1 3 vo ls . 8 vo .

wi th m any p la te s . £ 30.

V O L I . o f th e Ne w S e r ie s c o n s ists o f 2 p arts ; Vo l . II . o f 4 parts ; Vo l . I II . o f

No 1 (n e ve r c om p l e te d) , a ndo fVo l . IV . a lso On ly o ne n um b e r was p ub lis he d.

A few c op i e s r em a in o f s e ve ra l vo lum e s tha t m ay b e h ad s e p ar a te ly .

5 7 a nd 59, Ludga te H i ll, London, E .C.

21

Note s and Q u e r i e s . A Monthl y Pe r i odi c a l ' de vo t e d to th etem ati c Co l le c tion o f A uthe n ti c No te s and S c r ap s o f Info rm ation r egardingCoun try and th e Pe op l e . E dited b y Cap ta in R . C.

,TEMPLE , e tc . 4to .

S ub sc r ip ti o n p e r annum .

J apan , Tr an sac tion s o f th e S e i sm o logi c al S o c i e ty o f,Vo l . I . Par ts

_i .

and i i . A pri l- Jun e , 1 880. 6d. Vo l . I I . Jul y—D e c e m b e r , ‘

1 8 80.

Vo l . I II . Janua ry—D e c em b e r , 1 8 8 1 . 109 . 6d. Vo l . IV. January-June . 1 882.

Li te r a tur e , R oya l S oc i e ty of. - S e e unde r R oyal .

Madra s Journ al of Li te r a tu r e and S c i en c e —Publish e d b y th eCom m i t t e e o f th e Madra s Li te ra ry S oc i e ty and A uxi lia ry R o ya l A s ia ti c S o c i e ty,and e di te d b y MO R R I S . CO LE , a nd BR O WN. A c o m p l e t e se t o f th e Th r e e S e r i e s(b e ing Vo ls . I . to XVI .

,F i r s t S e r i e s ; Vo ls . XVI I. to XXI I . Se c o nd S e ri es ;

Vo l . XXII I . Thi rd S e rie s, 2 Num b e r s , no m o re p ub l ish ed) . A fi ne c o p y,u n ifo rm ly b o und in 23 vo ls . Wi th num e ro us p la t e s , ha l f c a lf. Madras ,1 834- 66 . £ 42.

qua lly sc a r c e and im p o r tan t . O n a l l S ou th-Indian top i c s , e s p e c ia l ly thos e r e la t ing to

Na tfii r

rail H is to ry and S c i e n c e , Pub li c Wo rks and Indus try, thi s Pe ri odi c a l is a n unr i va l le d

au t o ty .

Madr a s Journ al of Li te ra tur e and S c i e n c e . 187 8 . (L'

Vo lum e o fth e Fo u r th S e r ie s .) E di te d b y Gusta v O p p e r t , Ph . D . 8vo . p p . v i . and 234,a nd xlvi i . wi th 2 p late s . 1 8 79. 109 . 6d. Co n te n ts —I . O n th e Clas sific a tiono f Language s . By D r . G . UPP E R ’

L—I I . O n th e Gangs Kings . By LE WI S

R i os . 1 8 79. pp . 3 1 8 . 6d. 1 880. pp . v i . and 232. 1 88 1 . pp .

vi . and 33 8 . 109.

O r i e nta l i st (Th e ) .—A Mon thly Jo urn a l o f O r ie ntal Li te r atur e , A rts ,Fo lk- lo r e , e tc . E di te d by W. GO O NE TE LLIK R . A nnua l S ub sc r i

pti on ,

Pandi t . (Th e ) .—A Mon thly Jou r na l o f th e Be n a r e s Coll e ge , de vo te d toS an sk ri t Li te ra tu r e . O ld S e ri e s. 10 vo ls . 1 8 6 6—1 8 7 6 . New S e r ie s , vo ls . 1 to 9.

1 8 7 6—1 8 8 7 . £ 1 p e r vo lum e .

Panja b Note s and Queri e s, now Indi anNote s and Que r i e s, whic hse e ab ove .

Pekin g Gaz e tte .—; Tr an sl a tio ns of:th e Pe king Gaz e tte for 1 8 72 to 1 8 8 5 .

8vo . c lo th . 6d. e a c h .

Phi lologi c a l S oc i e ty (Tr ansa c ti ons of Th e ) . A Com p l e te S e t , inc ludi ng th e Pr o c e edi ngs o f th e Ph i lo logic a l S o c i e ty fo r th e ye a rs 1 842- 1 8 5 3 .

6 vo ls . Th e Ph i lo logi c a l S o c i e ty’

s Tr an sa c tions , 1 8 5 4 to 1 8 7 6 . 1 5 vo ls. Th e

Phil o logi c a l S o c i e ty’s E xtra Vo lum es . 9 vo ls . I n all 30vo ls. 8vo . £ 1 9 6d.

Pro c e edi ngs (Th e ) of th e Phi lo logi ca l S o c i e ty 1 842- 1 8 5 3 . 6 vo ls . 8vo . £3 .

Tr ansa c ti ons of th e Ph i lo logi c a l S o c i e ty, 1 85 4- 1 8 76 . 1 5 vo l s . 8vo . £ 10 1 6 9.

a ! Th e Vo lum e s fo r 1 86 7 , 1 86 8 s 9, ‘1 870-2, and 1 8 7 34 ,

are on ly to b e had in

c O m ple te se ts , a s ab o ve .

S ep a r a te Volum e s .

For 1 854 : c ontaining p ap e rs b y R e v . J . W .

'

Blake sl ey, R e v . T. 0. Co c kayn e ,R e v . J . D avi e s, D r . J . \V. D ona ldson , D r . Th e od. Go ldstii cke r , Pr o f. T. H ewi tt

Key, J . M. Kem b l e , D r . R . G . La tham,J . M. Ludlow,

H e nsle igh We dgwood,e tc . 8vc . c l . £ 1

Fo r 1 85 5 : wi th p a e r s b y D r . Car l A b e l , D r . W. Bl e ek, R e v . J uo . D av ie s ,Miss

A . G'

urne y, J as . e nne dy, Pr of.’

T. H . Ke y, D r . R . G . La tham , H e nry Ma ide n ,W. R idley, Thos . Wa tts

,H e n sl e igh We dgwo od, e t c . In 4 pa r ts . 8 vo . £ 1 1 9 .

g“ Kam i laro i Language o f A us tr a l ia , b yW. R idley ; and Fa lse E tym o logi e s , b y

H . We dgwo od, se par at e ly.

22 Linguistic Pub lic a tions of Trubne r J' Ca ,

For 1 85 6 -7 :wi th pape rs b y Pr of. Aufr e c ht, H e rb e r t Co l e r idge , Lewis Kr . D aa,M. de H aan

,W. C. Jou rda in ,Jam e s Ke nned Pr of. Key, D r . G . Latham , J . M.

Ludlow , R ev . J . J . S . Pe rowne , H e nsl e igh edgwood, B. F . We ym outh , J os.Y a te s, e tc . 7 p ar ts . 8vo . (Th e Pap e rs r e lat ing

-to th e S o c i e ty’

s D i c ti on aryar e om itted. ) £ 1 e a c h vo lum e .

or 1 85 8 : in c luding th e vo lum e o f E arly E ngl ish Poems , Li ve s o f th e S a in ts,edite d fr om MS S . b y F . J . Furni va ll ; and pap e rs b y E m . A dam s, Pr of.

A u fr e c h t , H e rb e r t Co le ridge , R e v . Fr an c i s Crawfo rd, M.

de H aan H e tte m a,D r . R . G. Latham

,D r . Lo ttn e r , e tc . 8vo . c l .

For 1 85 9 : wi th p ap e rs b y D r . E . A dam s , Pro f. A ufr e c h t , H e rb . Co l e r i dge , F . J .Furni va l l , Pr of. T. H . Key. D r . C. Lo ttne r , Pro f. D e Mo rgan, F . Pulszky,H e nsl e igh Wedgwo od, e tc . 8vo . c l .

For 1 860-1 : inc luding Th e P lay o f th e S ac ram e nt ; and Pasc on agau A rluth , th ePass ion of our Lord, in Co rnish and E ngl i sh , b o th from MS S .

,edi ted b y D r .

W. S toke s ; and p ap e rs b y D r . E . A dam s, T. F . Barham ,R e v . D . Co l e ridge ,

H . Co l e r idge , S ir J . F . D avis,D . P . F ry, Pro f. T. H . Ke y, D r . C. Lo ttne r ,

Bishop Th i r lwal l , H . We dgwo od, R . F . We ym outh , e tc . 8vo . c l .

or 1 862-3 wi th pap e r s b y C. B. Cayl ey, D . P . Fry, Pr of. Key, H . Maide n ,R ic h . Mo rr is

, F . W. Newm an , R ob e r t Pe ac o c k, H e nsl e igh Wedgwo od, R . F .

Weym outh, e tc . 8 vo . c l .

For 1 8 64 c on taining 1 . Manni ng'

s (Jas. ) Inqu iry into th e Charac ter and O r igino f th e Po sse ssi ve A ugm e nt in E ngl i sh , e tc . 2. Newm an ’

s (Fr an c is W .) Te xt ofth e Iguv ine Iusori ti ons, wi th In te r l in e ar Lati n Tran s lation ; 3 . Ba rn e s

s (D r .

W .) Gr amm ar an G lo ssary o f th e D orse t D i a le c t ; 4 . GWre ans A n Bye—Th e

Cr e a tion : a Co rnish Myste ry, Corn ish and E nglish , wi th No t e s b y Wh it l eyS tok e s, e tc . 8vo . c l .

h ,“ S e p ar a te ly :Manning

’s Inqui ry, —Newm an’

s Iguvi n e Insc r ip tion,S toke s’s Gwr e ans A n Bys,For 1 86 5 in c luding Whe at le y’

s (H . B)?D i c tionary of R edu l i c ate dWords in th e

E nglish Language ; and p ap e rs by r o f. A ufr e c ht , E d. ro c k , C. B. Ca l ey,R e v. A . J . Chur c h , Pr o f. T. H . Key, R e v . E . H . Knowl es , Pr o f. H . Ma de n

,

H on . G . P. Marsh,Jo hn R hys, Gu th b raud Vigfusson , H e nsl e igh Wedgwood, H .

B. Wh e at le y, e tc . 8vo . c l .For 1 8 6 6 inc luding 1 . Gr ego r

s (R e v . Wa lte r ) Banfi‘

sh ir e D iale c t, wi th G lossaryof Wo rds om itted by Jam i e son ; 2. E dm ondston

s (T. ) G lossary o f th e S h e t landD ia l e c t ; and p a e r s b y Pr of. Cassa l , C. B. Cayl ey, D anby P . Fry, Pro f. T. H .

Key, Guthb raud igfusson , H e nsle igh Wedgwood, e tc . 8vo . c l .

J Th e Vo lum e s fo r 1 86 7 , 1 8 6 8—9,1 8 70—2, and 1 8 7 3—4, ar e ou t o f p r i nt .

Be side s c ontri b ut ions in th e sh ap e o f va lu ab l e and in te r e stingIpap e rs, th e vo lum e for

1 8 6 7‘

a lso in c lude s : 1 . Pe ac o c k ’s (R ob . B. ) Glo ssary o f th e undr ed o f Lonsdal e ;and 2. E l l is (A . J .

)O n Pa lae o typ e r e p r e se n ting Sp ok e n S ounds ; and on th e

D iphthong “ O y. h e vo lum e fo r 1 8 6 8—9—1 . E l l is’s (A . J . ) O n ly E ng l ishPr o c lam a tion of H e nry III . in O c t . 125 8 ; to wh ic h a re added Th e Cuc ko o ’

s S o ng”

and Th e Pr ison e r’

s Pr aye r ,”Lyr i c s of th e XII I . Ce n tury, wi th G lo ssa ry ; and 2.

S tok e s ’

s (Whi t l e y) Corni sh G lo ssa ry. That for 1 870-2—1 . Murr ay’

s (Jas . A . H .)D ia l e c t o f th e S ou th e rn Coun ti e s o f S c o t land, with a linguisti c a l m ap . That for1 873—4—Swe e t's H istory o f E ngl i sh S ounds .

For 1 8 75 - 6 : c onta ining A nnua l A ddr e sse s (R e v . R . Mor r is Pr e side nt),Fourthand Fifth . S ou rc e s o f A ryan Mytho logy b y E . L . Brandr e th ; C. B. Cayl e y on

I ta l i an D im inut ive s ; Change s m ade b four young Ch i ldr e n in Pronoun c ingE lish Words , b y Jas . M. Me nz i e s ; hi

'

anx Language , b y H . Je nn e r ; D ia le c to f e st S om e rse t, b y F . T. E lwo r thy ; E ngli sh Me tr e , b y Pr of. J . B. Mayo r ;Wo rds , Logi c . and Gramm ar , b y H . Swe e t ; Th e R ussian Language and i ts

D i a l e c ts , b yW. R . Mo rfil l ; R e li c s o f th e Corn i sh Lan uage in Mount’

s Bay,b y H . Je nne r . D ia le c ts and Pr e h isto ri c Fo rm s of 0 E nglish . By H enry

24 L ingu is tic Pu b lica tions of Tr ii bne r Ga ,

Te rra d’O tran to . By H . I .H . Pr inc e L.

-L-Bonaparte . Th i rte e n th A nnual A ddresso f Pr e side n t

35. A . H . Murray) . S imp le Te nse s in Mode r n Ba ue and O ld

Bas qu e , e tc . yH . I . H . Pr i nc e L.-L. Bo nap a r te . Inde x. Mo n th y A bstrac ts.

List o fMemb e rs . Par t I . 1 03 . Pa rt II . .1 03 . Par t I II . 1 5 3 .

Fo r 1 885—7 : Engl ish E tym o l ogy.‘By R e v .

'

Pr o f. S ke a t . Cr i tic a l E tym ol ogi e s.~By H . Wedgwo od. Pali Misc e l lan i e s :No te s and Que r i e s o n Pal i . By D r .

R . Mo rr is . O n th e R e vise d Ve r s ion“

o f th e New Te stam e n t . By B. D awson.

Ti tin : A S tudy of Ch i ld Language . By S r . D . A . Ma c hado -y-A l va re z , ofS e vi l l e . No te s o n E nglish E tym o logy, and o n Wo rds o f Braz i l ian and Pe ruvianO r igin . By R e v . Pro f. S ke a t . Ce l ti c D e c le nsi on . By W. S toke s . Ne oCe l tic Ve rb S ub stantive . By. W. S to k e s . I nflue nc e o f A n a logy as e x la iningc e r ta in E xam p l e s o f Unon'

g i nal L and R . By D r . F . S to c k . S ound h ange s

in Me lane sian Language s . By R e v. R . H . Codr ington . No te s on E ngl ish

E tym o logy. By R e v. Pro f. S ke at . No te s o n th e R e v ised Ve rsio n o f th e O ld

Te stam e n t . By B; D awson . Mo nth ly A b stra c ts . List o fMe m b e rs . Four te e nth

A nnua l A ddre ss o f Pre side n t (R e v. Pr of . S ke at) . O b i tuary :Mr . . BradshaIw,Mr . Wa l te r R a l e igh Browne , Pro f. Cassa l , A r c hb isho p Tr e nc h , I ) r . S tock .

R e por t b y th e Pr e side nt o n th e Wo rk o f th e Ph i lo l ogi c a l S o c i e ty. The Pr e si

de n t ou Ghost Wo rds . W . R . Mo rfi ll on S lavon i c Phi lo logy (A pr i l . 1 884 toJ . Boxwe l l o n S on ta li . Prof. Thurne yse n on Ce l ti c Ph i lo logy. Prof.de Lac oupe r i e on th e Language s of Ch ina b e fo r e th e Ch ine se . Th e Bre tonG losse s a t O r l e an s . By W . S to k e s . R e m ar ks o n th e O xfo rd E di tion o f th e

Ba tt l e of Ve ntry. By S . H . O’

Grady. O n th e D e r iva ti ons o f “Cad, Luthe r ,Ted.

” By. H . We dgwood, M. A ..

Th e O rigin o f th e A ugm e nt . By R e v.

A . H . S ayc e , M. A . O n th e Plac e o f S ansk r i t i n th e D e ve lopm e n t of A ryan

S p e e c h in I ndia . By J . Boxwe l l , B.C. S . Th e Pr im i tive H om e o f th e A r

yDans .

By R e v . Pro f. S a c e , M.A . No te s on E ng l ish E tym o logy. By R e v . ro f.

gke a t

i I

LL.D . In ex. Mon th ly A bs tr a c ts . Lis t of Me m b e rs . Par t I . 108 .

art 1 5a.

The S oc i e ty’s E xtr a Vo lum e s .

E a r ly E ngli sh Vo lum e , 1 8 62- 6 4

, c o n ta in ing : 1 . Li b e r Cu re Co c o rum , A .D . c .

1 440.~ 2. l l am p o le

'

s (R ic ha rd R o l l e ) Pr ic k e o f Co n sc ie n c e , A . D . c . 1 340.

3 . Th e Caste l l o f Lo ve , A .D . e . 1 3 20. 8vo . c lo th . 1 8 6 5 . £ 1 .

O r se p a ra te ly : Lib e r Cu re Co c o rum , E di te d b y R ic h . Mo rr is, 33 H am p o le’

s

( R o l le ) Pr i c k e o f Co nsc i e nc e , e di te d b y . R ic h . Mo r r is , . l 2s. and The Ca ste l l offLo ve , e dited b y D r . R . F . We ym o u th ,

D an Mic he l 's A ye nb it e o f I nwyt , o r R e m o rs e o f Co n sc i e n c e , in th e Ke n t ish

D ia le c t, A . D . 1 340. Fr om th e A u togra p h MS . i n Br i t . Mu s . E di te d wi th

In tr odu c tio n , Ma rgina l In te rp r e ta t io n s, and Glos sa r ia l Inde x , b y R ic hardMo rr is . 8 vo . c lo th . 1 86 6 . 128 .

Le v in e ’s (Pe te r , A .D . 1 5 70) Man ip u l a s Vo c ab ulo rum : a R hym ing D i c t io nary o f

th e E ng l ish Language . Wi th an A lp hab e t ic a l Inde x b y H . B. Whe a t le y. 8 vo .

c lo th . 1 8 6 7 .

S k e at ’s (R e v . W. W . ) Moe so -Go th ic G lo ss ary, wi th an In tr odu c tion ,an O u tlin e of

Moe so -Goth i c Gram m ar, and a List o f A ngl o - S axon and o ld and m ode r n E ng

l ish Wo rds e tym o logi c a l ly c onn e c te d with Moe so -Go th i c . 1 86 8 . 8v o . c l .

E l l is (A . J .) o n E a r ly E ng l ish Pr o nun c i at io n , w ith e sp e c ia l R e fe r en c e to

S haksp e re and Chau c e r : c o n ta in ing a n Inve s t iga t ion o f th e Co r r e spo nde nc e o f

W r i t ing wi th S pe e c h in E ngland fro m t h e A ng lo -S axon Pe r iod to th e Pr e se n tD ay, e tc . 4 p a r ts . 8vo . 1 869—75 . £ 2.

Mediae va l Gr e e k Te xts : A Co l l e c tio n o f th e,E ar l ie st Com p o si ti ons '

in Vul

Gr e e k, p r io r to A .D . 1 500. \Vith Pr o le gom e na and

Cr i ti c a l No te s b yWagne r . Pa r t I . S e ve n Po em s , th r e e o f wh ic h app e ar fo r th e first t im e .

1 8 70. 8vo . 103 . 6d .

. 5 7 and 59, Ludgat e . H i ll, London,E C. 25

Poona Sarvaj an ik ,Sabha , Journa l of th e . E dited b y S .

»H . 01m :

LO NR A E . Pub lishe d quar te r ly. e ac h num b e r .

R oya l S o c i e ty of Li te r a tur e of th e Unite d Kingdom (Tr an sac t i onso f Th e ) Fi r st S e r i e s, 6 Pa r ts in 3 Vo ls . , 4to . ,

Pla te s ; 1 827 - 3 9. S e c o nd

S e ri e s ; 1 3 Vo ls . o r 38 Pa r ts . 8 vo . ,Pla te s ; 1 8 43 é 86 . A c om p le te se t , as far

as p ub l ished; £ 1 1 1 08 . Ve ry sc a r c e . T he fi rs t se r ie s o f th i s -i m p o r ta n t

s e r ie s‘

o f c o n t ri b u t i o n s o f m an y o f th e m o st e m in e n t m e n o f th e day h as lo ngb e e n o ut o f p r int a nd i s ve ry sc a r c e . O f t h e S e c o nd S e r ie s, Vo l . I .v

-IV.,

e a c h c o n ta in ing thr e e p a rts , a r e qu i te o ut O f p rin t, and'

c a n o n ly b e ha d inth e c om p le te se r i e s , n o t ic e d ab o ve . Th r e e Num b e rs , p r i c e 48 . 6 d. e a ch , fo rm

a vo lum e . Th e p r ic e o f the vo lum e c om p le t e , b ound in c lo th , is 1 33 . 6d.

S ep ar at e Pub li c a tions.

I . Pa s'r i MO NA S‘

I‘ICI A ny i S axo i uc r : o r an A lp hab e t ic a l List o f th e H e ads o f

R e l igio u s H o u se s in E ngla nd p re vi o us t o th e Nor m an Co nqu e st , to wh i c h isp r e fixe d a Chr o no lo gi c a l Ca ta logu e o f Co n te m p o ra ry Fo unda tio ns . ByWa r m ;

D E GR A Y Bra c e . R o ya l 8 vo . c lo th . 1 8 72. 73 . 6d.

II. LI CH ANTA R I D I LANCE LLO TTO ; a Tr o ub adou r's Po e m o f th e XIV. Ce n t.

E di te d from a MS . i n th e p o sse ss io n o f t h e R o ya l S o c ie ty o f Li te ra tur e , b yWA LTE R D E GR A Y Brn c u . R oya l 8 vo . c lo th . 1 8 74. 7 3 .

III . INe u r s r'r ro Com r s'r u s CA NTA BR IG IENS I S , n un c p r im um , e

.

Manusc ri p to

un ic o in Bi b l io th e c a Co t to n i e nsi a sse rva to , typ is m anda t e su i c i tu r Inq u isi tio

E lie ns is : c u rd. N. E . S . A . H am i l to n . R oya l 4to . Wi th m ap and 3 fa csim il e s .

1 876 . £ 2 23 .

IV. A CO MMO NPLA CE -BO O K o r J O H N MI LTON. R e p roduc e d h

éth e au to type

p r oc e ss from th e o r igin a l MS . in th e p o sse ss io n o f S i r Fr e d. U. raham , Ba r t .,o f. Ne the rb y H a l l . With . an . l nt rodu c t io n . b y A . J . H o rwo o d. S q . fo lio .

O n ly o n e hundr e d O o p ie s p r i nte d. 1 8 76 . 23 .

V. CH R O NICO N A ‘

D ZE D E s , a n) . 1 3 77—1404. E dited, w ith a Tran sla tion and

No te s , b y E D . MA UND E TH O MPS O N. R o ya l 8vo . 1 8 76 . 103 . 6d.

Syro-Egyp tian So c i e ty .—O r igi na l Pap e rs r e ad be fo r e th e Syr o

- ~E gypt ian S o c ie ty o f London . Vo lum e I . Pa r t 1 . 8vo . se we d, 2 p late s and a

m ap , p p . 1 44. 3 8 . 6d.

Templ e—TH E LE GEND S O F TH E PANJAB . By Cap ta i n R . C. TEMPLE

,

Benga l S tafi'

Corp s, e tc . Cr own 8vo . Vo l . I . (Nos . 1 to c lo th .

£ 1 103 . Vol . II ., (No . 1 3 to c lo th , £ 1 108 . Vo l . I II . in c ourse of pub

l ic ation . S ub sc r ip ti on in No s. 243 .

Trub ne r’

s Am e r i c a n , E ur op e an and O r i e ntal Li t e r ary R e c ord.

A R e giste r of th e m o s t i m po r tan t wo rks p u b lished in No r th and S outhA m e r i c a , in India , China , E ur op e , a nd t he Brit i sh Co lo n i e s ; with o c c as io n al

No te s o n G e rm an, D u t c h , D ani sh , Fre nc h , e tc . ,

b o o ks . 4 to . I n Mon th lyNum b e rs . .S ub s c r i p ti o n 5 3. p e r a nnum , o r 6d. p e r n um b e r . A c om p le te se t,No s . 1 t o 1 42. Lo ndon , 1 8 65 to 1 8 79. £ 1 2 123 .

Y orksh ir e Not e s and Qu e r i e s—Wi th th e Y o rkshi r e Ge n e al ogist ,Y o rkshi r e Bib l iograph e r , and Y o rksh i r e Fo lk- lore Journa l . E di ted b y J .H O R S FA LL TURNE R , Ide l , Bradfo rd. E igh ty p age s, wi th I llustra t io ns . D istinc t

p agi na t ion of e a c h sub j e c t . Pub l ish ed Qua rte r ly, demy 8 vo . Pr ic e 1 3 . 641. e achor 5 3 . p e r annum , i f p a id in advanc e .

26 L inguistic Pub lications of Tr am s Co .,

Archaeology , Ethnography, Geography,Hi story,Law.

i

Lite ratur e,Num ismatic s

,andTrave ls .

A b e l .—SLA vrc AND LATIN. I l che ste r Le c tu r e s on Com p a rative Lexi c o ‘

g rap hy. D e li ve r ed a t th e Taylor Insti tution , O xford. By CA R L A BE L, Ph .D .

Post 8vo . pp . vi ii .- 1 24, c lo th . 1 8 8 3 . 5 3 .

A b e l .—Lingui st i c E ssays . S e e Tru b ne r’s O ri e ntal S e r ie s

, p . 5 .

A lb e runi’

s IND IA . S e e S a chau,

”p age 3 8 .

A IL—TH E PR O PO SE D PO LITICA L , LE GA L AND S O CI A L R E F O RMS IN TH E

O ttom an E m pir e and o th e rMo hamm eda n S ta te s . ByMO ULA v i CR E R AGR A L I,

H .H . th e Nizam ’

s Ci vi l S e rvi c e . D em y 8vo . c lo th , pp . l iv.- 1 84. 1 88 3.

A rnold—IND IAN ID YLLS . Fr om th e S an skri t of th e Mahabhar ata . By S irE DWINA R NO LD ,M.A . ,K. &c . Post 8vo . c lo th, pp . xii . -282. 1 8 83 . 7s . 6d.

A I IIO Id.-IND IAN PO E TR Y. S e e Tr ii b n e r

’s O ri e ntal S e r i e s,

”p age 4 .

A rn old—Pe ar l s o f th e Fa i th .

S e e p age 41 .

A mIO Id.-IND IA R E VI SITE D . By S ir E DWIN A RNO LD , M.A . ,

e tc . , A uthor o f th e “Light o f A sia ,”e tc . Wi th Th ir ty-two Ful l-p age Illus

trati ons from PhOtographs se l e c ted b y th e A u tho r . Crown 8 vo . pp . 324, c loth .

1 8 86 . 7s . 6d.

A rnold—TH E S ONG CE LE STI AL . S e e p age 96 .

A I IIO Id.—TH E S E CR E T O F D E ATH . S e e p age 96 .

A rnold.—LO TUS AND JEWE L . Con ta in ing

“ In an Indian TemA Cask e t o f Gem s,” A Que e n ’

s R e v e nge .

” Wi th o th e r Po em s .

A RNO LD , M.A . , e tc . Cr own 8vo . pp . vi . and 264. 1 8 87 . 7 s . 6d.

Badde l e y .—LO TUS LE A vE s . By ST. CLA I R BA D D ELE Y . F c ap . fol io ,

pp . xi i . and 1 1 8 , hal f-ve l lum . 1 8 8 7 8 3 . 6d.

Bade n -Powe ll .—A MANUA L O F JUR I SPR UD ENCE FO R F O R E ST O FFICE R S .

By B. H . BA D EN-POWE LL, B.C. S . 8vo . ha lf-b ou nd, pp . xxi i- 5 54. 1 8 82. 1 23 .

Bade n-Powe ll . —A MANUA L O F TH E LAND R E VENUE SYSTEMS AND LANDTe nure s o f British India . By B. H . BA D EN-PO WE LL, B.C. S . Crown 8vo .

h al f-b ound, pp . xii . -788 . 1 882. 1 28 .

Badl e y .—IND IAN MI SS IONAR Y R E CO R D AND MEMO R I AL VO LUME . . By

th e R e v. B. H . BA D LE Y, o f th e A m e ri c an Me thodist Missio n . New E di tion .

8vo . c lo th . [In Pr ep a r a t ion ]Balfour .

—WA I FS AND STR A YS FR OM TH E FA R E A ST. S e e p . 5 9.

Balfour .—Th e D ivin e Cla ssi c of Nan -H ua. S e e p age 5 9 .

Ba lfour .—TA O I ST TE XTS . S e e p age 4 1 .

Ba llantyn e .—S ANKH YA A PH O RI SMS O F KAPILA . S e e p . 6 .

Be a l .-S e e p age s 6 , 4 1 and 42.

Be ll ew .—FR OMTH E IND US To TH E TI GR I S :Jou rn e y th r ough Balo chi stan ,

A fghan i sta n , K ho rassan , and Iran ,in 1 872 ; wi th a S yno p t i c a l G ram m a r

and Vo c ab u la ry o f th e Br ah o e Language , and a R e c o rd o f Me te o ro logic alO b se rva t io n s a nd A l titude s o n th e Ma rc h . By H . W . BE LLEW,

B.S .C. D e m y 8vo . p p . v i i i . -496 , c lo th . 1 8 74.

Be ll ew .—KA SH MI R AND KA SE GAR . A Na r r ati v e of th e Jo urn e y o f th e

E m b assy to Kashga r i n 1 873-7 4. By H .W. BE LLEW , C.S . l . D e m y 8vo . c lo th ,pp . xxxi i . and 420. 1 8 75 . 103 . 6d.

28 LinguistiC'

Publica tions of Y in’

i bne r 00»

Bf OWIl .—TH E ICELAND IC D I SCO VE R E R S O I

‘vAME R ICA ; O R , H ONO UR Te

WH O M H O NO UR I s D UE . By MA R I E A . BR OWN. Crown 8vo . pp . v i ii . and21 4, cl o th . Wi th E igh t Pla te s. 1 8 87 . 78 . 6d.

Budge .—A S SYR IANTE XTS . S e e p . 5 6 .

Budge .~—H I STO R Y O F E SARH AD D ON. S e e

Trub n e r ’s O r i e n tal S e r i e s, p . 4.

Biihl e r .- E LE VEN LAND -GR ANTS O F TH E CH AULUK Y A S O F A NH ILVAD .

A Co n tr ib u t ion to th e H isto ry o f Guja rat . By G . BUH LE R .

1 6'

m o . sewe d,

p p . 1 26,w i th Fa c sim i le . 3 3 . 6d.

g e ss .—A R CH E O LO GICAL SUR VE Y O F WE STE RN IND I A . By Jam e s

Burge ss, LL.D . , e tc .,e tc ; R oyal 4to . ha lf -b ound.

Vo l .“

1 . R e p o rt o f th eFi rs t S e aso n

’s O p e ra t io n s in th e Be lgém and Kaladgi D istri c ts . 1 8 74. Wi th

5 6 p ho togra p h s a nd l i th . p la t e s , pp . vi i i . and 45 . 1 8 75 . £2 28 . Vo l . 2.

R e p o r t o f th e S e c ond S e ason’

s O p e r ations. Th e A ntiqu i tie s o f Kath iawad andKa c hh . Wi th Map ,

'

Insc ri pti ons, Ph otogr a 3 , e tc ., pp . x . and 242.

1 8 76 . £3 38 . Vo l . 3 . R e po r t o f th e Thi rd S e aso n s O p e r a t io n s . 1 8 7 5—76 .

Th e A n t iqu i t ie s i n th e Bida r a nd A ura ngab ad D istr i c t . p p . vi i i . a nd 1 38 .

Wi th 6 6 pho to graph i c and l i tho grap hi c p la t e s . 1 8 78 . £2 23 . Vo ls . 4.

and 5 . R e po r ts on th e Buddhist Ca ve Tem p le s , th e E lura Cave Tem pl e s , theBrahm an i c a l and Ja in a Ca ve s in We ste rn India : c onta in i ng Vi ews, P lans,S e c tions , and E le va tion s of Fa cade s o f Cave Tem p l e s ; D rawi ngs of A r c h i te c turaland Mytho logi c a l S cul p tur e s ; F a c sim i l e s of In sc rip ti ons, e tc . ; Trans la ti on O f

I nsc ri p tio ns, e tc . , pp . x.- 140 and vii i . -90, ha lf m or o c c o , gi lt top s with 1 6 5

Pla te s andWo odcu ts . 1 8 83 . £ 6 6 8 .

Burge ss .—A R CH E O LO GICA L SUR VE Y O F S O UTH E R N IND IA . Vol . I . Th e

Buddh ist S tupas o f A m a rava ti and Jaggayyap e ta in th e Kri shna D istri c t,Madra s Pr e side n cy, S urve yed in 1 882. By JAME S BUR G E S S , LL.D . ,

e tc . , D i re c tor -Ge n e ral o f th e S ur vey. With Tr ans la tions o f th e A soka Insc r ipt ions at J augada and D haul i b y GE O R GE Bi LE R , LL . D .

,e tc . , Pr of.

of S anskr it In th e Uni ve rsi ty o f Vie nn a . Conta ining S ixty-ni ne Co l lo typ e ando th e r P la te s o f Buddh ist S c u lp ture and A r c h i te c tur e

,e tc .

,in S outh -E as te rn

Indi a ; F a c sim i l e s o f Insc r ip ti on s, e tc . ; and Th ir ty-two Woodc uts . S up e r

r oya l 4to . pp . x . and 1 3 1 , ha lf-m o ro c c o . 1 8 87 . £4 48 .

E ur e ss .—TH E R O CK TEMPLE S O F E LUR A O R VE R UL . A H andbo ok for

isi to rs . By J . BUR GE S S . 8vo . 3s . 6d. , or wi th Twe l ve Pho tograph s , 93 . 6d.

Burge ss—TH E R O CK TEMPLE S O F E LE PH ANTA D e sc r ibe d and Ill u str ate d

wi th P lan s and D rawings . By J . BUR G E S S . 8vo . c lo th , pp . 80, wi th drawings ,

p r i c e 6 3 . o r w i t h Th i rte en Photograp hs, p r ic e £ 1 .BUI n e .

—S H R O PSH I R E F O LK -LO R E . A S h e af o f Gl e an ings . E dit e d b yC. S . BUR NE . from the Co l l e c tions of G . F . JA CK S O N. Wi th Map of Ch e shire .

3 D e m y 8 vo . pp . xvi .—6 6 4, c lo th . 1 88 6 . 253 .

Burn e ll .—E LEMENTS O F S O UTH IND I AN PAL E O GR A PH Y . Fr om

th e

Fo ur th to th e S e ve nte e n th Ce n tury A .R . By A . C. BURNE LL . S e c ond E n la rgedE dit io n , 3 5 Pla te s a ndMap . 4to . p p . xiv. and 1 48 . 1 8 7 8 . £ 2 1 2s . 6 d.

Byrn e .—G

'

ENE R A L PR INCI PLE S O F TH E STR UCTUR E O F LANGUA GE . ByJAME S BYRNE , M.A . , D e an o f Clon fe r t ; E x-F e l low o f Tr ini ty Co l l e ge ,D ub l in . 2 vo ls . de m y 8 vo . pp . xxx . and 504, xvii i . and 396 , c lo th . 1 88 5 . 363.

Bryn e .—O R I GIN O F TH E GR E E K , LA TIN AND GO TH IC R O O TS . By JAME S

BYR NE ,M.A . ,D e an o fClonfe rt , e tc . D em y 8 vo . pp . vi i i . and 360, c l . 1 8 88 . 1 8 3 .

Car l e tti . - H I STO R Y O F TH E CONQUE ST O F TUNI S . Tr an sla te d b y J . T.

CA R LE TTI . Cr own 8vo . c lo th , p p . 40. 1 88 3. 2s . 6d.

Ce sno la .—TH E

H I STO R Y, TR E A SUR E S , AND“

A NTIQUITIES O F S ALAMI S ,IN TH E I SLAND O F CYPR US . By A . P . D I . CE SNO LA , E .S .A . With - an

In tr odu c tio n b y S . BIR CH , D .C.L. Wi th o v e r 700 I l lustrat ions and.Map of

A n c i e nt Cyprus. R oyal 8vo . pp . xlvii i . -325 , c lo th , 1 882. £ 1 1 1 8 . 6d.

1

-5 7 and 59, Ludga te H i ll, London, E 0. 29

Ch amb e r lain .—JA PANE SE PO ETR Y. S e e p age 4.

Ch a ttop adhyaya .

—TH E Y A TR A S ; o r th e Pop ular D ram as of Be ngal .Post 8vo . pp . 50, wr app e r . 1 882.

Col e b r ooke —TH E LIFE AND MI SCE LLANE O US E S S AYS O F H ENR Y TH OMA SCO LE RR O O K E . In 3 vo ls . D e m y 8vo . c lo th . 1 8 7 3 . V o l . I . Th e Biogra phy b yh is S o n , S ir T. E . CO LE BR O O K E , Ba r t .

,M.P . W i th Po r t ra i t and Map . p xi i .and 492. 1 4s . Vo ls . II . and III . Th e E ssays . A New _E di tio n , wi th o tes

b y E . B. CO W E LL , Pro fe sso r of S anskr i t in th e Unive rsity of Cam bridge .

p p . xvi —5 44, and x.- 5 20. 28s .

Conway—VE RNE R ’

S LAW IN ITA LY. A n E ssay in th e H istory o fth e I ndo -E uro e an S ib i lan ts . B R . S . CO NWA Y, Gon vi l l e and Ca ius Co l lege ,Cam b ri dge ; 0 a

'

ss i ca l Sc ho la r in a Unive rs i ty of Cam b ridge ; E xh ib i ti o n e r i nLa ti n in th e Un ive rsi ty o f Londo n . Wi th a D ia le c t Map o f I ta ly b yE . H E AWO O D , B.A . , D emy 8vo . pp . vi . and 1 20, c lo th . 1 88 7 . 5 8 .

Cr awford.—R E CO LLE CTI ONS O F TR A VE LS INNEW ZE A LAND AND A USTR A LIA .

By J . C. CR A WFO R D , R e side n tMagi s trat e , We l l in on , e tc . , e tc . Wi thMap s and I l lustr a ti ons . 8vo . c lo th , pp . XVI . and 46 8 . 1 8 0. 1 8s .

Cunningham .—CO R PUS INSCR IPTI ONUM IND ICAR UM. Vo l . I , Ins c r ip

t i ons o f A soka . Pr e ar e d b y A LE XAND E R CUNNINGH AM, e tc . 4to .

c lo th , pp . xi v . 142 an v i . , wi th 3 1 p late s . 1 8 79. 428 .

Cunn ingham .—TH E STUPA O F BH A R H UT. A Buddhist Mon um e n t ,

o r na m e n t e d w ith num e ro us S c u lptu re s i l lust ra t ive o f Buddh is t ’

Le g e nd and

H is to ry in th e t hird c e n tu ry D . C. y A LE XAND E R CUNNINGH AM,

D ir e c to r-Ge n e ra l A rc haeo log ic a l S u rve y o f India , e tc . R o ya l 4to . c lo th , gi l t ,p p . v i i i . and 144, w i th 5 1 Pho to gr ap hs and Li thograp h ic Pla te s . 1 8 79. £3 38 .

Cunn ingham .—TH E A NCI ENT GE O GR A PH Y O F IND IA . I .’

Th e Buddh istPe ri od, i n c luding the Cam pa ign s o f A le xande r , and the Trave ls o f H we n -Th sang .

By A L E xAND E R CUNNINGH AM,Majo r -Ge n e ra l , R oya l E n g in e e rs (Be nga l R e

t ir e d) . Wi th th i r te e n Maps . 8vo . pp . xx . 5 90, c lo th . 1 8 70. 283 .

Cunn ingham .—A R CH E O LO GICA L SUR VE Y O F IND IA . R e p o rt s, m ade

_du r ing th e ye a r s 1 8 62—1 8 82. By A . CUNNINGH A M, Maj o r-G e n e r a l

,

e tc . Wi th Map s and Pla te s . Vo ls . 1 to 1 8 . 8 vo . c lo th . 103 . and 123 . e a c h .

c u St .—PICTUR E S O F IND IAN LIFE . Ske t che d w i th th e Pe n fr om 1 8 5 2

-t o 1 88 1 . By R . N. CO ST, late o f E .M. Indi an Civil S e r vic e , and H on . S e c .

t o th e R oya l A si at ic S o c ie ty. Cr own 8 vo . c lo th , pp . x . and 346 . 1 8 8 1 . 7s . 6d.

CuSt .- IND IAN LANGUA GE S . S e e Tr iib n e r

’s O r i en tal S e r i e s

,

”p age 3 .

Cu st .—A FR ICAN LANGUA GE S . S e e “Tr ii b n e r ’s O r i e n ta l S e r i e s

, p age 6 .

Cn st .—LINGUI STIC AND O R IENTAL E SS A YS . S e e Tr ii b n e r

s O r i e n ta lS e r i e s,

”p age 4 .

O ust—LANGUA GE : A s ILLUSTR ATE D E Y BIR LE TR ANSLATI ON. By R . N.

. CUST, LL. D . D e my 8 vo . p p. 8 6 , wrapp e r , 1 88 6 , 1 8 .

D ahl .—NA TIONA L S ONGS , BA LLA D S AND SKETCH E S b y th e m o st Ce l e br ate d

S c andina vi an A u tho rs . Transla ted b y J . A . D A H L , Pr o fesso r o f th e E ngl ishLanguage . Squa re c rown 8 vo . pp . 1 28 , c lo th . 1 88 7 . 2s . 6d.

D a lt on .

—D E SCR IPTIVE E TH NO LO GY O F BENGA L . By Co ] . E . T. D ALTON,e tc . Il lustr a te d b y Li thogra p h Po rt ra i ts c o pi e d from Pho to

gr ap hs . 38 Li tho graph Pla te s . 4to . ha lf c a lf, pp. 340. £6 60.

30 Ling uis tic Pub lic a t ions of Tr ii bne r g

D a. Cunha—NO TE S ON TH E H I STO R Y AND ANTIQUITI‘

E S O F'

CH AUL ANDBA S S E IN. By J . GE R S O N D A

' CUNH A , and L .M. E ng ,e tc . 8 vo .

c lo th , p p . xvi . and 262. Wi th 1 7 p h o tog rap hs , 9 p la te s and a m ap . £ 1 5 3 .

D a. Cunha .—CONTR IBUTIONS To THE STUD Y O F IND O -PO RTUGUE SE NUMI S

MA TICS . By J . G . D A CUNH A , e tc . Crown 8 vo . stitc h ed in wrapp er .

F as c . I . to IV.,e ac h 28 . 6 d.

D aS .—TH E IND I AN R YO T, LAND TAX, PE RMANENT S ETTLEMENT, AND TH E

F am i ne . Chi c fly c om p il ed b y A R H A Y CH A R AN D A s. Post 8vc . c lo th, pp .

iv .- 6 62. 1 88 1 . 128 .

D avids .-CO INS

,E TC.

,O F CE Y L ON. S e e t‘

I . Part VI .

D e nnys .—CH INA AND JA PAN. A Gu ide to t h e O p e n .Por tS

,to ge the r

w i th Pe k in , Y e ddo , H on g Kong, and Mac a o ; a Gu ide Bo o k and Vade Me e umo r Tra ve l l e r s , e tc . By W . F . .MA YE R S , H .M.

s Con su lar S e rvi c e ; N. B.

D ENNYS , la te H .M.

’s Co n su lar S e r vi c e ; an d C. K ING , Li e u t . R .M.A . E dite d

b y N. B. D ENNY B. 8vo . p p . 600, 5 6 Ma p s and Plan s, c lo th . £2 23 .

“D owson .—D ICTI ONA R Y of H indu . Mythol ogy, e tc . S e e Tr ii b n e r

’s

O r i e nta l S e ri e s ,” p age 3 .

E dm undson .—MILTON AND VOND E L . A Cur io si ty of Lite r atur e . By

G . E DMUND S ON, M.A . Crown 8 vo . pp . v i .—224, c lo th . 1 8 85 . 6 3 .

'

E ge rton .—A N ILLUSTR ATE D H AND BO O K O F IND IAN A RMS ; be ing a

Classified and D e sc r ip tive CatalOgu e o f th e A rm s e xhib i te d a t th e‘Indi a

Muse um ; w ith an In tr oduc to ry S ke tc h o f th e Mi li tary H isto ry o f Indi a . Byth e H on .W. E GE R TO N,M.A . ,

M.P. 4to . sewed, pp . v ii i . and 1 62.

1 880. 2s. 6d.

E l l iot .—MEMO I R S ON TH E H I STO R Y, F O LKLO R E , AND D I STR IBUTI ON O F

TH E R A CE S O F TH E NO R TH WE S TE R N PR O VINCE S O F IND I A . By th e la te S i rH . M. E LL IO T, K .C.B. E di te d, e tc . , b y JO H N BE AME s , e t c . In

2 v o ls . de m y 8vo ., p p . xx . , 370, and 396 , c lo th . Wi th two P la te s , and fou rc o lo u r e d Map s . 1 8 69 . 3 68 .

Ewot .—CO INS O F S OUTH E RN IND IA . S e e “Num i sm ata O r i e ntal ia .

Vol . II I . Par t II . p age 36 .

E l li ot—TH E H I STO R Y O F INDIA , a s told b y i ts own H i sto r ian s . Th eMuham m adan Pe r io d.

E dite d fro m th e Po s thum ou s Pa p e r s o f th e late S irH . M. E LLI O T, b y Pr of. J . D OW S O N. 8 vo ls . 8 vo . c lo th . 1 86 7- 1 877 .S e ts, £8 8 8 . or se p ar ate ly, Vo l . I . p p xxx i i . and 5 42. £ 223 .

—Vo l . I I. p p . x .and 5 80. 1 8 8 .

- Vo l . I I I . p p . xi i . and 627 . 248 .—Vo l . IV . p p . x. and 5 6 3 .

~ 21 3 .

-Vo l . V . p p . xi i . a nd 5 7 6 . 2l a.-Vo l . VI. p p . v i i i . and 5 74. 2l s .

—Vo l . VII .p p . vi i i . and 5 74. 2l s .

—Vo l . VIII . pp . xxxii . , 444, and lxvi i i . 24s.

F ar l e y—E GYPT, CYPR US , ‘

AND A S IATIC TUR KE Y. By J . L . FA R LE Y ,

A u tho r o f “Th e R e so ur c e s o f Tu rk e y,” e tc . D e m y 8 vo . c l ., pp . xvi . —270. 1 87 8 .

108 . 6d.

F e athe rm an .—TH E S O CIA L '

H I STO R Y O F TH E R A CE S O F MANKIND . ByA . F E A TH E RMAN. D em y 8vo . c lo th . Th e A ram a e ans . pp .

’ xvi i . and 6 64. 1 88 1 .

£ 1 1 3 .

-Th e Nigr i ti ans . pp . 826 . 1 8 8 5 . 3 1 3 . 6d. Papuo and MMe lane sians . pp . 5 26 . 1 8 85 . 25 3 . O ce ano -Me lan e sians . pp . 452.

25 s .

F e rgu son .—SUMMA R Y O F INFO RMATI ON R E GAR D ING CE YLON:I tsNatural

F e atur e s, Cl im a te , Popu la tion , R e ligio n , I ndus tri e s, A g ri c u l tur e . Gove rnm e nt,

Laws , O bj e c ts o f In te r e st , e tc . ,i n 1 8 8 7 , th e Que e n ’

s“ Jub i le e Y e ar .

”Com

p i l ed b y A . M. and J FE R GUS O N, E di to r s o f th e Cey lon O bse rve r , Tr op i ca l

A gr i cu ltur i st, e tc ., e tc Po st 8vo . iv. wrapp e r . 1 8 8 7 .‘

28 .

32 -L inguistic P ub lic a tions of fl ubne r

Gr imn .—; TH E R A JA S O F TH E PUNJAB.

’ H i story of th e Pri n c ip al S ta te?1 in th e Punj ab , and th e i r Po l i ti c a l R e la t ions w i th th e Bri tish G o ve rnm e nt ) ByLE FE L H . GR IFFIN, Unde r S e c . to Go v. o f th e Punjab , A u tho r o f“

.Th e Punjab Ch ie fs, e tc . S e c o nd e dition . R oya l 8vo ., p p . xiv. and 6 30:

1 873 . 213 .

Gr imm—CO R E“WITH O UT AND WITH IN. Chap te r s on Core an-H isto ry ,Manne rs and R e l igion . Wi th H e ndr ic k H am e l ’s Narra tive o f CapTrave ls in Co r e a , A nno ta ted. ByW . E . GR IFF I S . Crown 8 vo . pp . 3 1 6 ,and I l lus tra tions, c l o th . 1 8 8 5 . 6 3 .

Gl’Ifi S .—TH E MIKA D O ’

S E MPI R E . Bo ok I . H i story of J ap am from6 60 B.C. to 1 8 72 A . O . Bo o k I I . Pe rso nal E xp e r ie n c e s , O b se r va tions , and

S tudi e s in Japan , 1 8 70—74. ByW. E . GR IF FIS . I l lus tr a ted. S e c ond E di tion:

, 8v.

o . pp . 626 , c lo th . 1 8 83 . £ 1 .

Gr owse .—MA TH UR A

" A D ist r ic t Mem o i r.By E .

S . GR OWSE,

C. I . E .Y

'

S e c o nd R e v ise d E di tion . Illus tra te d. 4to . h o ar ds , p p . xxi v . and 5 20.

1 8 80. 428 . . i

H ahn .—Tsun i | lGo am . S e e Tru b ne r

’s O ri e n ta l S e ri e s

, p age 5 .

LYD I A AND PE R S IA . S e e Num i sm ata O r i e ntalia .

Ke a ton—A USTR A LIAND ICTI ONA R Y O F D ATE S AND MEN O F-TH E TIME .

Con tai ning th e H isto ry O fA us tr alasi a , from 1 542toMay, ByI . H . H EATO NI,

R oya l 8vo . c lo th pp . Iv.—5 5 4. 1 879.

H e b r ew Li t e r a tur e S oc i e ty . S e e p age 82. wa s !)

H i lmy .—TH E LITE R ATUR E O F E GYPT AND TH E S O UD AN. From th e

E ar li e st ‘ Tim e s t O‘

th e Y e ar 1 88 5 ,'

inc lusi ve . A Bib l iography. Com pr isin

Pr inted Bo oks ; Pe ri odi c al Wr itings and Pap e rs of Le ar ned S o c i e ti e s ; Maps andCharts ; A n c i e nt Papyr i ; Manus c r i

fits , D rawings, e tc . By E .H . PR INCE

IBR A H IM-H ILMY . D edic a ted to H . th e Kh edive I sm a i l . Vo l . I . (A - L) ,dem y 4to . pp . v ii i . -398 , c lo th . 1 8 8 6 . £ 1 6d.

H indoo Mythology Popul ar ly Tr e ate d.—A n E p itom ise d D e sc r ip ti on

o f th e var ious H e a th e n D e i ti e s i l lustra te d o n th e S i l ve r S wam i Te a S e rvi c ep re se nte d, as a Me m e nto o f h is visi t to India , to H .R .H . th e Pr inc e o fWa les;K .G .

,b y H is H ighne ss th e Gae kwar o f Baroda . S m al l 4to . pp . 42

,l im p c lo th .

1 8 7 5 .

‘ 33 . 6d.

H odgson .—E S SA YS ON TH E LANGUA GE S ,

LITE R ATUR E , AND R E LI GIO'

0F NE PA L AND TIBE T ; w i th Pap e r s o n th e i r G e ograp hy, E thn o logy, an

Com m e r c e . By B. H . H O D G S O N, la te Bri t is h Min iste r a t Ne pa l . R oya l8vo . c lo th , p p . 28 8 . 1 8 74 . 1 48 .

H odgson .—E S S A YS ON IND IAN SUBJE CTS . S e e “Tr ijb n e r ’s O ri e ntal

S e r i e s , p . 4 .

H u t c h —TH E IMPE RI AL GA ZETTE E R O F IND IA . By S i r WILLIAMWILS ON H UNTE R ,

C. I . E LL .D . , la t e D i r e c to r -G e n e r a l o f S ta ti s ticsto th e Go ve rnm e nt O f . India . Pub l ish e d b y Co m m and O f th e S e c re tary a !

S tate fo r India . 1 4 vo ls . 8vo . ha lf m o ro c c o . 1 8 87 . £3 38 .

A gr e a t wo rk h a s b e e n u n o s te n ta ti o us ly c ar r i e d on for th e las t twe l ve ye ar s in Indi a ; th eim p o rt anc e o f whi c h i t i s im p o ss ib l e t o e xagge r a t e . Thi s i s n o thi ng l e ss than a c om p le testa t is ti c a l sur ve y o f th e e n ti r e Br i t ish E m p ir e in H indos tan . We have said e no ugh to showt ha t th e Im p e r i a l Ga z e t te e r i s n o m e r e dry c o lle c t io n o f S ta tis ti c s i t is a t r e a sury fro m whi c hthe p o li t i c i an a nd e c o n o m i s t m ay dr aw c o u n t le ss sto r e s o f va lu a b le i n fo rm a t i o n

,and in to whi c h

th e g e n e r a l r e ade r c a n di p wi th th e c e r ta in ty o f always findi ng som e thing b o th to in te r e st andinstruc t h im .

”—Tim e 3 .

5 7 a nd 5 9, Ludga te H i ll, L ondon , E .0.

H unt e r .—A STA TI STICA L A CCO UNT O F BENGA L . By S irW.W. H UNTER,

LL.D ., e tc . D ire c to r-G e n . o f S ta t ist ic s to t h e Gove r nm e nt o f I ndia .

vo r. VO L .

I . 24 Par ganas and S undar b ans . X . D arj i ling , Ja l pé igu r i and Ku c h Be ha rI I . Nadiya and J e ss o r . XI . Pa tna and S Ar an . [S ta tenII I . Midn a p ur , li um a nd H o urah . XI I . Gays and S hahab ad .

IV . Bar dwan , Bir b h t’

rm and Banku r a . X III . Tirh ut a nd Ch am p é ran .

V . D a c c a , Baka rganj , Far idp ur and Ma i XIV . Bh aga lp ur and S a n tdl Pa rganas .

m an s in h . XV. Mon ghy r and Pur n ia h .

VI . Chi t tag o n g H ill Tr ac ts , Ch i ttagon g , XV I. .H a z ar i b é gh a nd Lo hardaga.

No Akhal l ,Tip p e r ah . and H i l lTip p e rah XVII . S i ngb hum . Ch u t ia Ne gpur Tri b u taA'

yS ta t e . S ta te s and Manb h am .

VI I . Me lda h , R a ngp ur and D inaj pur . XVIII . Cut tac k a nd Ba las o r .

VII I. R e j sh ah t and Bo gra. XIX. Puri , and O rissa Tr ib u ta ry S ta te s .IX . Mur s h idab arl and Pab na. XX . F ishe r i e s , Bo tan y, a nd Ge n e r a l Inde x

Pub l ishe d b y c o m m and o f th e Go ve rnm e n t o f India . In 20Vo ls . 8vo . ha lfm o ro c c o . £ 5 .

H unt e r .—A STATI STICA L A CCO UNT O F A S SAM. By S i r W. W. H UNTE R ,

LL.D . , e tc . 2 vo l s. 8 vo . ha lf-m o ro c c o , p p . 420 and 490, with TwoMap s . 1 8 79. 103 .

H unte r .—FAMINE A SPE CTS O F BENGA L D I STR I CTS . A Syste m of Fam ine

Warn ings. By S i r W. W. H UNTE R , LL.D ., e tc . Crown 8 vo . c lo th ,

p p . 21 6 . 1 8 7 4. 73 . 6d.

H un t e r .-TH E IND IANMUSALMANS . By S irW. W. H UNTE R ,

LL.D . ,e tc . Th ird E dit io n . 8vo . c lo th , p p . 219. 1 8 7 6 . 108 . 6d.

Kant ian—A BR IE F H I STO R Y O F TH E IND I AN PE O PLE . By S i r W. W.

H unte r , LL. D .,e tc . Crown 8 vo . pp . 222 wi th m ap , c lo th . 1 884.

38 . 6d.

H unte r .—Indian E m p i r e . S e e Tru b ne r

s O ri e n tal S e r i e s, p age 5 .

H unte r . A N‘

A CCO UNT O F TH E BR ITI S H S E TTLEMENT O F A D ENin A ra b ia . Co m p i le d b y Ca p ta in F. M. H UNTE R , A ss is ta n t Po li t ic a l R e s ide n t ,A de n .

D e m y 8 vo . ha l f-m o ro c c o , p p . xi i —232. 1 8 7 7 . 7 s. 6d.

Indi a .—F INANCE AND R E VE NUE A CCO UNTS O F TH E GO VE RNMENT O F

,fo r

1 8829 83 . F cp . 8 vo . pp . vi ii . -220, b oards . 1 884. 2s . 6d.

Js c obs.—TH E JEWI SH QUE STI ON. 1 8 7 5—1 8 8 4 . A Bibl iogr aphi c al

H and- l ist . Com p i led b y JO S E P H JACO BS , B.A .

, la te S c ho la r o f S t . Jo hn ’s

Co l le ge , Cam b r idge . Fc ap . 8 vo . pp . xi i . -96 , wrapp e r . 2s .

Japan—MA P O F NI PPON (Jap an ) : Com p il e d fr om Nat ive Map s, andth e No te s O f r e c e n t Trave l le rs . By R . H . BRUNTO N, 1 880. In4 she e ts , 2l s . ; r o l le r , va rn ishe d, £ 1 1 18 . 6d. ; Fo lde d, i n c as e , £ 1 5 3 . 6d .

Juv e nal i s S a ti r% .—Wi th a Li t e r a l E ng li sh Pr o se Tr an slat ion and

Note s. By J . D . LEWI S , M.A . S e c ond, R e vised, and c ons ide rab lyE n larged E diti on . 2Vo ls . po st 8vo . pp . xii .

-230, and 400, c loth . 123 .

Ka egi .f TH E R IG VE D A :r th e O lde st Li t e r a tur e o f th e Indian s . ByA D O LPH KA E GI , Pro fe ssor in th e Unive rsi ty of Zii ri ch . 8 vc . pp . vi ii -1 98

,

c loth . 1 8 86 . 7 s . 6d.

Ke rr i son .—A COMMON-PLACE BO O K O F TH E FIF rE ENTH CENTUR Y. Co n

ta ining a R e l igious P lay a nd Po e try, Lega l Fo rm s, and Lo c a l A c c ounts .

Pr in te d from th e O r iginal MS . a t Brom e a ll, S uffo lk. By Lady CA R O L INEKE R R I S ON. E di te d, wi th No te s , byLUCY TO ULMIN SMITH . D emy 8 r o . wi thTwo F ac sim i l e s, pp . v ii i .- 1 76 , p ar c hm e nt . 1 8 86 . 7s . 6d.

Ki tts .—A COMPEND IUM O F TH E CA STE S AND TR IBE S F O UND IN IND IA .

Comp i le d fr om th e ( 1 88 1 ) Ce nsus R e o r ts fo r th e Va ri ous Pro vinc e s (e xc ludi ngBurm ah) and Na tive S ta te s o f th e m pi ra. By E . J . KITTS , B.C.S . F c ap .

fo l io , pp . xii:90,b oards. 1 886 . 5 3 .

i34 Lingu is tic P ub li c a tions of Tr ii bnc r O o .

Knowl e s—A D ICTI ONA R Y O F KA SHMI R I PR O VE RBS AND S AYINGS . EK

glai ned and I l lustra ted from th e R i c h and Inte re sting Fo lk-lo re o f th e Val ley.y th e R e v , J . H INTO N KNOWLE S , e tc . Miss ionary to th eKashm ir is . Crown 8vo . pp . vi i i .-263 , c lo th . 1 8 85 .

Le i tn e r .—S ININ-I -IS LAM. Be ing a Ske tc h o f th e H isto ry and

Li t e ra tu r e o f Mu ham m adan i sm and th e i r p la c e i n Un i ve rsa l H is to ry. For the

us e of Ma u lv is . By G . W. LE ITNE R . Pa r t I . Th e E a r ly H isto ry o f A rab ia

t o th e fa ll o f th e A b a sside s . 8 vo . se wed. La hor e .

Le i tn e r .—H I STO R Y O F IND IGENO US E D UCA TI ON IN TH E PANJAB S INCE

A nn e xati on , and in 1 8 82. By G. W. LE ITNE R , LL .D .,late on e c i al duty

wi th th e E du c a ti on Com m ission app o in t ed b y th e Gove rnm e nt of In a . F c ap .

fo lio , pp . 5 88 , pap e r b oards. 1 8 83 . £5 .

Ire land.—4FUS ANG ; o r, th e D i sc ove ry o f A m e r i c a b y Chin e se Buddhi st

Pr i e s ts i n th e F ifth Ce n tu ry . By CH A R LE S G . LE LAND . Crown 8 vo . c lo th , pp .

xix. a nd 21 2. 1 87 5 . 7 8 . 6d.

Le land—Th e Gypsi e s . S e e p age 6 9 .

Le onowe ns .-LIFE AND TR A VE L IN IND I A . Be ing R e c o ll e cti ons o f a.Journ ey b e fo r e the D ays o f R ai lroads . By A NNA H . LE O NO WENS . 8vc . pp . 326 ,

I l lus tra ted, c lo th . 1 885 . 1 08 . 6d.

L'

m de —TE A IN IND LA . A Ske t ch , Inde x , and R e gi ste r of th e Te aIndustry i n India , with a Map o f a ll th e Te a D istri c ts , e tc . By E . LIND E ,S u r ve yo r . Fo l io

,wrappe r , p p . xxi i .—30, m ap m o un t e d and in c lo th bo ards .

1 8 79 . 6 33 .

L0ng .—E as te rn Pr ove rbs and E m ble m s . S e e p age 4 .

LOWeu.—CH O S O N: TH E LAND O F TH E MO RNING CA LM. A Ske tc h o f

Kor e a . By PE R CIVA L LO W E LL . S up e r-r oya l 8 vo . pp . x.

-4 1 2, c lo th . 1 8 86 . 248 .

McCr indl e .-Th e Com m e rc e and Nav igat ion o f th e E rythraaan S e a .

Be ing a Tran s la t io n o f th e Pe r ip lus Ma r is E ryth ra e i , by a n A n o nym o us Wr ite r ,and o f A r r ian

s A c c o un t o f th e Vo yage o f Ne a rkh o s , from th e Mou th o f th e

Indus to th e H e ad o f th e Pe r s ian Gu lf. W i th In t roduc t io n , Co m m e n ta ry,No te s , a nd Inde x . Po st 8vo . c lo th, p p . i v. and 23 8 . 1 8 79. 7 8 . 6d.

McCrindle .—A NCI ENT IND I A A S D E SCR IBE D BY ME GA STH ENE S AND

A R R I A N. A Tran s la tio n o f F ragm e n ts o f th e Indik a o f Me gas th e n é s c o l le c te db y D r . S CH WA NBE R K , a nd o f th e F ir st P a r t o f th e Indika O f A r r ian . By J .W . Mc CR IND LE ,M. A . , Pr in c ip a l o f Gov . Co l l e ge , Pa tn a . Wi th In t ro duc tio n ,

No te s , and Ma p o f A nc i e nt India . Po s t 8vo . c lo th , p p . xi i—224. 1 8 7 7 . 7 8 . 6d.

McCr indIe .—A NCIE NT IND IA a s de sc r ibe d b y Kt e sra s , th e Kn idian,

a tr anslati on of th e ab r idgm e n t of h is “Indi c a ,” b y Ph o ti os , and fragm e nts

o f tha t wo rk p r e se r ved in o th e r wr ite rs . By J . W. McCR IND LE ,M.A . Wi thIn tr odu c tion , No te s, and Inde x . 8vo . c lo th . pp . vi ii .—104. 1 8 82. 6 a. c

McCr indIe .

—ANCIENT IND IA A s D E SCR IBE D BY PTO LEMY . A Tr anslati on o f th e Chap te rs wh i c h de sc r ib e India and Ce n tra l and E aste rn A sia in theTr e a tise o n Ge ogr aphy wr i tte n b y KLA UD IO S PTO LEMA IO S , th e Ce le b rated

A str onom e r ; wi th In troduc tio n , Com m e n ta ry, Map o f India ac c o rding to

P to lem y, and a v e ry Cop io us Inde x. By J . W. McCR IND L E , M.A . D em y8vo . pp . xi i .-373, c l o th . 1 88 5 . 78 . 6d.

Ma cKe nz i e .—Th e H i story of th e R e lat ion s o f th e Gove rnm e nt w i th

th e H i l l Trib e s o f th e Nor th -E ast Fronti e r o f Be nga l . By A . MA CKENZIE,S e c . to th e Gov. Be ngal . R oya l . 8 r o . pp . xvii i .-5 86 , c lo th , wi th Map .

1 6 8 .

36 L inguistic Pu blic a tions of Tr ii bne r Co .,

Morr i s—A D E SCR IPTIVE AND H I STO R ICA L A CCO UNT O F TH E GO D A vE R ’

r

D I STR ICT in th e Pr e side n cy O fMadr as . By H . MO R R IS , fo rm e r lyM.C. S . 8vO .

c l o th, wi th m ap , pp . xii . and 390. 1 8 78 . 123 .

‘Mii ll e r .—ANCI ENT INSCR IPTI ONS IN CE YLON. By D r . E DWA R D MuLLE R .

2 Vo ls . Te xt , c rown 8 vo . , pp . 220,c lo th and p late s, O b long,

fo l io , c lo th .

1 883 . 21 3 .

Munr O .-MA JO R -GENE R A L S I R T. MUNR O , Ba r t . , Gov e rn o r o f

Madras . S e l e c tions from h is Minu te s and o th e r O ffi c ia l Wri tings , E di ted, wi than In troduc to ry Mem o ir andNo te s, b y S ir A . J . A R BUTH NO T, C.I .E .

New E dition . D em y 8 r o . pp . c xli v .-625 , with Map , c lo th . 1 88 7 . £ 1 1 3 .

N0rth .—NO R TH ’

S PLUTA R CH ,F O UR CH A PTE R S O F ; Con ta in ing th e Live s

O f Ca ins Ma rc ius , Co ri o lanus, Ju l ius Cae sar , Ma r c us A nto nius , and MarcusBru tus, as S o ur c e s to S hak e sp e ar e ’ s Tragedi e s ; Co ri o lanus, Jul ius Caes ar , a ndA nto ny and Cle opatra ; and p ar t] to H am l e t andTim on o f A th e ns . Pho tol ithograph ed in th e -

siz e o f th e di ti on o f 1 595 . Wi th Pr e fac e , No te s compp

ring th e Te xt o f th e E di ti ons O f 1 5 79, 1 595 , 1 603, and 1 6 1 2 ; and R e fe r e n c eO te s to th e Te xt O f th e Trage di e s o f S hak e sp e a re . E di te d by Pro f. F . A .

LE O , Ph .D . ,Me m b e r o f th e D i r e c to ry o f th e Ge rman S hake sp e ar e S o c i ety ; and

Le c tur e r a t th e A c ademy O f Mode rn Ph i lo logy a t Be r li n . Fo l io , p p . 22, 1 30

o f facs im i l e s , h a lf-m o ro c c o . Lib rary E dit ion (l im i ted to 250c op i e s ) , £ 1 1 1 3 . 6d.

A m a te ur E di tio n (50 c op i e s on a sup e rio r l a’

rge'

h and-ni ade p ap e r ) ,

Not e s, R O UGH , O F JO UR NE Y S m ade in th e y e ar s 1 8 6 8—1 8 7 3 , in Syri a ,

India , Kashm i r , Jap a n ,Mo ngo lia , S i b e r ia , Un i t e d S ta te s,S andwi c h Is lands

,

A u s tra las ia , e tc . D e m y 8 vo . pp . 624, c lo th . 1 8 75 . Ms .

”Num i sm a ta 0r i e nta l i a .-TH E INTE RNA TI ONA L NUMI SMATA O R IENTA LI A .

E dit e d b y E DW A R D TH OMA S , e tc . Vo l . I . I l lus t ra te d wi th 20Pla te sand a Map . R oya l 4to . c lo th . 1 8 78 . £ 3 1 38 . 6d.

'

A lso in 6 Pa rts so ld s e p a r a te ly , roya l 4to .,wr app e rs, v 1z

Pa r t I .—A nc ie n t Indian We ights . By E . TH O MA S , e tc . Pp . 84 , w ith

P la t e and Map o f th e India o f Mann . 93 . 6d. 1 1 .—Co in s O f th e Urtuki

Turkum an s . By S . L . PO O LE . Pp . 44, w i th 6 P la t e s . 93 . I II . Th e

Co in age O f Lydia and Pe r s ia , fr om th e E a r l i e st Tim e s to th e Fa l l o f th eD yn as ty o f th e A c b aem e n idae . By B. V. H E A D , A ss is tan t-Ke e p e r O f Co in s

,

Br it ish Muse um . Pp . v i i i . a nd 5 6 , wi th thr e e A u to typ e P la te s . 108 . 6d .

IV. Th e Co in s o f th e Tu lun i D yn a sty . By E . T. R O GE R S . Pp . i v . a nd 22,

and 1 P la te . 5 3 . V. Th e Pa r thian Co inage . By P . GA R DNE R , M.A . Pp .

i v . a nd 6 5 , wi th 8 A u to type P la t e s . 1 8 8 . VI . Th e A n c ie n t Co ins andMe as u r e s

o f Ce ylon . Wi th a D i sc u ssi o n O f th e Ce ylon D a te O f th e Buddha ’s D e a th

By T. W. R H YS D A v ID S , la t e Ce ylo n C. S . Pp . 60, wi th Pla te . 103 .

Num i sm ata O r i enta l i a .—VO L . II . CO INS O F TH E JEws . H ist ory O f th e

J ewish Co in age in th e O ld andNe wTe stam ents . By F . W .MA D D E N,Mem b e r O f th e Num ism a ti c S oc i e ty o f London , e tc . Wi th 279 wo odc uts and ap late o f a lp hab e ts. R oya l 4to . se we d, pp . xii . and 330. 1 88 1 . £2.

O r as a se p arate vo lum e , c lo th . £2 23 .

Num i sm ata or i e ntal i a .—Vo l III . Par t I . TH E CO INS O F A R A R AN, O F

PE GU ,AND O F BURMA . By Li e u t .

-Ge ne ral S i r A R TH UR PH A Y R E , C.B. ,late Comm ission e r o f Br i R oya l 4to . , pp .vi i i . and 48 , wi th 5 A uto typ e Il lustr ations, sewe d. 1 882. 8 8 . 6d. A lso c on

tains th e Indian Ba lhara and th e A r ab ian Inte rc our se wi th Indi a in th e Ninthand followin c e nturi e s . By E D WA R D TH OMA S , F .R .S . Vo l . II I . Par t I I .

Th e .Co ins 0 S outh e rn Indi a . By S ir W. E LLI O T. R oya l 4to . pp . vi ii - 1 68 ,

wi th Map“

and 21 Plat e s . 1 886 . 25 8 .

5 7 a nd 59, Luelga te H ill, London, E .C. 37“

Nutt .—A SKE TCH O F S AMA R ITAN H I STO R Y, D O GH A , AND LITE R ATUR E .

A n I ntroduc ti on to “ F r agm e n ts o f a S am ar i tan Targum .

” By J. W. NUTT,M.A .

,&c . , &c . D em y 8 vo . pp . 1 80, c lo th . 1 8 74 . 5 8 .

O l c ott .—A Buddhi st Ca te c hi sm ,

a c c ording to th e Can on O f th e S o uthe rnChur c h . By Co l . H . S . O lc ot t, 24m o . pp . 32, wr app e r . 1 88 1 . 1 3

O pp e r t .—O N TH E A NCIENT COMME R CE O F IND IA : A Le c tur e . By D r .

G . O PP E R T. 8vo . p ape r , 50pp . 1 8 79. 1 3 .

0pp e r t .-CONTR IBUTIONS TO TH E H I STO R Y O F S OUTH ERN IND IA . Pa r t I .

INS CR IPTI O NS . By D r . G . O PP E R T. 8vo . p ap e r , pp . vi. and 74, wi th a Plate .

1 882. 48 .

O r i e ntali a A nti qua ; O R D O CUMENTS AND R E S E A R CH E S R ELATING TO

TH E H I STO R Y O F TH E WR ITINGS,LANGUA G E S

, AND A R TS O F TH E E A ST.

E dite d b y TE R R I EN D E LA CO UPE R I E , e tc .,e tc . F c ap . 4to . pp . 96 ,

wi th 14 Pla te s,wr appe r . Par t I . 5 8 .

O xl ey .-E GYPT : and th e Wonde rs o f th e Land O f th e Phar a ohs . By

W . O XL E Y. I l lustra te d by a New Ve r sion o f th e Bhagavat—Gi ta , an E p isodeof th e Mah ab h arat , o ne of th e E p i c Poem s O f A nc i e nt India . Crown 8 y o . pp .vii i -328 , c lo th . 1 8 84. 7 8 . 6d.

Palm e r .—E GYPTI AN CH R O NI CLE S , w i th a harm ony O f S a c r e d and

E gyp t ian Ch ro n o lo gy , a nd an A p p e ndix o n Bab ylo n ian a nd A ssyri an A n t iqu i t i es.

By WI LL I A M PA LME R , M. A . , la te Fe l lo w O f Magda l e n Co l l e g e , O xfo rd.

2 vo ls . 8 vo . c lo th , D I) . l xxiv . a nd 428 , a nd v i i i . a nd 6 3 6 . 1 8 6 1 . 1 28 .

Pate lL—CO WA SJ E E PA TE LL’

S CH R O NO LO GY, c on ta in ing c o rr e sp onding

D a t e s o f th e di ffe re n t E ra s u se d b y Ch r i s ti an s . J e ws , G re e ks , H indus ,Moh am e dan s , Pa rse e s , Ch in e se , J a p an e s e , e t c . By CO W A S J E E S O R A BJ E E

FA TE LL . 4to . p p . v i i i . and 1 8 4, c lo th . 5 03 .

Pathya-Vakya , o r Ni ti -S a str a . Mo r a l Maxim s fr om th e Wr i t ings

O f O r i e n ta l Ph i losop h e rs . Par aph r ase d, and Tran sla ted into E nglish “

byA . D . A . WI J A Y A S INH A . Foo lsc ap 8 vo . se we d,

pp . v ii i . and 5 4. 1 8 8 1 . 8 8 .

Pa ton .-A H I STO R Y O F TH E E GYPTI AN R E VO LUTI O N

,fr om th e Pe r iod O f

th e Mam e luk e s to th e D e at h O f Mo ham m e d A l i ; from A ra b a nd E u ro p e an

Me m o i r s , O r al Tradi t io n , a nd Lo c a l R e s e a rc h . By A . A . Pa to n . S e c o nd

E di t io n . 2 vo ls . de m y 8 y o . c lo th , pp . xi i . a nd 395 , vi i i . and 446 . 1 8 70. 7 3 . 6d.

Phi l l ip s .

—KO PAL -KUND A LA . A Ta le o f Be ngal i Li fe . Tr a n sla te d

from th e Be nga l i O f Bunkim Chandr a Ch a t terj e e b y H . A . D . PH IL IP S ,Be nga l O . S . Crown 8 vo . pp . 240, c lo th . 1 8 85 . 6 8 .

Pfounde S .

—E u S O Mim i Bukur o .—A BUD GE T O F JA PANE S E NO TE S .

By CA PT. PF O UND E S , O f Y o ko ham a . 8 vo . sewed, pp . 1 84. 7 8 . 6 d.

Ph ayr e .—CO INS O F A R AKAN

,ETC. S e e “Num i sm ata O ri e n tali a

,

Vol . III . Par t I .

Fi ry .—LE S A INT E D IT. LITTE R A TUR E CH INO I S E . S e e p age 6 3 .

P layfa ir .—TH E CITIE S AND TOWNS O F CHINA . A Ge ogr aphi c a l D i c tion

a ry b y G . M. H . PLAYFA IR , O f H e r Maj e sty’

s Consul ar S e r vi c e in China . 8vo .

c lo th , pp . 506 . 1 8 79 . 25 8 .

P0018 .—CO INS O F TH E UR TUE i TUR KUH ANS . S e e “Num i sm ata O r i

e nta l i a ,” Vo l . I . Part II .

P ool e —A S CH EME O FMO H AMMA D AND YNA STIE S D UR ING TH E KH A LIFATE .

By S . L . PO O LE ,B.A . O xon . , A utho r O f S e l e c t ions fr om th e Ko ran ,e tc . 8 vo . sewed, pp . 8

, wi th a p late . 1 8 80. 2a .

3 8 L ingu is tic P ub lic a tions of Tr ii bne r Co l,

Poo le—A N IND E X To PE R I O D ICA L LITE R ATUR E . By W. F . Pool e ,

LL.D .,Lib rari an O f th e Ch i c ago Pub li c Lib rary. Th ird E di ti on , b rought .

down to January, 1 882. R oya l 8vo . pp . xxv ii i . and 1442, c loth . 1 8 83 .

£3 1 33 . 6 d.

R a l ston .—Tibe tan Tal e s . S e e Tru b n e r

’s O ri e n tal S e r i e s, p age 5 .

R ani Baa—E S SA Y on th e A R CH ITE CTUR E O f th e H IND US . By R AM R a z ,Na tive Judge andMagistr at e o f Banga lo r e . Wi th 48 p la t e s . 4to . pp . xiv . and'

6 4, se we d. Londo n , 1 8 34. £ 2 28 .

R amon—TH E STR UGGLE BETWE ENENGLAND AND FR ANCE F O R SUPR EMACYIN IND IA . (Th e

“Le Bas Pr iz e E ssay for By E . J . R A PS O N, B.A .

Cr own 8vo . pp . vi ii . and 120, c l o th . 1 8 8 7 . 43 . 6d.

R ave n ste in .—TH E R US SIANS ON TH E A MUR ; i ts D i sc o ve ry , Conqu e st ,

and Co lo niz a t ion , w i th a D e sc r ip t ion o f th e Co un try , i ts In hab itan ts , Pr odu ct i ons, and Com m e r c ia l Ca p ab i li t i e s , and Pe r sona l A c c o un ts o f R u ss ian Trave lle r s . By E . G . R A VENSTE IN,

Wi th 4: t in te d Li thographs and 3

Map s . 8vo . c lo th , pp . 500. 1 8 6 1 . 1 5 .

R av e rty .—NO TE S O N A FGH ANI STAN AND PAR T O F BALUCH I STAN, Ge o

graph i c a l , E thnograph i c al , and H isto r i c a l . ByMajor H . G . R A VE RTY , Bom b ayN. I . (R e tir ed) F c ap . fo li o , wr app e r . S e c tions I . and I I . pp . 98 . 1 8 80.

S e c tion I I I . pp v i . and 21 8 . 1 88 1 . 5 3 . S e c ti on IV. pp . x- l 36 . 1 8 83 . 38 .

R i c e .—MYS O R E INSCR IPTI ONS . Tr an sl at e d for th e Gove rnm e n t b yLEW I S R ICE . 8 vo . pp . v i i . 336 , and xxx . Wi th a Fr onti sp i e c e and Map . .

Banga lo r e , 1 8 79. £ 1 103 .

R o ckhi ll .—LIFE O F TH E BUD D H A . S e e p age 6 .

R oe and Fry e r .-TR A VE LS IN IND IA IN TH E S E VENTE ENTH CENTUR Y.

By S i r TH O MA S R O E and D r . J O H N FRYE R . 8y o . c lo th , p p . 474 . 1 8 73 . 7 8 . 6d.

R oge r s—CO INS O F TH E TULUNI D YNA STY . S e e “Num i sm a ta O ri

e nta l ia ,” Vol . I . Par t . IV .

R Outl edge .—E NGLI SH R ULE AND NA TIVE O PINI ON IN IND I A . From

No te s take n in th e ye a rs 1 8 70—74. By JAME S R O UTLE D GE . Po st 8vo . .

c lo th , pp . 344. 1 878 . l oa. 6d.

R owbotham .—A H I STO R Y O F MUS IC. By JO H N FR E D E R ICK R OWBO TH AM,

la te S c ho lar o f Ba l l io l Co l le ge , O xford. 3 vo ls . de my 8vo . pp . xx . and 342,c lo th . Vo l . I . 1 8 85 . Vo l . I I . 1 88 6 . Vol . II I . 1 88 7 . E a c h Vo lum e , 1 83 .

R oy—TH E LYR ICS O F IND .

~ —By D E J END R A LA LA R O Y ,M.A . &C A u thoro f Th e A ryan Me lodi e s . Cr own 8 vo . pp . v i i i . —79, c lo th . 1 88 7 . 28 . 6d.

Sa c hau .—A LR ERUNI s IND IA . A n A c c ount o f th e R e l igi on ,

Phi lo sophy,Lit e ratur e

, Chrono lo A stronom y, Custom s, Laws, and A str o lo o f India,

ab ou t A .D . 1 030. E'

t ed in th e A r ab ic O r igina l b y D r . E dward a c h au , Pro e

fe sso r in th e R oya l Uni ve r si ty o f Be r lin . With an Inde x of th e S anskri t

Words . 4to . pp . xl i . and 3 7 1 , c lo th . 1 887 . £ 3 33 .

S ange rm ano .—A D E SCR I PTI ON O F TH E BURME S E EMPI R E . Com p il ed

c h i e fly from Na tive D o c um e nts , b y th e R e v. Fa th e r S ANGE RMANO , and trans la tedfr om h i s MS . b y W. TAND Y, D .D .

, Me m b e r O f th e R om an S ub -Comm i tte e O f

th e O ri e n ta l Trans la tion F und. R oya l 8 r o . pp . x.- 228 , c lo th . 1 8 85 . 8 3 .

SRSh ’i —F O LKLO R E IN S O UTH E RN IND IA . By Pandi t S . M. NATESAS ASTR I, Go ve rnm ent A r chae o logi c al Survey. In Two Par ts, c rown 8vo . pp . 1 3C?wrappe r . 1 8 86 . 33 .

S chi e fn e r .-Tibe tan Tal e s . S e e Tru bn e r

’s O r ie n tal S e r i e s, p age 5 .

40 L ingu istic Publ ic a tions of Tr ii bi ic r 8p Co .

Thorbur n .—BANNU; o r,O ur A fghan F ron ti e r . By S . S . TH O RBURN,

S e tt l em e nt O ffi c e r,Bannu D istri c t . 8vo . c loth , pp . x . and 480. 1 8 76 . 1 83 .

Vaughan .—TH E MANNE R S AND CUSTOMS O F TH E CH INE SE O F TH E

S TR A ITS S E TTLEMENTS . By J . D . VA UGH AN, A dvo c ate and S o lic i to r , S upr em eCour t

,S tr a i ts S e tt lem e nts . 8vo . pp . i v .

~ 1 20,b oards . 1 8 79. 73 . 6d.

Watson .—IND E x TO TH E NA TIV E AND S CI ENTI FICNAME S O F IND IAN AND

O TH E R E A STE R N E CO NO MI C PLA NTS A ND P R O D UCTS , By J . F. WA TS O N,1 8 6 8 . £31 1 1 8 . 6d.

We dgwood.—CONTE STE D E TYMO LO GI E S in th e D i c tiona ry o f th e R e v .

W . W. S k e a t . By H E NSLE IGH WE D GWO O D . Crown 8 vo . c lo th , pp . vi ii . -1 94.

5 8 .

We st and Buhl e r .—A D I GE ST O F TH E H IND U LAWO f Inh e r i tanc e ,

Part it ion ,A dop tio n E m b odying th e R e p li e s O f th e S ae tr is in th e Co ur ts o f th e

Bom b ay Pr e s ide n cy. Wi th In troduc tion s and No te s b y th e H o n . Jus ti c e R A YMO ND WE ST and J . G . Bi iH LE R , C.I .E . Th ird E di tio n . 8 vo . pp . xc .

-1450,wrapp e r . 1 884. 363 .

Whe e l e r .-TH E H I STO R Y O F IND IA F R OM TH E E A R LI E ST A GE S . By J .

TA LBO Y S WH E E LE R , A ss i stan t S e c r e ta ry t o th e Go ve rnm e n t O f India in th eF o r e ign D e p ar tm e n t , e t c . e t c . D e m y 8 v o . c l .

Vo l . I . Th e V e di c Pe r i o d a nd th e Ma h a Bha r a ta . p p . lxxv . a nd 5 7 6 . O u t o fPr int .

V01 . I I. , Th e R am aya n a a nd th e Bra hm an i c Pe r i o d . p p . lxxxv i i i . and 6 80, w i thtwo Map s . 21 3 . Vo l . I II . H indu , Buddh i st , Br ahm a n i c a l R e v iva l . p p . 484,w i th two m ap s . 1 8 3 . Vo l . IV. Part I . Mussu lm an R u l e . pp . xxxi i . and 320.

1 43 . Vo l . IV. Pa r t I I . Moghu l E m p i re—A u rangz e b . p p . xxv i i i . a nd 280. 1 28 .

Whe e l e r .—E A R LY R E CO R D S O F BR ITI SH IND IA . A H i story O f th e

E ngl ish S e t tl e m e n t in India, a s to ld in th e Go ve rnm e n t R e c o rds , th e wo rk s o f

O ld t r av e l l e r s a nd o t he r c o n t e m po ra ry D o c um e n ts , fro m th e e a r l i e st p e r io ddown t o th e r i s e O f Br i ti sh Po we r in India . By

-J . TA LBO Y S WH E E LE R .

R oya l 8 vo . c lo th , p p . xxxi i . and 392. 1 87 8 . 1 5 8 .

Wi l l i am s .—MO D E RN IND IA AND TH E IND I ANS . S e e Tr u b n e r

’s O r i e n tal

S e r i e s , p . 3 .

Wi l son .—PANJA B CUSTOMA R Y LAW . Vo l . IV . GENE R A L CO D E O F

TR IBA L CUSTO M IN TH E S IR S A D I STR I CT O F TH E PUNJ A B . D rawn up by J.WILS O N, S e ttl e m e n t O fil c e r . Im p e r i a l 8 vo . pp . vi i i . and 1 94, c lo th . 73 .

Wirgm an .-A S KE TCH BO O K O F JA PAN. By C. WI E GMAN. Con ta in

ing 39 H um o rous S k e tc h e s on th e Ma nn e rs and Custom s o f th e Jap an e se , wi tha c c om p anying E xp lana ti ons . R oya l 8y o . o b long, b ound in Jap an e se gi l t c lo th .

1 88 5 . 1 5 3 .

Wi se .—COMMENTA R Y ON TH E H IND U S YSTEM O F ME D ICINE . By T. A .

WI S E ,M.D . , Be nga l Me di c a l S e rv ic e . 8 y o .

, p p . xx . and 432, c lo th . 7 3 . 6d.

Wi SC.—R E VI EW O F TH E

H I STO R Y O F ME D ICINE . By TH OMA S A .

WI S E , M.D . 2 vo ls . 8vo . c lo th . Vo l . I ., pp . xc vi i i . and 397 ;-Vo l . I I . ,

pp . 5 74. 103 .

Wor sa a e .—TH E PR E -H I STO R Y O F TH E NO R TH

,BA S E D ON CONTEMPO R A R Y

MEMO R I A L S . By th e la te CH AMBE R LA IN J . J. A . WO R S A A E , D r . Ph i l . , H on .

P . S .A . S c o t , &c . , &c . Tr ansl a te d, wi th a b r i e f Mem o i r ofth e A u th o r , b y H . F . MO R LAND S IMP S O N,

'

M. A . Crown 8vo . pp . xxx. and206 , c l o th , wi th Map and I l lus trations . 1 8 8 6 . 6 3.

5 7 a nd 59,Lua

'

ga tc H i ll, L ondon , E .C. 41

Wr ight—TH E CE LT, TH E R OMAN,AND TH E S AXON ; a H isto ry O f

'

theE ar ly Inhab i tan ts of Br i tain down to th e Con ve rs ion o f th e A ng lo -S axons toChri st iani ty. I l lustr ate d b y th e A n c i e nt R e m a ins b ro ugh t to l igh t b y R e c e ntR es e ar c h . By TH OMA S WR IGH T, M.A . , &c . , &c . Co r r e c ted and Eularged E di tion . Crown 8 vc . pp . xiv. and 5 62, wi th n e ar ly 300E ngravings, c lo th .

1 88 5 . 98 .

TH E RE LIGIO NS O F TH E E A ST.

A di Gr an th (Th e ) ; O R , TH E H O LY SCR IPTUR E S O F TH E S IKH S, tr ansl a te d from th e o r igina l Gu rm ukhi , w i th In t r o du c to ry E ssays , b y D r . E RNE ST

TR UMPP,Pro f. O r ie n ta l Lan guag e s , Mun i c h . R o y. 8 vo . c l . p p . 8 6 6 . £ 2 123 . 6d.

A l ab aste r .—TH E WH E E L O F TH E LAW : Buddh i sm i l lu stra te d from

S iam e se S o ur c e s b y th e Mo de r n Buddhi st , a Li fe O f Buddha , a nd an a c c o un t o fth e Ph ra b a t . By H E NRY A LA BA S TE R , I n t e rp r e te r o f H .M. Co n sul ate -Ge n e ralin S iam . D e m y 8 vo . pp . l vi i i . a nd 324

, c lo th . 1 8 7 1 . 143 .

A m be r l e y .—AN A NALYS I S O F R E LIGI O US BE LI E F . By VI SCO UNT

A MBE R L EY. 2 vo ls . 8vo . c l . , p p . xv i . 496 and 5 12. 1 8 76 . 308 .

A p astam b iya D harm a Su tr am .—A PH O R I SMS O F TH E S A CR E D LAW S O F

THE H IND US , b y A p astam b a . E dite d, wi th a Tran s la t io n a ndNo te s , b y G. Bii h l e r .2 p a rt s . 8 vo . c lo th , 1 8 6 8—7 1 . £ 1 48 . 6d .

A rnold—TH E LI GH T O F A S I A ; o r,Th e Gr e at R e n un c i ation (Maha

b h in ishkram ana ) . Be ing th e Li fe and Te a c h in g o f Gau tam a,Pr in c e o f India ,

and Fo unde r o f Buddhi sm (a s to ld b y a n Indian Buddh i st ) . By S i r E DWINA R NO LD , M.A .

,e tc . Ch e ap E dit io n . Cro wn 8 y o . p arc hm en t, pp .

xv i . and 238 . 1 88 7 . 33 . 6d. Li b rary E diti on , p o st 8vo . c loth . 78 . 6d.

Illustra ted E di tion . 4to . pp . xx. - 1 96 , c lo th . 1 884. 21 3 .

m 01d.—IND IANPO E TR Y. S e e Tr ii b n e r

’s O r i e n ta l S e ri e s

, p age 4 .

A I n O ld.—PE A R LS O F TH E FA I TH ; . o r , I sl am

’s R o sary . Be ing th e

Nin e ty -n ine Be auti fu l Nam e s o f A l lah ( A sm a- e l wi th Comm e nts inV e rse from var ious O ri e n ta l sour c e s as m ade b y an Indian Mussu lm an . ByS ir E . A R NO LD

,M.A . , e tc . Fo ur th E d. Cr . 8 vo . c l . , pp . xvi . -320.

1 88 7 . 7 8 . 6d.

Ba lfour .—TA O I ST TE s ; E th i c a l , Po l iti c al

,a nd Sp e c ulative . By

F . H . BA LFO UR . Imp . 8 vo . pp . vi . - 1 1 8 , c lo th .

Ball antyn e .—Th e S ankhya A phor i sm s O f Kap ila . S e e p . 6 .

Ban e rj e a .

—TH E A R IA NWITNE S S , o r th e Te stim o ny o f A r ian S c rip tur e sIn c o rrob o rati on o f Bib l ic a l H isto ry and th e R udim e n ts of Chr ist ian D oc tri ne .

I nc luding D isse rta tions on th e O r i ginal H om e and E ar ly A dve n tur e s o f IndoA ri an s . By th e R e v . K . M. BANE R J E A . 8vo . sewed, pp . xvi i i . and 236 . 8 3 . 6d.

Barth .—R ELIGI ONS O F IND IA . S e e Tr u b n e r

s O ri e nta l S e r i e s,

p age 4 .

Be a1 .—A CA TENA O F BUD D H I ST S CR IPTUR E S FR OM TH E CH INE SE . By S .

BE A L, B.A . 8vo . c lo th

, p p . xiv . and 43 6 . 1 8 7 1 . 1 5 3 .

Be al . —TH E R OMANTIC LE GEND O F SAR E YA BUD D H A . F r om th eCh ine se -S an s c r it b y th e R e v . S . BE A L . Cro wn 8vo . c lo th , p p . 400. 1 8 7 5 . 1 28 .

Be a1.—TH E D H AMMA PA D A . S e e “Tr ii b n e r’s O r i e n tal S e r i e s,

”p age 3 .

42 Linguistic Pub lica tions of Trubne r 8; 00.

Be ak—A BSTR A CT O F FO UR LE CTUR E S ONBUD D H I STLITE RA TUR E IN CH INA ,‘

D e li ve r ed a t Uni ve rs i ty Co l l ege , London . By S AMUE L BE A L . D emy 8y o .

c loth , pp . 208 . 1 88 2. 6d.

Baal —Buddhi st R e c ords O f th e We ste rn Wor ld. S e e Tr ii b ne r’s

O r i e ntal S e ri es ,”p . 6 .

Bigande t .

—GAUD AMA,th e Buddha o f th e Burm e se . S e e “Trub n e r

’s

O ri e nta l S e r i e s ,” p age 4 .

Br ocki e .-IND I AN PH ILO S O PH Y. In trodu c tory Pap e r . By WILLI AM

BR O CKIE . 8vo . p p . 26 , se we d. 1 8 72. 6d.

Bl'OWIl .—TH E D E R VI SH E S ; o r , O RI ENTA L S PIR ITUA LI SM. By JO H N P .

BR O WN, S e e . a nd D rago m an o f Le ga tion o f U.S .A . Co n sta n tino p l e . With .

twe n ty-fo u r I l lustra t io ns . 8 vo . c lo th , p p . v i i i . a nd 41 5 . 1 43 .

Burne ll .—TH E O R D INANCE S O FMANU . S e e Tr ii bn e r

’s O r i e n ta l S e r i e s .

page 6 .

Callaway .—TH E R ELIGI O US SYSTEM O F TH E A MAZULU. S e e p age 5 1 .

Chalm e rs—TH E O RI GIN O F TH E CH INE SE ; an A tte m pt to Tra c e th ec o nn e c tio n o f th e Ch in e s e w i thWe st e rn Na t io n s in t h e i r R e ligion , S up e r st i t io nsA rt s, La nguage , and Tradi t io n s . By J O H N CH A LME R S , A .M. Fo o lsc ap 8vo . .

c lo th , p p . 7 8 . 5 8 .

Cha tte rj i .—TH E BH AGAVA D GiTA ; O R TH E LO R D ’S LA Y .

—Wi th Comm e n andNo te s

, as we l l as r e fe r en c e s to th e Ch r is tian S c rip tur e s. Transla te dfrom t e S an sk ri t fo r th e b e ne fi t O f tho se in se ar c h o f S i r i tua l Ligh t . ByMO R INI M. CH A TTE R J I ,M.A . R oya l 8vo . pp . ix. and 283 , 0 o th . 1 887. 1 03 . 6d.

Cl arke —TEN GR E AT R E LIGIONS : an E ssay in Com p ar a tive The o logy .

By JAME S FR E EMA N CLA R K E . 8 vo . c lo th , p p . x . and 5 28 . 1 87 1 . 103 . 6d.

Clarke —TEN GR E AT R E LIGI ONS . Part II . A Com p ar ison O f A l lR e ligi ons . By J . F . CLA R K E . D em y 8vo .

, pp . xxvi i i . -414, c lo th . 1 8 83. 1 08 . 6d.

Cl arke .—S E R PENT AND S I VA WO R S H IP, and My tho l ogy in Ce ntral

A m e ri c a, A fri c a a nd A s ia . By H YD E CLA R K E , E sq . 8vo . s e we d. 1 8 .

Conway .—TH E S A CR E D A NTH O LO GY . A Bo ok O f E thn i c al S c r ip tur e s .

Co l le c t e d a nd e di te d b y M. D . CO NW A Y. 5 th e di t io n . D e m y 8 vo . c lo th ,p p . xvi . and 480. 1 8 7 6 . 1 28 .

Coom ara Swam y .—TH E D ATH AVANS A ; o r

,th e H i story O f th e Too th

R e l i c o f Go tam a Buddha . Pa li Te xt , and E ngl ish Tr anslat i on , w i th No te s .

By S i rM. CO O MAR A SWAMY,Mude l i ar . D em y 8vo . pp . 1 74, c lo th . 1 8 74. 103 . 6d.

'

Trans la tio n,O n ly, wi th No te s. pp . 100. 6 3 .

Coomara Swam - SUTTA NI'

PATA ; o r , th e D ial ogu e s and D isc ou r se sO f Go ta

'

m a'

Bu dh a .

'

Tr ans lated fr om th e Pa l i , wi th Intr oduc ti on and No te s.

By S ir M. CO OMAR A SWAMY. Cr . 8 vo . c lo th , pp . xxxvi . and 1 60. 1 8 74. 68 .

Coran .

-E xTR A CTs FR OM TH E O CE AN IN TH E O R IGINA L, WITH E NGLI SHR END E R ING . Com pi l ed b y S i r WILLI AMMUI R , LL .D . , A uthor O f

'

th e “Life o f Mahom e t . Se c ond E diti on . Crown 8vo . pp . 72, c lo th . 1 88 5 .

Cowe ll . -TH E S A R VA D AR SANA SAMGR AH A . S e e “Tr u b n e r’

s O ri e n ta l

S e ri e s,”p . 5 .

Cunn ingham .—TH E BH I LSA TO PE S ; o r , Buddhi st Monum e n ts O f Ce n tr al

India : c om p r i s in g a b r i e f H is to r ic a l S k e tc h o f th e R is e , Pr ogre ss , and D e c l in eo fBuddhism wi t h an A c c ou n t O f th e O p e n in g a nd E xam ina t io n O f th e va rio u sGrou p s o f To p e s a ro undBh i lsa . By

'Br e v .-Maj o r A . Cunn ingham . I l lustra te d.

-8vo . c lo th , 33 P la te s, p p . xxxv i . 3 70. 1 8 5 4. £ 2 28 .

44 Lingu istic P ubl ic a tions of Tr ii bn e r Sr Co .

H ang—TH E A ITA R E Y A BR A H MANAM O F TH E R IG VE D A : c o nta in ing the

E a r l ie st S p e c u la t ions O f t h e Brahm an s o n th e m e an ing o f th e S a c r ifi c i a l Praye rs

and o n th e O r igi n ,Pe r fo rm an c e , and S e nse o f th e R i t e s O f th e Ve dic R e ligio n .

S an sk r it Te xt E di t e d, Tran s la t e d, and E xp la in e d b y MA R TIN H A U O , Ph .D .

S up e r in t e nde n t O f S an sk r i t S tudie s i n th e Po o na Co l le ge , e t c . 2Vo ls. Crown8 vo . p p . 3 1 2, and 5 44, c lo th . 1 8 63. £2 23 .

Hawke n .—UPA -S A STR A : Com m e n ts, Lingui sti c and D oc trinal , o n

S ac re d and Myth ic Li te ra tu r e . By J . D . H A WK EN. 8 r o . c lo th, pp .vii i .—28 8 .

7 8 . 6d.

H e r sh on .-TALMUD ICMI SCELLANY . S e e Tr u b n e r ’s O r i e nta l S e ri e s,

p age 4.

H odgson .—E S SAYS R E LATING To IND IAN SUBJE CTS . S e e Tr ubn e i ’s

O r ie nta l S e r ie s,” p . 4 .

Inm an .—ANCIF.NT PA GAN AND MO D E RN CH RI STIAN S YMBO LI SM E XPO SED

A ND E XPLA INE D . By TH O MA S INMAN,M.D . S e c o nd E di t ion . Wi th Ill us tmt io n s . D e m y 8 vo . c lo th , p p . x1. and 1 48 . 1 8 74. 7 8 . 6d.

J ohn son .—O R IE NTA L R E LIGI ONS and the i R e l ation to Uni ve r sal R e l i

gio n . By S A MUE L J O H NS O N. I . India . 2 Vo lum e s , p o st 8 vo . pp . 408 and

402, c lo th . 21 8 . I I . Pe rsi a . D em y 8vo . pp . xli v . -784, c lo th . 1 885 . 1 83 .

J ournal of th e Ce ylon Br an c h of th e R oyal A sia ti c Soc i e ty—Fo r

Pap e rs o n Buddh ism c o n ta ine d in i t, se e page 1 5 .

Ki stn e r .—BUD D H A AND H I S D O CTR INE S . A Bibl iographi c al E ssay . By

O TTO KI STNE R . Im p e ri a l 8 y o . , p p . iv . and 32, sewe d. 2s . 6d .

Kor an—A r abi c t e xt . Li thogr aphe d in O udh . Fo o lsc ap 8vo . pp .

502, s e we d. Lu c know, A H . 1 295 98 .

Koran—S e e a lso unde r Co ran

Lan e —TH E KO R AN. S e e Tr ub n e r’s O ri e n ta l S e ri e s, p . 3 .

Le gge .-CONFUCIANI SM IN R E LA TI ON TO CH RI STIANITY . S e e p age 62.

Le gge .—TH E LIFE AND TE A CH INGS O F CONFUCIUS . Wi th E xp l anato ry

No te s . By JAME S LE GGE , D .D . S ixth E di t io n . Crown 8 vo . c lo th, pp. vi .

and 338 . 1 887 .

Le gge .—TH E LIFE AND WO R KS O F MENCIUS . Wi th E ssays andNote s .

By JA ME S LE GGE . Cr own 8vo . c lo th , pp . 402. 1 8 75 . 1 23 .

.Legge .—TH E S H E -KING ; o r , Th e Bo ok O f A n c ie n t Po e t ry . Tr ans

l ated in E ngli sh Ve rse , with E ssays and No te s . By JAME SLL .D . , e tc .

,e tc . Pp . vi . and 432, c l o th . 1 8 76 . 28 .

Le gge .—CH INE SE CLA S SICS . S e e p age 6 2.

Le i gh . TH E R E LIGI ON O F TH E WO R LD . By H . STONE LE IGH . 12m o .

pp . x i i . 6 6 , c lo th . 1 8 69. 23 . 6d .

M‘Cl at chi e .—CONFUCIA N CO SMO GONY . A Tr an sl a tio n (wi th th e

Ch in e se Te xt oppo s i t e ) o f S e c t io n 49 (Tr e at ise onCo sm o go ny) O f th e Com

p l e te Wo rks O f th e Ph i lo sophe r Ch O O -FO O -Tz e . Wi th E xp lana to ry No te s b yt h e R e v . TH . M‘CI.A TCH I E

,M.A . Sm all 4to . pp . xv i i i . and 1 62. 1 8 74 . 128 . 6d.

Mi tr a . BUD D II A GA YA , th e H e rm itage o f S akya Muni . By R A JEND R ALA LA MITR A

,LL .D . , C.I .E . 4to . c lo th, pp . xvi . and 25 8 , wi th 5 1 Plate s .

1 8 78 . £3 .

5 7 a nd 5 9, Ludgate H i ll, London , E C. 45

i

xuh amm ed.—TH E LIF E O F MUH AMME D . Base d on Muhamm e d Ib n

L Ishak . By A b d E l Ma l ik Ib n H isham . E dite d b y D r . FE R D INA ND Wii STE NF BLD . Th e A rab ic Te x t . 8 vo . p p . 1026 , se we d. 218 . In t roduc t io n , No te s ,and Inde x i n G e rm an . 8 vo . p p . lxxi i . and 26 6 , s ewe d. 7 3 . 6 d.

Th e t e xt b ase d on th e Manu sc r ip ts O f th e Be r l in , Le i p s i c , Go tha and Leyde n Lib r ar i e s, h asb e en c a r e fu l ly r e vi se d b y th e l e ar ne d e di to r , and p r in te d wi th th e u tm os t e xa c tn e ss .

“MITR E -TR ANSLATI ONS FR OM TH E S ANSKR IT. . S e e Tr ub n e r’s O r i e ntal

S e ri e s,

”p . 3 .

Mui r .—O R IGINA L S ANSKR IT TE XTS —S e e p age 102.

Mui r .-E xTR A CTS FR OM TH E O CE AN. S e e Coran , p age 42.

Mii ll e r .—TH E S A CR E D H YMNS O F TH E BR A H MINS

,a s pr e se rve d to u s

in th e o lde st c o l l e c t io n o f r e l igi o u s o s try, th e R ig-Ve da -S an h i ta, t r ans la te d and

e xp la ine d. By F. MAXMii LLE R , .A . , O xfo rd. Vo lum e I . H ym n s to th e

Ma ru ts o r . th e S to rm Gods . 8 vo . p p . c l i i . and 26 4. 1 869. 1 28 . 6 d,

Mi l l e t —TH E H YMNS O F TH E R IG VE D A IN TH E S AMH ITA AND PA D ATExTS . R e pr in te d fr om th e E ditio Prin ce p s b y F . MAx MULLE R , M.A .

S e c o nd E di ti on . Wi th th e two te xts on para l l e l p age s . 2 vo ls ., 8vo . pp .

800—828 , sti tc h e d in wr app e r . 1 8 7 7 . £ 1 1 28 .

Mii ll e r .—LE CTUR E ON BUD D H I ST NI H ILI SM. By F . Max MULLE R

,

M.A . D e l ive re d b e fo re th e.A sso c ia t io n o f G e rm an Ph i lo logi sts a t Ki e l , 28 th

S e p t e m b e r , 1 8 69. (Tr ans la te d fr om th e Ge rm an .) S ewe d. 1 86 9. 1 3 .

Newm an .—H E BR EW TH E ISM. By E . W. NEWMAN. R oyal 8vo . stiff

wr app e rs, pp . v i ii . and 1 72. 1 8 74. 48 . 6d.

Piry .—LE S AINT E D IT, E TUD E D E LITTE R ATUR E CH INO I SE . Pr ép ar ée

p ar A . TH E O P R ILE PIR Y , du S e rvic e de s D ouan e s Mar i tim e s de Chin e .' 4to .

pp . xx . and 320, c lo th . 1 8 79. 21 8 .

Pr i aulx—Q UJE STI ONE S MO SA I CIE ; or,th e first p ar t O f th e Book O f

G e n e si s c om p ar e d wi th th e r e m a in s o f an c ie n t r e ligio n s . By O SMO ND D E

BE A UV O I R PR IA ULx. 8vo . p p . vi i i . and 5 48 , c lo th . 1 23 .

Redh ouse .—TH E ME SNE VI . S e e Tr iib n e r

s O r i e n ta l S e ri

e s, p . 4 .

R ig-Ve da Sanhi ta.

-A CO LLE CTI ON O F A NCIENT H IND U H YMNS . Consti tu ting th e First to th e E igh th A sh taka, o r Books of th e R ig-ve da ; th e O lde stauthori ty fo r th e r e ligious and soc ia l ins ti tutions of th e H indus . Tr ans late dfrom th e O r igina l S an skri t b y th e late H . H . WILS O N

,M.A . 2nd E d.

,wi th

a Postsc r ip t b y D r . F . H A LL. 8vo . c lo th , Vo l . I . p p . l i i .‘

and 348 . 213 .

Vo l . I I . pp . xxx . and 346 . 1 854. 21 3 . Vol . III . p p . xxiv . and 5 25 . 1 8 5 7 .

21 3 . Vo l . IV. E dited b y E . B. CO WE LL ,M.A . p p . 21 4 . 1 86 6 . 143 .

A few c opie s of Vo ls . I I . and I I I . sti ll lef t . [Vol3 . V. a nd VI . in the Pr e ss .

R ig-Ve da S anhita .—S e e MiiLLER .

R o ckhill .—4LI F E O F TH E BUD D H A . S e e Tr ub n e r’s O r i e n ta l S e ri e s

, p . 6 .

Sa c r e d Books (Th e ) O F TH E E A ST. . Translate d b y va ri ou s O r i e n ta lS c ho lar s, and E di te d b y F . MaxMii lle r . A ll 8vo . c lo th . 1 8 79—1 888 .

Vo l . I . Th e Upan ishads . Translated b y F. Max Mu lle r . Pa r t I . Th e Khando gya—Up an ishad ; th e Talavaké ra-Upan ishad ; th e A i ta r e ya -A ranyaka ; th eKau sh i taki -Brfihm ana—Upanishad and th e Vagasansyi

-S am hi ta-Up an i shad.

1 03 . 6d.

46 L ingu ist ic Pu b li c a tions of Tr iibner 3, 00.

Vo l . II . Th e S a c r ed Laws O f th e A ryas, as taugh t in th e Sch o o ls of Apas tamb a ,Gau tam a , Vii si sh th a , a nd

.

Baudhdyana . Trans la t e d b y Ge o rg Bii h le r . Pa rtN

I .

A pastam b a and Gau tam a . 103 . 6d.

Vo l . III . Th e S a c r e d Bo ok s O f Ch ina . The Texts o f Co nfuc ian ism .

i

'Trainslate dl

1

3

gJam e s Le gge . Pa r t I . Th e S h ir K ing . Th e R e ligio us Po rti on s o f th e S hihing . Th e E s iz

i o Kin g . 1 28 . 6d.

Vol . IV. Th e Ze nd-A ve sta . . Part I . Th e Ve ndidad. Translate d b y Jame sD arm e ste te r . 103 . 6d.

Vo l . V . Pahl avi Te xts . Pa r t I . Th e Bundah is , Bahm an Y e s t,and Shayast-laS hfiyast . II anslated b y E .W . We st . 1 28 . 6d.

Vo l . VI . Th e Qur ’an . Pa r t I . Translated b y E . H . Palm e r . 6d.

Vo l . VI I . Th e Insti tute s o f Vishnu . Trans la te d b y Juli us Jo lly. 1 03

Vol . VIII . The Bh agavadgi tfi. wi th o th e r e xtrac ts from th e

Tr ansla te d b y Kash inath Trun b ak Te lang . 108 . 6d.

Vo l . IX. Th e . Qur ’an . Part I I . Trans lated b y E . H . Palm e r . 103 . 6d.

Vo l . X . Th e S u ttanip itta , e tc . Tr ans lated b y V. Fau s ll . 1 03 . 6d.

VO l . XI . Th e Mahap ar in ib b fin a S u tta ; th e Te vi gga S utta ; the Mah'

éisuda ssfi

d‘

na

S ut ta ; th e D hamm a-Kakkappavattana- S utta . Tran s lated by T. W. R hys

D a vids . 103 . 602.

Vo l . XI I . Th e S atap ath a-Brahm ana . Translated by Prof. E gge ling. VOLI .

1 28 . 6d.

Vo l . XII I . Th e Pr'

i tim okkh a . Tr anslated b y T. W. R hys D avids. Th e Mahavagga . Part I . Tr ans la ted b y D r . H . O ldenb e rg. 108 . 6d.

Vol . XIV. Th e S ac re d Laws O f th e A ryas , as taugh t in th e S c hoo ls O f Vas ish thaand Baudh éiyana . Trans la ted b y Pro f. Ge org Bii h le r . 103 . 6d.

Vol . XV . Th e Up anish ads . Part I I . Tran s la ted by F .MaxMiil le r . 103 . 6d.

Vo l . XVI . Th e Y i King . Trans la te d b y Jam e s Legg e . 103 . 6 d.

Vo l . XVI I . Th e Mah fivagga . Par t I I . Transla ted . b y'

T. W. R hys D avi ds, andD r . H . O lde nb e rg . 108 . 6d.

Vol . XVI II . Th e D fidi

s tfin- i D ini k andMainyO-i Kh ard. Pah lavi Te xts . Part

II . Translate d b y E . W . We st . 1 23 . 6d.

Vol . XIX. The F O -sh O -h ing-tsan -k ing . Translated b y S amu e l Be al . 103 . 6d.

Vo l . XX . Th e Y ayu-Purana . Trans late d by Prof. Bhandarkar , O f E lp hinston e

Co l l ege , Bom b ay. 1 03 . 6d.

Vol . XXI. Th e S addh arm a-pundar ika . Tr anslated b y Prof. Ke rn . 123 . 6d.

Vol . XXII . Th e A ké‘

rranga-S fi tra . Tr ansla te d b y Prof. Jac ob i . 103 . 6d.

Vol . XXI II . Th e Ze nd-A ve sta . Pa r t . I I . Th e S i r Oz ahs, Y asts , and Nyayis .

Tr ans latedb y J . D a rm e s te te r . 103 . 6d.

Vo l . XXIV. Pah la vi Te xts. Par t I I I . D i na- i Mai ndg-i Kh irad, S ikaudgfrm fin

i k, and Sad D ar . Trans la te d b y E . W. We st . 103. 6d.

S e cond S er ie s.

Vo l . XXV . Mann . Translate d b y G . Bu h l e r . 21 8 .

Vol . XXVI .

The‘

S atap atha -Brahm an a . Pa rt II . Translate d b y J . E gge ling .

1 28 . 6d.

Vo ls. XXVII . and XXVIII . Th e S ac r ed Bo oks o f Ch ina . Th e Te xts o f Confuc ian ism . Transla te d b y J . L e gge . Pa r ts I I I . and IV. Th e Li ki , o r Co ll e c tion of Tre a tise s o n th e R u l e of Pr o p r i e ty, o r Ce r em onial Usage s . 128 . 6d. e ac h .

Vols . XXIX . and XXX .

i

Th e Gr i hya-sr

r tr as . R ul e s of Vedi c D om e stic Ce r e

m oni e s . Translated b y H e rm ann O lde nb e rg. Part I . (Vol .XX IX . ) 1 23 . 6d.

Par t I I . (Vo l . XXX . ) [I n th e P r e ss .] . r

48 Lingu istic P u b li c a tions of Tr iibne r Q’ Ca.

COMPA RA TIVE PH ILO LO GY .

PO LY GLO TS .

'

Be am e s. -O UTLINE S O F IND I AN PH ILO LO GY. Wi th a Map , showing th eD istrib ii tion of th e Indi an Language s . ByJ O H N BE AME S . S e c o nd en la rged andr e vised edi tion . Cr own 8 vo . c lo th , pp . m m . and 96 . 1 8 6 8 . 5 s .

Be am e s.—A COMPA R ATrvE GR AMMA R O F TH E MO D E RNA R YAN LANGUA GE S

O F IND I A (to wi t ) , H indi , Pa njab i , S indh i , Guja r a t i , Mara th i , Ur i ya , andBe nga l i . By J O H N BE AME S , Be nga l C. S . , M. R NA S . , &c . 8vo . c lo th . Vo l .

I . O n S o unds . p p . xv i . and 3 60. 1 872. 1 6 3 . Vo l . I I . Th e No u n a nd th e

Prono un . p p . xi i . a nd 348 . 1 8 75 . 1 6 8 . Vo l III . Th e Ve r b . p p . xi i . and

3 1 6 . 1 8 79 . 1 6 8 .

Be llows .—E NGLI SH O UTLINE V O CABULAR Y, fo r th e u se o f S tude n ts o f th e

Chi n e se , Jap an e se , and o the r Langu age s . A r r ange d b y J O H NBE LL O WS . Wi thNo t e s o n t h e w ri t ing o f Chine se w i t h R o m an Le t t e r s , b y Pr o fe sso r S UMME R S ,K ing

’s Co l l e ge , Lo ndo n . Cr o wn 8 vo . p p . 6 an d 3 6 8 , c lo th . 1 86 7 . 6 3 .

Be llows .—O UTLINE D I CTI ONA R Y ,F O R TH E US E O FMI S SI ONA R IE S

,E xp l o r e r s ,

and S tude n t s o f Language . ByF .MA x O xfo rd. Wi th In t r o duct io n o n th e p ro p e r u s e o f th e E ng l ish A lp hab e t in tran sc r ib ing Fo r e ign

L angu age s . V o c ab u la ry c o m p i l e d b y J . BE LLO W S . Cr own 8 vo . p p . 400,l im p m o r o c co . 1 8 6 7 .

Caldwe ll .—A ComPA R ATIv E GR AMMA R O F TH E D R A VID IAN,O F. S OUTH

IND IA N FAMILY O F LA NGUA G E S . By th e R e v . R . CA LDWE LL , LL.D .

S e c o nd, e n la rge d, E di t io n . D em y 8vo . p p . 806 , c lo th . 1 8 75 . 288 .

Call igar i s.—LE CoMFA GNoN D E TO US , O U D I CTI ONNA I RE PO LYGLO TTE .

Par le Co lon e l LO UI S CA LL IG A R I S ,G r and O fli c i e r , e tc . ( Fr e n c h—La tin—Ital ianS p an i sh—Po r tugu e se—Ge rm a n—E ng l ish—Mode rn Gr e e k—A rab i c—Tu rkish .

2 vo ls . p p . 1 1 5 7 a nd 7 46 . Tur in . £ 4 48 .

Cflfl lp lL—S PE CIME NS O F TH E LANGUA GE S O F IND IA , in c luding Tr ibe sO f Be ngal , th e Ce n tr a l Pr o v in c e s , a nd th e E a ste rn Fr on ti e r . By S i r G .

CA MPBE LL, M.F I Fo l i o , p a p e r , p p . 308 . 1 8 74 . £ 1 1 1 8 . 6d.

Cl arke .—R E SE AR CH E S IN FE E -H I STO R I C AND PR O TO -H I STO R I O COMPA R A

TIVE PH ILO LO GY, MY TH O L O GY, AND A R CH E O LO GY. S e e p age 5 6 .

Cast .—LANGUA GE s O F TH E E A ST IND IE S . S e e p age 3 .

Ca st .—LANGUA GE S O F A FR I CA . S e e p age 6 .

Edkins .—CH INA ’

s PLA CE IN PH ILO LO GY. A n A ttem p t to show that th eLanguage s o f E urop e a nd A si a have a Com m on O rigi n . By th e R e v. JO S E PHE D KINS . Crown 8 vo . c lo t h , pp . xxi i i . and 403 . 108 . 6d.

E11i s.—E TR USCANNUME R A LS . By R . E LLI S

,B.D . 8vo . pp . 5 2. 2s . 6d.

E1118 .—TH E A SIA TIC A FFINITI E S O F TH E O LD ITA LIANS . By R O BE R T

E LL I S , B.D . , F e l low O f S t . Jo hn ’

s Co l l e ge , Cam b r idge , and a u th o r o f “A n c ie n t

R ou t e s b e twe e n I ta ly a nd Ga u l .” Cr o wn 8 vo . pp . i v . 1 5 6, c lo th . 1 8 70. 5 8 .

E11i s .—O N NUME R A L S , a s S ign s O f Pr im e val Un i ty am o ng Mank

i

nd.

By R O BE R T E LLI S , B. D . , La t e F e l low o f S t . Jo hn ’

s Co l le ge , Cam b ridge .

D e m y 8vo . c lo th , p p . v i i i . a nd 94. 38 . 6d.

E lli s .—S O UR CE S O F TH E E TR Usc AN AND BA SQUE LANGUA GE S . By R O BE R T

E LLIS , B.D late Fe l lo w o f S t . John ’s Co l l ege , Cam b ridge . D emy 8vo . pp .

v i i i i . - 1 6 6 . 1 88 6 . 7 8 . 6 d.

.5 7 a nd 5 9, Ludga te H e l l m a n,E .C. 49

E llis .-PE R UV I A SCY TH I CA .

‘ Th e Q ui chu a Langu age O f Pe ru : i tsde r i va ti o n from Ce n t ra l A s ia wi th th e A m e r ic an la n gu age s in g e n e r a l , and w i thth e Tu r a n i an a nd Ib e r ia n language s o f th e O ldWo r ld, in c luding th e Basqu e ,th e Lyc ian , and th e Pr e

-A ryan lan gu age o f E t r u r i a . By R O BE R T E LL IS , B.D .

8 vo . c lo t h , p p '

. xii : a nd 219. 1 8 7 5 . 6 3 .

A . E

O F TH E D E VEL O PMENT O F TH E

By LA Z A R US GE IGE R . Trans late dD A S H E R

,Ph .D . Po st 8 vo . c lo th ,

pp.x. and 1 5 6 . 1 880. 6 8 .

qre y. -H AND BO O K O F A FR ICAN, A USTR ALI AN,A ND PO LYNE S IAN PH I

LO LO G Y , a s r e p r e se n te d In th e Lib r a ry O f H is E xc e l le nc y S i r Ge o rge G r e y ,

K .C.B. , H e r Maj e s ty ’

8 H igh Co m m i ss io ne r o f th e Ca p e Co lo ny. Cla s s e d,A n no ta te d, and E di te d b y S ir G E O R GE G R E Y and D r . H . I . E LBE R

Vo l . I . Par t l .—So i1 th A frio a . 8v o . p p . 1 8 6 . 208 .

Vo l . I . Pa r t 2.—A fri c a (No r th o f th e Tr o p i c o f Cap r i c orn ) . 8vo . p p . 70. 4s .

3 .—Madagasc ar . 8vo . pp p. 24 . 23 .

Vo l . I I . Part l .—A us tr a lia . 8vo . p p . Iv . and 44 . 3s .

Vo l . I I . Par t 2.—Pa p uan Langu age s o f th e Lo ya lty I s lands andNe w H e b ride s , c omp r i s

in g those o f t h e Is lands o f Ne n gone , Lifu , A n e i tum , Tan a , ando th e r s . 8v o .

p . 12. Is .

Vo l . I I . Par t 3.—Fi j i Is lands and R o tum a (wi th Sup p le m e n t to Part II . , Papgu ag e s , and Pa r t I A ustr a li a ) . 8vo . D D . 34. 28 .

Vo l . I I . Par t 4.-New Z e a land, th e Cha tha m Is lan ds , and A u c klan d Is lands . 8vo . p p .

7 6 . 7s .

Vo l . I I . Par t 4 ( c on t inu a t ion ) . q Po l yn e s i a and Bo rn e o . 8v o . p p . 7 7-1 54. 78 .

Vo l . I II . Par t 1 .—Manu s c r ip ts and In c un a b le s . 8v o . p p . vi i i . and 24.

Vo l. IV . Par t l .—E ar ly Pr in t e d Bo o ks . E ngl

find.

'

.8v o p p . v i . and 266. 12s .

Gub ernati s.—ZO O LO GICAL MYTH O LO GY ; o r , th e Le ge nds O f A n im a ls .

By ANGE LO D E GUBE RNA TIS , Pr o fe ss o r o f.

S a nsk ri t and Co m pa rati ve Li te ra tur ei n th e Ins ti tu te di S tudii S up e rio r i e di Pe rfe z io n am e n to a t

'

Fl o r e n c e , e tc . I n

2 vo ls;8 vo . p p. xxxv i . and 432, v i i . and 442.

H oe rnl e .

o—A COMPA R A TIVE GR AMMA R O F TH E GAUD I AN LANGUA GE , wi th

Ape c ial R e fe r e nc e to th e E ast e rn H indi . Wi th Language Map and Tab l e o f

ph a b e ts. By A. F . R . H O E R NLE . D emy 8y o . pp . 474 . 1 8 80. 1 8 3 .

Kilgour .—TH E H EBR EW O R IBE RI AN R A CE , in c ludi ng th e Pe l asgi an s,

th e Phe n ic ians , the Je ws, th e Bri ti sh , and o th e rs . By H ENR Y K ILGO UR . 8vo .

sewed, p p . 1 872. 23 . 6d.

Mar ch—A COMPA R ATIV E GR AMMA R O F TH E A NGLO - S AXON LANGUA GEi n whic h i ts fo rm s a r e i l lu str a te d b y tho se o f th e Sansk r it

,- G r e e k , La t in ,

Go th ic , O ld S axon , O ld Fr i e s i c , O ld No r se , and O ld H igh-Ge rm an . ByFR ANCI S A . MA R CH , LL.D . D e m y 8 vo . c lo th, pp . xi . and 25 3 . 1 87 7 . . 108 .

Notl ey .—A COMPAR A TI VE GR AMMAR O F TH E FR ENCH ,

ITA LI AN,S PANI SH ,

AND PO R TUGUE S E LA NGUA GE S . By E DWIN A . NO TLE Y. g r own ob long 8vo .

c lo th , pp . xv . and 396 . 73 . 6d.

O pp e rt .- O n th e Cla ssific ati on O f Langu age s . A Contr ibu ti on to Com

p arative Ph il o logy. By D r . G . O PP E R T. 8vo . p ap e r , pp . vi . and l 46 . 1 8 79. 7 8 . 6d.

O r i e ntal Congr e ss.—R e po r t of th e Pr o c e e din gs of th e S e c ond In te rna

tional Congr e ss of O r i e nta lis ts h e ld in London , 1 8 74. R oy. 8vo . p ap e r , pp . 76 . 5 3 .

O r i e ntal Congr e ss—TR ANSA CTI ONS O F TH E S E COND S E S SI ON O F TH E

INTE R NA TIO NA L CO NGR E S S O F O R IENTA L ISTS , h e ld in London in S ep tem b e r ,1 874. E dite d b R O BE R T K . D O UGLA S , H onorary S e c r e tary. D em y 8vo .

c l o th, pp . vii i . an 45 6 . 21 8 .

50 Linguis tic Pu b lic a tions of fi ttbne r Ca ,

Pe zzi .- A R YAN PH I LO LO GY, a c c ording to th e m o st r e c e n t R e se ar che s

Glo t to lO gia A r ia R e c e n t is sim a ) , R e m a rk s H isto ri c a l and Cri t ic a l . ByO MENI CO PE ZZI , Me m b r o de lla Fac o lta de F ilo sofi a e l e t te r e de lla R .

Un iv e rs it . di To rino . Tr an s la te d b y E . S . R O BE R TS , M.A . , Fe l low and Tu to ro f Gonvi l l e and Ca iu s Co l le ge . Cr o wn 8vo . c lo th

, p p . xv i. and 1 99.

Sayc e—A n A ssyr ian Gr am m ar fo r Com p ar at ive Pur p o se s . By A . H .

S AYCE ,M.A . 1 2m o . c lo th , p p . xv i . an d 1 8 8 . 1 8 72. 7 8 . 6d.

sayc e .—TH E PR INCIPLE S O F COMPA R A TIVE PH ILO LO GY . By A . H .

S AYCE , F e ll ow and Tu tor O f Que e n ’

s Co l lege , O xfo rd. S e cond E di tio n . Cr .

8 vo . c l . , pp . xxxi i . and 41 6 . 1 03 . 6d.

S chl e i c he r .—COMPEND IUM O F TH E COMPA R ATI VE GR AMMA R O F TH E IND O

E UR O P E A N, S ANS K R IT, G R E E K , A ND LA TIN LANGUA G E S . By A UGUST

SCH LE ICII E R . Tr an s la te d fr om th e G e rm a n b y H . BEND A LL , B.A . , Ch r .Co l l . Cam b . 8vo . c lo th , Pa r t 1 . Gram m a r . pp . 1 84. 1 874. 73 . 6d.

Part II . Morp ho logy. pp . vii i . and 1 04. 1 8 77 .

Tru b n e r ’s Coll e c ti on of S im pli fie dGr amm a r s of th e p rin c ip al A SIATIC

AND E UR O PE AN LANGUA GE S . E dite d b y R E INH O L-D R O ST, LL.D Ph .D .

Crown 8vo . c lo th , uniform ly b ound.

I.—H industani , Pe r sian, and A rab ic . By th e late E . H . Palm e r,M.A .

Pp . 1 1 2. 5 8 .

1 1 .—H ungar ian. By I . S inger , ofBuda -Pe st h . Pp . Vi . and 8 8 . 4s . 6d.

I l I .—Basqu e . ByW . Van E ys . Pp . xii . and 52. 3s. 6d.

,IV - Malagasy. By G . W. Par ke r . Pp . 6 6 . 5 s .

V .—Mode rn Gr e e k . By E . M. Ge ldar t , M.A . Pp . 68 . 2s . 6d.

VI .-R oum an i an . ByM. Tor c e anu . Pp . v ii i . and 72. 5 s .

VI I .-Tib e tan . By H . A .Jaschke . Pp . vii i . and 104. 53 .

VIII .- D ani sh . By E . C. O tt e . Pp . vi ii . and 6 6 . 2s . 6d.

IX.—Tur ki sh . By J . W . R edhous e . Pp . xi i . and 204. 10s. 6d.

‘X.—Swe di sh . By E . C. O tte . Pp . xi i . and 70. 2s . 6d.

XL—Po l ish . ByW . R . Morfil l, M.A . Pp . Vi i i . and 6 4. 3s . 6d.

XI I .—Pa l i. By E . Mi i ll e r , Ph .D . Pp . xvi . and 1 44. 7 3 . 6d.

XML—S anskr i t. By H . E dgr e n . Pp. xli .-1 78 . 6d.

XIV.—Gramm air e A lb anaise . Par P . W. Pp . x . and 1 70. 7s . 6d.

XV.—Japane se . By B. H . Cham b e r la in . Pp . vi i i . a nd 108 . 5 3 .

XVI .—S e rb ian . ByW. R . Mo rfi ll , M.A . Pp . v ii i . and 72. 4s . 6d.

XVII .-Cun e iform . By G . Be rtin . Pp . vi ii -1 1 8 . 5 3 .

(O the r s i n Pr ep a r a ti on . )

Tr iibne rls Ca tal ogu e of D i c ti on ar i e s and Gr amm ar s of th e Pr in c ipal

Langu age s and D ial e c ts o f th e Wo r ld. Conside r ab ly e n larged and r e vised withan A lp hab e ti c a l Inde x. A Guide for S tude nts andBo o kse l l e rs . S e c ond E di tion ,8vo . p p . vin . and 1 70, c lo th . 1 882. 5 8 .

Th e fir st e di tion , c on si s t ing o f 64 p p . , c on taine d ti t l e s ; th e ne w e di tion c ons ists o f

1 70p p . and c on ta in s 8 ,000 t i t le s .

Trumpp .—GR AMMA R O F TH E PA STO , o r Langu age of th e A fgh an s , Com

p ar e d wi th th e Ir a n i an a nd No r th- Indian Idiom s . By D r . E RNE ST TR UMPP .

8 vo . s e we d, pp . xvi . and 412. 21 8 .

We b e r .—IND IANLITE R A TUR E . S e e Tr ub n e r

s O r i e nta l S e ri e s,

p. 3 .

We dgwood.

—O NTH E O RI GIN O F LANGUA GE . By H ENSLE IGH WE D GWO O D,la te F e l low o f Chr ist ’ 8 Co l l e ge , Cam b r idge . Fc ap . 8vo . p p . 1 72, c lo th . 3s . 6d.

52 L inguisti c P ub lications Of Tr iibu e r Co .

Chr ista ll e r .—A D ICTI ONA R Y, E NGLI SH , TS H I , (A SANTE ) , A R E A ; Tshi

(Chwe e ), c om p r ising a s dia l e c ts A kan (A sa n té , A k em , A kuap em , e tc .) and

Edn té ; A k ra (A c c r a ) , c onne c t e d wi th A dangm e ; Go ld Co a st ,We st A fr i c a.

E nyir esi , Twi n e‘ Nkran

.

E nl isi , O tsu i ke G a

nsem asekye r e I'

Ih om a . Wi e m O i aSis i tsom Q wo lo .

By th e R e v . J . G . CH R I S TA I L E R ,R e v . C. W. LO CH E R , R e v . J . Z IMME RMANN.

1 6m o .

Chr i sta ll e r .—A GR AMMA R O F TH E

A SANTE AND FANTE LANGUA GE , c all edQ

t'

Tshi (Chwe e , '

Twi ) : b a se d o n th e A kuap e m D i a le c t . ’

wi th r e fe r e n c e to th e

o the r (A kan and Fan t e ) D ia le c ts: By R e vu J . G . CH R ISTA LLE R . 8vo . pp .xxi v . a nd 203 . 1 87 5 . 1 08 . 6d.

Chr i stal l e r .—D ICTI ONAR Y O F TH E A SANTE AND FANTE LANGUAGE , c all e d

Tsh i (Chwe e , Twi ) . Wi th a Gr amm at ic al Intr oduc tion and A pp e ndi c e s on th e

Ge ogr ap hy o f th e Go ld Co ast, and o th e r S ub j e c ts . By R e v . J . G. CH R ISTALLE R .

D e m y 8vo . pp . xxvi i i . and 6 72, c lo th . 1 88 2. £ 1 5 3 .

Cast .—S KE TCH O F TH E MO D E RN LANGUA GE S O F A FR ICA . S e e Tr ii b n e r

’s

O ri e nta l seri e s ,” p age 6 .

D ohn e .—TH E F O UR GO SPE LS IN ZULU .

'

By th e R e v . J . L . D O H NE,

Missionary t o th e A m e r ic an Be ard C.F.M. 8 vo . p p . 208 , c lo t h . 1 86 6 . 5 s .

D o lm e .—A ZULU KA FIR D I CTI O NAR Y, e tym o l ogi c all y e xplain e d, w i th

c op io u s l llustra t io n s and e xam p l e s , p r e c e de d b y a n i n trodu c t i on o n th e Zu luKafi r Language . By th e R e v . J . L . D O H NE . R oya l 8 vo . p p . xl i i . and 4 1 8 ,sewe d. Cap e Town , 1 8 5 7 . 21 8 .

Gr ey .—H AND BO O K O F A FRI CAN, A USTR ALIAN, AND PO LYNE SIAN . PH I

L O LO GY . S e e p age 49 .

Grout . - TH E ISIZULU: a Gr am m a r o f th e Zulu Language ; a c c om p an i e dwi th an H isto r ic a l I n trodu c t ion , a lso with a n A p p e ndix . By R e v . LE WIS GR O UT.

8 vo . pp . l i i . an d 432, c lo t h . 21 3 .

H ahn .-TSUNI IGO AM. S e e Tr ub n e r

’s O r i e n tal S e ri e s

, p age 5 .

Kolb e .—A LANGUA GE STUD Y BA S E D ON BANTU ; o r , A n In qui ry in to

th e Laws O f R o o t-Form ation , th e O r igina l P lura l , th e S e xua l D ual, and th e

Pri nc i p le s of Word-Compar ison ; wi th Tab l e s I l lustra ting th e Primi ti ve Pron om in a l Syste m r e stor e d In th e A fri c an Bantu Fam i ly o f S p e e c h . By th e R e v .

F . W. KO LBE , of th e London Missi onary S o c i e t fo rm e r ly O f th e

H e r e ro Mission , A uthor o f A n E nglis h H e r e ro Dic tionary.

”Post 8vo . pp .vi ii : and 97 , wi th Four Tab l e s, c loth .

°

1 888 .

Kr apf.—D ICTI ONA R Y O F TH E S UA H ILI LANGUA GE . Com p i l ed b y th e

R e v. D r . L . KR APF , Mission ary C.M. S . in E as t A fr i c a . W i th an O utline o f

Suah i li Gr amm arsR oya l 8vo . pp . xl .-434, c lo th . 1 88 2. 308 .

S te e r e .—SHO R T SPE CIMENS O F TH E V O CA BULA R I E S O F TH R E E UN.

PUBLI S H E D A fri ca n Langu age s (G indo , Za ram o , and A ngaz idja ) . Co l le c te db y E DWA R D STE E R E , LL .D . l 2m o . pp . 20. 6d.

St e e r e .—CO LLE CTI ONS FO R A H AND BO O K O F TH E NYAMWEZI LANGUA GE ,

as sp oke n a t Unyanye m b e . By E . STE E R E , LL .D . F c ap . pp . 100, c lot h . l s . 6d.

Tinda ll .—A GR AMMA R AND V O CA BULA R Y O F TH E NAMAQUA -H OTTENTO TLA NGUA GE . By H ENR YTIND A LL,We s le yanMissionary . 8 vo . p p . 1 24, se we d

Zul u Iz aga ; That i s, Pr ove rbs, or O u t- O i t h e Way S ayings of th eZu lus . Co l l e c te d, Trans la ted, and inte rpr e ted b y a Zu lu Missi onary. Crown

8 vo . pp . i v. and 32, sewed. 2s . 6d.

5 7 a nd 5 9,L udga te H i ll, London , E C. 5 3

A LBANIAN.

Gr am inai r e A lbana i se .—Par P . W. Cr own 8 vo . pp . vii i . 1 70

, cloth .

1 88 7 . 7 3 . 6d.

AME R ICAN LANGUA GE S .

A bori ginal Am e r i c an Li te r atur e , Li br ary of. E di te d b y D . G.

BR INTON, M.D . 8vo . c lo th . 1 . Th e Chr oni c le s o f th e May as . p .p 280.

£ 1 1 3 . (O r i f with S e t, 2. Th e I r oquo is Bo o k o f R i tes . E di ted b yH . H A LE . pp . 222. 1 2s . . Tb e Com edy Ba l le t o f Gu egue n c e . pp. 1 46 108 .

4 . A Migr a tion Le ge nd O f th e Cr e e k Indians . By A . S . GA TSCH E T. p p . 25 2.

1 2s . 5 . Th e Le nap e and th e i r Le e nds . By D . G . BR INTO N MUD 8 vo . pp .

262. 1 2s . 6 . Th e A n nals o f th e akc h i que ls . The Te xt , WIth a Transla tion ,No te s and Int roduc ti on , D . .G . BR INTO N, M.D . pp . 240. 1 2s . 7 . A nc ie nt

Nahua tl Po e try. Te xt andyTrans lation b y D . G . BR INTON,M.D . 1 2s .

Byington .—GR AMMA R O F TH E CH O CTAW LANGUA GE . By th e R e v . CYRUS

BYINGTO N. E dit e d from th e O r igina l MS S . in Lib rary o f th e A m e ri c an

Phi lo so p hi c a l S o c i e ty , b y D . G . BR INTO N, M.D . Cr . 8 vo . se we d, p p . 5 6 . 7 s . 6d.

E ll i s.—PE R UVIA SCY THICA . S e e p age 49 .

H owse .—A GRAMMA R O F TH E CR E E LANGUA GE . Wi th

'

wh i c h is c omb in e d a n a na lys is o f th e Chip p e way D ia le c t . By J O S E P H H O WS E , E sq . ,

8 vo . pp . xx . and 324, c lo th . 7 s . 6d .

arkh am—O LLANTA : A D R AMA IN TH E QUICHUA LANGUA GE . Te xt,

Tr ans la tio n , and Int rodu c tio n , By CLEMENTS R . MA R KH AM, F'

.R .G . S . Cr owri8 vo . p p . 128 , c lo th . 1 8 7 1 . 6d.

Markham .—A MEMO IR O F TH E LA D Y ANA D E O som o , C oun te ss O f

Ch inc hon , and Vi c e -Que e n o f Pe ru,A .D . 1 629-39. Wi th a Pl e a fo r th e c o rr e c t

spe l l ing of th e Ch inc h o na Ge nus . By C. R . MA R E H AM, C.B.

,Mem b e r o f th eIm pe r i a l A c ade my Na tur aa Cur i oso rum , w i th th e Cogn om e n o f Ch inc hon .

S m a l l 4to . pp . xi i . and 100. Wi th two Co lour ed P la te s, Map and I llus tra tions .

H andsom e ly b ound. 1 8 74 .

Ma tthews .—E TH NO LO GY AND PH ILO LO GY O F TH E H ID ATS A IND IANS .

By WA S H INGTO N MA TTH EWS , A ssistan t S urge on ,“

U. S . c lo th .

£ 1 6 61.

CO NTE NTS —E thnogr ap hy , Ph i lo logy , Gramm ar , D i c tio nary , and E n g li sh-H ida tsa Vo c ab u lary.

Noda1 .—LO S VINCULO S D E O LLANTA Y CUS I—KCUY LLO R . D RAMA EN

Q UICH UA . O b r a Com p i lada y E spurgada c o n la Ve r s io n Ca st e l la na a l Fr e n te

de su Te s to p o r c l D r . J O S E FE RNA ND E Z NO D A L , A b O gado de lo s Tr ib unale sde J ustICIa de la R e pfib li c a de l Pe rCI . Baj o lo s A u spi c io s de la R e de n to raS o c iedad de F i lan t ro p o s p a r a Me jo r o r la S u e r te de lo s A b o r ij e n e s Pe ruan o s .

R oy. 8 vo . b ds . p p . 70. 1 8 74. 73 . 6d.

.

Noda l .—E LEME NTO S D E GR AMATICA QUICH UA 6 ID I OMA '

D E , LO S Y NCA S .

Bajo lo s A usp ic io s de la R e de nto ra , S o c i e dad de Fi lan tr o p o s par a m e jo ra r lasu e r te de l o s A b o r ij e n e s Pe ruano s . P o r c l D r . J O S E FE RNA ND E Z NO D A L,A bo gado de lo s Tr i b un a le s de J ust ic ia de la R e pI’Ib l ic a de l Pe r fi . R oya l 8 vo .

c lo th , p p . xv i . and 44 1 . A p pe ndix, pp . 9 . £ 1

:O ll anta : A D R AMA IN TH E QUI CH UA LANGUA GE . S e e unde r MA R KH AM. a nd unde r NO D A L . .

n

54 Lingu istic Pu b lic a tions of Tr ii bucr 8; 0a ,

Pim ente l .—CUA D R O D E SCR IPTIVO Y COMPA R ATIV O D E LA S LENGUA SIND IGENA S D E MExICO , o Tr atado de Fi lo logi a Mexi c ans . Pa r FR ANCISCOPIMENTE L . 2 E d

i

c ion u ni c a c omp le te . 3 Vo lum e s 8vo . Mm '

oc,1 875 .

£2 28 .

Thom as .—TH E TH E O R Y AND PR A CTICE O F CR E O LE GR AMMA R . By J. J

TH O MA S . Po r t o f Spa in (Tr in idad) , 1 8 69. 1 vo l . 8vo . b ds . pp . v i i i . and 1 3 5 . 12s .

ANGLO -SA XON.

'

Harr ison and Ba ske rvi ll .—'

A H AND Y D ICTI ONA R Y O F ANGLO -S AxONPO E TR Y. Based on Gro sch opp

s Gr e in . E di te d, R e vi sed, and Co rr e c te d, wi thGramm a ti c al A pp e ndix, List o f Irr egular Ve rb s , and Bri e f E tym o logi c a lF e ature s. By J . A . H A R R I S O N, Pr o f. o f E n l ish and Mode rn Lan e s in

Washington and Le e Univ e r si t Virgin ia ; an W . BA SR E R V ILL , Ph . . Lips . ,

Prof. of E ngl ish Language s a

ndLite ra tur e in Vande rb i l t Unive rsi ty,Nashvi l le ,

Te n. S quar e 8vo . pp . 3 1 8 , c lo th . 1 886 . 1 23 .

Mar ch—A COMPA R ATIVE GR AMMA R O F TH E A NGLO -S AXONLANGUA GE ;in wh i c h i ts form s a r e i l lustra ted b y those of th e S anskr i t

, Gr e e k. Latin , Go thi c ,O ld S axon , O ld F ri e si c , O ld No rse , and O ld H igh -Ge rm an . By F R ANCIS A .

MA R CH , LL.D . D em y 8vo . c lo th , pp . xi . and

Mar c h .- INTR O D UCTI ON TO A NGLO SAXON. A n A ngl o S axon R e ade r .

Wi th Ph i lo logic a l No te s , a Bri e f Gramm ar , and a Vo c ab u lary. By F . A .

MA R CH , LL. .D 8vo . pp . vi ii . and 1 6 6,c loth . 1 870. 7c . 6d.

R ask .—A GR AMMA R O F TH E A NGLO SA o TONGUE . Fr om th e D ani sh

o f E ra sm u s R ask , Pr o fe sso r o f Li te rary H i sto ry in , and Lib r a r ian to , th e

Un iv e r sity o f Cop e n hage n , e t c . By B. TH O R P E . Th ird e di t io n , c o r r e c t e d

and im p r o ve d, wi th P lat e . Po st 8vo . pp . Vi . and 1 92, c lo th . 1 879. 5 3 . 6d.

Wri ght .—ANGLO -SA XON AND O LD -ENGLI SH V O CABULAR IE S . S e e p age 79.

A R ABIC.

A hlwardt .—TH E D IVANS O F TH E S Ix A NCI ENTA R A BIC PO E TS , E nnab iga ,

’A n ta r a , Ta rafa , Zu ha i r , ’A lgam a , a nd Im r uo lga i s c hi e fly a c c ording to th e

MS S . o f Pa r is , Go tha , and Le yde n , and th e c o l le c t i on o f th e i r Fragm e n ts : wi th.

a c om p le te l ist o f th e var io us r e a dings o f th e Te xt . E di te d b y W. A H LW A R D T,

8 vo . pp . xxx . 340, se we d. 1 870. 1 28 .

A li f La i la t wa La i la t .—TH E A R A BIAN NIGHTS . 4 vo l s . 4to . p p . 495 ,

493 , 442, 434. Ca i r O , A .H . 1279 £ 3 3 3 .

Th i s c e l e b r a te d E di t ion of th e A r ab ian Night s i s n ow, for th e first tim e , o ffe r e d at a p r i c eWhi c h m ake s i t a c c e ssi b le to S c ho lar s o f lim i te d m e ans .

A thar -ul -A dhar—TR A CE S O F CENTUR IE S or ,Ge ogr aphi c al andH isto ri c alA rab ic D i c t i on ary , b y S E LIM K H UR I and S E L IM S R - H A D E . Ge o gr ap hi c alPar ts I . to V H i st o r i c a l Pa r ts I .

. and 1 1 . MO . p p . 980 and 3 8 4 . P r ic e

78 . 6d. e a c h p ar t . [In cour se of p ub l i c a t ion .

Badge r .—AN E NGLISH -AR ABIC LE XICON

,in whi c h th e e qu ival e n ts for

E ngl ish wo rds and Idiom a tic S e nte n c e s ar e r e nde r ed in to l ite rary and c o ll oquialA r ab i c . By G . P . BA D GE R , D .C.L. 4to . c lo th , pp . xi i. and 1 248 . 1 880. £4.

56 L inguisti c Publica tions of Tr ilbner £5”

Newm an .—A D ICTI ONA R Y I O F MO D E RN A R ABIC—1 . A nglo A r abi c

D ic t ion ary . 2. A nglo A rab ic V o c a b u lary . 3 . A rab o-E ngl ish D ic tiona ry . ByF. W . NEWMAN, E m e r i tus Pro fe sso r o f Un i ve rs i ty Co l le ge , Londo n . . In 2

o vo ls . c rown 8vo . pp . xv i . and 376 46 4, c lo th . £ 1 l s.

Palm e r .

—TH E S ONG O F TH E R E E D ; and o the r Pi e c e s . By E . H .

PA LME R , M.A . , Cam b ri dge . Cr own 8vo . c lo th , pp 208 . 1 8 76 . 5 8 .

Am ong th e Co n te n ts wi l l b e f oun d t r an s la t i o n s fr om H a fiz, fr om O m e r e l Kh e i y tim , and

fr om o t he r Pe r s i an as we ll a s A r ab i c p o e ts .

Fab ie n—H INDUSTANI,PE R S IAN

, AND A R ABIC GR AMMA R S IMPLIFI ED .

"

By E . H . PA LME R . M. .A , Cam b ridge . S e c ond E diti o n . Crown 8vo . pp .

vm ,.-104 c lo th . 1 88 5 . 5 s .

R oge r s.-NO TICE ON THE D INA R S O F TH E A BBA SSID E D YNA STY . By

E D WA R D TH O MA S R O GE RS ,late H .M. Consu l , Cai ro .

8vo . pp . 44,wi th a

Map and four A u to typ e P late s . 5 8 .

S ch em e i l .—E L MUBTA KE R ; o r

,F i r st Born . (In A r abi c , printed at

,Be yr o u t) . Co n ta in ing Five . Com e die s , c a l led Co m edi e s o f F i c t io n , o n H o p e s

and Judgm e n t s , i n Twe n ty-sixPo e m s o f 1092Ve r se s , show ing th e S e ve n S tage s

o f Life , fr om m an’

s c o n c e p t io n un to h is de a th and b u ri a l . By EMIN IBBA H mS CH E ME IL. In o n e vo lum e , 4to . pp . 1 6 6 , se we d. 1 8 70. 5 3 .

Sy e d A hm ad.—LIFE O F MO H AMME D . S e e Muham m ed.

Wh e rr y .—Com m e n ta ry o n th e Quran . S e e page 5 .

A SS AME SE .

Br onson .—A D ICTI ONA R Y IN A S SAME SE AND E NGLI SH . Com p il ed b y

MB R O NS ON, A m e ri c an Bapt ist Missi on ary. 8 vo . c a lf, pp . vi ii . and 609. £ 22s.

Ca ta logue of A ssam es e Books to be h ad of Me ssr s . Tr ilbner Co . ,Pos t f r ee f or

on e p e nny s tamp .

A SS Y R IAN (CUNE IF O RM,A CCA D ,

BA BY LO NIAN) .

Be rtin .—A BR I D GE D GR AMMA R S O R TH E LANGUA GE S O F TH E CUNEIE O RM

INSCR IPTI O NS . By G . BE R TIN, l . A S um e r o -A kkadian Gram m ar .

I I . A n A sse-Bab ylon ian Gr amm ar . II I . A Vann i c Gramm ar . IV . A Medic

Gramm a r . V . A n O ld Pe rsian Gr amm ar . Crown 8vo . pp . vi ii . - 1 1 8 , c loth .

1 888 .

—A S SYR IAN TE s, S e l e c t e d and A rr ange d, w i th Phil ologi c al

No te s: By E . A . BUD GE , B.A . , A ssyri an E xh ib itione r , Christ’s Co ll ege ,Cam b ridge . Crown 4to . c lo th , pp . v ii i . and 44. 1 880. 7 8 . 6d.

Budg e—TH E H I STO R Y O F E SA R H AD D ON. S e e Tr ub n e r

’s O ri e ntal

S e ri e s, p . 4 .

Ca ta l ogue (A ) of l e ading Bo oks on E gyp t and E gyp tol ogy , arid on

A ssyr ia and A ssyr i o logy, to b e h ad a t th e affixed p ri c e s, o f Tr‘

ub ne r and Co .

pp . 40. 1 880. Is . 1

Clarke .—R E SE A R CH E S IN PR E H I STO R IC AND PR O TO H I STO R IC COMPAR A

TIVE PH ILO LO GY, MYTH O LO GY, AND A R CH E O LO GY, in c onn e xi on wi th th eO r igin o f Cu l tur e in A m e r ic a and th e A c c ad o r Sum e r ian F am il ie s . By H YD ECLA R K E , D emy 8vo . sewed

, pp . xi . and 74. 1 8 75 . 28 . 6d.

5 7 a nd 59, London E .C.

‘5 7

Coop e r .—A n A r cha i c D i c tionary , Bi ographi c al , H i sto r i c al andMyth ologi ca l ; from th e E gyp tian and E trusc an Monum e nts, and Papyr i . ByW . R .

.CO O P

'

E R . London , 1 87 6 . 8vo . c lo th z 1 5 s .

o

'

q

H in cks .—SPE CIMEN CH APTE R S O F AN A S SYR I AN GR AMMAR .

-By, th elate R e v .

E . H I c s , D .D . , H on . 8vo ., sewed, l s?

Le norm an t (F . )—\

CH ALD E AN MA GIC ; i t s O r igin and D ev e l opm e n t .Tr ans la te d from th e Fre nc h . Wi th c ons ide rab le A ddi ti ons b y th e A uth or.London , 1 8 7 7 . 8vo . pp . 440. 1 2s.

Luzz attO .—GR AMMA R O F TH E BIBLI CAL

'

CH ALD A IC LANGUA GE AND TH E

TA LMUD BA R Y L O NICA L ID IO MS . By S . D . LUz z ATTO . Trans lated from th eI ta l ian b y J . S . GO LD AMME R . Cr . 8vo . c l . , pp . 1 22. 7 8 . 6d.

R awl in son .—NO TE S ON TH E E A RLY H I STO R Y O E BABYLONIA .

-ByCo lone l R AWLINS O N, C.B. 8vo . sd. , pp . 48 . 1 3 .

R awlin son .—A COMME NTA R Y ON TH E CUNE I FO RM INSCR I PTI ONS O P

BA BYLO NIA AND A S SYR IA , i n c luding R e adings o f th e Ins c r ip ti o n on th e Nim rudO b e l isk, a nd Br i e f No t i c e o f th e A n c ie n t Kings o f Nin e ve h and Ba b ylon,b y Majo r H . C. R A WL INS O N. 8 vo . p p . 8 4, s e w e d. Lo ndo n , 1 8 50. 2s . 6d.

R awlinson .—INSCRI PTI ON O F TI GLATH PILE SE R I . , KING O F A SSY R IA

,

B.C. 1 1 50. as tr anslate db S i r H . R AW LINS O N; F ox TA LBO T, E s q ., D r . E m ma.

and D r . O PP E R T. Pub lis ed b y th e R oya l A sia ti c S o c i e ty. 8vo . sd., pp . 74. 2s .

R awl inson:—O UTLINE S O F A S SYR I AN H I STO R Y, from th e Insc ri p ti on s o fNine ve h . By Li e u t . Co l . R AW LINS O N, C.B. , fo ll owed b y som e R e m a rks b yA . H . LAYA R D , E sq ., D .C.L. 8 vo . , p p . x l iv. , se we d. Lo ndon , 1 8 5 2. Is .

R e c ords of th e Pa st :b e ing E ng l i sh Tra n slat i on s of th e A ssyr i an andth e E gypti an Monum e n ts . Pub li sh ed unde r th e san c tion o f th e S o c i e ty ofBib li c a l A r c hmology. E di ted b y S . BIR CH . Vo ls . 1 to 1 2. 1 8 74 to 1 879.

£ 1 1 1 a . 6d. o r 3 3 . 6d. e ac h vo l .R e nan .

—AN E S SA Y O N TH E A GE AND A NTIQUITY O F TH E BO O K O E

NA BA TH E AN A G R ICULTUR E . To whic h i s adde d a n Inaugu ra l Le c ture o n’

. th ePo s it io n O f th e S he m i ti c Na ti o n s in th e H is to ry o f Civ i liz a t io n . ByM. E R NE S T

R ENA N,Me m b re de 1’

Ins t i tu t . Crown 8 vo ., p p . xv i . a nd 1 48 , c lo th . ‘

3 s . 6d.

Sayc e —A N A SSYR IAN GR AMMA R E O R COMPA R A TIVE PURPO SE S . ByA . H . S A YCE , M.A

,l 2m o . c lo th , p p . xvi . a nd 1 88 . 1 8 72. 7s . 6d.

S ayc e ;—A N E LEME NTA R Y GR AMMA R an d R e ading Bo ok

Langu age , in th e Cun e i fo rm Ch ar a c te r : c o n ta in in th e m o st c om p

ye t e xtan t, and wh i ch wi l l se rv e a lso as a Vo c a u lary o f bo thA ssyri an . London , 1 8 75 . 4to . c lo th . 9s .

Sayoe .—LE CTUR E S u p on th e A ssyr i an Language and Syllabary .

London , 1 87 7 . La rge 8vo . 9s . 6d.

S ayc e .-BABYLONIAN LITE RA TUR E . Le c tur e s . London

,1 8 7 7

.

8vo . 4s .

Sm i th—TH E A S SYR IAN E PONYMCANON ; c o nta in ing Tr an slati on s of th eD o cum e n ts O f th e Com p ara ti ve Chrono logy o f th e A

'

Ssyri an and Jewi sh Ki ngdom s

,fr om th e D e a th o f S o lom on t o Ne b uc hadne z zar . By E . SMITH . London,

1 8 76 . 8 y o . 93 .

A USTR ALIAN LANGUA GE S .

Gr ey .—H _AND BO O K O F A FR ICAN

,A USTR ALIAN

,AND PO LYNE S IAN PH D

LO LO GY . S e e page 49.

5 8 Lengulstlc P ubli c a tions of Tr ilbnér Ca ,

BA SQ UE :

E 1118 .—S OUR CE S O F TH E BA SQUE AND E TR USCAN LANGUAGE S . S e e p . 48 .

vam-Ey sI—O UTLINE S OE BA SQUE GR AMMA R . By W. J.

'

VANr

E Y S .

Cr own 8vo . pp . xi i . and 52, c lo th . 1 883 . 3s . 6d.

Ca tal ogue of Benga l i Books, sold by’Messr s . Tr ii bne r Q p os t fre e for p enny s tamp .

Br owne —A BANGALI PR IME R , in R om an Char a c te r . ByJ . F .BR OWNE '

,

B.C. S . Cr own 8vo . pp . 32, c lo th . 1 8 8 1,

Char i tab ali (Th e ) ; O R,INSTR UCTIVE BI O GR A PHY

VI D Y XS A GA R A . Wi th a Vo c ab u lary O f a ll th e Words o c curri ng in th e Te xt, b y

” J . F . BLUMH A R D T, Be ngali Le c tur e r Unive rsity Co ll ege , London ; and Te ach e ro f Benga li Camb ridge Uni ve r si ty. 12m o . pp . 120—iv.

—48 , c lo th . 1 884. 5 8 .

Mi tte n—BENGA LI AND ENGLI SH D I CTI ONA R Y fo r th e Use O f S c hools.

R evise d and im p ro ved. 8vo . c lo th . Cal cu tta , 1 8 60. 73 . 6d.

Syke s—E NGLI SH AND BENGA LI D ICTI ONA R Y fo r th e Use of Scho ol s.

R e vised b y GO P E E KIS S E NMITTE R . 8vo . c lo th . Ca lcutta, 1 8 74. 78 . 6d.

GR AMMA R . By th e lat e R e v . W. Y A TE S , D .D .

R epr inted, with im provem e n ts , fr om h is Introduc ti on t o th e Be ngal i Language .

E di ted b y I . WENGE R . F c ap . 8vo . bds , pp . iv. and 1 50. Ca lc utta , 1 8 64. 4a.

BIH A R I .

Ca talogue of Biham'

Books , sold by Me ssr s . Tr llbn e r p ost f r e e f or p enny stamp .

Gri e r son .—S E VEN GR AMMAR S O F TH E D IA LE CTS AND S UB-D IA LE CTS O F

'

th e Bihar i Language S pok e n in th e Pro vinc e o f Bihar , in th e E a s te r n Po r tion

of th e N. W. Provi nc e s, and in th e No r th e rn Po r tion of th e Ce n tr a l Pro vi nc e s .Comp i l ed unde r o rde rs of th e Gov e rnm e n t o f Be nga l . By GE O R GE E . GR IE R S ON

,Joi nt Mag istra te o f Pa tna . Pa r t 1 . Int rodu c to ry ; 2. Bho'

pur i ;3 . M adhi ; 4 . Mai t-b i l-Bhoj ur i ; 5 . S outh Ma i thi li ; 6 . S o uth a ith i l‘

Magad i ; 7 . No t ye t Pub l ish ed)

. F c ap . 4to . c lo th . Pr ic e 28 . 6d. e ac h .

H oe rnl e and Gr l e I‘S O D .

—COM'

PA R ATIVE D ICTI ONA R Y O F TH E BIH A R ILANGUA GE . Com pi ledby A . F . R . H O E R NLE , o f th e Be nga l E duc ationa l S e rvi c eand G . A . GR I E R S O N, o f H e r Maj e sty’

s Be nga l Ci vi l S e rvi c e . (Pub lish edunde r th e Patro nage o f th e Gove rnm e n t o f Be nga l . ) Par t I . From

,A to

A g’m ani . 4to . pp . 1 06 , wrapp e r . 1 8 85 . 5 a.

BR A H O E (BR A H UI) .BeueW.

—FR OMTH E IND US TO TH E TIGR I S . A Narr ative toge the r w i thSynop ti c a l Gram m a r andVo c abu la ry of th e Brah o e language . S e e p . 1 9.

D aka r—AN E S SA Y ON .

TH E BR AH UI GR AMMA R . By D r . T. D UKA‘

.

D emy 8vo . pp . 78 , p ape r . 1 8 87 . 33 . 6d.

6 0 L inguistic P ub lic a tions of Tr ilbne r C'o .

Be aL—TH E D H AMMAP AD A . S e e Tr ii b n e r ’s O r ie ntal S e ri e s, page 3 .

D e al—Buddh i st Li te ra ture . S e e p age s 6 , 41 and 42.

Br e tschn eide r .—S e e page 27 .

Cha lm e r s—TH E O R IGIN O F TH E CH INE SE ; an A tte'

mp t'

toc onn e c tion of th e Ch in e se wi th We ste rn Nations, in th e ir R e ligioA r ts , Language , and Tradi ti ons. By J O H N CH ALME R S , A .M.

c l o th, pp . 7 8 . 5 s .

"Chalm e r s .—A CONCI SE KH ANG-H SI

'

CIH NE SE D ICTI ONAR Y . By th e R SV .

J . CH A LME R s , Can to n . Thr e e Vo ls . R oya l 8vo . b ound i n Ch in e ses tyl e , pp . 1000. £ 1 l O s .

Chalm e r s —TH E STR UCTUR E O F CH INE SE . CH AR A CTE R S , UND E R 300

Prim ary Forms ; a ft e r th e ShWO h -wan , 100A .D . , and th e Phone ti c Shwoh -wan

1 83 3 . By J O H N CH A LME R S ,M. A . , LL.D . 8vo . pp . x-1 99, wi th a pla te , c loth .

1 882. 1 28 . 6d.

China R e vi ew ; O R,NO TE S A ND QUE R IE S ON TH E FAR E A ST. Pub

li sh e d b i -m o n th ly. E dited b y E . J . E ITE L .~ S ub sc rip ti on , f l

'

108 .

pe r vo lum e .

D ennys.—A H ANDBO O K O F TH E CANTONVE RNA CULA R O E TH E CH INE SE

LA NGUA G E . Be ing a S e ri e s o f In tr odu c to ry Le sson s , fo r D om e s ti c'

and

Busine s s Pu rp o se s . By N. B. D ENNYS , M.R .A . S ., Ph .D . 8 vo . c lo th , pp . 4,1 95 . a nd 3 1 . £ 1 1 08 .

D e nny s.—TH E F O LK-LO R E O F CH INA , and its A fii n i ti e s With that ofth e A ryan a nd S e m i ti c R a c e s . By N. B. D ENNYS , Ph .D . ,

au tho r o f A H and

b o o k o f th e Can ton V e rn a c u lar ,” e tc . 8 vo . c lo th, pp . 1 6 8 . 6d.

D ougla s .—CHINE SE ENGLI SH D ICTI ONAR Y O F TH E VE RNA CULA R O R SPO KEN

LANGUA G E O E A MO Y, w i th th e p ri nc ipa l va r ia tion s o f th e Chang Ch ew and

Ch in Che w D ia l e c ts . By th e R e v . CA R STA IR S D O UGLA S , M.A .,LL.D ., .G lasg

H igh qu ar to , c lo th , do u b l e c o lum ns, p p . 1 8 7 3 . £3 3s .

D ouglas—CH INE SE LANGUA GE AND LITE RATUR E . N o Le c tur es del ive r e d a t th e R o ya l In s t itu t ion , b y R . K . D O UGLA S , o f th e Br i t ish Mus e um ,

and Pr o f. o f Ch in e se a t King's Co l le ge . Cr . 8 vo . pp . 1 1 8 , CI, 1 8 7 5 . 5 3 .

D ougl as—TH E LIFE O E JE NGH Iz KH AN. Tr an slate d fr om th e Chin e se ,

w i th an In tr odu c t ion , b y R . K . D O UG LA S , O f th e Bri t ish Mu se um . Crown 8vo .

p p . xxxvi .—106 , c lo th . 1 8 77 .

E dkins .—A GR AMMA R O F CO LLO QUI AL CH INE SE , a s e xhibi te d in th e

S hangha i D ia l e c t . By J . E D K INS , B A . S e c ond e di t ion , c Or re c te d” 8 c o .

ha lf-c a lf, p p . vi i i . and 225 . S hangha i , 1 86 8 . 21 3 .

E dkins—A V O CABULA R Y O F TH E S H ANGH A I D IALE CT. By J . E D KINS .

8 vo . ha lf- c a l f, pp . v i . and 1 5 1 . S hangha i , 1 869. 21 3 .

Edkins .—R E LIGI ON IN CH INA . A Bri e f A c c o unt o f th e Thr e e R e ligi ons

o f th e Chi ne se . By J O S E PH E D K INs, D . D . Po st 8vo . c lo th . 7 s . 6d.

Edkin s .- A GRAMMA R O F TH E CH INE SE CO LLO QUI A L LANGUA GE , c om

m o u ly c a l le d th e Manda r in D ia le c t . By JO S E P H E D K INS . S e c o nd e dition .

8vo . hal f- c a lf, pp . v i i i . and 279. S hanghai , 1 8 64. £ 1 108 .

E dkins—INTR O D UCTI ON To TH E STUD Y O E‘

TH E CH INE SE CH A R A CTE R S .

By J . E D KINS , D .D . , Pe k ing , Ch ina . R oy. 8vo . p p . 340, pa p e r b o ards . 1 8s .

. 5 7:and 59, Ludga te H ill, London , E C. 6 1

Edkin s .—CH INA ’

S PLA CE IN PH ILO LO GY.

'

A n attem p t to show tha t th eLa nguage s o f E u ro p e and A s ia ha ve a c o m m o n o rig in . By th e R e v . J O S E P HIE D KINS . Crown 8 vo , p p . xxi i i .—403 , c lo th . 103 . 6d.

Edkins .—CH INE SE BUD D H I SM. S e e Tr ii b n e r

’s O r i e ntal S e r ie s

, p . 4 .

Edh ns .—PR O GR E S SI VE LE SS ONS IN TH E CH INE SE S PO KE N LANGUA GE

,

‘7 wi th Lists o f Comm onWo rds andPhrase s, and an A ppe ndi x c on tain ing th e Lawsof Tone s In th e Pekin D ia lec t . F ourt h E di ti on , 8vo . S hanghai , 1 8 8 1 . 1 2s .

Edkin s .—TH E E VOLUTI ON O E TH E CH INE S E LANGUA GE , a s e xe m pl ifyi ng

th e o r igi n and growth o f H um an S p e e c h . By J O S E PH E D KINS , D .D . A u tho r'O f “ R e ligion In Ch ina ;

” “Chi n e se Buddhi sm ;”

e tc . R e pr inted from th eJour nal o f th e Peking O r i en tal S oc i e ty. 1 88 7 . 8vo . pp . xvi . —96 . 33 . 6d.

E i te l .—CH I:NE SE D I CTI ONAR Y IN TH E CANTONE SE D I ALE CT. By E RNE STJO H N E ITE L , Ph. D . Tub ing . I . to IV. 8vo . se we d, 1 23 6d. e a c h .

Eitel . —

_H AND BO O K F O R. TH E STUD ENT O F CH INE SE BUD D H ISM. By th e R e v .

E . J . E ITE L, o f th e Lo ndon Mission a ry S o c i e t y . Cr . 8wo . p p . v ii i . 224, Cl . 1 88 .

Eite l .—FE NG SHUI : o r

, Th e R udim e n ts o f Na tu r al S c i e n c e in Chin a .

By R e v . E . J . E ITE L , M Ph .D . D e m y 8 vo . se we d, pp . v i . and 84. 6 3 .

Fab e r .—A SYSTEMA TICA L DIGE ST O F TH E D O CTR INE S O F CONFUCIUS ,

a c c o rdi ng to th e A na l e c ts , Gr e at Le arning , and D o c tr in e o f th e Me an , wi th anIntrodu c t i on on th e A utho r i ti e s upo n Confuc ius and Confuc ianism . By E RNSTFA BE R , R he nish Miss ionary. Tra ns la te d from th e Ge rm an b y P . G . von

M'

O ll e ndorff 8vo . sewed, pp . viii . and 1 3 1 . 1 875 . 1 23 . 6d.

Fab e r .- INTR O D UCTI ONTO TH E S CIENCE O E CH INES E R ELIGI ON. A Cr iti qu e

o fMaxMul l e r and o th e r A uthor s . By E . FA BE R . 8vo . pap e r , pp . xi i . and 1 54.

H o ng Kong, 1 8 80. 73 . 6d.

Fab e r .-MIND O F MENCIUS . S e e “Tr ub n e r ’s O r i en tal S e r i e s

, p . 5 .

Fe rguson .—CH INE S E R E SE AR CH E S . Fir st Part :

'

Chine se Chro no logyand Cyc l e s . By T. FE R GUSO N. Cr . 8vo . pp . vii . and 274, sd. 6d.

Gi l e sJ—A D ICTI ONA R Y O F CO LLO QUI A L ID I OMS INTH E MAND A RIN D IALE CT.

By H E R BE R T A .-GILE S . 4to . p p . I6 5 . £ 1 8 3 .

Gi l e sG—TH E S AN TZU CH ING ; o r,Thr e e Char ac te r Classi c - a nd th e

Ch’

J e n Tsu We n ; o r , Thou sa nd Cha ra c te r E ssay. Me tr i c a l ly Tr an s la te d b yH E R BE R T A . G IL E S ; l 2m o . p p . 28 . 2s . 6d.

Gil e s . SYNO PTICA L STUD IE S IN CH INE SE CH AR A CTE R . By H E R BE R T A .

G I LE S . 8vo . p p . 1 1 8 .

Gil e s .—CH INE SE S KE TCH E S. By H E R BE R T

A . GILE S , ofChin a Co n su lar S e rv ic e . 8vo . c l . , p p . 204. 108 . 6d.

Gile s .—A GLo ssA R Y OF R E EE R ENCE ON SUBJE CTS CONNE CTE D WITH TH E

Far E ast . By H A . G ILE S,o f H .M. Chin‘

a Consu lar S e rv i c e . 8vo . se we d,

pp . V . .—1 83 7 s . 6d.

Gil e s .—CH INE SE WITH OUT A TE A CH E R . Being a Coll e c ti on of E a sy and

Use fu l S e nte nc e s In th e Mandar in D i a le c t . Wi th a Vo c ab u la ry . By H E R BE R T

. A . GILE S . 12m o . pp . 60. 68 .

H e rni sz .—A GUI D E TO CONVER SA TI ON IN

,TH E E NGLI SH AND CH INE S E

LANGUA G E S , fo r th e u se o f A m e ri c an s and Chin e s e i u _Ca li fo rn ia a nd e lse wh e r e .

By S TA NI S LA S H E R NI sz . S qu a r e 8 vo . p p . 274, s e we d. 1 03 . 6d .

Th e Chin e s e c ha r ac t e r s c o n tai n e d in thi s wo rk a r e fr om th e c o ll e c t i on s o f Chi ne se gr o u p se n gra ve d on st e e l , a nd c a s t in to m o ve ab le typ e s , ~ b y Mr . Mar c e lli n Le gr and, e ngr ave r o f th eIm p e r i a l Pr in ting O ffic e a t Par i s . Th ey ar e use d b y m ost o f th e m is si ons to China .

62 In'

nj uz’

s tic Pu b lic a tions of M bne r j‘ Co .,

Kidd—CA TA LO GUE O F TH E CH INE S E LIBR A R Y O F TH E R O YAL A SIATICS O CI E TY . By th e R ev. S . K I D D . 8vo . p p . 5 8 , sewe d. l s . 1

Kwong .-KWONG

’S

'

E D UCATI ONA L S E R IE S . By KWONG KI CHIU, lateMem b e r of th e Ch ine se E duc ati ona l Comm ission In th e Uni te d S ta te s , 8750. Ina lish and Ch in e se . A l l Po s t 8vo . c lo th . Fi rst R e ading Bo ok . Il lustrafie cf

w i t Cuts . pp . 1 62. 1 88 5 . 48 . Fi rs t Conve rsa tio n Bo ok . p p . xxxi i . and248 . 103 . S e c ond Conve r sa t ion Book . pp . xvi . and 406 . 1 23 . Manual o fCo rr e sp onde nc e and S o c i a l Usage s. pp . xxvi . and 276 . 1 2s .

Le gge .—TH E CH INE S E CLA S SI CS . With a Tr anslati on , Cr i ti c al and

E xe ge ti c a l No te s , Pr o l e gom e na , and Co p io u s Inde xe s . By JA ME S LE GG E .

D .D . , o f the Lon do n Mi ssio nar y S oci e ty . 7 vo ls . R oyal 8vc . c lo th .

VO L I. Co n fu c ian A na le c ts , th e G r e a t Le a rn ing , and th e D o c tr ine o f th eMe an .

p p . 5 26 . £2 23 . Vo l . 1 1 . Wo rks o f Me nc iu s . p . 6 34 . £2 28 . Vo l . I II.

Pa r t I . F ir s t Pa r t o f the S ho o -King, o r th e BO O o f Tang, th e Bo o k s o f

Y u , th e Bo o ks o f H e a , th e Bo o k s o f S hang, a nd t h e P ro l e go m e n a . p p . m i,a nd 280. £ 2 28 . Vo l . II I . Par t I I . Fi fth Pa rt o f th e S ho o-Kingm g , o r th e Bo o k so f Chow , and th e Inde xe s. , p p . 28 1—73 6 . 23 . Vo l . IV . Pa r t I .

o f th e Sh e -K ing , o r th e Le s so n s from th e S ta te s , a nd th e Pro l e gom e na . pp }

1 82 244. £2 Vo l . IV . Pa r t II . Th e 2n d, 3 rd and 4th Pa rt s o f th e S h e

King , o r th e Mino r O de s o f th e K ingdom ,the Gre a te r O de s o f th e s in

gs

?t he S ac r ifi c ial O de s and Pra is e S ongs , and the Inde xe s . pp . 5 40 f 2V o l . V . P a rt I . D uk e s Y in , H w a n , Chwang, Min , H e , Wan, S eue n , and

Ch‘ing ; and th e P r o le gom e na . p p . xi i ., 1 48 and 410. £2 28 . V o l . V. Pa rt

I I . D uk e s S ea ng, O h '

a on ,‘

Ting t a nd Ga l, wi th TS O S A p pe ndix, and th e

Inde xe s . pp . 526 . £2 28 .

Legge .—TH E . CH INE SE CLA S S ICS . Tr an slate d in to E ngli sh .

Pr e lim in a ry E ssays a nd E xp lan a to ry No te s . By JA ME S LE GGE , D .DCrown 8v o . c lo th . V o l . I . Th e Li fe a nd Te a c h ings o f Co n fuc iu s . p p . v i . and.

33 8 . 10s . 6d. Vo l . I I . Th e Li fe a nd Wo rks of Me n c iu s . pp .

Vo l . I II . Th e S h e King, o r Th e Bo o k of Po e try . pp . vi i i . an dLe gge .

—INAUGUR ALLE CTURE O N TH E CONSTITUTING O F A CH INE S E CH A I Ri n th e Un ive rsi ty o f O xfo rd, 1 87 6 , b y R e v . JA ME S LE GGE , M.A , LL.D .,

Pr o fe sso r o f Chin e s e a t O xfo rd 8 vo . p p . 28 , sewe d. 6d.

Le gge .- CONFUCIANI SM IN R E LATI ON To CH R I STIANITY. A Pap e r

R e ad b e fo re th e Mi ss io n a ry Co n fe r e n c e in S ha ngh a i , o n May 1 1 , 1 8 77 . I ByR e v . JA ME S LE G G E , D .D , LL. .D 8 vo . s e we d, p p 12. 1 8 7 7 . 1 3 . 6d.

Legge .- A LE TTE R To PR O FE S S O R MAx MULLER ,

c hi efly on th e Tr an spla tion into E nglish Of th e Ch in e se Te rm s Ti and S h ang T‘

a‘

. By J . LE G GE,

Professor o f Chine se , O xfo rd. Cr own 8vo . s ewe d, pp . 30.

Le land.—FUSANG ; o r

,th e D isc o v e ry o f A m e r i c a b y Chin e se Buddhi st

Pr ie sts in th e Fifth Ce n tu ry. By CHAR LE S G . LE LAND . Cr . 8vo . c lo th,p p . xix. and 212. 1 87 5 . 7 8 . 6d.

Le land.—PID GIN E NGLI SH S ING S ONG ; o r S ongs and S to r i e s in th e

China -E ngl ish D ia le c t . With a Vo c ab u lary. By Char le s G. Le la nd._Crown

8 vc . pp . v m. and 1 40, c lo th . 1 87 6 . 5 8 .

Lobsche id. E NGLI SH AND CH INE S E D ICTI ONA R Y, with th e Pun ti andManda rin Pr o nun c iation . By th e R e v . W. LO BS O H E ID , Kn ight o f Fr anc i iJo se p h , e tc . Fo lio , p p . vi i i . and 201 6 . In Fo u r Pa rt s . £ 8

Lob sc he i d.—CH INE SE AND E NGLI SH D ICTI ONARY, A rrange d a ce

th e R adic a ls . By th e'

R e v . W . LO BS CH E ID , Kn ight O f Fr an c

e tc . Im p . 8 vo . do ub le c o lum n s , p p . 600,b ound. £ 2 88 .

64 L inguistic P ub lic a tions of Tr ii bne r ( it 00.

Ste nt .—A'

CH INESE AND ENGLI SH,

VO CABULAR Y IN TH E PEKINESE"

u :D IA LE CT. By GS E . STENT. Se c ond E di ti on, 8vo . pp . xii .-720, h a lf b ound.. 4 1 8 77 .

Ste l itf—A CH INE SE AND E NGLI SH P O CKET DICTI ONAR Y. By G . E .

STENT." 1 6m O . pp . 250. 1 8 74. 1 5 8 .

Lin e r s and Cu st om s of th e Chin e se o f th e S tra itsD . VA UGH AN. R oya l 8vo . b oards . S ingap ore, 1 8 79.

7S. 6d.

ViSse ring l—f O N'

CHINESE CUR R ENCY . Co in andPape r Mo n e y . Wi tha Fa c sim i l e O f a Ban k No te . ByW. Visse r ing . R oyal 8 vo . c lo th, pp . xv

,and

21 9. Le ide n,1 87 7 . 1 8 8 .

Will i am sf—A SYLLA BIC,

D ICTI ONA R Y O F TH E CH INE S E LANGUA GE ,

a rr anged'

ac c ording to th e Wu -Fang Y u en Y in , Wi th th e p r onun c ia ti on o f th eChar ac t e r s

,as h e ard in Pe king, Can ton, A m oy, and S hangh ai . By S . WE LLS

WILLIAMS . 4to . c lo th , pp . lxxxiv . and 1 252. 1 8 74. £5 5 3 .

wyli e .—NO TE S ON CH INE S E LITE R A TUR E ; Wi th in t r odu c toryR e m a rks

o n th e Progre ssive A dvan c e m e n t o f th e A r t and a l i st o f trans la t ion s fr om th eChin e se ; in to ,

va r io u s E u r o p e an Langu age s . By A . WYLI E , A ge n t ,o f . th e

Br i t ish andF o r e ign Bi b le So c ie ty in Ch ina . 4to . p p . 296 , c l o th . Pri c e ;£ l .

COR E AN. .

RCSS u-H—A . CO RE AN PR IME R . Be ingLesson s i n Cor e an on a ll

'

O rdin arySub j e c ts . Tr ans l ite rate d o n th e p r inc ip le s o f th e Manda r in Pr im e r b y

- th e '

sam e au tho r . y th e R e v . JO H N R O S S Ne wc h ang .

,D e m y 8vo . sti t c t .

pp . 90.

l

1 08 .

A n a ) I o n s

D ANIS H .

Otte .—HOW To LE A RN D ANo -NO RWE GIAN. A Manual_

for S tude n ts o fD an o -Norwe gian , and e sp e c i a l ly fo r Tra ve l l e r s in S c andina via .

~ Based Up on‘

th e O ll e ndor ffian Syste m of te a c hing language s , and adap ted fo r S e lf-In str uc t ion .

B y E . C. O TTE . Se c o nd E diti on .

‘ Cr own 8vc . p p . xx .-338 , c lo th: .1 884.

78 . 6d. (Ke y to th e E xe r c ise s, pp . 84, c lo th , p r i c eO tté .

; S IMPLIE I E D GR AMMA R O R TH E D ANI S H3LANGUA GE . By E . C.

O TTE . Cr own 8vo . pp . vi i i . - 66 , c lo th . 1 884. 23 . 6d. I

E GY PTIAN (CO PTIC,BITCh .

—EGYPTIAN TE XTS : If Te xt,Tr an sli te r ati on and Trans]

—1 1 . Te xt and Tr ans li te rat ion .—III . Te xt disse c ted fo r analysis—IV.

m ina tive s, sto .

J ‘

By S . Bir c h . London, 1 8 77 Large 8 vo . 1 2s .

Catal ogue (C) of l e ading Books on E gyp t and‘

E gypt o logy on

andA ssyri o logy. TO b e h ad at th e affi xed p r ic e s of Tr ii b ne r and Co . 8 vo ., pp .

40. 1 880. I s .

Chab a s .-LE S PA STE UR S EN E GYPTE .

—Mém o ir e Publi é par l ’A c adem i e. R oyal e

'

de s S c i e n c e s 5. A m ste rdam . By F . CH ABA S . 4to .,sewed, pp . 5 6 .

1 A m ste rdam ,1 86 8 . 63 .

5 7 and 5 9,Ludga te H i ll, L ondon, E .C’. 6 5

Clarke .-MEMO I R ON TH E COMPAR ATI VE GR AMMA R O F E GYPTIA N, CO PTIC,

A ND UD E . By H YD E CLA R K E , Co r . Me m b e r A m e r ic a n O r ie n ta l S o c ie ty Me m .

Ge rm an O r ie n ta l S o c ie ty, e tc . , e tc . D e m y 8 vo . sd. , pp . 32. 2s .

Egyp to logi c . (Fo rm s al so th e S e c ondVo lum e of th e Fir st Bul l e tin ofth e Congr es Pro v inc ia l de s O r i e nta l iste s Franca is .) 8 vo . sewed, pp . 604, wi th

E igh t P la te s . S a in t-E t ie n e , 1 880. . 88 . 6d .

Li e b l e in .—R E CH E R CH E S SUR LA CH R ONO LO GIE E GYPTI E NNE d’

ap r es l e slis te s Généa logiqu e s . By J . LIE R LE IN. R oy. 8vo . sewed, pp . 1 47 , wi th NineP la te s . Chr istian a , 1 8 73 . 73 . 6d.

Mar i e tt e -Be y—TH E MONUMENTS O F UPPE R E GYPT ; a t r ansla ti on o f

th e I ti né r a i r e de la H au te E gyp te o f A UGUSTE MA R IE TTE -BE Y . Tran s la tedby AL PH O NS E MA R IE TTE . Cr own 8 vo . pp . xvi . and262, c lo th . 1 8 7 7 . 7 8 . 6d.

R e cords of th e Pa st , BE ING ENGLI S H TR ANS LA TIO NS O F TH E A SSYR IANAND TH E E GYP TIANMO NUMENTS . Pub l i sh ed unde r the S a nc tion of the Soc i e ty ofBi b l i c a l A r c h e o logy . E D ITE D BY D R . S . BIR CH .

V O LS . I . To XII .

, 1 8 74—79. 33 . 6d. e a c h . (Vo ls . I . , I II . , V. , VII . , IX. ,

XL , c o n ta in

A ssyr ia n Te xts . )

R e nouf.—E LEMENTA R Y GR AMMA R o f th e A n c i e nt E gyp ti an Lan gu age ,in th e H i e r oglyp h i c Typ e . By LE PA GE R ENO UP . 4to .

, Cloth . 1 8 75 .

ENGLISH (E A R LY AND MO D E RN E NGL IS H A ND D IA LE CTS ) .

Ba l lad So c i e ty (Th e ) .—S ubs c r ip t ion—S ma l l p ap e r , on e gui n e a, a ndl arge p a p e r , thr e e gu in e a s, p e r ann um . Li st o f p ubli c at ion son ap p l i c at i o n .

Bam e S .—GLO S S A R Y O F TH E D O R SE T D I AL E CT, with a Gr am m ar o f i ts

Wo rd S h ap e n ing andWo rding. By W. Barne s , B.D . D e m y 8 vo . pp . v i ii .1 26

, se wed. 1 8 8 6 . 6 3 .

Boke of Nurtur e By JO H N R US S E LL, abou t 1 460—1 470 A nn oD o m in i . Th e Bo k e o f Ke ruynge . By WY NK Y N D E WO R D E , A nn o D om in i

1 5 1 3 . Th e Bo k e o f Nu r tur e . By H UG H R H O D E S , A nn o D o m in i 1 5 7 7 . E di te d

fr o m th e O r igin a ls in th e Br i t ish Mu s e um L ib ra ry, b y FR E D E R ICK J . FUR NIV A LL ,M.A . , Tr in i ty H a l l , Cam b ri dge , Me m b e r o f Co u n c i l o f th e Ph i lo lo gi c a land E a r ly E ngl i sh Te xt S o c ie t ie s . 4to . ha lf-m o r o c c o , gi lt t o p , p p . xix. a nd 146 ,28 , xxv i i i . a nd 5 6 . 1 86 7 . l l . 1 1 3 . 6d.

Burn e .—S H R O PSH I R E F O LK -LO R E ; A She af of Cl e an in gs . E di ted by

C. 8 . Burns from th e Co l le c ti ons o f G . F . Jac kson . D e my 8 r o . pp xvi—6 64,

c lo th . 1 8 86 . 25 8 .

Cham o ck .—VE R R A NOMINA LI A o rWords de ri ve d fr om Pr op e r Nam e s .

By R ICH A R D STE P H ENCH A R NO CK ,Ph .D r . , e tc . 8vo . p p . 3 26

,c lo th . 1 4a.

Ch aw oek .—LUD US PA TR ONY MI CUS ; o r

,th e E tym ol ogy of Cu r i o u s S ur

n am e s . By R ICH A R D STE P H EN CH A RNO CK , Ph .D . , Cr own

8 vo . , p p . 1 82, c lo th . 7 s . 6d.

Cham ock .-A GLO S SA R Y O F TH E E S SE X D IA LE CT. By R . S . CHARNO CK .

8 vo . c lo th , pp . x . and 6 4. 1 880.

Chau c e r Soc i e ty (Th e ) . S ubsc rip ti on , two gu in e as p e r annum .

L is t of Pub li c a t i on s on ap p li c a t i on .

6 6 L ingu istic P ub lic a tions of Tr ilbn e r Ca ,

Ege r and Grim e ; a n E ar ly E ngli sh R om an c e . E dite d fr om BishopPe r c y

s Fo lio Man usc ri p t , ab o u t 1 6 5 0 A . D . By J . W . H A LE S , M.A . , a ndF . J . FUR NIVA LL , M.A . , o f Tr in i ty H a l l , Cam b ri dge . p p . 6 4 ( o n ly100c o p i e s p r in t e d) , b ound in th e R o xb u rgh e s tyle . 108 . 6 61.

Ea r ly English Text So ci e ty’

s Publ i c ati ons . S ubs c ri pti on , one gu in e ap e r annum . A ll de m y 8vo . in wrapp e rs .

1 . E A R LY E NGLI S H A LLITER ATIVE PO EMS . In th e We st-MidlandD ia le c t O f th e Fou r te e n th Ce n tu ry . E di t e d b y R . MO R R I S , E sq . , from an

un ique Co t to n ian MS . 1 68 .

2. A R TH UR (abou t 1 440 E di te d b y F . J . FURNI v'

ALL , E sq . ,

fr o m th e Ma r qu is o f Ba th ’

s un iqu e MS . 48 .

3 . A nn COMPEND I O US AND BE RUR TR A CTA TE . CONCE RNY NG Y E O FFI CEA ND D Ew '

r IE o r K Y NGI S , e tc . By WI LLIAM LA UD E R . ( 1 5 5 6 A .D . ) E di te d

b y F . H A LL, E sq ., D .C. L. 43 .

4 . S I R GAWA Y NE AND TH E GR E EN KNIGH T (abou t 1 320-30

E dit e d b y R . MO R R I S , E sq . , fr om a n un iqu e Co tto n ian MS . 103 .

5 . O R TH E O R TH O GR A PH I E AND CO NGR UITIE O F TH E BR I TAN TONGUE ;a t r e a te s , n o e sho r t e r than n e c e ssa r i e , fo r th e S c ho o le s , b e A LE XAND E R H UME .

E dite d fo r th e fi rs t t im e fr om th e u n iqu e MS . in th e Br it ish Mu se um (ab o u t1 6 1 7 b y H ENR Y B. WH E A TLE Y, E sq . 4s .

6 . LANCE LO T O R TH E LA IK . E di te d fr om th e u n iqu e MS . in th e Camb r idge Un ive r s ity Lib r a ry ( a b . b y th e R e v . WA LTE R W. S K E A T,

M.A . 8 8 .

7 . TH E STO R Y O F GENE SI S AND E X O D US , an E ar ly E ng1i sh S ong, O fab o u t 1 250 A . D . E di t e d fo r th e fi r st t im e fr om th e un iqu e MS . in th e Li b ra ryo f Co rpu s Ch r i s t i Co l le ge , Cam b r idge , b y R . MO R R IS , E sq . 83 .

8 MO R TE A R TH UR E ; th e A ll ite ra tive Ve r sion . E di te d from R O BE RTTH O R NTO N’

S u n iqu e MS . (a b o u t 1 440 A .D . ) a t Lin c o ln , b y th e R e v . G E O R GE

PE R R Y, M.A .

, Pr e b e nda ry o f L i n c o ln . 7 8 .

9 . A NIMA D V E R S I ONS UPPO N TH E A NNO TA CI ONS AND CO R R E CTI ONS O F

S O ME IMP E R E E CTI O NS O F IMP R E S SI O NE S O F CH A UCE R’S WO R K E S , r e p r in t e d

i n 1 5 98 ; b y FR A NCI S TH Y NNE . E di te d fr om th e u n i

qu e MS . in t h e

Br idge wa t e r Lib ra ry . By G . H .K ING S LE Y,E sq ,M.D . , and J . FURNIV A LL,

E sq .

,M.A . 108 .

10. ME R LIN, O R TH E E A R LY H I STO R Y O F KING A R TH UR . E di te d fo r th efi r st t im e fr om th e u n iqu e MS . i n th e Cam b r idg e Un ive r si ty Li b rary ( ab ou t1 450 b y H E NR Y B.WH E A TLE Y, E sq . Par t I . 28 . 6d.

1 1 . TH E MONA R CH E , an d o th e r Po e m s of S ir D avid Lynde say . E di te dfr o m th e fi r st e di t io n b y J O H NE S K O TT, in 1 5 5 2, b y FI Tz E D WA R D H A LL ,

Pa r t I . 33 .

12. TH E WRI GH T’

S CH A STE WI FE , a Me rry Tal e , b y A dam of Cob sam

(ab out 1462 fr o m th e u n iqu e Lam b e th MS . 306 . E di te d fo r th e fi rs tt im e b v F . J . FUR NIV A LL , E sq . ,M.A . 1 8 .

1 3 . S E INTE MAR H E R E TE , pE ME ID EN ANT MA R TYR . Thr e e Te xts o f ab .

1 200, 1 3 10, 1 330 A . D . Fir st e dite d in 1 862, b y th e R e v. O SWA LD CO CKA YNE ,

M.A . , and n ow t e - i ssu e d.

1 4. KYNG H O RN, w it h fragm e n ts of F lo r i z and Blaun c h e fiur , and th eA ssum pt i o n o f th e Ble sse d V irgin . E dit e d from th e MS S . in th e Lib r ar y o f

th e Un i ve rs i ty o f Cam b r idge and th e Br i t i sh Mu se um , b y th e R e v . J . R A WS O NLUMR Y .

68 L inguisti c P ub li c a tions of Tr ii bne r

30. PI E R S , TH E PLO UGH MAN’

s CR E D E (about E dite d fr om th eMS S . b y th e R e v . W. W. SK E A T

,M. .A 2s .

3 1 . INSTRUCTI ONS F O R PAR I SH PR I E STS . By JO H NMY R C. E di ted fr omCo tto n MS . Claudiu s A . b y E DWA R D PE A CO CK , E sq .

, e tc . , e tc . 4s.

32. E AR LY ENGLI SH ME A LS AND MANNE R S ; John R u sse ll’s Bok e of

Nu ture , Wynkyn de Wo rde’

s Bo k e o f Ke ruyn ge , Th e Bo k e o f Cu rta sye , R .

We ste’s Bo o k e o f D e m e ano r , S e age r

’8 S c h o o ls o f Ve r tu e , Th e Bab e e s

yBo ok,

A r isto t l e ’

s A BC,Urb an i ta tis, S ta ns Pue r adMe nsam Th e Lyt i l l e Ch i ldr e n e s

Lyt i l Bo k e , F o r to se r ve a Lo rd, O ld S ymon , Th e Bir c h ed S c h oo l-Boy, e tc .

With som e Fo r e wo rds o n E du c a t ion in E a r ly E ngland. E di te d b y F. J .FUR NIVA LL , M.A .

,Tr in . H a l l , Cam b r idge . 1 5 s .

3 3 . TH E BO O K O R TH E KNIGH T D E LA TO UR LAND R Y,1 3 72. A Fa the r ’s

Bo o k fo r h i s D aughte rs , E dit e d from th e H ar le ian MS . 1 7 64, b y TH OMA SW R IG H T E sq . , M. A . , a ndMr .WILLIAMR O S S ITE R . 8 3 .

34. O LD E NGLI SH H OMI LI E S AND H OMILETIC TR E A TI SE S . (S awl e s Warde,

andth e Wohunge of Ur e Lau e rd : Ur e isuns o f Ur e Loue rd and o f Ur e Le fdi',e tc . ) o f th e Twe lfth and Thir te e n th Ce n tur i e s . E dite d fr om MS S . in th e

Br i tishMu seum,Lam b e th

,and Bodle ian Lib r ari e s ; wi th Introduc tion ,Translation , andNo te s, b y R I CH A R D MO R R IS . F ir s t S e r ie s . Part 2. 8 8 .

35 . S IR D A VI D LY ND E SA Y’S WO R K S . PAR T 3 . Th e H i sto ri c of an e

Nob il and Wa ilz e and q ye r , WILLIAM ME LD R UM, um vhyl e Laird o f

Cl e isch e and ByD n is , c om lit b e S ir D A UID LY ND E S A Y o th e Mont a lias

Lyoun King of A rm e s. ith th e Te stam e n t O f th e said Wi ll i am s Me ldrum , S quye r , c om pyl it alswa b e S ir D au id Lynde say, e tc . E di ted b y F .

H A LL , D .C.L. 23 .

36 . ME R LIN,O R TH E E A R LY H I STO R Y O F KING A R TH UR . A Pr o se

R o m an c e (ab ou t 1 450—1 460 e di te d fr om'

th e un iqu e MS . in th e

Un ive rsi ty Lib r a ry , Cam b r idge , b y H ENR Y B. WH E ATLE Y. Wi th an E ssayo n A r thur ian Lo c a l i ti e s , b y J . S . STUA R T G LE NNI E , E sq . Pa r t II I. 1 8 69. 1 28 .

3 7 . S IR D A VI D LY ND E SA Y’S WO R K S . Part IV . A n e S a ty r e of th e

th ri e e sta i ts , in c om m e ndatio n o f ve r te w and v i tvp e ra t io n o f vyc e . Ma id

b e S i r D A V ID LIND E S A Y , o f th e Mo n t , a l ia s Lyo n K ing o f A rm e s . A t

E dinb v rgh . Pr in te d b e R o b e r t Cha r te r i s '

,1 6 02. Cvm p r iv il e gio r e gi s .

E dite d b y F. H A LL , E sq . , D .C.L . 4s .

3 8 . TH E VI SI ON O F WI LLIAM CONCE RNING PI E R S TH E PLOWMAN,

to ge th e r wi th V i ta de D owe l , Bo b e t , e t D o b e st , S e c undum Wi t e t R e so un ,b y WILL I AM L A NG L AND ( 1 37 7 A . Th e Cr ow le y” Te xt ; o r Te xt B.

E dite d fr om MS . Laud Misc . 5 8 1 , c o l la t e d wi th MS . R aw l . Po e t . 3 8 , MS .

B. 1 5 . 1 7 . i n th e Lib r a ry o f Tr in i ty Co l le ge , Cam b ridge , MS . D d. 1 . 1 7 . in

th e Cam b r idge Un ive rs i ty Li b r a ry , th e MS . in O r i e l Co l le ge , O xfo rd, MS .

Bodle y 8 14, e t c . By th e R e v . WA LTE R W. S K E A T, M.A .,la te Fe l low o f

Ch r ist ’s Co l le ge , Cam b r idge . 1 03 . 6d.

39. TH E “GE ST H Y STO R IA LE O F TH E D E STR UCTI ON O E TR O Y . A nA l l ite ra ti ve R o m an c e , t ran s la te d from Gu ido D e Co lo nu s ’

s“ H ysto r ia

Tr o ia na .

” Now fi r st e di te d from th e un ique Ms . in th e H un te r ian Mus e um ,

Un ive r sity o f G la sgow, b y th e R e v . G E O . A . PANTON an d D A VID D O NA LD S O N.

Part 1 . 10s . 6d.

40. E NGLI SH GI LD S . Th e O r igin al O rdinan c e s o f m o r e than O neH undr e d E a r ly E ngl ish Gi lds : Toge th e r wi th th e o lde usage s o f th e c i te o f

Wyn c h e str e ; Th e O rdin an c e s o f Wo r c e s te r ; Th e O ffi c e o f th e Mayo r o f

Br isto l , and th e Cu stom ar y O f th e Mano r o f Te tte nha l l-R e gis . F rom

5 7 a nd 5 9, Ludga te H i l l,'

London, E .0. 69

O r igin a l MS S . O f th e Fo ur te e n th a nd Fift e e n th Ce n tu r ie s . E di te d with

No te s b y th e la t e TO ULMIN SMITH , E sq ., F .R . S . o f No r th e rn A n t iquar ie s

(Co p e nhage n ) . W i th an In t r o duc t io n a nd G lo ssa ry, e t c . , b y h i s daughte r ,LUCY TO ULMIN SMITH . A nd a Pr e l im inary E ss ay, i n Fi ve Pa r ts , O N TH E

H I STO R Y A ND D E VE L O PMENT O F G ILD S , b y LUJO BR E NTA NO , D o c to r Jur isUtr iusqu e e t Ph i lo so p hise . 21 3 .

4 1 . TH E MINO R PO EMS O E WILLIAM LAUD E R,Playwr ight, Po e t, and

Min iste r o f th e Wo rd o f Go d (m a in ly o n th e S ta te o f S c o t land in and a b ou t

1 5 6 8 A .D . ,th a t y e a r o f F am in e a nd Plag u e ) . E di te d fr o m th e Un ique

O rig in a ls b e lo nging to S ..CH R IS TIE-BI ILLE R , E sq . , o f Br i twe l l

, b y F . J.FUR NIVA LL , M. A . , Tr in . H a l l , Cam b . 3s .

42.

'

BE RNAR D US D E CUR A R E I FAMULI A R I S,w i th som e E ar ly S c otc h

Pro p he c ie s , e t c . Fr om a MS . , KK 1 . 5 , in t h e Ca m b r idge Un ive rsi tyL i b r a ry . E dite d b y J . R A WS O N LUMBY, M.A . , la t e Fe l low o f Magda le nCo l le g e , Cam b r idge . 23 .

43 . R A TI S R AVING, and othe r Mo ra l and R e l igiou s Pi e c e s , in Pr o se andV e rs e . E di te d fr o m th e Cam b r idge Un ive rs i ty Lib ra ry MS . KK 1 . 5 , b y J.R AW S O N LUH EY, M.A . , la t e F e l low o fMagda l e n Co l le ge , Cam b ridge . 33 .

44. JO SE PH O F A R IMA TH IE : o the rw i se c a ll e d th e R om an c e O f .th eS e in t Gr a a l , o r H o ly G ra i l : a n a l l i te ra ti ve p o e m ,

wr i t t e n a b o u t A . O . 1 35 0,a nd n ow fi rs t p r in te d fr o m th e un iqu e c o p y in th e Ve r n o n MS . a t O xfo rd.

Wi th a n a p p e ndix , c o n ta in ing Th e Lyte O f Jo s e p h o f A rm a thy,”r e pr in t e d

fr o m th e b la c k- le tte r Co p y o f Wynkyn de Wo rde ; D e sa h e t o J o se p h abA r im a th i a

,fi rs t p r in te d b y Pyn so n , A .R . 1 5 1 6 and “Th e Lyte o f Jo se p h O f

A r im a th ia , fi rs t p r in te d b y Pyn so n , A .D . 1 5 20. E di t e d, w i th No te s and

G lo ssa r ial Indic e s , b y th e R e v . WA LTE R W. S K E A T, M.A . 5 s .

45 . KING A LFR E D’SWE ST- S AXONVE R S I O N O F GR E GO R Y’ S PA STO R A L CA R E .

W i t h an E ngl ish t r a n s la t io n , th e La t in Te xt , No t e s , a nd an I n t roduc t ion

E di t e d b y H E NR Y SW E ET, E sq ., o f Ba l l io l Co l le ge , O xfo rd. Pa r t I . 103 .

46 . LE GE ND S O R TH E H O LY R O O D ; SYMBO LS O F TH E PA S SI ON AND CR O S S

PO EMS . In O ld E nglish o f th e E le ve n th , Fo u r te e n th , and Fifte e n th Ce ntu r ie s . E di te d from MS S . in t h e Br i t i sh Mu s e um a nd Bo dle ian Lib r a r ie s

w i th In tro du c t ion , Tr an s lat ion s , a nd G lo ssa r ia l Inde x . By R ICH A R D

MO R R I S,LL D 1 0s .

47 . S IR D A VID LY ND E S A Y’S WO R K S . P A R T V . Th e Mino r P o em s o f

Lynde say. E di te d b y J . A . H . MUR R A Y, E sq . 3s .

48 . TH E TIME S’ WH I STLE o r , A Ne we D aun c e o f S e ve n S ati r e s

,and

o the r Po e m s Co m p i le d b y R . C. , G e n t . Now fir st E di te d fr om MS . Y . 8 . 3 .

in th e Li b r a ry o f Can te rb u ry Cat he dral ; wi t h In t r o duc tio n , No t e s , and

G lo ssary, b y J . M. CO WP E R . 6 8 .

4 9 . A N O LD E NGLI SH MI SCE LLANY , c on ta in ing a Be stia ry, K e n ti shS e rm on s , Pr o ve r b s O f A lfre d, R e ligio u s Po e m s o f th e 1 3 th c e n tur y. E dited

fro m th e MS S . b y th e R e v . R . MO R R IS,LL .D . 1 08 .

5 0. KING A LFR E D’SWE ST S A XONVE R SI ON O F GR E GO R Y’S PA STO R AL CA R E .

E di te d from 2MS S .,wi th an E ng l ish t ran s la t ion . By H E NR Y SWE E T, E sq .

,

Ba l li o l Co l l e ge , O xfo rd. Pa r t

5 1 . pa LI ELA D E O F ST. JULIANA fr om tw o O ld E n gl i sh Manu sc r i pts of1 230 A . D . Wi th re nde r ings in t o Mode rn E ng l ish , b y th e R e v . 0 . CO CKAYNEand E D MUND BR O CK . E di t e d b y th e R e v . 0 . CO CK A YNE , MA . Pr i c e 28 .

5 2. PA LLAD IUS O N H US R OND R I E , fr om th e u n ique MS,ab . 1 420 A .R . ,

e d. R e v. B. LO D GE . Pa r t I. 1 03 .

70 L ingu isti c P u b lic at ions of Tr ii bne r

O LD E NGLI SH H OMILIE S , S e r i e s II . , fr om th e . un iqu e 1 3 th - c e nturyMS . in Tr in i ty Co l l . Cam b r idge , w ith a pho to l i tho gra p h ; thr e e H ym n s to

th e V irgin and God, fro m a u n ique lBth - c e n tu ry MS . a t O xfo rd, a p ho tol i tho grap h o f th e m u s i c t o two o f th e m , and t r an s c r ip t io n s o f i t in m ode rn

n o ta t io n b y D r . R IMR AULT, and A . J . E LLIS , E sq .

,th e wh o le

e dite d b y th e R e v . R ICH A R D MO R R I S , LL.D . 8 3 .

TH E VI SI ON O F PIE R S PLOWMAN, Te xt 0 ( c om p l e t in g th e th r e ev e rs ions o f th is gr e a t po e m ) , wi th a n A u to typ e ; and two u n iqu e a l l i te ra t ivePo e m s : R i c ha rd th e R ede l e s (b y WILLIAM, th e au tho r o f th e Vision ) ; andTh e Cr owne d Ki ng ; e di t e d b y th e R e v . W . W . S K E A T, M.A . 1 8 8 .

GENE R Y D E S , a R om an c e,e di te d from th e un iqu e MS . ,

ab . 1 440A .D . ,

in Tr in . Co l l . Cam b r idge , b y W. A LD IS WR IGH T,E sq . , M.A .

, Tr in . Co l l .Cam b r . Par t I . 3 8 .

TH E GE ST H Y STO R I AL E O F TH E D E STRUCTI ON O F TR O Y, t ransla te dfr om Gu ido de Co lo n na , i n a l l ite r ati ve ve r se ; e di te d fro m t h e u n iqu e MS . inth e H un t e r ian Muse um , G la sgow , b y ,

D . D ONA LD S O N, E sq . ,a nd th e la te R e v .

G . A . Pan ton . Par t I I . 1 08 . 6d.

TH E E A RLY E NGLI S H VE R SI ON O F TH E CUR S O R MUND I , in four

Te xts , from MS . Co tto n , V e sp. A . ii i . i n th e Br i ti sh Mu se um ; Fa irfax MS .

1 4 . in th e Bod l e ian th e GO t t inge n MS . Th e o l . 1 07 ; MS . R . 3 , 8 , i n Tr in i tyCo l l e ge , Cam b r idge . E dite d b y th e R e v . R . Mo r r is , LL.D . Pa r t I . wi th

two p h o to - li thograph ic fa c s im i l e s b y Co o k e and Fo th e r ingh am . 103 . 6d.

TH E BLICKLING H OMI LIE S,e dit ed fr om th e Ma r qu i s o f Loth ian ’

s

A nglo -S axo n MS . o f 97 1 A . D . , b y th e R e v. R . MO R R I S , LL .D . (With aPho to l ithogr aph ) . Par t 1 . 8 8 .

TH E E A R LY E NGLI SH VE R S I ON O F TH E CUR S O R MUND I ; in fourTe xts , fr om MS . Co tton V e sp . A . i i i . in th e Br i t ish Mus e um ; Fa i rfax MS .

1 4 . in th e Bodle ian ; th e GO tt inge n MS . The o l . 107 ; MS . R . 3 , 8 , in Tr ini tyCo l le ge , Cam b r idge . E di te d b y th e R e v . R . MO R R IS , LL .D . Pa r t II .

60. ME D ITA CY UNS ON TH E S O PEB O F O UR LO R D E (p e rhap s b y R O BE R To r BRUNNE ) . E di ted from th e MS S . b y J . M. CO WPE R , E sq . 28 . 6d.

TH E R OMANCE AND PR O PH E CI E S O F TH OMA S o r E R CE LD O UNE , p rin te dfro m Five MS S . E di te d b y D r . JAME S A . H . MUR R AY. 1 08 . 6d.

TH E E AR LY ENGLI SH VE R S I ON O F TH E“CUR S O R MUND I , in Four

Texts . E dite d b y th e R e v . B. MO R R I S , M.A . , LL.D .

Pa rt II I . 1 5 3 .

TH E BLI CHLING H OMILI E S . E di te d fr om th e Ma rqu i s o f Lo thian ’

s

A ng lo -S axon MS . o f 97 1 A . D ., b y th e R e v . R . MO R R IS , L L.D . Pa r t I I . 43 .

FR ANCI S TH YNNE ’

S EMBLEME S AND E PIGR AMS , A .D . 1 6 00, fr om theE arl of E l le sm e r e

s uniqu e MS . E dit ed b y F . J . FUR NIVA LL , M.A . 4s.

BE D OME S D E GE (Bede’s D e D ie Jndi ou ) and othe r sho r t A nglo

S axon Pi e c e s. E d. from th e uni queMS . b y th e R e v . J . R AWS O N LUMBY, R D . 23

TH E E A RLY E NGLI SH VE R S I ON O F TH E“CUR S O R MUND I , in Fou r

Te xts . E dite d b y Re v . R . MO R R I S , M.A .,LL.D . Pa r t IV . 1 03 .

NO TE S ON PI E R S PLOWMAN. By th e R e v . W. W. S KE A T, M.A .

Par t I . 21 8 .

Th e E arly E n gli sh Ve r sion of th e “CUR S O R MUND I , in FourTe xts . E di te d b y R e v . R . MO R RI S , M.A .

,LL .D . Par t V . 25 8 .

7 2 L ingu istic P ub lic a tions of Tr ii bne r

Lat in b y th e sam e au tho r , ab o u t A .D . 1 340; th e fo rm e r

r e -e dite d from th ee MS . in th e Lib rary o f K ing

s Co l le ge , Cam b r idge , th e lat te r n ow

fi r st e di te d from th e un ique MS . i n th e Bo dle ian Li b ra ry, O xfo rd. By th eR e v. WA LTE R W. S K E A T, M.A . 8 vo . se we d, p p . xl iv . and 328 . 1 3s .

2 O N E A R LY E NGLI SH PR ONUNCIA TI ON,w i th e sp e c i a l r e fe r e n c e to

S haksp e r e a nd Chau c e r ; c o n ta in ing an in ve stiga tion o f th e Co r re sp o nde n c e‘

O f_Wr i t ing .wi th S p e e c h in E ng land, fr om th e A ng lo -S axo n p e r iod to th e

p r e se n t day, p re c e de d b y a syst e m a t ic No ta t io n o f al l S p ok e n S o unds b ym e an s o f th e o rdin a ry Prin t ing Typ e s ; i nc luding a r e - a r r ang e m e n t o f Pro f.

F . J . Chi ld’

s Me m o ir s o n th e Langu age o f Chau c e r an d Gowe r,and r e p rin ts

o f th e r a r e Tr a c ts b y S a l e sb u ry o n E ngl i sh , 1 5 47 , a ndWe lsh , 1 5 6 7 , and b yBa r c l e y o n Fr e n c h , 1 5 21 By A LE X AND E R J . E LL I S , F.R .S . Pa rt I . O n

th e Pr o nun c ia t io n o f th e xrv th , XV I th , xv r i th , andxvn I th c e n turi e s . 8vo .

s ewe d, p p . vi ii . and 41 6 . 108 .

3 . O A KTON’S BO O K O F CUR TE S Y E

, p r in te d atWe stm inste r abou t 1 47 7—8 ,A . D ., and n ow r e p r in te d, wi th two MS . c o p i e s o f th e sam e t r e a t ise , from th e

O r ie l MS . 79 , and th e Ba l l io l MS . 3 5 4. E di te d b y F R E D E R ICK J . FURNIV A LL, M.A . 8 vo . se we d, p p . xi i . and 5 8 . 5 s .

4 .

‘ TH E LA Y O F H A VE LO K TH E D ANE ; c om p o se d in th e r e i gn‘

ofE dwa rd I.

,ab o u t A . O . 1 280. Fo rm e r ly e di te d b y S i r F. MA D D E N fo r th e

R o xb urghe Club , and n ow r e - e dite d from th e un iqu e MS . LaudMisc . 108, .i tith e Bo dle ian Lib ra ry , O xfo rd, b y th e R e v. WA LTE R W. S KE A T,M.A . 8vo .

s e we d, p p . IV . and 1 60. 108 .

5 . CH AUCE R’S TR ANSLA TI ON O F BO E TH IUs

’S

' “ D E CONS O LA TI ONEPH I LO S O P H I E .

” E di t e d fr om th e A ddi t io n a l MS . in th e Br i ti shMuse um . Co l la te d wi th th e Cam b ri dge Un i v . Lib r . MS . I i . 3 . 21 . By

'

R I CH A R D MO R R I S . 8 vo . 12s .

6 . TH E R OMANCE O F TH E CH E V E LE R E A S SIGNE . R e - e dite d fr om th eu n ique m anus c r ip t i n th e Br i tish Muse um ,

w i th a Pr e fa c e f No te s , and

G lo ssa r ia l Inde x , b y H ENR Y H . G IBBS , E sq . , M.A . 8vo . sewe d, p p .xv i i i . a nd 3 8 . 38 .

O N E A R LY E NGLI SH PR ONUNCIA TI ON, w i th e sp e c i al r e fe r e n c e to

S hakspe r e a nd Chau c e r . By A LE XAND E R J . E LL IS , e t c .

, e tc .

-Pa r t II. O n th e Pro nu n c ia t io n o f t h e Km th and p r e v io u s c e n tu r i e s,o f

A ngl o -S axo n , l c e landic , O ld No r s e and Go th i c , w i th Ch ro n o lo gi c a l Ta b le s o fth e V a lu e o f L e tte r s and E xp r e ss i o n o f S ounds in E ng l ish Wr it ing . 103 .

Q UE ENE E LIZABE TH E S A CH A D EMY , b y S ir H UMPH R E Y GILBE R T.

A Bo o k e o f Pr e c e de n c e , Th e O rde r ing o f a Fun e r a l ] , e t c . Va rying V e r s io ns

o f th e Go o d Wi fe,Th e Wi s e Man

, e t c . , Maxim s, Lydga t e’

s O rde r o f Fo o ls,A . Po e m o n H e ra ldry , O c c l e ve o n L o rds ’ Me n , e t c . , E di t e d b y F. J .FUR NIVA LL , M.A .

, Tr in . H a l l , Cam b . Wi th E ssays o n E a r ly Ita l ian and

G e rm an Bo o k s o f Co ur te sy, b y W. M. R O S S E TTI , E sq . , a nd E . O SW A LD

E sq . 8vo . 1 3s .

9. TH E FR ATE RNITY E O F VA CABOND E S , b y JO HN A WD E LE Y (l i c ense din 1 5 60- 1 , im pr in ted th e n , and in fro m th e e di t io n o f 1 5 7 5 in th e

Bo dle ia n Lib ra ry . A Cau e a t o r Wa r e n ing fo r Com m e n Cu r s e to r s vulgar e lyc a l le d Vagab o n e s , b yTH O MA S H A R MA N, E S Q U IE R E . Fr o m th e 3 rd e di ti on of

1 5 6 7 , b e lo ng in g to H e nry H u th , E sq . , c o l la t e d w i th th e 2nd e di t io n o f 1 5 6 7 ,i n th e Bodle ian Li b ra ry, O xfo rd, a nd wi th th e r e p r in t o f th e 4th e di tio n o f

1 5 7 3 . A S e rm o n i n Pra ise O f Th ie ve s a nd Thi e ve ry, b y PA R S O N H A BEN O R

H Y BE R D Y NE , from th e La n sdown e MS . 98 , and Co t to n Ve sp . A . 25 . Th o se

5 7 and 59, Ludga te H i ll, 3 7 3

par ts O f th e Grou ndwo rke o f Co nny- c a tch ing ( e d . tha t difi

e r

v

fro in'

H a rm on’s (fauc e t . E di t e d b y E DW A R D V ILE S F . J . FUR NIVA LL.

‘ 8vo .

7 s . 6d .

TH E FYR ST BO KE O F TH E INTR O D UCTI ON O F KNOWLE D GE,m ade b y

A ndr ew Bo rde , O f Physyc ke D o c to r . A CO MP E ND Y O US R E GY MENT o r A

D Y E TA R Y O F H E E TH m ade in Mo un tpyll ie r , c om p i le d b y A ndr e we Bo o rde ,o f Physycke D o c to r . BA R NE S IN TH E D E FENCE O F TH E BE R D E a t r e a tyse

m ade,a n swe rynge th e t r e a tyse o f D o c to r Bo rde up o n Be rde s . E dite d, wi th

a l i fe O f A ndr e w Bo o rde , and la rge e xt rac ts fr om h is Br e uya ry, b y F . JFURNI VA LL ,M.A . , Tr in i ty H a l l , Cam b . 8vo . 1 83 .

TH E BRUCE o r,th e Bo ok o f th e m o st e xc e l le n t and n obl e Prin c e ,

R o b e r t de Bro ye s . King O f S c o ts : c o m p i l e d b y Mas te r Jo hn Ba rb o u r , A r c hde ac on O f A b e rde e n , A .D . 1 3 7 5 . E dite d from MS . G 23 in th e Li b r a ry o f S t .Jo hn ’

s Co l le ge , Cam b r idge , wr i t te n A . O . 148 7 c o l la te d w i th th e MS . in th e

A dvo c a te s ’ Li b r a ry a t E din b u rgh , w r i tt e n A . D . 1 489, and wi th H ar t’

s

E dit i o n , p rin te d A . D 1 6 1 6 ; wi th a Pr e fa c e , No te s , a nd G lo ssa r ia l Inde x , b yth e R e v . WA LTE R W . S K E A T, M.A . Pa r t I 8 vo .

ENGLAND IN TH E R E IGN O F KING H E NR Y TH E E IGH TH . AD ia logue b e twe e n Ca rdina l Po l e and Tho m as Lup se t , L e c tu r e r in R h e to r i ca t O xfo rd. By TH O MA S S TA R K E Y , Cha p la in to th e K ing . E di te d, w i th

Pr e fa c e , No te s , and Glo ssa ry , b y J .M. COWP E R . A nd w i th a n In troduc tion ,c o n ta in ing th e Li fe a nd Le t te rs o f Tho m a s S tarke y, b y th e R e v . J . S . BR EW E R ,

M.A . Par t 1 1 . 12s .

A SUPPLICA CY ON F O R TH E BE GGA R S . Wr i t te n abou t th e y e ar 1 5 29,b y S IMO N F IS H . Now r e - e dite d b y FR E D E R ICK J . FUR NIVA LL . Wi th a

S upp lyc a c io n t o o u r m o st e S o u e ra ign e Lo rde Kyuga H e n ry th e E yght( 1 5 44 A .D . A S u pp l i c a t io n o f th e Po o re Co m m o n s ( 1 5 46 A . D . Th e D e c aye

o f E nglan d b y th e gr e a t m u l ti tude o f S h e p e (1 5 50—3 A . E dite d b y J.ME A D O WS CO WPE R . 6 3 .

O N E A R LY E NGLI S H PR ONUNCIATI ON,wi th e sp e c i a l r e fe r e n c e to

S hak sp e r e and Cha u c e r . By A . J . ELLIS , E . S . A . Pa r t ; I II .

I l lust ra t io n s o f th e Pr o nun c ia t i o n o f th e K Iv th and XV l th Ce n tu ri e s . Chau c e r,

Gowe r , Wyc l i ffe . S e ns e r , S haksp e r e , S a le sb u ry, Ba r c le y, H ar t,Bulloka r ,

G i l l . Pr o n o un c ingVo c a b u la ry . 108 .

R O BE R T CR O WLE Y’ S TH I R TY- ONE E PIGR AMS , Voy c e o f th e La stTr um p e t,Way to We a l th , e t c ., 1 5 50

—1 A . O . E di te d b y J . M. Cow p E R , E sq .

1 2s .

A TR E ATI SE ON TH E A STR O LA BE ; addr e sse d to h i s so n Lowys, b yGe o ffr e y Chau c e r , A . D . 1 391 . E dite d from th e e ar li e s t MS S . b y th e R e v .

WA LTE R W . SKE A T, M.A .

,la te Fe ll ow o f Chr is t ’s Co l le ge , Cam b r idge . 103 .

TH E COMPLA Y NT O E ' S CO TLAND E,1 5 49

,A .D .,wi th an A pp

én'

dix of

fou r Co n t e m p o r ary E ngl ish Tr a c ts . E di te d b y J . A . H . MUR R A Y; E sq .

P a r t I . 108 .

TH E COMPLA Y NT O F S CO TLAND E,e t c . P ar t II . i

8 3 .

CUR E LA D Y E S MY R O UR E , A.D . 1 5 30,e dite d by the R e v . J . H .

BLUNT, M.A , wi th fo u r fu l l-p a g e p ho to l ithograp h i c fa c sim i le s b y Co o k e and1

Fo th e r ingh a H i. 24s .

LONE LICH’s H I STO R Y O F TH E H O LY GR AI L (ab . 1 45 0 A . D . tran slate d

from th e Fr e n c h Pr o se O f S IR E S R O E I E R S D E BO R R O N. l i e -e di te d fro n th e

Un iqu e MS . in Co r pu s Chr i st i Co l le ge , Cam b r idge , b y F. J . Furn i vall E sq .

M. A . Pa r t I . 8 8 .

74 L inguisti c P u b li ca tions of Tr ilbne r

.BA R R O UR’S BR UCE . E di te d fr om th e MS S . and th e e ar li e st

p ri n te d e di tion b y th e R e v. W. W. S K E A T, M.A . Part II.

22. H ENR Y BR INKLOW’

S COMPLA Y NT o r R O D E R Y CK MO R S,som tym e

a gray Fryr e , u n to th e Pa r l iam e n t H ows e o f I IIgla nd h is n a tu ra l] Co un try ,fo r th e R e dre s se o f c e r te n wi c k e d Lawe s, e u e l Cu sto m s , and c ru e l D e c r e ys(a b . and TH E LAME NTA CI ON o r A CH R IS TIAN A GA INST TH E CITIE

(

fi

r LO ND O N, m ade b y R o de r igo Mo r e,A .D . 1 5 45 . E di te d b y J .M. COWPE R ,

sq . 98 .

23 . O N E AR LY E NGLI SH PR ONUNCI ATI ON,wi th e sp e c i al r e fe r e n c e to

S haksp e r e a nd Chauc e r . By A . J . E LLI S , E sq . , F .R . S . Pa r t IV.

24. LONE LI CH’S H I STO R Y O F TH E H O LY GR A I L (ab . 1 450 t ran sl ate d

from th e Fr e n c h Pr os e o f S IR E S R O E IE R S D E BO R R O N. R e -edite d from th e

Un iqu e MS . in Co r pu s Chr ist i Co l le ge , Cam b r idge , b y F . J . FURNIVA LL ,E sq . , M.A Pa rt II . 1 03 .

25 . TH E R OMANCE o r GUY O F WA RWICK . E dite d fr om th e Cam bridgeUn ive r si ty MS . b y Pro f. J . ZUPITZA , Ph .D . Pa r t I . 208 .

26. TH E R OMANCE o r GUY O F WA R WICK . E dit ed from th e Cam br idgeUn iv e r s ityMS . b y Prof J . ZUP ITZA , Ph . D . (Th e 2nd o r 1 5 th c e n tu ry ve rsion ) .Pa r t 1 1. 1 4s .

27 . TH E E NGLI SH WO R K S O F JO HN FI SH E R,Bishop o f R o c he ste r (di ed

E di t e d b y Pr o fe sso r J . E . B. MAYO R ,M.A . Pa rt I . ,

th e Te xt.28 . LONE LICH

’S H I STO R Y O F TH E H O LY GR A IL . E di te d by F . J .

FURNIVA LL ,M.A . Pa r t I II . 108 .

29 . BAR BO UR’S BR UCE E dite d from th e MS S . and th e e arli e st Pr in ted

E dit io n , b y th e R ev . W .W . S K E A T, M.A . Pa r t III .

30J L ONE LICH’S H I STO R Y O F TH E H O LY GR A IL. E di te d b y F . J

FUR NIVA LL, E sq . , M.A . Pa r t IV. 1 5 8 .

3 1 . A LE XAND E R AND D IND IMUS . Tr an sla t e d from th e Lat in abou tA .D . 1 340—5 0. R e -edite d b y th e R e v . W. W . S K E A T, M.A . 6 3 .

32. STA R KE Y’S ENGLAND IN H ENR Y VI II .

’S TIME .

” Part I . S tarke y ’s

Life and Le tt e r s . E di te d b y S . J . H E R R TA GE , B.A . 8s .

33 . G E STA R OMANO R UM: th e E ar ly E ngl i sh Ve r si ons . E di te d fr omth e MS S . and Blac k- le tte r E di t ions , b y S . J . H E R R TA GE , B.A . 15 s .

34. CH A R LEMA GNE R OMANCE S : NO . I . S ir F e rum b r as . E dit e d fr omth e uniqu e A shm o le MS . b y S . J . H E R R TA GE , B.A . 1 5 s .

35 . CH A R LEMA GNE R OMANCE S : II . Th e S e ge O ff Mal ayn e , S ir O tue ll ,e tc . E di ted b y S . J . H E R R TA G E , B.A . 1 2s .

3 6 . CH A R LEMA GNE R OMANCE S : III . Lyf of Ch ar l e s th e Gr e te,Pt:1 .

E dite d b y S . J . H E R R TA GE , B.A . 1 63 .

3 7 . CH A R LEMA GNE R OMANCE S : IV . Lyf of Char l e s th e Cr e te , Pt . 2.

E di ted b y S . J . H E R R TA GE , B. A . 1 5 8 .

38 . CH A RLEMA GNE R OMANCE s : V . Th e S owdo n e of Bab ylon e . E di t e db y D r . H A USKNE CH T. 1 5 s .

39. CH AR LEMA GNE R OMANCE S : VI . Th e Ta i ll o f R auf Colye ar , R oland,O tu e l , e tc . E di te d

'

b y SYD NE Y J . H E R R TA GE , B.A . 1 5 s .

CH A R LEMA GNE R OMANCE S : VI I . H oun of Bu rde ux. By Lo rdBe rn e rs . E di ted b y S . L . LE E

,B.A . Pa rt I . 1 5 8 .

L ingu is ti c P u b lic a tions of Tr ilbne r

S e r i e s C. A Glo ssar y of the D ial e c t of Lan c a shi r e . ByJ . H .

NO D A L and G. MILNE R . Pa rt I . A—E . 3 s . 6d.

. O n th e S urvival of E a r ly E ngl i sh Words In ou r Pr e se nt D ial e cts .

By D r . R . MO R R I S . 6d.

S e ri e s C. O r igin al Gl o ssari e s . Pa r t III . Con ta ini ng’F iVe

O rigin al Pr ovinc ia l E nglish G lossari e s. 78 .

I

S e r i e s C. A Glo ssar y o f Wo rds u sed in th e Ne ighb ourh ood i ofWh i tb y. By F . K . R ob inson . Part II . P—Z . 6 s 6d.

A Glo ssary o f Mid-Y o rkshi r e Words, wi th a Gr am m ar . By C.

CLO UGH R O BINS ON. 9s .

A GLO S SAR Y O F WO R D S u se d. in th e Wap e ntake s of Manl ey andCo rr ingham , Lin c o ln sh i r e . By E D WA R D PE A CO CK , P.S .A . 98 . 6d.

A Glo ssar y of H olde rn e ss Wo rds . By F . R O S S , R . STE AD, andT. H O LD E R NE S S . Wi th a Map o f th e D is tri c t . 7 8 . 6d.

O n th e D ia le c ts of E l e ve n S ou the rn and S ou th-We ste rn Coun tl e s,wi th a. n ew Class ifi c at io n O f th e E ng lish D ial e c ts. By Pr inc e L O UIS LUCIENBO NA P A R TE . With Two Map s .

Bibl i ogr aphi c al ‘

Li st . Part III . '

c om pl e ting th e Wo rk,a'nd

c on ta in ing a. L i st o f Bo ok s o n S co ttish D ia le c ts , A nglo -Ir ish D ia l e c t, Can tand S lang , a nd A m e r i c a n ism s

,wi th addi t io n s to th e E ng lish Lis t a nd Inde x .

E dit e d b y J . H . NO D A L . 4s . 6d.

A n O u tl in e of th e Gram m a r of We st S om e r se t . By E . T.

E LW O R TH Y, E S Q . 5 3 .

A Glo ssa ry of Cum be r land Wo rds and Phr ase s . By WILLI AMD ICK INS ON, E .L .S . 6 3 .

Tu sse r’

s Five H undr ed Po in te s o f Go od H u sb andri e . E di te dw i th In trodu c tio n, No te s and G lo ssary, b y W. PA INE and S I DNE Y J .H E R R TA GE , B.A . 12s . Get.

A D i c t ion ary o f E ngl i sh Plant Nam e s . By JAME S BR ITTE N,and R O BE R T H O LLAND . Pa r t I . (A to F ) . 8 s . 6d.

F ive R e p ri nt e d Gl ossa r i e s, in c luding Wi ltshir e , E a st A ngl ian ,S uffo lk , and E as t Y o rksh i r e Wo rds , and Wo rds from Bisho p Ke nn e tt ’ s

Pa ro c h ia l A n tiqu i t i e s . E di t e d b y th e R e v. Pr o fe sso r S KE A T, M. A . 78 .

S upp le m e n t to th e Cum be r land Glossary (No . By W.

D I CK INS O N, E .L.S . l s .

S p e c im e n s o f E ngli sh D i al e c ts . Fir st Vo lum e . I . D e vonshir eE xm o o r S c o ldin and Cour tsh ip E dite d, wi th No te s and G lossar , b y F . TE LW O R TH Y. I . We stm o re larid: Wm . de Worfa t

s Bran ew Wark.

E dite d by R e v . Prof. S KE A T. 83 . 6d.

A D i c t ion ary of E n gl i sh Plan t Nam e s . By J . BR ITTEN and R .

H O LLAND . Par t I I . (G to O ) . 1 880. 8 8 . 6d.

Glo ssary of Words in u se in Co rnwal l ; I . .We st“

Cornwall ; BMissM. A . CO UR TNE Y. I I . E ast Cor nwa ll . By TH O MA S Q. CO UCH . Wi tMap . 6 3 .

Gl o ssary ofWo rds and Phr a s e s In u se In A n tr im and D own . ByWILLIAM H UGH PA TTE R S O N,M.R . I .A . 73 .

,5 7 and 5 9, Im dga te H i ll, London, E C 7 7

29 . A n E a r ly E n gl i sh H ym n to th e Virgin . By F . J. FURNI VALL,M.A .,

and A . J . E LLI S , F .R . S . 6d.

30. O ld'

Coun t ry and Farm in g Words . Gl e an ed fr om A gr i cul turalBooks . By JAME S BR ITTEN, F .L.S . 103 . 6d.

3 1 . Th e D ial e c t of Le i c e st e r shir e . By th e R e v . A . B. E VANS,D .D . ,

and S E BA STIAN E VANS , LL.D . 103 . 6d.

32. Fi v e O r igi nal Glo ssar i e s . Isle o f Wight ; O xfordshi r e , Cum be rland, Nort h Lin c olnshir e and R adnorshi r e . By var ious A uthors . 7 3 . 6d.

3 3 . Ge o rge E li ot’s Use of D ial e c t . By W. E . A . A XON. (Form ing

No . 4 of Misc e ll ani e s . 6d.

34 . Turn e r’s Nam e s o f H e rbe s

,A .D . 1 5 48 . E dite d (wi th Inde x and

Inde n ti fioa tion o fNam e s ) b y JAME S BR ITTEN, F .L.B. 6 3 . 6d.

35 ; Glo ssa ry of th e Lan c a shi r e D ial e c t .

“By J . H . NO D A L and GE O .

MILNE R . Par t I I . (F to Z) . 6 8 .

We st Wo r c e st e r Wo rds . By MR S . CH AMBE R LAIN. 4s . 6d.

3 7 . Fitzh e rbe rt ’s Bo ok of H usbandry , A .D . 1 5 34. E di te d w ith Intr oduc t ion , Note s , and Glo ssarial Inde x . By th e R E v . PR O FE S S O R S KE A T. 83 . 6d.

3 8 . D e von shi r e Plan t Nam e s . By th e R E v .

H I LD E R I c FR IE ND . 5 8 .

39. A Glo ssa ry o f th e D ial e c t of A l dm ondb ury and H udde r sfie ld. Byth e R e v . A . E A S H E R ,M.A . and th e R e v . TH o s . LE E S ,M.A . 83 . 64.

40. H AMPSH IR E WO R D S AND PH R A SE S . Com pil e d and E di ted b y th eR e v . S i r WILLIAM H . CO P E , Bart . 68 .

41 . NA TH ANIE L BA ILE Y’S E NGLI SH D IA LE CTWO R D S O F TH E 1 8TH CENTUR Y.E di ted byW . E . A . A XO N. 98 .

TH E TR E ATY SE O F F Y S SH INGE WITH AN A NGLE . By JULI ANA BA RNE S .

A n e ar li e r fo rm (c ir ca 1 450) edited wi th G lo ssary b y TH O MA S S A TCH E LL , andb y h im p r e se nte d to th e sub sc ri b e rs fo r 1 8 83 .

42. UPTON- ON- S E VE RN WO R D S AND PH R AS E S . By th e R e v . Can onLA W S O N. 2s . 6d.

43 .

‘ A NGLO -FR ENCH VOWE L S O UND S . A Word List Il lustr a ti ng the irCo r r e sp onde nc e Wi th Mode rn E ng lish . ByMiss B. M. S K E A T. 4s .

44: GLO S SA R Y or CH E SH IR E WO R D S . By R . H O LLAND . Pa rt I . (A—F . ) 7 s .

45 . E NGLI SH PLANTNAME S . Pa r t I II . c om pl e ting th e wo rk . 103 .

46 . GLO S SAR Y O F CH E SH I R E WO R D S . By R O BE R T H O LLAND . Par t 2.

(G—Z) , c om p le ting th e voc ab ulary. 93 .

47 BI R D NAME S . By th e B e v . CH A R LE S SWA INS ON. 12s .

~48 . F O UR D I A LE CT WO R D S—Cl e m ,

Lake , O ss, Ne sh . By TH OMA SH A LL AM. 43 .

49 . R E PO R T ON D IALE CTA L WO R K . Fr om Mayf8 5 to May

’8 6 . By

A . J . E LLI S , 2 (Misc e llani e s ,No .

GLO S SA R Y O F WEST S OME R SET WO R D S . By F . T. E LWO R TH Y. 203 .

5 1 . CH E S H I R E GLO S SA R Y . By . R . H O LLAND . Pa rt III . c om p l e tingth e wo rk .

52. S .W. LINCO LNSH IR E GLO S SA R Y (Wape n take of Graffo e ) . By th eR e v . B. E . CO LE . 7 s . 6d.

7 8 L ingu istic P ub li c a tions of Tr ii bne r

5 TH E F O LK SPE E CH O F S O UTH CH E S H I R E . ByTH OMA S D A R LIN'

GTON.1 5 s .

5 4 . A D ICTI ONA R Y O F TH E KENTI S H D IA LE CT. By th e R e v .

‘ W. D .

PA R IS H and th e R e v . W FR ANK S H AW . 108 .1

5 5 . S E COND R E PO R T ON D I A LE CTA L WO RK . From May’8 6 to May

’8 7

By A . J . E LLI S , F .R .S . (Mi sc e ll ani e s , No .

F r e em an—O N S PE E CH F O RMA TI ON A S'

TH E BA SI S TO R TRUE SPE LLING.

By H . FR E EMAN. Crown 8vo . p p . vii i . -8 8 , c lo th . 33 . 6d.

Furni vall .—E D UCA TI ON IN E A R LY E NGLAND . S om e Note s u se d a s

Fo r ewo rds to a Co l l e c t io n o f Tr e a t ise s O n “Mann e rs an d Me a l s in th e O lde nTim e ,

”fo r th e E a r ly E ngl i sh Te xt S o c i e tyx By F . J . FURNW A LL , M.A .

8 vo . s ewe d. p p . 74. 1 8 .

Gar landa .—TH E F O R TUNE S O F WO R D S . Le tte r s to a Lady . By

F E D E R ICO GA R LA ND A , Ph .D . Cr own 8vo . pp . vi .—226

, c loth . 1 88 8 . 5 3 . -n .

Gar l anda .—TH E PH ILO SOPH Y O F WO R D S . A Popul ar Introdu c tio n to

th e S c ie nc e of Language . By FE D E R ICO GA R LAND A , Ph .D . Crown 8 vo .O pp ,

vi . - 294, c lo th . 1 888 . 5 8 .

Goul d—GO O D E NGLI SH ; o r , Popu lar E r r or s in Language . By E .

S'

.

GO ULD . R e vised E di tion . Cr own 8vo . c lo th , pp . xu . and 21 4. 1 8 80.

o

H all .—O N E NGLI S H A D JECTIVE S IN -A BLE, wi th Sp e c i al R e fe r e n c e to

R E L IA BLE . By FITz E D W A R D H A LL , C.E M.A ., H o n . D .C.L. O xo n . Crown

8 vo . c lo t h , pp . vi ii . and 238 . 1 8 7 7 . 7s . 6d.

H al l .—MO D E RNE NGLI SH . By FITzE DWA R D H ALL

,M.A .

, H on .

O xdn . Cr . 8vo . c lo th , pp . xvi . and 394; 1 8 7 3. 108 . 6d.

J a ckson .—S H R O P SH IRE WO R D -BO O K ; A Glossary of A r cha i c and Prci

v in c ial Words, e tc . , u sed in th e County. By G E O R GINA F . JA CK S O N. 8vo . pp .xc vi . and 5 24. 1 8 8 1 . 3 1 8 . 6d.

Mani pulus Voc ab ul orum .—A R hym ing D i ct ionary of th e E ngli sh

Language . By .Pe te r Le vi ns ( 1 5 70) E di t e d, wit h an A lp hab e t i c a l In de x, b yH ENR Y B. WH E A TLEY. 8 vo . p p . xv i . an d 3 70, c lo th . 1 4s .

Manning—A N INQUI R Y INTO TH E CH A R A CTE R AND O R IGIN o r TH E

P O S S E S S IV E A UGMENT i n E ng l i s h and in Cogn a t e D i a le c t s . By th e la teJA ME S MANNING , Q A S R e c o rde r o f O xfo rd. a nd 90.

Pe r cy .—BI SH O P PE R CY’ S F O LI O MANUSCR IPTs—BA LLAD S AND R OMANCE S .

E di ted b y Jo hn W . H a l e s , M.A . , F e l low and lat e A s sistant Tu to r of Ch rist'sCo l le ge , Cam b ridge ; and F r e de r i ck J . Furn i va ll ,M.A . , o f Trini ty H al l , Camb r idge ; assisted b y Profe sso r Chi ld, o f H arva rd Uni ve rsity , Cam b r idge , U.S .AA ,

W . Chapp e l l , E sq ., e tc . In 3 vo lum e s . Vo l . I . , pp . 6 1 0; Vo l . 2, pp .

Vo l . 3 , pp . 640. D em y 8vo . hal f-b ound, £4 48 . E xtra dem y 8vo . ha lf-b ound,

on Wh atm an ’

s ri b b ed pap e r , £6 6 8 . E xtr a r oya l 8vo ., p ap e r c o ve rs, on Whatm an

s b e st ri b b ed p ap e r , £ 10 103 . Large 4to ., p ap e r c o ve r s, on Wh a tm azni s

b e st r i b b ed p ap e r , £ 1 2.

Phil ologi c a l Soc i e ty . Tr ansa c ti ons of th e , c onta in s se ve ral valuab lePap e r s on E ar ly E nglis h .

~ Fo r c on te n ts se e p age 21 .

Shake sp e ar e -Note s .—By F .

A . LE O .

D em y 8 vo . p p . vii i . and'

120'

,

c lo th . 1 88 5 . 63 .

S tr a tm ann .

—A D ICTI ONA R Y o r TH E O LD E NGLI SH LANGUA GE . Com p i l e dfrom th e wr itings o f th e xn r th , xrv th , and

i

xv th c e n tur i e s . By F R A NCISH ENR Y S TR A TMA NN. 3rd E di t io n . 4to . with S upp l em e nt . In wr appe r . £1 1 6 8 .

80 L ingu istic P ub lic a tions of Tr ilbncr 8} Co.

Paspati .—ETUD E S SUR LE S TCH INGH IANES (GYPSIE S ) O U BO H EMIENS D E

L’EMP IR E O TTO MAN. Pa r A LE XA ND E R G. PA SPA TI , M.D . Large 8 vo . se we d,

p p . xi i . and 6 5 2. Con stan t iBO p le , 1 87 1 . 283 .1

GO TH IC.

Ske at .—A MO E so -GO TH IC GLO S SA R Y, w i th an In tr odu c tion

, an O u tlin eof Mo e so -Go th i c Gr am m ar , and a Li st of A nglo -S axon and Mode rn E ngl ishWords e tym o logi c a l ly c onne c te d wi th Mo e S O -Go th i c . By th e R e v. W. W.

SK E A T. Sm al l 4to . c lo th, pp . xxiv .and 342. 1 86 8 . 93 .

GR E EK (MO D E RN AND CLA SS IC) .

Bizy e nos .—AT6 IA E E A Y PAI Pom s . ByM. BIz Y ENo s . Wi th F ro nti s

i e c e E tch ed b y Pr o f. A . LE GR O S . R oya l 8vo . pp . vi ii . -3 12. Pr in ted on

hand-m ade p ap e r , and r i c h ly b ound. 1 8 84. £ 1 1 1 8 . 6d.

Ruttm ann .- A GR AMMA R O F TH E NEW TE STAMENT GR E E K .

’ By A .

BUTTMANN. A utho r i z e d t ran s l a ti on b y Pro f J . H . Th aye r , w ith n um e rou s

addi tio n s and c or r e c tion s b y th e au tho r . D e m y 8vo . c lo th , pp . xx . and 474.

1 8 7 1 4s.

Byrn e .—O R IGIN O F TH E GR E E K , LA TIN AND GO TH IC R O O TS . By JAME S

BYR NE , M.A . D em y 8 vo . pp . vi ii . and 360, c lo th . 1 887 . 1 8 3 .

Contopoulos .—A LE XI CON O E MO D E RN GR E E K -ENGLI SH AND ENGLI SH

MO D E RN G R E E K . By N. CO NTO P O UL O S . In 2 vo ls . 8 vo . c lo th . Par t I .

Mode rn Gr e e k -E ngl ish , p p . 460. Pa r t I I . E ng l i sh-Mode rn Gr e e k , pp . 5 82.

£ 1 7 8 .

Contop oulos .-H AND BO O K O F GR E E K AND E NGLI SH D IALO GUE S AND CO R

R E SP O ND ENCE . F c ap . 8vo . c lo th , pp . 238 . 1 8 79. 28 . 6d.

Edm onds .—GRE E K LA Y S L I D Y LLS , LE GEND S , e t c . A S e l e c tion fr om

R e c e n t and Con te m po r ary Po e ts .

-Trans late d b y E . M. E dm onds . Wi thIntrodu c tion and No te s . Crown 8 vo . pp . xiv . and 264, c lo th . 1 88 5 . 6 8 . 6d.

Ga ste r .—ILCH E STE R LE CTUR E S ON GR E E Ko -SLA V O NI C LITE R A TUR E , and

its R e la tion to th e F o lk - lo r e o f E ur op e du r ing th e Middl e A ge s . Wi th twoA pp e ndic e s and P late s . Bv M. GA STE R

, Ph .D . Cr own 8vo . pp . x . and 230,c lo th . 1 8 8 7 . 7s . 6d.

Ge ldart .—A GUI D E To MO D E RN GRE E K . By E . M. GE LD AR T. Po st

8vo . c lo th , p p . xii . and 274. 1 88 3 . 78 . 6d . K e y, c lo th , pp . 28 . 2s . 6d.

Ge ldart i—S IMPLIF I E D GR AMMA R O F MO D E RN GR E E K . By E . Mi

GE LD A R T,M.A . Crown 8vo . pp . 6 8, c lo th . 1 883 . 2s . 6d.

Lasc ar ide s .—A COMPR E H E NS I VE PH R A SE O LO GICAL E NGLI SH -A NCIENT AND

MO D E RN GR E E K LE XICO N. Founded up on a m anusc r ip t of G . P . LA SCAR ID E S ,E sq .

, and Com p i le d b yL . MY R IANTH E US , Ph . D . In 2 vols . foo lsc ap 8vo . pp .

xi i . and c loth . 1 882. £ 1 1 08 .

Murdoch—A NO TE ON IND o -E UR O PE AN PH ONO LO GY . Wi th E sp e c ialR e fe re nc e to th e True Pr onunc iat ion of A nc i e n t Gre e k . By D . B. MUR D O CH ,

e tc . D e my 8vo . pp . 40, wrapp e r , 1 88 7 . l s . 6d.

Newm an .- COMMENTS ON TH E TE XT O F E SCH Y LUS . By F .W.NEWMA -

ND emy 8vo . pp . xii . and 1 44

,c loth . 1 884. 5 a.

5 7 and'

5 9,Lu clga l e H i ll, London ,

EKG".

Sophoc l e s.—R OMA IC O R MO D E RN GR EE K GR AMMA R . By E . A . S O PH O CLE S .

8v o . p p . xxvi i i . an d 1 96 . 1 03 . 6d.

Sopho c l e s—GR E EK,LE XICON O F TH E R OMAN AND BYZANTINE PE RI OD S

(F r om B .C. 1 46 to A .D . By E . A . S O P H O CLE S . S upe r-r oyal 8vo . pp .

xvi .—1 1 88 , ha lf-b ound, c lo th side s . 5 2s . 6d.

GUJ A R A TI .Ca ta logue of Guj a r a ti Boolcs so ld by Me ssrs. fl 'ii bnc r and 00. p ostf r ee for p enny s tamp .

Mino ch eh e rj i .—PA H LA VI , GUJA R ATI AND E NGLI SH D ICTI ONAR Y . ByJ AMA SP J I D A S TU R MINO CH E H E R J I J AMA S P A S ANA . 8vo . Vol . I . , pp . c l xii .and 1 to 1 6 8 . Vo l . I I . , pp . xxxi i and p . 1 6 9 to 440; 1 87 7 and 1 8 79. Clo th .1 4s .

e a c h . (To b e c om p l e te d in 5 vo ls .)Sh épurj i E dalj i .—

'

A GR AMMA R O F TH E GUJ A R ATi LANGUA GE . ByS H APUR J f E D A LJ I. Clo th , p p . 1 27 . 1 03 . 6d.

Shapurj i Edalj i .—A D ICTI ONA R Y, GUJA R A TI AND E NGLIS H . By S H APUBJ IE D A L J I. S e c ond E di ti on . Cr own 8vo . c lo th

, pp . xxi v . and 8 74.

GURMUKH I (PUNJABI) .A di Granth (Th e ) ; O R , TH E H O LY SCR IPTUR E S O F TH E S IKH S , tr an sla te d from th e

.

o r igi na l Gurm uki , wi th In tr oduc to ry E ssa ys , b y D r . E RNE ST

TR UMPP , Mun i c h. R oy. 8vo . pp . 8 6 6, c lo th . £2 1 2s . 6d.

Singh.—S A KH E E BO O K ; o r

, Th e D e s c r ip t i on of Go o r o o Gobind S ingh’

s

R e l igio n and D o c tri n e s , t ran s la te d fro m G o o ro o Mukh i in tO H indi , a nd afte r

wards i n to E ngl ish . By S IR D A R A TTA R S ING H , Ch ie f o f Bh ado ur . Wi th th e .

au tho r ’s p h o to grap h . 8 vo . pp . xv i ii . and 205 . 1 5 s.

H AWA I IAN.

A ndr ews—A D ICTI ONARY O F TH E H AWA I IAN LANGUA GE , to whi c h i sa p pende d a ii E ng l ish -H awa i ian V o c ab u la ry , and a Ch ro n o l o gi c a l Ta b l e O f

'

R e m arkab le E ve n ts . By LO R R IN A ND R EWS . 8 vo . p p . 5 6 0,c lo th . £ 1 1 1 3 . 6 d .

H E BR EW .

Bi cke ll .—O UTLINE S o r H E BR EW GR AMMA R . By GUSTA VUS BICKE LL

,

D .D . R e vi sed b th e A utho r ; A nn o ta te d b y th e Tr ans la to r , S AMUE L IVE SCUR TI S S , j uni or , h .D . Wi th a Li thogr aph i c Tab l e o f S em i ti c Cha rac t e rs b yD r . J . E UTING . Cr . 8 vo . sd. , pp . xiv . and 1 8 7 7 . 38 . 6d.

Col lins—A GR AMMA R AND LE XI CON O E TH E H E BR E W LANGUA GE , e n ti tl e dS e fe r H assoh am . By R ABBI MO S E R BEN Y ITS H A K ,

o f E ngland. E di ted froma MS . in th e Bodl e i an Lib r ary o f O xfo rd, and c o l lat e d wi th a MS . in th e

Im p e r ia l Lib r a r o f S t . Pe t e r sb u rg , w i th A ddi tions and Co r r e c tion s. By G .

W . CO LLINS , h . A ., Co rpus Chr ist i Co l l ege , Cam b . , H on . H e b r ew Le c tur e r

,

Ke b l e Co l le ge , O xfo rd. Par t I . 4to . pp . 1 1 2, w rapp e r . 1 884. 7s . 6d.

Ge se n ius .—H E BR EW AND E NGLI SH LE XI CON O E TH E O LD TE STAMENT

,

in c ludin g th e Bib l ic a l Cha lde e , fr om th e La t in . By E D WA R D R O BINS ON.

Fi fth E di t ion . 8vo . c lo th , p p .

xi i . and 1 1 60. £ 1 1 6 8 .

82 L ingu istic P ub lic a tions of Tr ilbne r Co .

Ge seni uS .—H EBR EW GR AMMAR . Tr an sla te d from th e S e ve nte e n th

E dition . By D r . T. J . CO NANT. Wi th Gram m a t ic al E xe r c ise s, and a

Ch r e s tom a thy b y th e Tran s la to r . 8 vo . c lo th , pp . xvi—3 64. £ 1 .

H e b r ew Li te ra tur e Soc i e ty (Publi c a tion s of th e ) .

F ir st S e r i e s.

Vo l . I . Misc e l lany o f H e b r e w Li te ra tur e . D e m y 8 vo . c lo th , p p . v ii i . and228 . 103 .

Vo l . II . Th e Com m e n tar y o f Ib n E z r a o n Isa i a h . E di te d from MS S .. a nd

Tr a ns la te d w i t h No t e s , In troduc ti o ns , and Inde xe s, b y M. F R IE D LaND E R ,Ph .D . Vo l . I . Tr ansla tio n o f th e Co m m e n ta ry. D e m y .8vo .

'

c lo th,pp . xxv i ii . and 332. 1 08 . 6d.

VO l . I I I. Th e Co m m e n ta ry o f Ib n E z r a . Vo l . I I . Th e A n gl i c an Ve rsio n o f

th e Bo o k O f th e P r o ph e t Isa i a h am e nde d a c c o rding t o th e Com m e n ta ry O f

Ib n E z ra . D e m y 8 vo . c lo th , pp . 1 1 2. 43 . 6 d.

S e c ond S e r i e s .

Vo l .

.

I . Mi s c e l lany o f H e b re w L i t e r atu r e . Vo l . I I . E di te d b y th e R e v . A .

LOWY. .D e m y 8 vo . c lo th , p p . Vi . a nd 276 . 10s . 6d.

Vo l . II . Th e Co m m e n ta ry O f Ib n E z ra . Vo l . I II . D e m y 8vo . c lo th ,1 72. 7 3 .

Vol . III Ib n E z ra Li te r a ture . Vol . IV. E ssays on th e Wr i tings of A b rah amIb n E z ra . By M.

'

FR I E D LAND E R , Ph .D . D emy 8vo . c lo th , pp . x.- 252

and 78 . 1 2s . 6d.

Thi rd S e r i e s .

Vols . I .-III . Th e Gu ide of th e P

fipl exed ofMa im onide s. Translated fr om th e

o rigin a l te xt and ann o ta te d b y F r i edl'

ander , Ph .D . D emy 8 vo . pp . l xxx.

-370, and x.—226

,and xxvi i i .

- 328, c loth . £ 1 6d.

H e r sh on .-; TA LMUD IC MI SCE LLANY . S e e Tr ii b n e r ’s O r ie nta l S er i e s,

page 4 .

Jastr OW .—A D ICTI ONA R Y O E TH E TA R GUMIM

,TH E TA LMUD BABLI AND

Y e rush alm i , and th e Midrash i c Li te r a tu r e . Com i le d b y M. JA STR O W,Ph .D .

D em y 4 to . b o ards . Par t I . pp . 1 00. 5 3 . Par t I . pp . 96 . 5 s .

Land—TH E PRINCIPLE S O F H E BR EW GR AMMA R . By J . P. N. LAND,

Pr o fe ssor of Logic and Me taphysi c in th e Unive r si t O f Leyde n . Tr ans latedfr om th e D u tc h b y R E G INA LD LANE PO O LE , Ba l l io l ol l e ge , O xford. Par t I .

S ounds . Pa r t 1 1 . Wo rds . Crown 8vo . pp . xx . and 220, c lo th . 7 s . 6d.

mathews .

—A BR A H AM BE N E ZR A ’S UNE D ITE D COMMENTA R Y ON TH E CAN

TI CLE S,th e H e b r ew Te x t a fte r two MS . , w ith E ng lish Tr a n slation b y H . J .

:MA TH E WS , B.A . ,E xe t e r Co l le ge , O xfo rd. 8vo . c l . l im p , pp . x. , 34, 24. 2s . 6d , ,

Nutt .—Two TR E ATI SE S ON VE R BS CONTA INING FE E BLE AND D O UBLE

LE TTE R S b y R . Jehuda H ayug o f F e z,t rans la ted in to H e b r ew fr om th e o r igin al

A rab i c b y R . Mose s G ikat il i a , O f Co rdova ; wi th th e Tr e a tise on Pun c tu ation

b y th e sam e A utho r , tr a ns la te d b A b e n E z ra . E dited fr om Bodl e ian MS S .

with an E ng l ish Tr ans lati on b y J .TV. NUTT, M.A . D e my 8vo . sewed, pp . 3 12.

1 8 70. 7 3 . 6d.

S em i t i c (S ongs of th e ) . I n“

E ngl ish Ve rse . By G. E . W. Cr . 8 vo .

c loth , p p . 1 40. 5 s .

We b e r .—Syst e m de r a ltsynagogal e n Pa l a stin i sch e n The o logie . By

D r . F E R D . WE BE R . 8vo . se wed. Le ipz ig, 1 880. 7s.

84 L ingu isti c P ub lication s of Tr il bne r Co .

Fallon .—A NEW H INDUSTANI -E NGLISH D ICTI ONA R Y. With Ill ustra

t io ns fr om H industan i Li t e r a ture an d Fo lk-lo r e . By S . W. FA LLON, Ph .D .

H a ll e . R o y. 8 vo . c lo th , p p . xxv i i i . and 1 216 and x . Be na r e s , 1 8 79. £ 3 l O s .

Fallon .-ENGLI SH -H IND USTANI D ICTIONA R Y . Wi th Il lu stra ti on s fr om

E ngl ish Li te ra tu r e and Co l loqu ia l E ngl ish Trans la te d i n to H industan i . By S .

W . FA LL O N. R oy. 8vo . p p . iv .-6 74 , se we d. £ 1 103 .

Fal lon .-A H IND USTANI -E NGLI SH LAW AND COMME R CI AL D ICTI ONAR Y.

By S . W. FA LLO N. 8vo . c lo th , pp . i i . and 2840, Be nar e s , 1 879 . 1 23 . 6d.

Ikhwanu-s Safa ; o r , BR O TH E R S O E PUR ITY D e sc r i b i ng th e Con te nt io nb e twe e n Me n and Be a sts a s to th e S u p e r io r i ty o f th e H um an R a c e . Tr an s la te dfr om t h e H i ndustani b y P r o fe sso r J . D O WS O N,

S taff Co l lege , S andhur s t .Cr own 8vo . p p . v i i i . and 1 5 6 , c lo th . 7 s .

Khi r ad-Afr oz (Th e Illum in a to r O f th e ByMau l aviH afi z u

’d-di n . A n e w e di tio n o f th e H industani Te xt , c a r e fu l ly r e v ise d, w i th

No t e s, Cr i t i c a l and E xp lan a to ry. By E . B. E A STW ICK , M.P ., F.R . S . 8 vo .

c lo th , pp . xiv . and 321 . 1 83 .

Luta ifi H inde e (Th e ) ; o r , H IND O O STANE E JE ST-BO O K , c ontain ing a

Cho i c e Co l le c tio n o f H um o rou s S to r i e s in th e A r ab i c a nd R om a n Char ac te rs ;to whi c h i s adde d a H indo o s ta n e e P o e m b y ME E R MO O HUMMUD TUQ UE E .

2ud e di t io n , r e vise d b yW. C. S m yth . 8 vo . pp . xvi . a nd 1 60. 1 840. 108 . 6d.

r e duc e d t o 5 s .

Mathur ap r a sada Mi sr a .—A TR ILINGUA L D ICTI ONA R Y, be i ng a c om p r e

h e n siv e Le xic o n in E ngl ish , Urdu, and H indi . S e e unde r H indi , page 83 .

Palm e r .—H IND USTANI GR AMMA R . S e e p age 5 6 .

H UNGA R IAN.

S inge r .—S IMPLIBI E D GR AMMA R O E TH E H UNGAR I AN LANGUA GE . By

I . S INGE R , o f Buda-Pe sth . Crown 8vo . c lo th , pp . v i . and 8 8 . 1 8 84. 48 . 6d.

ICE LAND IC.

A nde r son .—NO R SE MYTH O LO GY

,o r th e R e l igi on of ou r Fo r e fathe r s .

Con tain ing al l th e Myth s o f th e E ddas c ar e fu l ! syste m a ti z e d and int e rpr e te d,wi th an Intr odu c tion , Vo c ab u l ary and Inde x . By R . B. A ND E R S O N

,Pr o f. o f

S c andinav ian Language s in th e Un i ve r si ty O f Wisc on sin . Cr own 8vo . c lo th .

Ch i c ago , 1 8 79. 1 23 . 6d.

A nde r son and Bjarn a son .—VIKING TA LE S O F TH E NO R TH . Th e S aga s

Of Thor ste in , Viking ’s S on , and Fri dthjof th e Bo ld. Tr a ns late d from th e

I c e l andi c b y R . B. A nde r son,M.A .

, and J . Bjar nason . A lso , Te gne r ’

s F r id

thjof’s S aga . Tr ans la te d in to E ng lish b y G . S te p h e ns . Cr own 8vo . c loth , pp .

xvi i i . and 370. Ch i c ago , 1 8 77 . 1 03 .

Cl e asby .—AN ICE LAND IC-ENGLI SH D ICTI ONA R Y . Ba se d on th e MS .

Co l le c ti ons o f th e late R i c hard Cl e asb E n larged and c om p l e ted b G .

VIGEUS S O N. Wi th an Intr odu c tion , and i fe o f R i c hard Cl e asby, b y G . E BBE‘

4to . £3 7 8 .

Cl e a sb y .—A PPEND IX To AN I c E LAND I c -E NGLI SH D ICTI ONA R Y . S e e

S ke at .

5 7 and 5 9, L udga te H i ll, Lo ndon , E .0. 8 5

Edda Saem undar H inn s Fr eda—Th e E dda of S a em und th e Le arn ed.

From th e O ldNo r s e o r Ic e landic . By BE NJ AMIN TH O R P E . Pa r t I I . w i th Inde xo f Pe r so n s an d Pla c e s . I2m o . p p . v i i i . a nd 1 72, c lo th . 1 8 6 6 . 4s .

Publ i c a ti ons of th e Ic e landi c Li t e rar y S o c i e ty of Cop e nhage n . Fo r

Num b e rs 1 to 5 4, se e “ R e c o rd,” No . 1 1 1 , p . 1 4.

5 5 . SKIRNE R TID IND I . H ins Isle n zka Bbkm e n ta félags, 1 8 7 8 . 8vo .

pp . 1 76 . Kaupm annah o fn, 1 878 . Pri c e 5 8 .

5 6 . UM S ID BOTINA A I SLAND I e pt i r p o rke l Bj a rn aso n , p r e st a Be yn iV

'

O llum . Utge fid af H inu Isl e nzka Bokm e ntafélagi . 8vo . p p . 1 77 . R oykj avi k, 1 878 . Pri c e 73 . 6d.

5 7 . BI SHUPA S OGUB, ge fnar {It a f H in u I sl e nzka Bbkm e n ta félagi .

A nna t Bindi I II . 1 8 78 . 8vo . pp . 509 to 804. Kaup m annah b fn . Pr i c e 108 .

.5 8 . SKI'

fR SLUR O G R E IKNiNGA R H i ns I sl e n zka Békm e n ta félags, 1 8 7 7 to1 8 78 . 8vo . pp . 28 . Kaupm ann ahofn, 1 8 78 . Pri c e 28 .

5 9 . FR J E TTI R FBA I S LAND I,1 8 7 7 , e p t i r V . Bri em . 8 vo . pp . 5 0.

R e ykj avi k, 1 8 78 . Pri c e 28 . 6d.

6 0. A LPINGI S STAD UR H INN F O RNI VID O xar a , m e d Uppdrattum e p ti rS igurdGudmundss on . 8 vo . pp . 6 6 , wi th Map . Kaupm annah

'

O fn , 1 8 78 . Pri ce

.Ske at .—A LI ST O F E NGLI SH WO R D S

,th e E tym ol ogy of wh ich i s i llus

t ra te d b y Co m p ar ison wi th Ic e landi c . Pr e pa r e d in th e fo rm o f a n A p p e ndix toCle asb y and Vigfusso n

s I c e landi c - E ngli sh D i c tio na ry. By th e R e v . WA LTE R

W. S K E A T , M.A . , E ng l ish Le c tu re r a nd la te Fe l low O f Ch r ist’ s Co l l e ge , Camb ridge ; a nd M.A . O f E xe te r Co l l e ge , O xfo rd ; o n e o f th e Vi c e -Pr e s ide n ts o f

th e Cam b r idge Ph i lo lo gic a l S o c ie ty a nd Me m b e r O f the Co un c i l o f th e Ph i lologic a l S o c ie ty O f Lo ndo n . 1 8 7 6 . D e m y 4to . se we d. 28 .

Te n e r .—FR I D TH J O E ’

S S A GA A NO R S E R OMANCE . B E SA I A S TE GNERg I Y I

Bishop o f Wexio. Trans la ted fr om th e Swe dish b y TH O MA S A . E . H O LCO MB

and MA R TH A A . LYO N H O LCO MB. Cr own 8vo . pp . v ii i . -214, c lo th . 1 8 83 .

6 8 . 6d.

Th orh e l son , Pa ll .—D I CTI ONNA I RE I sLAND AI s -FR ANCA I S .

Vo l . I . Pa rtI . 8 vo . pp . 32. To b e c omp le ted in ab out 5 0 pa rts . Pri c e Is . e ac h .

J A PANE SE .

A ston—A GR AMMA R O F TH E JA PANE SE WR ITTEN LANGUA GE . ByW. G.

A STO N, M. A . , A ssis tan t J ap an e se S e c r e tary, Le ga t io n , Y e do , Ja p an .

S e c o nd e di t io n , E n la rge d and Im p ro v e d. R oya l 8 r o . p p . 306 .

A ston —A S H O R T GR AMMA R O F TH E JA PANE S E S P O K ENLANGUA GE . ByW. G . A STO N, M.A . , H . B. M.

’s Le ga tio n , Y e do , Jap an . Th ird e di tion .

l 2m o . c lo th , pp . 96 . 1 2s .

BlaOk .—Y O UNG JAPAN

, Y O KO H AMA AND Y E D O . A Nar r at iv e o f th eS e tt le m e n t and th e City, from th e S ign ing of th e Tr ea ti e s In 1 85 8 to th e c lo seo f th e Y e ar 1 8 79 . Wi th a G lanc e a t th e Pr og re ss o f Jap an dur ing a p e ri od ofTwe n ty-one Y e ar s . By J . R . BLA CK . Two Vo ls . ,

de my 8vo . pp . xviii . and 41 8 ;xiv . and 5 22, c lo th . 1 88 1 . £2 2s .

Cham be r la in . A R OMANI S E D JA PANE S E R E A D E R . Co n sisti ng o fJap ane se A ne cdo te s , Ma xim s , e tc . , i n E asy Wr i tt e n S tyle ; w i th E ngl ishTra ns la tion andNo te s . By B. H . CH AMBE R LA IN, Pro fe sso r O f Jap anese and

Ph i lo logy i n th e Im p e r ia l Un i ve r si ty o f '

I o kyo . 1 2m o . pp . xl i i .—346 , c lo th .

1 886 . 6 8 .

8 6 In'

ngu isti c P ub lic a t ions of Trubne r Co .

Chamb e r lain—SIMPLIFIE D JA PANE SE GR AMMA R . S e e p age 50.

Ch am b e r lai n .—~ CLA S S ICAL PO ETR Y O F TH E JA PANE SE . S e e p age 4.

D i ckin s .—TH E O LD BAMBO O -H EWE R

S STO R Y (Take tor i n o O kinano Mon ogatar i ) . Th e E ar l ie st o f th e Japan e se R om an c e s , .wri tte n in th e

Te nth Ce ntur y . Tr ans l at ed, with O b se rva tions and No tes, b y F . VICTO R

D I CKINS . Wi th Thr e e Ch r om o -Li th ogr aph i c I l lustra ti o ns take n fromJap an e s e Mak im ono s , to wh ic h i s added th e O r igina l Te xt in R o m an, wi th

Gramm ar , A na lyti c a l No te s andVo c ab u lary. 8vo . c l . , pp . 1 1 8 . 1 8 88 . 73 . 6d.

H e pb urn—A JA PANE SE AND E NGLI SH D ICTI ONA R Y . With an E ngl i sh

and Jap an e s e Inde x . By J . C. H E PBUR N,M.D LL.D . S e c ond e diti on .

Im p e ri a l 8vo . c lo th , pp . xxxi i . , 6 32 a nd 201 . 1 8 3 .

H e pbur n—A JA PANE S E -E NGLI SH AND E NGLI SH -JA PANE SE D ICTI ONA R Y.By J . C. H E PBURN,

M.D . , LL.D . Th ird Edi ti on , dem y 8 vo . pp . xxxiv.—964,h a lf-m oro c c o . 1 8 87 . £ 1 1 03 .

H e pb urn—A JA PANE SE -E NGLI SH AND ENGLI SH -JA PANE SE D ICTI ONA R Y.

By J . C. H E PBURN,M.D .

, LL.D . A b ridged by th e A u thor . Se c ond Edi ti on ,R e vised and E nl arged. 1 6m o . c loth , pp . v iii . and 1 033 . 1 887 .

J

H offm an ,J . J —A JA PANE S E GR AMMA R . S e c ond E di ti on . Large

8vo . c lo th , pp . vi ii . and 36 8 , wi th two p la te s . £ 1 l s .

H ofi'

m ann .—S H O PPING D I A LO GUE S

,in Jap ane se , D ut ch , and E ngli sh .

By P ro fe ssor J . H O F FMA NN. O b lo ng 8vo . p p . xi i i . and 44 , se we d.

H ofl'

m ann (Pr of. D r . J . J —J A PANE SE -ENGLI S H D ICTI ONAR Y.—Pub

lish ed b y o rde r o f th e D utc h Go ve rnm e nt . E lab or ate d and Edi ted by D r . L.

S E R R UR IE R . Vo ls . 1 and 2. R oyal 8vo . Br il l , 1 88 1 . 1 28 . 6d.

Im br i e . H AND BO O K O F ENGLI SH -JA PANE SE E TYMO LO GY. By W.

IMBR IE . 8vo . pp . xxi v . and 208, c lo th . Tokiyo, 1 880. £ 1 l s .

Me tc hnikofl'

.—L’

E m p ir e Ja p o n a is , t e xt e e t de ssin s, p ar L .

.

ME TCHNIR O E E . 4to . p . vii i . and 6 94 . I llustr ate d with m aps, c o lour ed p la te s and

wo odc uts . c lo t 1 88 1 . £ 1 1 08 .

Pfounde s .

—FU S O MIMI BUKUR O . S e e p age 3 7 .

S atow.—A N E NGLI SH JAPANE SE D ICTI ONAR Y O F TH E SP O KENLANGUA GE .

By E RNE ST MA S O N S A Tow , Japan e se S e c r e tary to H .M. Le gati on a t Y edo , and

I S H IBA SH I MA S A R A TA , o f th e Imp e r ial Jap ane se Fo r e ign O ffic e . S e c ond

e di t ion . Im p . 32m o . , pp . xvi . and 4 1 6 , c lo th . l 2a. 6d.

Snyem atz .—GENI I MONO GATA R I . Th e m o st c e l e br a te d o f th e Classi c al

Ja pan e se R om an c e s . . Tr ans late d b y K . SUY EMA Tz . Crown 8 r o . pp . xvi . and;

254, c lo th . 1 882. 7s . 6d.

KABA IL.

Newm an .—KA R A IL VO CABULA R Y. S upp l em ented b y A id O f a New

S ourc e . By F . . W. NEWMAN, E m e r i tus Pr o fe sso r of Un ive rsi ty Col lege , ,

London . Crown 8vo .

, pp . 124, c lo th . 1 888 . 5 8 .

KANA R E SE .

1

Gar r e tt—A MANUA L E NGLI SH AND KANA R E SE D ICTI ONAR Y, c on tai n i ng;ab out Twe nty-thr e e Thousand Words . By J . GA R R E TT. 8vo . pp . 908 , c lo th .

Banga lo r e , 1 8 72.

88 L ingu istic P ub lica tions of Tr ilbne r Co . ,

.KONKANI .

Mad'

e i .—A KONKANI GR AMMA R . By A NGE LUS F . X. MA E EE I . 8vc ,

p p . xiv . and 438 , c lo th . Manga lo re , 1 8 82. 1 8 3 .

Mafl'

e i .- A N ENGLIS H -KONKANI AND KONKANI -ENGLI SH D ICTI ONA R Y.

8vo . pp . xi i . and 5 46 ; xi i . and 1 5 8. Two p ar ts in one . H a lf b ound. £ 1 10s .

LIBY AN.

Newm an—LIBYANVO CABULA R Y . A n E ssay towardsR e p r odu c in g th eA nc i e n t Num idian Langu age , ou t o f Fo ur Mode r n Language s . By F . W.

Newm an , E m e r itus Pr o fe ssor of Uni ve rsi ty Co l l ege , Lo ndon . Crown 8 r o . pp .

vi . and 204. c lo th . 1 882. 1 08 . 6d.

.MA H R ATTA (MA R A TH I ) .Ca ta logue of Mur a tli i Books so ld byMe ssr s . Tr iibn er ér 00. p ost f r ee f or p enny s tamp .

JE sop’

s Fabl e s—O ri gi na lly Tr ansl ate d i nt o Ma ra thi b y S ada shi vaKash in ath Chh a tr e . R e v ised from th e l e t e d. 8vo . c loth . Bom b ay, 5s . 6d.

Ball antyn e .—A GR AMMA R o r TH E MA H R ATTA LANGUA GE . For th e

u se o f th e E a st India Co l l e g e a t H a i le yb u ry. By J AME S R . BA LLANTYNE , o fth e S c o ttish Nava l a nd Mi li ta ry A c ade m y . 4to . c lo th , p p . 5 6 . 5 s .

Be ll a ir s.—A GR AMMA R O F TH E MA R ATH I LANGUA GE . By H . S . K.

BE LLA IR S ,M.A ., a nd LA XMA N Y . A S H K E D KA R , B.A . 1 2m o . c lo th , p p . 90. 5 s.

Mol e sworth .—A D ICTI O NA R Y, MAR ATH I and E NGLI S H . Com p il ed b yJ. T. MO LE SW O R TH , a S S is te d b y G E O R GE a ndTH O MA S CANDY . S e c o nd E di ti on ,

r e vise d a nd e n la rge d. By J . T. MO LE SWO R TH . R oya l 4to . p p . xxx and 922,b o a rds . Bo m b ay , 1 8 5 7 . £ 2 28 .

Mol e swor th .—A COMPEND IUM O F MO LE SWO R TH ’

S MA R A TH I AND ENGLI SHD ICTIO NA R Y. By BA BA PA DMANJ I . S e c ond E di ti on . R e vised and E n larged.

D em y 8vo . pp . xx . and 6 24, c lo th . 1 5 s .

Nava lkar .—TH E STUD ENT’

S MA R ATH I GRA MMA R . By G . R . NA VALKAR .

‘New E diti on . 8vo . c loth ; pp . xvi . and 342. Bomb ay, 1 879. 1 8s .

Tuka r am a .—A . COMPLETE CO LLE CTI ON o f th e Po e m s O f Tukaram a

(th e Po e t of th e Maharash tra) . In Marath i . E di ted b y VIS H NU PA R A S'

H U

R AM S H A STR I PAND IT, unde r th e sup e rvisi on o f S anka r Pandurang Pandi t,M.A .

Wi th a c om p l e te Inde x to th e Po em s and a Glo ssary O f diffic u lt Wo rds . TOwh i c h i s p r e fixed a Life O f th e Po e t in E ngl ish , b Janardan S akharam Gadgi l .2 vo ls . in large 8vo . c lo th , pp . xxx ii . and 742, an pp . 728, 1 8 and 72. Bom b ay1 8 73 . £ 1 l s . e a ch vo l .

MA LA GA S Y .

Ca ta logue of Ma laga sy Books so ld byMe ss r s . Tr il bne r Q 00. p ost fr ee f or p enny stamp .

Parke r .—A CONCI SE GR AMMA R O F TH E MA LA GA SY LANGUA GE . By G.

W. PA R K E R . Crown 8vo . p p . 6 6 ,‘

wi th an A pp e ndix, c lo th . 1 8 83 . 5 8 .

Van de r Tuuk .—O UTLINE S O F A GR AMMA R O F TH E MA LA GA SY LANGUA GE

By H . N. V A N D E R TUUR . 8 vo . , p p .

28 , s e we d. l s .

5 7 and 5 9, Ludga te H i ll, London , E C. 89

MA LA Y .

C a ta logue of Ma lay Books so ld by Mrssr s . Tr ii bn e r (3 00. p ost f r e e for p enny Stamp .

D e nnys .—A H AND BO O K O F MALA Y CO LLO QUI A L , a s sp oke n in S in gap o r e ,

Be ing a S e r i e s o f Int rodu c to ry Le sso ns fo r D om e sti c and Bus in e ss Purpo se s .

By N. B. D E NNYS , Ph .D . , e tc . , A u tho r o f “ Th eF o lk lo re o f Ch in a ,” e t c . 8 vo . pp . 204, c lo th. 1 8 78 . £ 1 1 s .

Maxwe ll .—A MANUAL O F TH E MALA Y LANGUA GE . Wi th an Intro

duc to ry Ske tc h O f th e S anskri t E lem e nt in Ma lay. By W. . E . MA XWE LL,A ss ista nt R e side nt, Pe r ak , Ma lay Pe ninsul a. Crown 8vo . c lo th, pp . v iii .1 84. 1 882. 7 s . 6d.

Mi sc e llan e ous Pap e r s r e lating to Indo -Ch i na and th e IndianA rc h ip e lago . S e e page 7 .

Swe tte nh am .—VO CA BULA R Y O F TH E E NGLI SH AND MALA Y LANGUA GE S .

With No te s . By F . A . SWE TTENH AM. 2 Vo ls . Vo l . I . ish -Ma lay Voc ab ula ry and D i a logue s . Vo l . I I . Ma lay-E ngl ish Vo c Sm a l l 8vo .

b oards . S ingapo re , 1 88 1 . £ 1 .

Th e Tr ave l l e r’s Ma lay Pr onoun c ing H andb ook , fo r th e Use o f

Tr ave l le rs andNew-c om e r s to S ingapo r e . 32m o. p p . 25 1 , b o ards . S ingapo r e ,1 88 6 . 5 3 .

Van de r Tunk .—SHO R TA CCOUNT O F TH E MALA YMANUSCR I PTS BE LONGING

TO TH E R O YA L A S IA TIC S O CI ETY . By H .N. VA N D E R TUUK. 8 vo . p p . 5 2. 2s . 6d.

MA LA Y A LIM.

Gunde r t .—A MA LAYA LAM AND E NGLI SH D ICTI ONAR Y . By R e v . H .

G UND E R T, D . Ph . R o ya l 8 vo . p p . v i i i . a nd 1 1 1 6 . £32 103 .

MA O R I .Gr ey .

—MA O R I MEMENTo s : be ing a S e r i e s of A ddr e sse s p r e se n te d b yth e Na t ive Pe o p le to H is E xc e l le n c y S ir G e o rge G re y, K .C.B F .R .S . Wi thIn trodu c to ry R e m a rk s and E xp lana to ryNo t e s to wh i c h i s adde d a sm a l l Co ll e ct io n o f Lam e n ts , e tc . By CH . O L IVE R B. D A vxs . 8 y o . p p . i v . a nd 228 , c lo th . 1 2s .

Wi l l i am s—F I R ST LE S S ONS IN TH E MA O RI LANGUA GE . With a S hortVo c ab u la ry. ByW . L . WILLIA MS , B.A . F c ap . 8vo . pp . 98 , c loth . 5 s?

PA LI .D ’A lWi s.

-A.

D E S CR IPTI VE CA TA LO GUE O f S anskr i t , Pa l i , and S inha le seLi t e r a ryWo rks O f Ce yloil . By JAME S D ’

A LWI S , e tc . , Vol . I . (all

pub li shed) , pp . xxxii . and 244. 1 8 70. 8 3 . 6d.

Be a l .—D H AMMAPA D A . S e e Tr ii b n e r

’s O ri e ntal S e r i e s, p age 3 .

Bigande t .—GAUD AMA . S e e Tr ii b ne r

s O r i e n tal S e ri e s,

”p age 4 .

Buddhi st Bir th S tor i e s . S e e Tr ii b n e r ’s O r i e n tal S e ri e s, p age 4 .

Biihl e r .—'

1‘

R E E E NEW E D ICTS O F A S'

O KA . By G. BuH LE R . l 6m o .

se we d, wi th Two Fa c s im i le s . 2s . 6d.

Ch i lde r s .—A BA LI -E NGLI SH D ICTI ONA R Y, w i th S an skri t E qu ival e nts,

a nd num e r o u s Q u o ta t ion s , E xtr a c ts , and R e fe r e n c e s . Co m p i l e d b y th e late Pr o f.R . C. CH ILD E R S , l a t e o f th e Ce y lo n C. S . Im p e r ia l 8v o . , do ub l e c o lum n s

hpg.xxi i . and 622

, c lo th . 1 8 75 . £3 38 . Th e fir st Pa li D ic tionary e ve r pub lis

90 .L inguisti c P ub l ica tions of Tr iibne r' Co .,

Ch ime r a—TH E MA H APA R INIBBANA SUTTA O F TH E SUTTA -PITAKA . Th ePa l i Te xt . E dite d b y th e la t e P ro fe ss o r R . C. CH ILD E R S . 8vo . c lo th, p p .

72. 5 s .

Chi lde r s .—O N S AND H I IN PALI . By th e late Pr ofl

'

R . C. CH ILD E R S .~ 8V0. sewe d, p p . 22. 1 s .

Coom ar a Swam y .—SUTTA NIPATA ; o r , th e D ialogu e s and D i sc ou r se s .

O f Go tam a Buddha . Transla t ed fr om th e Pa l i , wi th Introduc tion and No te s.By S i r M. CO OMA R A SWAMY. Cr . 8vo . c lo th , pp . xxxvi . and 1 60. 1 874. 6 8 .

Cooni ara Swam y .—TH E D ATH AVANSA ; o r , th e H isto ry O f th e To o th

R e l i c o f Gotam a Buddha . Th e Pa l i Te xt and i t s Tr ans l ation into E ngl ish ,wi th No t e s . By S ir M. CO OMA R A SWAMY, Mude l i ar . D e my 8vo . c lot h , pp .

1 74. 1 8 74. 1 03 . 6d. E ngl ish Tr ans la tion on ly, wi th No te s . Pp . 100, c lo th . 6 3 .

D avida—S e e BUD D H I ST BI RTH STO R IE S , Tr ub n e r’s O r i e n tal S e ri e s,

Page 4 .

D avids.—S iGI R I

,TH E LI ON R O CK ,

NE A R PULA STIPUR A , AND TH E 3 9TH

CH A PTE R O F TH E MA H AV AMS A . By T. W. R H YS D A VI D S . 8 vo . pp . 30. i s. 6d.

D i CkSO lL—TH E PATIMO KKH A,be ing th e Buddh i st O ffic e O f th e Con

fe ssion O f Pr i e sts . Th e Pa l i Te xt , wi th a Tr ans la ti on , and No te s, b y J . F.

D ICK S O N. 8vo . sd. , pp . 69. 23 .

Faus ll . —.IATAKA . S e e unde r JATAKA .

Fau sb b'

ll .—TH E D A S AR A TH A -JATAKA,be ing th e Buddhi st S tory O f K ing

R Rm a . Th e o r igin a l Pal i Te xt , with a Tr an sla tio n a ndNo t e s b y V . FA US R O LL .

8 vo . se we d, p p . i v . and 48 . 2s . 6d.

Fausb o l l .—FI VE JATA KA S,c on ta in ing a Fai ry Tal e , a Com i c al S tory ,

and Thr e e Fa b le s . In th e o r igin a l Pal i Te xt , a c c om pan i e d wi th 8. Tr an s lat ionand No te s . By V . FA US R O

LL . 8 vo . se we d, pp . vi i i . a nd 72. 6 8 .

Faus lI.—TEN JATA KA S . Th e O r igi na l Pali Te xt , w ith a Tr anslationa ndNo te s . By V . FA U S BO LL . 8 vo . s ewe d, p p . xi i i . and 1 28 . 7 8 . 6d.

Frye r .; VUTTO D A Y A . (E xp o siti on O f Me tr e . ) By S ANGH A R A KKH ITA

TH E R A . A Pa li Te xt, E di te d, wi th Tr ans la t ion and No te s, b y Majo r G . E .

FRYE R . 8 vo . p p . 44. 23 . 6 d.

H a a S .—CA TALO GUE O E S ANSKR IT AND PA LI BO O K S IN TH E LIBR A R Y O F "

TH E BR ITIS H MUS E UM. By D r . E RNST H A A S . Pr int ed by Pe rm ission of th e

Truste e s o f th e Br it ish Muse um . 4t o . c lo th , pp . 200. £ 1 l s .

Jataka (Th e ) ; t oge the r wi th i ts Com m e n tary . Be ing Tal e s O f th eA n te r i o r Bi r th o f Go tam a Buddha . Fo r th e fi rs t t im e E dit e d in th e o r igina lPa l i b y V. FA US R O LL . D e m y 8 vo . c l o th . Vo l . I . p p . 5 12.

Vo l . IL , pp .,

45 2. 1 8 79. Vol . 1 1 1 . pp . v i ii -544. 1 8 8 3 . Vo l .

IV . pp . x.-450. 1 88 7 . 288 . For Trans lati o n se e unde r “Buddhi s t Bir th

S tor i e s , p age 4 .

Th e “ Ja taka ” i s a c o ll e c t i on o f le ge nds in Pa l i , r e la ting th e h is t o ry o f Buddha ’s tr an s

m igr a t ion b e fo r e h e wa s b o rn a s Go tam a . Th e gr e a t a n t iqu i ty o f thi s wo rk i s au then tic a t e db y i ts form ing p ar t o f th e sacr e d c an on o f th e S o u the rn Buddh is ts , whi c h w a s fin a lly se t t le d a t

th e la s t Coun c i l in 246 B.C . Th e c o l le c t ion h as long b e e n known a s a s to r e ho u se o f a n c i e n t

fa b le s , an d a s th e m o s t o r i g in a l a t t a ina b le sou r c e t o wh i c h'

a lm o st t h e w h o le O f this kind o fli te r atur e , fr om th e Pan c ha tan tr a and Pi lp ay ’s fa b le s do wn t o th e n u rs e ry s to r i e s O f t h e p r e s e n t

day , is t r a c e ab le ; and i t h as b e e n c on s ide r e d de s ir ab le , in th e in te r e s t o f Buddhi s t i c s tudi e s as

we ll as fo r m o r e g e n e ra l l i t e r ary p u rp o s e s , tha t an e di t io n and t r an s l a t io n o f th e c om p le teMa rk S hou ld b e p re p a r e d . Th e p r e se n t p u b li c a t ion i s in t e nde d to sup p ly this wan t—A th e n ia n .

92 L ingu istic Pu b lic a tions of Tr iibn c r

H ang—A N O LD ZAND -PA H LA VI GLO S SA R Y . E dite d in th e O r igin al

-Cha r a c te r s , wi th a Tr an s l i te r a t i o n i n R o m an Le t te r s , a n E ng l ish Tra ns la t ion ,

a nd an A lp hab e t i c a l Inde x . By D E STUR H O S H ENGJ I JAMA SP J I , H igh-p r ie st o fth e Pa r si s in Ma lwa , India . R e v . with No t e s a nd In t r o . b y MA R TIN H A UG,

Ph .D . Pub l . b y o rde r O f Go v . O f Bo m b ay. 8vo . s e we d, p p . lvi . and 1 32. 1 5 8 .

H aug .—TH E BO O K O F A R D A VIRA E . Th e Pahlavi t e xt p r e p a re d b y

D e s tu r H o sh angj i Jam aspj i A sa . R e v ise d and c o l la t e d w i th fur the r MS S . , wi th

an E ng lish t ran s la tio n and In t rodu c tio n , and an A p p e ndix c on ta in ing th e Te xtsa nd Tran s la tio ns o f th e G o sh t - i F ryan o and H adokh t Nask . By MA R TINH A UG

, Ph .D .,Pr o fe sso r O f S an sk r it and Com p ar a ti ve Phi lo lo gy a t th e Un i

v e r si ty O f Mun i c h . A ssi ste d b y E . W. WE ST, Ph . D . ,Pu b l ish e d b y o rde r o f

th e Bom b ay Go ve rnm e n t . 8vo . se we d, pp . lxxx., V . , and 3 1 6 . £ 1 5 3 .

Min o c h e h e rj i .—PA H LA VI , GUJA RATI AND ENGLISH D I CTI ONA R Y. ByJ AMA SP J I D A STUR MINO CH E R J I , J AMA S P A SANA . 8vo . Vo l . I . pp . c l xi i.and 1 to 1 6 8

, and Vo l . I I. pp . xxxi i . and pp . 1 69 to 440. 1 877 and 1 879.

Clo th .

“ 1 4s . e ac h . (To b e c om p l e t ed in 5 vo ls . )Sunj ana .

—A GR AMMAR O E TH E PA H LVI LANGUA GE , Wi th Quo ta tionsand E xam p l e s fr om O rig in a l Wo rk s and a G lo ssa ry o f Wo rds b e a r ing affi ni tywi th th e S e m i t ic La ngu age s . By PE S H O TUN D USTO O R BE H R AMJ E E SUNJ ANA ,Pr in c ip a l O f S ir J am se tj e e J e j e e b oy Zur th o si Madr e ssa . 8vo . c l . , pp . 1 8—45 7 .

25 8 .

Thom a s .—E A R LY SA S SANIAN INSCR IPTI ONS

,S E A LS AND CO INS

,i llustr ating

th e E ar ly H isto ry of th e S as san i an D ynasty, c onta ining P r o c lam a tion s O f A rdesh ir Bab e k , S ap or I .

, and h i s S uc c e ssor s. Wi th a Cr it i c a l E xam inati on andE xp lan ation o f th e Ce l e b rate d Insc r ip ti on in th e H aj iab ad Cav e , dem onstr atingt ha t S ap or , th e Conqu e ro r O f Va le r ian , was a Profe ssing Chr i stian . By E DWA R DTH OMA S

,F .R . S . I l lus trate d. 8vo . c lo th , pp . 1 48 . 7 8 . 6d .

Thom as—COMMENTS ON R E CENT PE H LVI‘

D E CIPH E RME NTS . With an

In c ide nt a l S k e tc h of th e D e r ivati on of A ryan A lphab e ts, and Con trib u ti ons toth e E ar ly H istory and Ge ogr aphy O f Tab ar istan . I llustra ted b y Co ins . ByE D WA R D TH O MA S

,F .R . S . 8vo . pp . 5 6

,and 2 p late s , c lo th , sewe d. 3s . 6d.

'

We st .—GLO S SA R Y AND IND E x O F TH E PA H LA vr TE s CE TH E BO O K O F

A rda Vir af, Th e Ta le O f Go sht-I Fryan o , Th e H adokh t Nask , and to som e

e xtr ac ts fr om th e D in -Kard and Nir angistan p r e p ar ed from D e stur H oshan '

i

A sa’

s G lo ssary to th e A rda Viraf Nam ak , and from th e . O r igina l Te xts , Wi tNo te s on Pa h lavi Gramm ar . By E . W . WE ST, Ph.D . R e vi sed byMA R TINH A UG , Ph .D . Pub lish ed b y o rde r O f th e Go ve rnm e nt O f Bom b ay. 8vo . sewed,

pp . vi i i . and 352. 25 s .

PENNS Y LVANIA D UTCH .

H a ldem an . PENNSYLVANI A D UTCH : a D ial e c t o f S ou th Ge rm anyw ith an In fu si on O f E ngli sh . By S . S . H A LD EMAN

,A .M. , Pr o fe sso r o f Com

p a r a t ive Ph i lo logy in '

t h e Un ive rs i ty O fP e nn sy l va n i a , Phi lade lp h i a . 8 vo . pp .

v i i i . and 70, c lo th . 1 8 72. 3 3 . 6d.

PE R S IAN.

Ball antyn e .—PRINCI PLE S O F PE R S I AN CA L rGR A PH Y ,

i l lu stra ted.

b yLi thograp h i c P l ate s O f th e TA

”LIK c ha ra c te r s, th e o n e u sua l ly e m p loye d in

wr iting th e P e r sian and th e H indfi st fmi . S e c o nd e di tio n . Pr e p a r e d fo r th e

u s e O f th e S c o t t ish Nava l and Mi l ita ry A c ade m y, b y JAME S R . BA LLANTYNE .

4to . c lo th , p p . 1 4,6 p la te s . 28 . 6d. I .

-5 7 a nd 5 9,Lualga te H i ll, London,E .C’. 93‘

Bl o chm ann .—TH E PR O S O D Y O F TH E PE R SIANS

,a c c o rding to S a ifi , Jam i , .

and o th e r Wr i te rs . By H . BLO CH MA NN, M.A ., A ss istan t Pr o fe sso r , Ca lc ut taMadrasah . 8vo . s ewe d, p p . 1 6 6 . 108 . 6d.

Bloc hm ann .—A TR E ATI SE ON TH E R UBA

’I e n ti tl e d R i sal ah i Tar an ah .

By A G H A A H MA D’A LI . Wi th a n In t rodu c t io n a nd E xp lan a to ry No te s , b y H .

BLO CH MA NN, M.A . 8vo . sew e d, pp . 1 1 and 1 7 . 2s . 6d.

Blochm ann .—TH E PE R SI ANME TR E S BY S A I R I

,and a Tr e ati se on Pe rs ian

R hym e b y J am i . E di te d in Pe rsian , b y H . BLO CH MA NN, M.A . 8vo . sc ar c e , .

p p . 62. 3 8 . 6d .

E astwi ck .—TH E GULI STAN. S e e Tr ub n e r

s O ri e n ta l S e r i e s, p age 4 .

a .—PE R S IAN F O R TR A VE LLE R S . By A . F INN

, H .B.M. Con sul atR E SH T. Part I . R udim e n ts O f Gramm ar . Par t II . E nglish -Pe r sian Vo c ab u lary .

O b lo ng 32m o , p p . xxii .—232, c lo th . 1 884. 5 8 .

Grifi th .—Y USUE AND ZULA IKH A . S e e Tr ub n e r

’s O r i e n tal S e r i e s

, p .

Gulshan -i -R az .—TH E D I A LO GUE O F TH E GULSH AN-I -R Az ; o r

, Mysti c alGarde n O f R ose s O f Mahm oud Sh ab is ta ri . Wi th S e l e c tions from th e

R ub iaya t Om ar Kh ayam . Crown 8vo . pp . v i . - 6 4, c lo th. 1 8 8 8 . 38 .

H afiz of Sh ir éZ.—S E LE CTI ONS FR OM H IS PO EMS . Tr an sl at e d fr om th e

Pe rs ian b y H E RMA NBICKNE LL . Wi th Pr e fa c e b y A . S . BICKNE LL . D e m y .

4to . , p p . xx . a nd 384, p r in t e d o n fi n e s to u t p la te - p ap e r , w i th a pp ro p ri a te

O r ie n ta l Bo rde r ing i n go ld an d c o lo u r , and I l lust ra t io n s b y J . R . H E R BE R T,

R .A . £ 2 23 .

H aggard and Le S tr ange—TH E VA ZIR O F LANKUR AN. A Pe rs i an

P l ay. A Te xt-Bo ok O f Mode rn Co l loquia l Pe rsian , for th e use O f E ur op e an

Tr ave l l e rs , R e side nts in Pe rs ia , and S tude n ts in Indi a . E dite d, wi th a Gram !m e ti c a l In tr oduc tion , a Translat ion , CO io ns No te s , and a Vo c ab u la ry ‘ving th ePr onunc ia tion of all th e wo rds . By H . H A GGA R D and GUY LE TR ANGE .

Crown 8v o . pp . xl . - 1 76 and 5 6 (Pe rsian Te xt) , c loth . 1 8 82. 103 . 6d.

Mirkh énd.—TH E H I STO R Y O F TH E A TABE KS O F SYR IA AND PE R SIA .

By MU H AMME D BEN KH AW E ND SH AH BEN MA HMUD, c om m o n ly c a l le d

lMi R KH OND . Now fi rst E di te d from th e Co l la t i on o f S ixt e e n MS S . , b yW. H . MO R LE Y, Bar r iste r -a t- law , To wh i c h i s adde d a S e r ie s

O f Fa c sim i le s o f th e Co ins s t ruc k b y th e A tab e k s, ar r a nge d and de s c r ib e d

b y W . S . W. Vaux , M.A R o y. 8 vo . c lo th , 7 P la t e s, p p . 1 1 8 .

1 8 48 . 7 8 . 6d.

Mor l e y—A D e sc r ip t iv e Ca tal ogue o f th e H istor i c al Manus c r ip ts i nth e A r ab i c a nd Pe r si an Langue e s p r es e rved in th e Lib rary O f th e R oyal A s i at i cS o c i e ty o f Gr e a t Bri ta in and r e land. ByWI LLIAM H . MO R LEY

,

8vo . pp . vi i i . and 1 60, se wed. London,1 8 5 4. 2s . 6d.

Palm e r .—TH E S ONG O F TH E R E E D . S e e p age 5 6 .

Palm e r . A CO NCI S E PE R S I AN-E NGLI SH D ICTI ONA R Y By E . H .

PA LME R ,M.A .

, Pro fe ssor O f A r ab ic i n th e Uni ve rsi ty O f Cam b r idge . S e c ond

E di ti o n . R oya l 1 6m0. pp . vii i . and 364, c lo th . 1 8 8 3 . 1 08 . 6d.

Pa lm e r .-A CONCI SE E NGLI SH -PE R S I AN D ICTI ONA R Y . Toge the r w ith

a S im p li fied Gramm ar O f th e Pe rsian Language . By th e late E . H .

PA LME R , M.A .,Lo rd A lm o n e r

'

s R e ade r and Profe ssor O f A r ab i c , Cam b r idge .

Com p l e t ed and E dited fr om th e MS . le ft im e rfe c t a t h is de a th . By G . LE

S TR ANGE . R oya l 1 6m o . pp . xi i . and 5 46 , c lo t 1 8 83 . 103 . 6 d.

Palm e r .- S IMPLIF I E D PE R S IAN GR AMMA R . S e e p age 5 6 .

R edh ouse .—TH E ME SNE VI . S e e Tr iib n e r

’s O r i e n tal S e r i e s

, p age 4 .

94 L inguistic P ub lica tions of Tr ilbne r Ca ,

R i e l —CATA LO GUE O F TH E PE R S I AN MANUSCRI PTS IN TH E BR ITIS HMUS EUM. By CH A R LE S R IE U, Ph .D . , Ke ep e r O f th e ,

O ri e nta l MS S . 4to . c lo th .

Vo l . I . pp . 432. 1 8 79. 25 3 . Vo l . 1 1 . 1 8 8 1 . 25 3 . Vo l . II I . 1 88 3. 25s .

Whinfi e ld.—GULSH AN-I -R A Z Th e Myst i c R o se Ga rde n of S a

’d ud

'

din Mahm ud S hab is tan i . Th e Pe r sian Te xt , wi th an E ngl ish Trans la tion andNo te s, c h i efly from th e Comm e nta ry O f Muhamm ed Bin Y ahya Lahi j i . ByE . H . WH INP IE LD , M.A ., la te of 4to . pp . xvi . , 94, 60, c lo th. .

1 8 80. . 103 . 6d

Whi l lfiCld.-Q UATR A INS O F O MA R KH A YYAM. S e e p age 5 .

P ID GIN-ENGLISH .

Le land.—PID GIN-E NGLI SH S ING-S ONG ; o r S ongs and S tor i e s in th e

Ch ina-E ng lis h D i a le c t . Wi th a Vo c ab ul ary. By CH AR LE S G . LE LAND . Fc ap .

8vo . pp . vi i i . and 1 40. 1 8 76 . 5 s .

PO LISH .

Bar an owski . ANGLO -PO LI S H LE xICON. By J. J. BA R ANO vvs ,

fo rm e r] Unde r -S e c re ta ry to th e Bank o f Poland, inWarsaw. F cap . 8vo . pp .

v i i i . an 492, c lo th . 1 8 83 . 1 28 .

Bar anowski .—S LOWN1 K PO LSKO -A NGI E LSKI . (Pol ish-E n gli sh Le xi con . )By J . J . BA R ANO WS K I. F c ap . 8vo . pp . iv .

-402, c lo th . 1 884. 123 .

Morfi l l .—A S IMPLIFI E D GR AMMA R O F TH E PO LI SH LANGUA GE . By

W. R . MO BFILL ,M.A . Cr own 8vo . pp . vii i .—64 , c lo th . 1 884. 3s . 6d.

PR A KR IT.

Cowe l l .—A S H O R T INTR O D UCTI ON TO TH E O R D INAR Y PR A KR IT O F TH E

S ANSK R IT D R AMA S . Wi th a Li s t O f Com m o n I r r e gu la r Prak r i t Wo rds . ByP ro f. E . B. CO WE LL . Cr . 8 vo . l im p c lo t h , p p . 40. 1 8 75 . 3s . 6d.

Cowe ll .—PR A KR ITA -PR A KA SA ; o r

,Th e Prakri t Gr am m a r O f Va r aruc h i ,

wi th th e Comm e ntary (Mano r am

?O f Bh am ah a ; th e first c om p l e t e E dition O f th e

O ri ginal Te xt, with vari ous R e a ings fr om a c o l lati on of S ixMS S . in th e‘

Bod

l e ian Lib rary, e tc . , wi th No t e s, E ng lish Tr ans la tion , and Inde x O f Pr akr itWo rds ,a n E asy In tr odu c ti on to Prakr i t Gram m ar . By E . B. CO WE LL , Professor O f

S anskr i t a t Cam b ridge . New.E di tion

,w i th New Pr e fac e , e tc . S e c ond Issue .

8 vo . c lo th , pp . xxxi . and 204. 1 8 6 8 . 14s.

PUKSH TO (PA KK H TO , PA S H TO ) .Be ll ew.

—A GR AMMA R O F TH E PUKKH TO O R PUK SH TO LANGUA GE,on a

Ne w and Im p ro ve d Sys te m . Com b in ingBre v ity w i th Ut i l i ty, and I l lus tr a te d b yE xe r c ise s and D ial o gue s . By H . W . BE LLE W , A ssistan t S urge on , Be ngal A rm y .

S up e r-r o ya l 8vo . , p p . xi i . and 1 5 6 . c lo t h . 21 8 .

Be ll ew .—A D ICTI ONA R Y O F TH E PUKKH TO

,on PUKSH TO LANGUA GE , on a

New and Im p rove d Syste m . Wi th a r e ve rse d Pa r t , o r E ng l ish and Pukkh to ,By H . W . BE LLEW, A ss i s tan t S urg e o n , Be nga l A rm y . S up e r - ro ya l 8y o .

pp . xi i . and 35 6 , c lo th . 428 .

96 L ingu istic P ub lic a tions of Tr ilbne r Co .

SAMO AN.

Pratt—A GR AMMA R AND D ICTI ONA R Y o f th e S am oan Language . ByR e v .

-GE O R O E PR A TT , Fo r ty Y e a r s a Mis s io nary o f th e Lo ndo n Mi ss ion a ryS o c i e ty in S am o a . S e c o nd E dit io n . E di t e d b y R e v . S . J .Wh i tm e e ,Crown 8vo . c lo th , pp . v i i i . a nd 380. 1 8 78 . 1 83 .

SANSKR IT.

A i tar e ya Br ahm anam of th e R ig Ve da . 2 vols . S e e u nde r H AUG .

D’

A lWi s. -A D E SCR IPTIVE CA TA LO GUE O F S ANSKR IT, PA LI , AND S INH A LE S ELITE R A R Y WO R KS O F CE YLO N. By JAME S D ’

A Lwrs , A dvo c a te o fth e Su pr e m e Co urt , &c .

, &c . In Thr e e Vo lum e s . Vo l . l . , pp . xxxi i . a nd244,sewe d. 1 8 70. 8 8 . 6d.

A past am b iya D harm a Sa tr am .—A PH O RI SMS O P TH E S A CR E D LAws O F

TH E H IND US , b y A P A STAMBA . E di te d, wi th a Tr an s la t io n and No t e s , b y G .

Bii h l e r . By o rde r O f th e Go v e rnm e n t O f Bom b ay . 2 p a r ts . 8 vo . c lo th ,1 86 8 - 7 1 . £ 1 48 . 6d.

A rnold—TH E S ONG CE LE STI A L ; or , Bh agavad-Gi te. from th e Mahab hara ta ) . Be ing a D isc o urs e b e twe e n A rjun a , Pr inc e O f In and th e S up rem e

Be ing unde r th e fo rm o f Kr ishna . Trans la ted from th e S anskr it Te xt b y S i r E .

A R NO LD , M.A . , e tc . S e c ond e di tion . Crown 8 vo . pp . 1 92, c lo th .

1 88 5 . 5 a.

A rnold—TH E S E CR E T O P D E ATH : be i ng a Ve r sion , in a Pop ul a r and "

Nove l Fo rm , o f th e Ka th a Up anishad, from th e S ansk r i t, with som e Co l l e c ted .

Po em s . By S i r E . A r no ld, M.A ., Th i rd E di tion . Cr own 8 vo . pp .

430, c loth . 1 88 5 . 76 . 6d.

A rn O l d.—LIGH T O F A S IA . S e e p age 4 1 .

A rnold—IND IAN PO ETR Y. S e e Tr ub n e r ’s O r i e n tal S e ri e s, p age 4.

A m old.—TH E ILIA D AND O D YS S E Y O F IND I A . By S ir E DWIN A RNO LD ,

M. A e tc . Fc ap . 8vo . sd., pp . 24. l a .

A p te .—TH E STUD ENT

’S GUI D E TO S ANSKR IT COMPOSITI ON. Be ing a

Tr e a ti se on S ans kr it Syn tax for th e use o f S c hoo l and Co l l eges . 8 vo . b oards ;Poona , 1 88 1 . 6 3 .

A ph .—TH E STUD ENT’

S E NGLI SH - S ANSKR IT D ICTI ONAR Y . R oy . 8 vo . pp .

xi i . and 5 26 , c lo th . Po ona , 1 88 4.

A th arva Ve da Prat i cékhya .- S e e u nde r WH ITNE Y .

A u c tor e s Sansc r iti . Vo l . I . Th e J a im in iya-Nyaya -Mala-Vi star a .

E dite d fo r th e S a nsk r it Te xt S o c ie ty u nde r th e su p e r v is i o n o f TH E O D O R

GO LD STii CKE R . Pa r ts I . t o V II . , p p . 5 82, la rge 4to . s ewe d. 103 . e a c h p a r t .Com p l e te in o n e v o l . , c lo th , £ 3 1 3 8 . 6d. Vo l . I I. Th e Ins ti tu te s o f Gau tam a .

E di te d w ith an Inde x o f Wo rds, b y A . F . STENZLE R , Ph .D Pr o fe sso r O f

O ri e n ta l Language s in th e Un ive rs i ty O f Br e s lau . 8 vo . c loth , p p . i v . 7 8 .

1 876 . 43 . 6d. Vo l . I I I . V a i tan a S fitra . Th e R i tua l O f th e A th arva V e da .

E di te d wi th Cr iti c a l No t e s an d Indi c e s , b y D R . R ICH A R D GA R BP . 8 v o .

'

se we d, p p . 1 1 9. 1 87 8 . 5 3 . Vo ls . IV. and V . Va rdh am an a’s G ana r a tnam a

h odadh i , wi th th e A u tho r ’

s Co m m e nta ry. E di te d, with Cr iti c a l No te s a nd

Indi c e s , b y J . E GGL ING , Ph . D . 8vo . wr ap p e r . Par t I ., pp . xi i . and 240. 1 8 79.

6 8 . Pa r t I I ., p p . 240. 1 8 8 1 . 6 8 .

5 7 and 59, Ludga te H i ll, London, E .C. 97

A ve ry .—CONTRI R UTIONS TO TH E H I STO R Y O E VE R R -INE LE CTI ONINS ANSKRIT.

By J . A VE RY. 8 vo . p ap e r , pp . 106 . 48 .

Bal l an tyn e .—S ANR H Y A A PH O R I SMS O F KA PI LA . S e e p age 6 .

Bal lan tyne .—FI R ST LE S S ONS IN S ANSKR IT GR AMMAR ; toge the r Wi th an

In t ro duc t io n to th e H i tO p adésa. Four th e di t i o n . By J AME S R . BA LLA NTYNE ,LL. D . , Li b r a ri an O f th e India O ffi c e . 8 vo . p p . v i ii . and 1 10, c lo th . 1 88 4. 3 3 . 6d.

Benfey .—A PR ACTICA L GR AMMA R O F TH E S ANSKR I T LANGUA GE , fo r th e

us e o f E a r ly S tude n ts . By TH E O DO R BE NF E Y , Pro fe ss o r o f S an sk r i t in th e

Un ive rs i ty O f Go t t inge n . S e c o nd, r e vis e d and e n large d, e di ti on . R oyal 8vo .

p p . vi i i . and 296 , c lo th . 1 08 . 6d .

Be nfey .—VE D ICA UND VE RWAND TE S . By TH E O D . BENFE Y . Cr own 8vo .

ap e r , pp . 1 7 8 . S trassb u rg, 1 8 77 . 78 . 6d.

Ben e y .—VE D ICA UND LINGUI STICA .

—By TH . BENPE Y . Cr own 8 y o .

p . 254. 103 . Gd.

Bi b lgoth e c a Indi c a .—A Co lle c t ion o f O r i e n tal Wo rks p ubl i she d b y

th e A sia t ic S o c i e ty o f Be nga l . O ld S e r i e s . Fasc . 1 t o 235 . New S e ri e s .

Fasc . 1 to 408 . (S pe c i a l Li st o f Conte nts to b e h ad o n app li c ati on . ) E ac h

Fasc . in 8vo . ,2s . in 4to . ,

4s .

Bibl iothe c a Sanskr i ta .—S e e TRURNE R .

Bom bay Sanskr i t S e r i e s . E dit e d u nde r th e sup e r in te nde n c e o f G .

Bii H LE R,Ph . D . , Pr o fe ssor o f O ri e n ta l Language s, E lph inston e Co l l ege , a nd

F

éelgss

in om , Ph . D S up e r in te nde n t o f S a nskri t S tudi e s, D e c c an Co l le ge .

1

1 . PANCH ATANTR A Iv . AND v . E di te d, with Note s , b y G. BuH LE R ,

Ph . D . Pp . 8 4, 1 6 . 33 .

2. NAGO J IBH A I'

I‘

A’S PA R IBH ASH END Us

E xH A R A . E dite d and e xp la in e db y F. K I E LH O R N

, Ph . D . Pa r t I . , th e S an skri t Te xt an d Var io u s R e adings.

p p . 1 1 6 . 43 .

3 . PANCH ATANTR A I I . AND I I I . E dite d, w i thNote s, b y G . Bu H LE R ,Ph . D .

Pp . 8 6 , 1 4, 2. 38 .

PANCH ATANTR A I . E di te d, w i th No te s, b y F . KIE LH O RN, Ph .D .

Pp . 1 1 4, 5 3 . 33 . 6d.

5 . KALID ASA’

S R A GH UVAMS A . Wi th th e Com m e n tar y o f Mal linath a .

E dite d, w i th No te s , b y S H A NK A R P . PANp l r ,M. A . Pa rt I . Can to s I .—V I. 4s .

6 . KALID ASA ’S MALAVI KAGNIMITRA . E di te d

, wi th No te s, b y S H ANKA RP . PAND IT, M.A . 4s . 6d.

7 . NAGO J IR H ATTA’

S PA R I R H ASH END USE KH A R A E di te d and e xp la in e db y F . K IE LH O R N

, Ph .D . Pa r t I I . Tra n s la t io n a nd No te s . (Pa r ib hash ii s ,i .—xxxvi i .) p p . 1 84. 48 .

8 . KALID AS A ’S R A GH UVAMSA . With th e Comm e ntary of Mall inath a .

idi te d, w ith No te s , b y S H A NKA R P. PANp IT, M.A . Pa r t II . Can to s VI I .

I l I . 4s.

9 . NAGO J i R H ATr A ’

S PA R I R H AS H END USE KH A R A . E dit e d and e xpl a in e dpxy

F

). KIE LH O RN. Pa r t II Tr an s la t io n and No t e s . (Pa r i b h ashas xxxv i i i.

ix. 4s .

10. D AND IN’S D A S A R UMAR A CH A R ITA . E di te dwi th c ri ti c al and e xp lan a

to ry No te s b y G . Buh le r . Par t I . 33 .

1 1 . BH A R TR I H A R I ’S NITI S ATA II A AND VA IR A GY A SATAR A , w i th E xtr a c t sfrom Two S an skr it Com m e n ta r i e s . . E dite d, wi th No te s , -b y KABINA TII T.

TE LA NG . 48 . 6d.

12. NA GO J I E H A TTA ’S PA RI BH ASH ENDUS E R H A R A . E dit e d and e xpla in e d

b y F. K IE LH O RN. Par t II . Trans la t io n and No te s . (Par ib hashas 1xx.c xxii . ) 4s .

98 L inguisti c P ub li c a tions of Tr ii bne r Ca ,

1 3 . KA LID A SA’S R A GH UVAMSA , w ith th e Com m e ntary of Ma ll inatha .

E dit e d, wi th No te s , b y S E ANKA R P. PA ND IT. Pa r t I II . Can to s XIV.

XIX. 4s .

1 4. VIKR AMANKA D E VA CH A R ITA . E di ted,wi th an Intr oduc ti on , b y G.

Bii H LE R . 3s .

1 5 . BH A VABHUTI ’S MALATi -MAD H AVA . With th e Com m e nta ry o fJ agaddh a r a , e di te d b y R A MR R I S HNA G O P A L BH AND A R K AB. 1 43 .

1 6 . TH E VI H R AMO R vA S i Y AM. A D r am a in F i v e A c ts . By KALI D AS A .

E dit ed with E ngl is h No te s b y S hankar P. Pandi t , M.A . pp . xi i . and 129

(S anskr i t Te xt ) and 1 48 (No te s) . 1 8 79 .

1 7 . H EMACH D R A ’S D E SINAMALA

, wi th a Gl o ssary by D r . PI SCH ELand D r . Bii I-I LE R . Part I . 1 03 .

1 8—22 a nd 26 . PA TANJ A LI’S VY A H AR ANAMA H AR H ASH Y A . By D r .

KIE LH O R N. Pa r t I—IV. Vo l . I . I I . Pa r t 1 1 . E a c h p a rt 5 8 .

23 . TH E VAS ISH TH A D H A RMA S A STR AM. A phor i sm s on th e S ac r ed Lawo f th e A ryas , as ta ugh t in S c ho o l o fVasish th a . E di te d b y R e v . A . A . FUH R E R .

8 vo . sewed. 1 8 83 . 23 . 6d.

24. KA D AMBA RI . E dite d b y PE TE R PETE R S ON. 8 vo . se wed. 1 8 8 3 . 1 5 3 .

25 . KIR TIKA UMUD I . S RI S OME SVA R A D E VA , and e di te d b y A R A JI VI SH NUKA TH A VA TI . 8vo . se

we d. 1 883 . 33 . 6d.

27 . MUD R A R A KSH A S A . By VI SA K H A D A TTA . With th e Com m e n t ary o fD hundh i raj . E dited wi th c r i tic a l and e xp lanatory n o te s b y K . T. Te lang . 8 vo .

se wed. 1 884.

28,29

, and 30. PA TANJ A LI’S V Y A KA R ANAMA H ABH AS H Y A . By D r .

K I E LH O RN. Vo l I II ., Par ts I .

, I I . , and I II . E a c h Pa r t 5 8 .

3 1 . VA LLA R H A D E VA’S S UBH ASH ITAVA LI . E di te d b y D r . P . PE TE R S ON

and PA ND IT D UR GA R PR A S A D . 12s . 6d.

32. LAUGAKS H I BH A S KA R’

S S A R KA -KA UMUD I . E di te d b y Pr o f. M.

‘N.

D VIVE D I .

3 3 . H ITO PA D E SA BY NA R A YANA . E di te d by Pr o f. P. Pe te r son . 43 . 6d.

Bor ooah .—A COMPANI ON To TH E S ANSKR IT-R E A D ING UND E R GR A D UA TE S

O f th e Ca lc u t ta Un ive r s i ty , b e ing a fe w n o te s o n th e S a nsk ri t Te xts se le c te dfo r e xam i na t io n , a nd th e ir Com m e n ta r ie s . By A NUND O R A M BO R O O A H . 8 vo .

pp . 6 4. 3 s . 6d.

Bor ooah .

- A PR ACTICA L E NGLI S H -S ANSKR IT D I CTI ONA R Y . By A NUN

D O R A M BO R O O A H , B. A ., O f th e Middle Te m p le , Bar ri s t e r -a t-Law.

Vo l . I . A to Fa l se n e ss . p p . xx .—5 80—10. Vo l . I I . F a ls ufic a tion to O yste r , pp .

5 8 1 to 1 060. Wi th a S upp l e m e n ta ry Tr e a tise on H igh e r S an skr i t Gramm a r o r

G e nde r and S yntax, wi th c opio us i l lu str a ti ons fr om standard S an skri t A uth o r sandR e fe r e n c e s to La t in andGre e k Gr am m a rs

, pp . v i . and 296 . 1 8 79. Vo l . III .

£ 1 l l s . 6d. e a c h .

B0r00ah .

—BH AVA BH UTI A ND H I S PLACE IN S ANSKR IT LITE R ATUR E . ByA NUND O R AM BO R O O A H . 8 vo . s e we d, pp . 70. 5 s .

Brhat-Sanh i ta'

(Th e ) . —S e e unde r Ke rn .

Bf OWIl .—S ANSKRIT PR O S O D Y AND NUME R ICA L SYMBO LS E XPLAINE D . By

CH A R LE S PH ILIP BR O WN, A u tho r of th e Te lugu D i c tio nary, Gram m ar , e tc . ,PrO

fe sso r O f Te lugu in th e Un ive rs i ty o f Londo n . D emy 8 vo . pp . 64,c lo th . 3s . 6d.

Pum sll .—R IKTANTR A VY A H A R ANA . A Prat icakhya o f th e S am ave da .

E di ted, wi th a n Intr oduc ti on , Tr ansla ti on O f th e S utr as , and Inde xe s, b yA . C. BURNE LL, Ph .D . Vol . I . Post 8 vo . b oards, pp . l vii i . and 84. 103 . 6d.

100 L inguistic P ubl ic a tions of Tr ilbnc r

Cowe ll and E gge ling.—CA TA LO GUE O F BUD D H I ST S ANSKR ITMANUSCR IPTS

in th e Po sse s si on O f th e R o yal A s ia tic S o c ie ty ( H odgso n Co l le c tio n ) . By Profe s so r s E . B. CO W E LL a nd J . E GG E LING . 8 vo . sd. , pp . 5 6 . 2s . 6d.

Cowe l l .—S AR VA D A R SANA S AMGR A H A . S e e page 5 .

D a Cunha.—TH E

.

S A H Y A D R I KH AND A O F TH E S KAND A PUR ANA ; a

Mytho lo gi c a l , H i sto r i c a l andC e O gra ph i c a l A c c o un t o f We ste r n India . Fi r s t

e dit ion o f th e S an sk ri t Te xt , w ith va r i o us r e adings . By J . G E R S O N D A CUNH A ,

and L .M. E ng .

,E dinb e tc . 8vo . b ds . p p . 5 80. £ 1 1 8 .

D aVi e S .—H IND U PH IL O S O PH Y . S e e p age 4 .

D avi e s—BH A GA VA D GITA . S e e Tr ii b n e r’s O r i e n tal S e ri e s, p age 5 .

Butt —KINGS O F KASH MIR A : b e ing a Tr an sl ation of th e S an skr i taWo rkR a

gatar anggin i O f Kahlaua Pandita . By J . CH . D UTT. 12m o . pape r , pp . v . 302,

an xxi ii . 4s .

E dgr e n .—A COMPEND I O US S ANSKR IT GR AMMA R . Wi th a br i e f Ske t c h

o f S c e n ic Prakr i t. By H . BE GR E N, Ph .D .,Pro fe ssor o f S anskr i t in th e

Un ive rsi ty O f Ne b raska , U. S . A . Cr own 8 vo . pp . xii . - 1 78 , c lo th . 1 88 5 . 108 . 6d.

Gautam a .—TH E INSTITUTE S O F GAUTAMA . S e c A uc tor e s S ansc r i ti .

Goldstficke r .—A D ICTI ONA R Y, S ANS KR IT AND E NGLI SH , e x te nde d and

im p r o v e dfr om th e S e c o nd E di t io n o f th e D ic t io na ry o f Pro fe sso r H . H .WI LS O N,w i th h is san c t ion a nd c o n c u r r e n c e . Toge th e r w i th a S u pp l e m e n t, G r am m at i c a l

A p p e ndic e s , a nd an Inde x , s e rving a s a S an skri t- E ng lish Vo c ab u la ry . ByTH E O D O R G O L D STu c R . Pa r ts I . t o VI . 4to . p p . 400. 1 85 6 - 1 8 6 3 . e ac h

Goldstii cke r .—PANINI : H i s Pla c e in S an skr i t Li te r a tur e . A n Iuvss

t iga tio n O f s om e L i t e ra ry an d Chron o lo gi c a l Q u e stion s wh i c h m ay b e se tt l e d b ya s tudy o f h i s Wo r k . A s e p a r a t e im p r e ss io n O f th e Pr e fa c e to th e Fa c s im i le O f

MS . NO . 1 7 i n th e Li b r a ry O f H e r Maj e sty’s H om e G o ve rnm e n t fo r Indi a ,

wh ic h c o n ta in s a p o r t io n O f th e MA NA VA -KA LPA -S UTR A , w i th th e Co m m e n taryo f KUMA R IL A -SW AMIN. By TH E O D O R G O L D STii CK E R . Im p e r ia l 8 vo . p p .

26 8 , c lo th . £ 2 23 .

G011gh .—PH TLO S O PH Y O F TH E UPANI SH A D S . S e e p age 6 .

Gr iffith—SCENE S FR OM TH E R AMA YANA, ME GH A D UTA , E TC. Tr an sl ate d

b y R A LPH T. H . GR IFF ITH ,M.A . , Pr in c ip a l o f th e Be n ar e s Co l l e ge . S e c ond

E dit ion . Cr own 8vo . pp . xvi i i . , 244 , c lo th . 6 8 .

CoNTENTs .—Pr e fa c e—A yodhya—R avan D o om e d—Th e Bi r th o f R am a—Th e H e i r app ar e n tMan th ar a ’

s Gu i le—D asar a th a ’s O a th—Th e S t e p

-m o the r - Mo th e r and S on—Th e Tr i um p h o f

Lo ve—Fa r ew e l l ‘

f—Th e H e rm i t ’s S on—Th e Tr i a l o f Tr u th—Th e Fo r e s t—Th e R ap e O f S i t eR am a

’s D e sp a i r—Th e Me ss e ng e r Cloud—Kh um b akarn a—Th e S up p l ian t D ove—Tru e G lo ry

F e e d th e Po o r—Th e Wi s e S c ho lar .

Gr iffith .—TH E R AMA Y AN O F VALMI

'

R I . Tran slat e d in to E ngl i sh ve r se .

By R A LP H T. H . G R IFFITH , M. A . , P r in c ip a l o f th e Be na r e s Co l le ge . 5 vo ls .

D e my 8vo . c l o th . Vo l . I . , p p . xxx i i . 440. 1 870. O u t o f p r int . pp .

504. O ut of p r int . I II . , pp . v . and 8 7 1 . 1 8 7 2. IV. , pp . vii i . and 432.

1 8 73 . V. , p p . 3 6 8 . 1 8 7 5 . Com p l e t e S e ts £7 78 .

Gr iffith—KALID A SA ’S BI R TH O F TH E .WA R GO D . S e e p age 3 .

H aa s—Catal ogu e o f S an skr i t and Pa l i Books in th e Libr a ry of th eBr itish Museum . By D r . E RNST H A A s . 4to . pp . 200, c lo th . 1 8 76 . £ 1

H ang—TH E A ITA R E Y A BR A H MANAM O F TH E R IG VE D A c on taining th e

E ar li e st Sp e c u lations o f th e Brahm ans on th e m e aning o f th e S a c r ific ial Praye rs ,and on th e O r igin , Pe r fo rm an c e , and S e nse of t he R i te s o f th e Vedic R e ligi on .

E di ted, Trans la ted, and E xp la ined b yMA R TIN H A UO , Ph .D 2 vo ls . Cr . 8vo .

Map of th e S a c r ific ial Com p ound at th e S om a S a c r ifi c e , pp . 3 1 2 and 5 44. £2 28 .

5 7 and 59, Ludga te H ill, London, E . O ’. 101

H un te r .-CATA LO GUE O F S ANSKR IT MANUSCR IPTS (Buddhi st ) Co ll e c te d

in Nepal b y B. H . H O D GS O N, lat e R e si de n t a t th e Cour t of Ne pal . Com p i l ed

from iste in Ca l c u tta , F ranc e , and E ngland. By S i r W. W H UNTE R ,

LL .D .

,&c . 8vc . pp . 28 , wr app e r . 1 880. 23 .

Ja c ob .—H IND U PANTH E I SM. S e e Tr iib n e r

’s O r i e n tal S e ri e s

, p age 4 .

Ja im in iya -Nyaya -Mala-Vi star a .—S e e unde r A UCTO R E S S ANSCR I TI .

Kas’

ika.—A COMMENTA R Y O N PANINI ’S GR AMMA TICAL A PH O R I SMS . By

PAND IT J A Y AD ITY A . E dit e d b y PA ND IT BALA S ASTR I, Pr o f. S ansk . CO IL ,

Be na r e s. Fi rst p ar t , 8vo . p p . 490. Pa r t II . pp . 474. I6 8 . e a c h p ar t .Ke rn —TH E A R Y A R H A TI Y A , w i th th e Com m e n tary Bh a tadip ika O f

Pa ram adic vara , e dite d b y D r . H . KE R N. 4to . p p . xi i . an d 107 . 98 .

Ke rn . TH E BE H AT- S ANH ITA o r,Com pl e te S ystem of Na tur al

A stro lo gy O f Va rab a-Mih i ra . Tr an s la t e d from S an sk ri t into E ng li sh b y D r . H .

KE RN, Pro fe sso r o f S an sk r i t a t th e Un iv e rs ity O f Le yde n . Par t I . 8 7 0. p p . 50,s t i t c h e d. Pa r ts 2 a nd 3 p p . 5 1—1 5 4. Pa r t 4 p p . 1 5 5—210. Par t 5 p p . 21 1 - 26 6 .

Pa r t 6 pp . 26 7 - 330. Pr ic e 28 . e a c h p a r t . [Wi l l b e comp le ted in Nin e Pa r ts .Ki e lhorn .

—A GR AMMAR O F TH E S ANSKR IT LANGUA GE . By F . KI E LH O RN,

Ph .D .,S up e rin te nde n t o f S a n sk r i t S tudi e s i n D e c c an Co l l e ge . R e giste r e d

unde r A c t xxv . O f 1 8 6 7 . D e m y 8vo . p p . xvi . 260. c lo th . 1 8 70. 103 . 6d.

KICIh O I'n .—KATY AY ANA AND PA TANJ A LI . The ir R e l at ion to e a c h o the r

a nd to Pan in i . By F. KIE LH O RN, Ph . D Pro f. o f O r ie n t . Lang . Po ona. 8vo .

p p . 6 4. 1 87 6 . 33 . 6d.

Laghu Kaum udi . A S an skr i t Gr am m ar . ByVar adar aJa . Wi th an E ngl i shVe rs io n , Com m e n ta ry, and R e fe r e n c e s . By JAMES R . BA LLANTYNE , LL .D .

Thi rd E dition . 8 vo . p p . xxxi v . a nd 424 , c lo th . 1 88 1 . £ 1 5 8 .

Lanm an .—O n Nou n -Infle c t i on in th e V e da . By R . LANMAN, A sso

c iate Prof. o f S anskri t in Johns H opk ins Unive rsi ty. 8vo . pp . 276 , wr app e r .1 880. 1 03 .

Lanm an .—A S ANSKR IT R E A D E R , w i th Vo c abu l ary and Note s . By C.

R . LANMAN, Pr of. o f S ansk ri t in H ar va rd Co l l ege . Par t I . and 1 1 .—Te xt and

Vo c abu lary. Imp . 8vo . pp . xx .—294, c lo th . 1 8 84. 108 . 6d.

Mahabhara ta .—TR ANSLATE D INTO H IND I fo r Madan Mohun Bhatt, b y

KR I S H NA CH AND R A D H A R MA D H IR A R IN, o f Be nar e s . Con ta in ing all b ut th eH ari vans a . 3 vo ls . 8vo . c lo th . pp . 5 74, 8 1 0, and 1 106 . £3 38 .

Mahabhara ta ( in S an skr it ) , w i th th e Com m e n tary o fNi lakan th a . I nE ighte e n Bo oks :Bo ok I . A di Par van , fo l . 248 . II . S ab hado . fol . 82. II I . Vanado . fo l . 3 1 2. IV . Virata do . fo l . 62. V . Udyoga do . fo l . 1 80. VI . Bhfshm a do .

fo l . 1 89. VII . D r on a do . fo l . 21 5 . VI II . Karna do fo l . 1 1 5 . IX. Sa lya do .

fo l . 42. X . S aup t ika do . fo l . 1 9 . XI . S tr i do . fo l . 1 9 . KM. San ti doa . R ajadh arm a , fo l . 1 28 ; b . A p adharm a

, fo l . 41 ; c . Moksh adh arm a, fo l . 290.XIII . A nusasana Par

‘van , fol . 207 . XIV. A swam edh ika do . fo l . 78 . XV. A'

sra

m avasika do . fol . 26 . XVI . Mansa la do . fo l . 7 . XVII . Mahaprasthan ika do .

fo l . 3 . XVIII . Swargar okana do . fo l . 8 . Pr int ed wi th m ovab le typ e s. O b longfo li o . Bom b ay, 1 8 6 3 . £ 12 1 28 .

MaharVir af Ch ar i ta ; o r , th e A dve ntu r e s of th e Gr e at H e r o R am a .

A n Indian D r am a in S e ve n A c ts . Tran s la te d in to E ng l ish Pro se fr om th e

S an sk r i t o f Bh avab h ij t i . By J . PICK F O R D , M.A . Crown 8vo . pp 1 92, c lo th .1 87 1 . 5 3 .

Ma ino-i -Khard (Th e Book of th e ) . —Th e Pa z and and S an skr i t Te xts(in R om an c harac t e rs ) as ar r anged b y Ne r iose ngh D h aval , in th e fifte e nthc e n tur y . Wi th an E ngl ish tr ans lat ion , 3. G lo ssary of th e Pa zand t e xts

, c o n

ta ining th e S anskr i t, R o si an , and Pah la vi e qu iva l e n ts, a ske tc h of Paz e nd Gramm ar

,and an Intr oduc ti on . By E . W. WE ST. 8vo . sewed

, pp . 484. 1 87 1 . 1 6 3 ,

102 L inguistic P u b l i c a tions of Tr ii bne r £9

Manava-Ka lp a-Sutr a ; be ing a p o r tion o f thi s an c i e nt Wo rk on Va idikR i te s , toge th e r wi th th e Com m e n ta ry o f K UMA R I L A - SW A MIN. A Fa c s im i le o fth e MS . NO . 1 7 , in t h e Li b r a ry o f H e r Maj e s ty

s H o m e Go ve rnm e n t fo r India .

Wi th a Pr e fa c e b y TH E O D O R G O LD S Tii CK E R . O b lo ng fo l io , p p . 26 8 o f l e t t e rp r e ss and 121 l e a ve s o f fa c si m i le s . Clo th . £4 43 .

Mandl ik .—TH E Y AJNA VA LKYA SMR ITI , Com p l e t e in O r igin a l , w ith an

E ngli sh Tr ans la t ion and No te s . Wi th an I ntr odu c tion on th e S onr c e s o f, and

A pp e ndic e s c on ta ining No te s on vari o us Top i c s o f H indu Law. By V . N.

MAND L IH . 2 vo ls . in one . R oy. 8vo . pp . Te xt 1 7 7 , andTr ans l . pp . l xxxvi i . and5 32. Bom b ay, 1 8 80. £3 .

Megha -D uta. (Th e ) . (Cl oud—Me sse nge r . )'

By Kal idasa .

°

Tr an sl a te dfrom th e S an sk r i t i n to E ngl is h ve r se , w i th No t e s and I l lu s t ra t io n s . By th ela t e H . H . WI LS O N

,M. A . , F . R . V o c a b u la ry b y F. J O H NS O N, som e

t im e Pr o fe sso r o f O r i e n ta l Langu age s a t th e Co l l e ge o f th e H o n . th e E a st India

Com p any , H a i le yb u ry. Ne w E di t io n . 4 to . c lo th , p p . xi . a nd 1 80. 1 08 . 6d.

Ma in—TR ANSLATI ONS fr om S an skr i tWr it e r s . S e e p age 3 .

Mu i r .—O R IGINAL S ANSKR IT TE XTS

,o n th e H i sto ry o f th e Pe opl e of

India , th e i r R e l igio n a nd In st i tu t io n s . Co l le c te d, Tra ns la t e d, a n d I l lu st rat e db y JO H NMUIR , LL .D . D em y 8vo . c lo th .

Vo l . I . Myth i c a l A c c o un tsO f th e O r igin o f Ca st e . S e c o nd E di t i o n , p p . xx . 5 32. 1 86 8 . 213 . I I. Tran s ,

H im a layan O r ig in O f th e H indus , a nd th e i r A ffi n i ty w i th th e We st e r n Br an c h e sO f th e A ryan R a c e . S e c ond E di t io n , p p . xxx i i . a nd 5 12. 1 8 7 1 . 2l s . I II .

Th e Ve da s : O p in io n s O f t he ir A u tho r s , a nd o f la t e r Indian Wr it e rs , o n the i rO ri gin , In sp i ra t io n ,

and A u tho r i ty. S e c ond E diti o n , p p . xxx i i . 3 l 2. 1 8 6 8 .

1 6 3 . IV. , Co m p a r i so n o f th e Ve dic w i th th e la t e r r e p r e s e n ta t io ns o f th e

p r inc ipa l Indian D e it ie s . S e c o nd E dit io n . p p . xv i . and 5 24. 1 8 7 3 . 21 3 .

V . Th e Co smo go n y, Mytho logy , R e l ig iou s Ide as , Li fe and Manne r s O f th e

Indian s in th e V e dic A g e . Thi rd E diti on . p p . xv i . 492. 1 8 8 4. 21 3 .

Nagananda ; O R TH E J O Y O F TH E SNA K E -WO R LD . A Buddh ist D r am a

in Fi ve A c ts . Tran s la te d i n to E ng l ish Pro se , w i th E xp la n a to ry No t e s , fro m th e

S a nsk r i t o f S r i-H a rsha -D e va . By PA LME R BO YD , B.A . , S a n sk r i t S c ho la r o f

Tr in i ty Co l lege , Cam b r idge . Wi th an In t rodu c t io n b y Pr o fe sso r CO W E LL .

Crown 8 vo ., p p . xv i . and 100, Cl o th . 43 . 6 d.

NaIO pakhyanam .—STO R Y O F NA LA an E p i sode o f th e Maha-Bhar a ta .

Th e S an skr i t Te xt, with Vo c ab u lary, A na lysis, and In trodu c tion . By S irM. MO NIE R -WILLIAMS , M.A . Th e Me tri c a l Tr ans lation b y th e Ve ryR e v. H . H . MILMAN

, D .D . 8vo . c lo th . 1 5 s .

Nar adiya D harm a Sa str am ; O R , TH E INSTITUTE S O F NA R A D A . Tr an slat e d for the F i rst Tim e from th e unpub l ish ed S an skr it o r igina l . ByD r . JULIUSJ O LLY, Uni v e r si ty, Wur z b urg. Wi th a Pr e fac e , No t e s c h i e fly c r i tic a l , an Inde xo f Quo tat ions from Nar ada in th e p r in c i pa l Indian D ige sts , and a ge ne r a l Inde x.Crown 8 vo .

, pp . xxxv . 1 44, c lo th . 1 03 . 6d.

0pp e rt .—Li st of S an skr it Manu sc r i pt s in Pr i vate Libr a r i e s of

S ou th e rn India . Com p i l ed, A r r anged, and Inde xed, b y GUSTA V O PP E R T,Ph .D . Vo l . I . R oya l 8 vo . c l o th , pp . 620. 1 8 80.

O pp e rt .—O NTH E WE A PONS

,A RMY O R GANIZA TI ON, AND PO LITICA LMAXIMS

o f th e A nc i e n t H indus . Wi th S p e c ia l R e fe r e n c e to Gunp owde r and F ir e A rm s .

By G . O PF E R T. 8 vo . sewed, pp . vi . and 1 62. Madr as

,1 8 80. 78 . 6d.

Patanj a li .—TH E V Y AKAR ANA -MA H AR H AS H Y A O F PA TANJ A LI . E di te d

b y F. KIE LH O R N, Ph .D ., Pro fe sso r o f O r i e n ta l La nguage s , D e c c an Co l l e ge .

Vo l . I . , Pa r t I . p p . 200. 8 8 . 6d.

104 L inguistic P ub lic a tions of Tr ilbne r Ca ,

Vardham ana .—S e e A u c t or e s S an sc r i t i

, p age 96 .

(Th e ) ; o r , an A tte m p t to In te rp r e t th e Ve das. AMarath i and E ng li sh Trans lation o f th e R ig Ve da , wi th th e O r iginal S amh i taand Pada Te xts in S anskri t . Par ts I . to XXVIII . 8vo . pp . 1—896 . Pri c e

33 . 6d. e ac h .

Vishnu-Par ana (Th e ) . —S e e p age 45 , and al so Wi l son , p age 1 05 .

We be r .—O N TH E R AMAYANA . By D r . A LBR E CH T WE BE R

,Be r lin .

Tr an s la t e d from th e G e rm an b y th e R e v . D . C. Bo yd, M.A . R e pr in te d fromTh e Indian A n t iqu a ry.

” Fc ap . 8 vo . se we d, p p . 1 30. 5 8 .

We b e r .—IND IAN LITE R A TUR E . S ee p age 3 .

Whi tne y .—A TH A R VA VE D A PR ATICAXH Y A ; o r , Cann akiya Catu radhya

y ika (Th e ) . Te xt , Tra ns la t io n , and No te s . By WILL IA M WH ITNE Y, Profe sso r o f S an skr it i n Y a l e Co l le ge . 8vo . pp . 28 6 , b o ards . £ 1 l l s . 6d.

Whi tne y .—SUR YA -S I D D H ANTA (Tr an sl ati on O f th e ) : A Te xt-book of

H indu A st ro no m y , w i th No t e s and an A p p e ndix , c on ta in ing addit io na l No te sa nd Tab le s , Ca l c u la t ion s o f E c li se s , a S t e l la r Map , and Inde xe s . By th e

R e v . E . BUR GE S S . E dite d byTV. D . WH ITNEY. 8 vo . p p . iv . and 354,b o a rds . £ 1 l l s . 6d.

Whi tn ey .—TAITTIBIY A -PBATICAR H Y A , w ith i ts Com m e n tary , th e

Tr i b h ashya ra tna : Te x t , Tran s la t ion,and No te s . By W. D . WH ITNE Y, Pr o f.

O f S ansk r i t in Y a le Co l le ge , Ne w H a ve n . 8vo . p p . 469. 1 87 1 . £ 1 5 8 .

Wh itn ey—Inde x Ve rb orum t o th e Publ i she d Te xt of th e A th arva

Veda . ByWi l l iam D wightWh i tn ey,Pr ofe ssor in Y a le Co l l e ge . (Vo l . XII . of

th e A m e r ic an O r i enta l S o c i e ty) . Imp . 8vo . pp . 384, wide m argin , wrapp e r .

1 8 8 1 . £ 1 5 8 .

Whi tn ey—A S ANSKR IT GRAMMA R , in c luding both th e Cla ssi c al Language , and th e O lde r Langu ag e , and th e O lde r D ia le c t s , o f Ve da and Br a hm ana .

8 y o . c lo th , p p . [New E di t i on , in th e P r e ss .

Whi tney . TH E R O O TS,VE R B-F O RMS

,AND PR IMA R Y D E R IVATIVE S O F TH E

S ANSK R IT LANGUA GE . A S upp l e m e n t to h is S anskr i t Gramm ar . ByWILLIAM

D WIGH T WH ITNE Y. D e m y 8 vo . pp . xi v.—250, c lo th . 1 88 5 . 73 . 6d.

Willi am s—A '

D ICTI ONA R Y,E NGLI SH AND S A NSCR IT. By S I R

MO NIE R MO NI E R -WILL IA MS , M.A . Pub l ish e d u nde r th e Pa t ron ageO f th e H on E ast India Co m p any. 4to . p p . XI I . 8 62

,c lo th . 1 8 5 1 . £3 33 .

Wi ll i am s—A S ANSKR IT-E NGLI SH D ICTI ONA R Y,E tym o l ogi c al ly and

Ph i lo logic a l ly a rr ange d, with sp e c ia l r e fe r e n c e to Gr e e k , La tin , Ge rm an , A ngloS axon , E ngl ish , and o th e r c ogna te Indo -E urop e an Language s . By S ir MO NI E R

MO NIE R -WILLIAMS , M.A . , Bode n Pro fe sso r o f S anskr i t . 4to . c lo th ,pp . xx v . and 1 1 8 6 . £4 1 4s . 6d.

Will iam s—A PR A CTICA L GR AMMAR O F TH E S ANSKR IT LANGUA GE , ar

r ann wi th r e fe r e n c e to th e Cla ss i c a l Langu age s o f E u rop e , fo r th e use o f

E ng l ish S tude n t s , b y S ir MO NIE R MO NIE R -WILLI AMS , M.A . 1 8 7 7 .

Fo ur th E di t io n,R e vise d . 8 vo . c lo th . 1 5 3 .

Wi l son .—Wo rks o f th e l a te H O R A CE H A YMAN WIL S ON, M.A f,

e tc . , and Bode n Pr o f. o f S an skr i t in th e Un ive r s ity o f O xfo rd. 1 2 vo ls. D emyVo ls . I . and I I . E S S AYS AND LE CTUR E S

,c h ie fly on th e R e l igio n o f th e

H indus . Co l le c te d and E di te d by D r . R . R O ST. 2 vo ls . p p . xi i i . a nd 399,vi . and 41 6 . 21 s . Vo ls . I II, IV. and V. E S S A YS A NA LYTICA L , CR ITICA L,

5 7 and 5 9, Ludga te H i ll, London , E . C. 1 05

AND PH ILO LO G ICA L , O N S UBJE CTS CO NNE CTE D W ITH S ANSKR IT LITE R ATUR E .

Co l le c te d a nd E di t e d b y D r . R . R O S T. 3 vo ls . p p . 408 , 406 , an d 390. 3 6 s .

Vo l s . VI . , VII . , VIII , IX. a n d X. , Pa r t I . VIS H NU PUR ANA, A SYSTEM O F

H IND UMYTH O L O GY A ND TR A D ITI O N. Vo l s . I . to V . Tr an s la t e d fr om th e

o r igin a l S an sk r i t , and I l lu st ra t e d b yNo t e s de r iv e d c h i e fly from o th e r Pu ranas .

E di te d b y F . H A L L , M.A O xo n . p p ; c xl . an d 200 ; 3 44 ; 344 ;3 46 . 21. 12s . 6d. Vo l . X.

,Par t 2, c on ta ini ng th e Inde x to , and c om p le ti ng

t h e Vishnu Purana, c om p i l e d b y F . H a l l . p p . 26 8 . 12s . Vo ls . XI . and X1 1 .

S E LE CT S P E CIME NS O F TH E TH E A TR E O F TH E H IND US . Tr a ns la te d fr o m th e

O r igi na l S a n sk r it . 3 rd c o r r e c te d E d. 2 vo ls . pp . lxi . and 384 ; a nd iv . and

41 8

WusO Il .—S E LE CT S PE CIMENS O F TH E TH E A TR E O F TH E H IND US . Tr an sl a t e d fro m th e O r igina l S an sk ri t . By th e la t e H . H . WI LS O N, M.A . , F .R .S .

Thi rd c o r r e c te d e di t io n . 2 vo ls . 8vo . , p p . l xx i . and 384 ; i v . and 41 8, c lo th . 21 3 .

CoNTENTs .—Vo l . I .

—Pr e fa c e—Tr e a t is e o n th e D r am a t i c Sys te m O f th e H indu s—D r am a s tran sla t e d fr om th e O r igina l S an skri t—Th e Mr i c h c h ak a ti , o r t h e Toy Cart—Vikr am a and

Ur va s i , o r th e H e r o a nd th e Nym p h—Ut ta r a R am a Ch a r i tr a , o r c on t in u a ti on o ft h e H is to r y o f R am a . Vo l . 1 1 .

—D r am a s t r an sla t e d from th e O r igi nal S an skri tMa lat i a ndMadh ava , o r th e S to le n Ma r r i ag e—Mudra R akshas a , o r th e S ign e t o ft h e Mini s te r—R a tnava l i , o r th e Ne c kla c e—A p p e ndix , c o n ta in in g sho r t ac c o un ts o fdi ffe r e n t D r am a s .

Wil son—A D ICTI O NA R Y IN S ANS KR IT AND E NGLI SH . Tr an sl a te d,

am ende d, and e n la rge d fr om an o r igin a l c om p i lati on p r e ar ed b y l e arn edNa tive sfo r th e Co l le ge o f Fo rt Wi l l iam b y H . H . WILS O N. h e Th ird E di tion edi ted

b y J agunm o hana Tarkalaukar a and Kh e tt ram oh ana Mo oke rj e e . Pub l ish ed b yGyane ndrac h audr a R aya ch oudh ur i and Br o th e rs . 4to . pp . 1008 . Ca lc utta ,1 8 74 . £3 38 .

Wil son (H . H ) .—S e e al so Me gha D u ta,R ig-V e da , and Vi shnu

Pa rana.

Y ajurv e da .—TH E WH ITE Y A JUR VE D A IN TH E MA D H Y AND INA R ECEN

S IO N. Wi th th e Com m e n ta ry o f Mah idha ra . Com p le t e in 3 6 p ar ts . La rge

squa r e 8vo . pp . £4 108 .

S ER BIAN.

Morfil l .—S IMPLIFIE D S E RBIAN GR AMMA R . By W. R . MO R FILE

,M.A .

,

Crown 8vo . pp . v i ii . and 72, c lo th . 1 8 8 7 . 48 . 6d .

S H AN.

Cushing .—GR AMMA R O F TH E S H AN LANGUA GE . By th e R e v . J. N.

CUS H ING . Large 8 vo . pp . xi i . and 60, b o ards . R ango on , 1 8 7 1 . 98 .

Cushing .—E l e m e n tary H andbo ok of th e Shan Langu age . By th e

R e v. J . N. CUS H ING ,MA . S m a l l 4to . b oards , pp . x . and 1 22. 1 880. 1 23 . 6d.

Ca shing —A Shan and E n gli sh D i c t i on ary . By J. N. CUSH ING, M.A .

D e m y 8 yo . c lo th , pp . xvi . and 600. 1 8 8 1 . £ 1 l s . 6d.

S IND H I .

Trumpp .—GR AMMAR O F TH E S IND H I LANGUAGE . Com p ar e d wi th th e

S an skri t, Pr ak r i t , and th e Co gn a te Indian V e rn ac u la rs . By D r . E RNE ST

TR UMPP . Pr in te d b y o rde r o f H e r Maj e sty’

s Go ve rnm e n t fo r India . D e m y8vo . se we d, pp . xvi , a nd 5 90. 1 5 s .

1 06 L inguisti c P ub lic a tions of Tr ilbnc r

S INH A LE SE .

A ratchy .—A TH ETH A WA KY A D E E PANY A

, o r a Coll e c tion o f S inh al e seProve rb s, Maxim s, Fab l e s, e tc . Trans lated into E ngl ish . By A . M. S .

A R A TCH Y . 8vo . pp . i v . and 84, sewed. Co lom b o , 1 8 8 1 . 28 . 6d.

D’A lwi s.

—A D E SCR IPTIVE CA TAL O GUE of S an skri t,Pa li

,and S inhale se

L i t e r ary Wo rk s o f Ce y lo n . By JAME S D ’A LWI S , V o l . I . ( a ll pub

l ish e d) p p . xxxi i . and 244, se we d. 1 8 7 7 . 8 3 . 6d.

Chi lde r s .-NO TE S ON TH E S INH A LE SE LANGUA GE . . No . 1 . O n th e

Fo rm a t ion o f th e Plu ra l o fNe ut e r Nouns . By th e la te Pro f. R . C. CH ILD E R S .

D e m y 8vo . sd. , p p. 1 6 . 1 8 7 3 . Is .

Mah awansa (Th e )—TH E MA H AWANSA . Fr om th e Th ir ty-S e ve n th

Ch ap te r .

R e v i se d and e di te d, u nde r o rde r s o f the Ce yl on G ov e rnm e n t , b yH . S um angal a , an d D o n A ndr is de S i l va Ba tuwan tudawa . Vo l . I . Pal i Te xti n S inha l e se Cha ra c t e r , p p . xxxi i . and 43 6 .

—Vo l . l I . S inha le se Tr an s la ti o n ,p p . 11 1 . and 378 , ha lf-b o und. Co lom b o , 1 8 77 . £2 28 .

S t e e l e —A N E A STE RN LO VE -STO R Y. Kusa J atakaya , a Buddh i st icLe ge nd. R e nde r e d, fo r th e fi r st t im e , in to E ngl ish Ve r se (wi th n o te s) from th e

S in h a l e se Po e m o f A lagiyavann a Moh o tta la , b y TH O MA S STE ELE , Ce ylonCiv i l S e r vi c e . Crown 8vo . c lo th , pp . xi i . and 260. Lo ndo n , 1 8 7 1 . 6 a .

SUA H ILI .

Kr ap f.—D ICTI ONAR Y O F TH E SUA H ILI LANGUA GE . By th e R e v . D r . L .

KR A PF . Wi th In tr odu c ti on , c ontaining an out li n e o f a Suah i l i Gr am m ar .

Th e Pr e fa c e c ontains a m o st inte r e sting ac c ount of D r . Kr apf’s p h il o logi c a l

r e se ar c h e s r e sp e c ting th e large fam i ly of A fr ic an Langu age s e xte nding from th e

E quator to th e Cap e of Go od H op e , from th e ye ar 1 843, up to th e p r e se nt tim e .

R oya l 8vo . pp . X1. -434, c lo th . 1 882. 308 .

SWE D ISH .

O tt e .—S IMPLIFIE D GR AMMA R O F TH E SWE D I SH LANGUA GE . By E . C.

O TTE . Crown 8vo . pp . xii .—70, c lo th .

'

1 884. 23 . 6d.

SY R IA C.

Gotth e i l .—A TR E ATI SE ONSYR IA CGR AMMA R . ByMAR ( I ) E LI A O F S OB

H A .

E dited and Trans l at ed fr om th e Manusc r ip ts in th e Be rl in R oyal Lib rary b yR . J . H . Go tth e i l. R oya l 8 vo . pp . 1 74, c lo th . 1 8 8 7 . 1 28 . 6d.

Kal i lah and D imnah (Th e Book of) . Tr an sla te d fr om'

A rabi c int oS

yri a c . E di ted b yW. WR IGH T, LL.D .

,Profe ssor of A rab i c in th e Un ive r si ty

0 Cam b r idge . 8vo . pp . lxxxi i . -408 , c lo th . 1 884. 21 3 .

PhIIIIp S .—TH E D O CTR INE ‘

O F A D D AI TH E A PO STLE . Now fir st E di te din a Com p l e te Fo rm in th e O r igin a l Syr iac , wi th an E ngl ish Translation and

No te s . By GE O R GE PH ILLIPS , D .D . , Pr e sident of Qu e e n ’

s Co l l ege , Cam b r idge .

8vo . pp . 122, c lo th . 7s . 6d.

Stoddard—GR AMMA R O F TH E MO D E RN SYR IAC LANGUA GE , a s sp oke n inO roOm i ah , Pe r sia , and in Koo rdistan . By R e v . D . T. STO D D A R D , Missionary o f

th e A m e r ic an Board in Pe r sia . D emy 8vo i b ds ., pp . 1 90. 103 . 6d.

108 Lingu istic P ub lic a tions of Tr ilbne r <9 00.

TUR KISH .

A rnold—A S IMPLE TR ANSLITE BAL GR AMMAR O F TH E TUR KI SH LANGUA GE .

Com p i l e d from va rio us so u r c e s . Wi th D ia logu e s and Vo c ab u lary . By S irE D WIN A R NO LD , M.A ., e tc .

Po t t 8 vo . c lo th , pp . 80. 1 8 7 7 . 24. 6d.

Gibb .—O TTOMAN PO EMS . Tran slat ed i nto E ngl ish Ve rse in the i r

O rigina l Form s , wi th Introduc tion , Biogr ap h i c a lNo ti c e s, andNo te s .

F c ap . 4to .

pp . lvi . and 272. Wi th a p late and 4 p or traits . Clo th . By E . J . W. GIBB.

1 8 82. £ 1 1 8 .

GIb b .—TH E STO R Y O F J EWRD, a R om an c e , b y A l i A z i z E fe ndi

, th eCr e tan . Trans lated from th e Tur ki sh , by E . J . W. GIBB. 8 vo . pp . xi i . and

238 , c lo th . 1 884. 7 3 .

H Ok n S .

—E LEMENTA R Y GR AMMA R O F TH E TUR KISH LANGUA GE . Wi tha fe w E a sy E xe r c i se s . By F. L . H O PK INS , M.A .

,F e l low and Tuto r O fTr in i ty

H a l l , Cam b r idge . Cr . 8 vo . c lo th , pp . 48 . 1 8 7 7 . 3 8 . 6d .

R e dhouse .

—O n th e H i story , S yste m ,and Var i e t ie s of Tu rki sh Po e try ,

I l lus trated b y S e l e c t ions in th e O rigina l , and in E ng l ish Pa r ap hr ase . Wi th ano ti c e of th e Is lam i c D o c tr in e o f th e Imm or ta lity of Wom an

s S ou l . By J . W.

R E D H O US E . D em y 8vo . pp . 64, sewed. 1 8 79. Is . 6d. ; c lo th , 2s . 6d.

R e dhou se .—TH E TURK I S H

,CAMPA I GNE R

’S VAD E -ME CUM O F O TTOMAN

CO LLO Q UIA L LANGUA GE ; c on ta in ing a c on c i se O ttom an Gram m a r ; a c ar e fu l lys e l e c t e dVo c ab u la ry , a lphab e t ic a l ly a r r ange d, in two p ar ts, E ng lish and Tu rk ish ,and Turk i sh an d E n gl i sh ; a lso a few Fa m i l ia r D ia lo gu e s ; th e wh o le in E ng l ishc ha r a c t e rs . By J .’ W . R E D H O US E

,F.B.A . S . Thi rd E di tio n . O b long 32m o .

pp . Vi i i .-372,l im p c lo th . 1 882. 6 8 .

R edhouse .—O TTOMAN-TUR KISH GR AMMA R . S e e p age 5 0.

R edhouse .- TUR KI SH AND ENGLI S H LE XI CON,

show ing i n E ngl ish th eS ignific a tio ns o f th e Tur kish Te rm s . By J . W. R E D H O U S E , e tc .

Par ts I . to I II . Im p e rial 8vo . p p . 960, p ap e r c o ve rs . 1 885 . 27 8 .

UMBR IAN.

Newm an—TH E TE XT O F TH E IGUVINE INSCRI PTI ONS , w i th in te rl in e arLa t in Tr an s la t io n and No te s . By FR ANCIS W . NEWMAN, la te Pro fe sso r o f

La t in a t Un ive rsity Co l l e ge , Lo ndon . 8 vo . p p . xvi . and 5 4, s ewe d. 1 86 8 . 23 .

UR IY A .

Br owne —A NUR IYA PR IME R INR OMANCH A R ACTE R . By J . F . BR OWNE,

B.C.S . Crown 8vo . pp . 32, c lo th . 1 882. 23 . 6d.

Malt by .—A PR A CTICA L H AND BO O K O F TH E UR IYA O B O D I Y A LANGUA GE .

By TH O MA S J . MA LTBY,Madras O .S . 8 yo . pp . xi i i . and 201 . 1 874. 103 . 6d.

STE PH EN A USTIN A ND S O NS , PR INTE R S , H E BTFO BD .